The Egyptian history, treating of the pyramids, the inundation of the Nile, and other prodigies of Egypt, according to the opinions and traditions of the Arabians written originally in the Arabian tongue by Murtadi, the son of Gaphiphus, rendered into French by Monsieur Vattier ... and thence faithfully done into English by J. Davies ...
         Murtaḍā ibn al-ʻAfīf, 1154 or 5-1237.
      
       
         
           1672
        
      
       Approx. 405 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 172 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2005-12 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A51638
         Wing M3128
         ESTC R23142
         12493199
         ocm 12493199
         62433
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A51638)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 62433)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 769:23)
      
       
         
           
             The Egyptian history, treating of the pyramids, the inundation of the Nile, and other prodigies of Egypt, according to the opinions and traditions of the Arabians written originally in the Arabian tongue by Murtadi, the son of Gaphiphus, rendered into French by Monsieur Vattier ... and thence faithfully done into English by J. Davies ...
             Murtaḍā ibn al-ʻAfīf, 1154 or 5-1237.
             Vattier, Pierre, 1623-1667.
             Davies, John, 1625-1693.
          
           [62], 266, [14] p.
           
             Printed by R.B. for Thomas Basset ...,
             London :
             1672.
          
           
             Advertisement: p. [1]-[14] at end.
             Imprint from colophon: London : R. Battersby for Thomas Bassett ..., 1672.
             Reproduction of original in Huntington Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Egypt -- History -- To 640 A.D.
        
      
    
     
        2005-06 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2005-06 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2005-07 Andrew Kuster
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2005-07 Andrew Kuster
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2005-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           Egyptian
           HISTORY
           ,
           Treating
           of
           the
           PYRAMIDS
           ,
           The
           Inundation
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           and
           other
           PRODIGIES
           of
           EGYPT
           ,
           According
           to
           the
           Opinions
           and
           Traditions
           of
           the
           ARABIANS
           .
        
         
           Written
           Originally
           in
           the
           Arabian
           Tongue
           by
           Murtadi
           the
           Son
           of
           Gaphiphus
           .
        
         
           Rendered
           into
           French
           by
           Monsieur
           
             Vattier
             ,
             Arabick
          
           Professor
           to
           the
           King
           of
           France
           .
        
         
           And
           thence
           faithfully
           done
           into
           English
           by
           J.
           DAVIES
           of
           Kidwelly
           .
        
         
           London
           ,
           Printed
           by
           
             R.
             B.
          
           for
           
             Thomas
             Basset
          
           ,
           at
           the
           George
           ,
           near
           
           Cliffords-Inn
           in
           Fleet-street
           .
           1672.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           my
           Honoured
           Uncle
           ,
           Mr.
           JOHN
           GRIFFITH
           Of
           Llangwendraeth
           in
           the
           County
           of
           Carmarthen
           .
        
         
           
             Dear
             Uncle
             ,
          
        
         
           WHen
           I
           was
           upon
           the
           Translation
           of
           this
           Piece
           ,
           I
           often
           entertained
           you
           with
           several
           Stories
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           you
           thought
           them
           not
           unpleasant
           .
           You
           now
           have
           them
           all
           together
           ;
           and
           what
           must
           needs
           add
           to
           your
           satisfaction
           and
           diversion
           ,
           you
           will
           find
           a
           strange
           account
           (
           according
           to
           the
           Arabians
           )
           of
           a
           Countrey
           ,
           which
           affords
           matter
           of
           Admiration
           to
           those
           who
           travel
           thither
           even
           in
           our
           days
           .
           You
           know
           how
           often
           I
           have
           bemoan'd
           your
           loss
           of
           divers
           excellent
           
             Manuscripts
             ,
             Prophecies
             ,
             Poetry
          
           ,
           and
           other
           Subjects
           ,
           
           relating
           to
           our
           own
           Countrey
           ;
           for
           certainly
           nothing
           so
           pleasant
           as
           to
           survey
           the
           Genius
           and
           Humours
           of
           our
           earliest
           Predecessors
           .
           But
           since
           it
           is
           vain
           to
           call
           Time
           to
           an
           account
           for
           all
           the
           excellent
           things
           it
           hath
           devoured
           ,
           and
           to
           fasten
           on
           its
           Envy
           what
           is
           justly
           attributed
           to
           Humane
           Negligence
           ,
           give
           me
           leave
           to
           recommend
           this
           Prodigious
           Treatise
           (
           which
           hath
           had
           the
           Fortune
           to
           escape
           its
           Teeth
           )
           to
           your
           perusal
           ;
           and
           when
           I
           consider
           ,
           with
           what
           complacency
           you
           quote
           and
           reflect
           on
           the
           Actions
           and
           Apophthegmes
           of
           those
           who
           have
           Inhabited
           the
           World
           many
           Centuries
           of
           years
           before
           us
           ,
           I
           cannot
           doubt
           but
           you
           will
           approve
           the
           publick
           acknowledgment
           I
           make
           ,
           by
           the
           present
           address
           ,
           of
           my
           being
           ,
        
         
           
             Honour'd
             Uncle
             ,
             Your
             most
             affectionate
             Nephew
             ,
             and
             humble
             Servant
             ,
             J.
             DAVIES
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           A
           TABLE
           Of
           the
           most
           remarkable
           things
           in
           the
           ensuing
           History
           of
           Egypt
           .
        
         
           
             THe
             Priests
             of
             Egypt
             .
             Page
             4
          
           
             The
             Cater
             .
             5
          
           
             The
             Magick
             of
             the
             Egyptian
             Priests
             .
             7
          
           
             Gancam
             King
             and
             Priest
             commands
             Spirits
             to
             build
             him
             a
             Palace
             .
             8
          
           
             The
             Priestess
             Borsa
             ,
             and
             her
             Acts.
             10
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Brazen
             Tree
             .
             14
          
           
             The
             Maritime
             Pyramid
             .
             16
          
           
             Divers
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             .
             17
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             City
             of
             the
             
               Black
               Eagle
            
             .
             21
          
           
             The
             Pyramids
             built
             by
             Aclimon
             .
             24
             ,
             25
          
           
             
             Saurid's
             Mirrour
             .
             26
          
           
             Pyramids
             built
             before
             the
             Deluge
             .
             29
          
           
             The
             Brothers
             Annals
             .
             30
          
           
             The
             three
             Pyramids
             .
             34
          
           
             The
             Guards
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             .
             39
          
           
             Stories
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             ,
             I
             ,
             II
             ,
             III
             ,
             IV
             ,
             V.
             42
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             Predictions
             made
             to
             King
             Saurid
             .
             51
          
           
             Nebuchodonozor
             .
             53
          
           
             The
             Spirits
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             .
             54
          
           
             History
             of
             the
             Deluge
             .
             59
          
           
             King
             Darmasel
             .
             64
          
           
             The
             Ark.
             71
          
           
             The
             Deluge
             .
             73
          
           
             
             Different
             opinions
             of
             the
             Deluge
             .
             76
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             Noah
             ,
             according
             to
             an
             Ancient
             Book
             found
             by
             the
             Author
             .
             77
          
           
             
             Noah's
             Wife
             .
             82
          
           
             The
             time
             from
             Adam
             to
             the
             Deluge
             .
             86
          
           
             The
             Elephant
             and
             Lion
             in
             the
             Ark.
             87
          
           
             What
             part
             the
             Devil
             hath
             in
             the
             Vine
             .
             89
          
           
             The
             Scorpion
             and
             the
             Serpent
             .
             91
          
           
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             before
             the
             Deluge
             .
             92
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             
             Moncatam's
             Chemistry
             .
             101
          
           
             The
             Pharaos
             of
             Alexandria
             .
             102
          
           
             
             Noah's
             Prayer
             for
             Masar
             .
             104
          
           
             
             Masar's
             Tomb.
             106
          
           
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             after
             the
             Deluge
             .
             108
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             Abraham
             and
             Totis
             King
             of
             Egypt
             .
             109
          
           
             Charoba
             ,
             Totis's
             Daughter
             .
             112
          
           
             
             Abraham's
             Prayer
             for
             Charoba
             .
             114
          
           
             Charoba
             poisoning
             her
             Father
             reigns
             after
             him
             .
             117
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             Gebirus
             and
             Charoba
             .
             119
          
           
             The
             Nymph
             Marina
             .
             123
          
           
             Painters
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             Sea.
             126
          
           
             The
             seven
             Tombs
             .
             128
          
           
             
             Charoba's
             Nurse
             defeats
             Gebirus
             and
             his
             Army
             .
             131
          
           
             
             Charoba's
             death
             .
             135
          
           
             Dalica
             Queen
             of
             Egypt
             .
             136
          
           
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             after
             her
             .
             137
          
           
             Words
             of
             Mahumet
             advantageous
             to
             Egypt
             .
             139
          
           
             Augmentation
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
             142
          
           
             A
             Virgin
             Sacrific'd
             to
             that
             end
             .
             443
          
           
             Pharao
             .
             146
          
           
             Sources
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
             150
          
           
             
             Causes
             of
             its
             overflowing
             .
             151
          
           
             Qualities
             of
             Egypt
             .
             158
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             the
             Egyptian
             Slave
             .
             159
          
           
             Other
             qualities
             of
             Egypt
             .
             163
          
           
             Gamra
             and
             Zephta
             .
             173
          
           
             Omar
             .
             174
          
           
             The
             Land
             of
             Alphiom
             .
             177
          
           
             The
             Mamunus
             .
             178
          
           
             The
             Rajan
             ,
             Joseph's
             Pharao
             .
             181
          
           
             The
             Acts
             of
             Joseph
             in
             Egypt
             .
             185
          
           
             A
             second
             story
             of
             
               Alphiom
               .
               Ibid.
            
             
          
           
             The
             Nilemeter
             .
             188
          
           
             A
             third
             story
             of
             Alphiom
             .
             190
          
           
             A
             fourth
             story
             of
             it
             .
             194
          
           
             
             Joseph's
             Prison
             .
             195
          
           
             The
             place
             of
             
             Jacob's
             Camel.
             198
          
           
             Zelicha
             ,
             Joseph's
             Mistress
             .
             199
          
           
             
             Caphor's
             Prayer
             .
             200
          
           
             
             Joseph's
             Prayer
             .
             202
          
           
             The
             Pyramids
             .
             206
          
           
             Macherir
             the
             Blind
             man.
             207
          
           
             Mussulman
             Daemons
             .
             211
          
           
             The
             Pyramids
             .
             212
          
           
             Quisias
             the
             son
             of
             Caltham
             .
             214
          
           
             The
             Front
             of
             a
             Mosquey
             .
             220
          
           
             The
             augmentations
             of
             the
             Mosquey
             of
             Masre
             .
             226
          
           
             History
             read
             in
             the
             Mosquey
             .
             229
          
           
             The
             green
             Tables
             of
             the
             Mosquey
             of
             Masre
             .
             230
          
           
             
             Pharao's
             Castle
             .
             234
          
           
             Caron
             the
             Wealthy
             ,
             who
             is
             Corah
             .
             236
          
           
             
             Moses's
             Chemistry
             .
             239
          
           
             Omars
             Letter
             to
             Gamrou
             .
             245
          
           
             
             Gamrou's
             answer
             to
             Omar
             .
             246
          
           
             
             A
             Statue
             of
             Mahumet
             at
             Masre
             .
             254
          
           
             Another
             Statue
             of
             Mahumet
             .
             256
          
           
             Mary
             of
             Egypt
             .
             258
          
           
             The
             last
             words
             of
             Mahumet
             .
             259
          
           
             Other
             words
             of
             Mahumet
             .
             261
          
           
             The
             words
             of
             a
             Sage
             of
             Egypt
             .
             262
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             and
             devout
             Persons
             liv'd
             by
             their
             Labour
             .
             263
          
           
             The
             cries
             of
             a
             Devote
             at
             the
             Mosquey
             Gate
             of
             Masre
             :
             265
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           French
           Author's
           Preface
           
             Rendred
             into
             English
          
           ,
           Giving
           an
           account
           of
           the
           design
           of
           this
           Treatise
           ,
           and
           its
           publishing
           .
        
         
           EGypt
           is
           a
           Province
           so
           pregnant
           in
           prodigies
           ,
           that
           ,
           from
           the
           earliest
           times
           ,
           those
           ,
           whose
           curiosity
           excited
           them
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           excellent
           things
           ,
           have
           made
           it
           one
           of
           the
           principal
           objects
           of
           their
           considerations
           .
           Pliny
           names
           thirteen
           famous
           Authors
           ,
           who
           had
           written
           before
           him
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           which
           are
           one
           of
           the
           things
           admir'd
           therein
           ;
           and
           Herodotus
           desirous
           to
           say
           something
           of
           that
           Countrey
           in
           general
           ,
           before
           he
           came
           to
           the
           particular
           Narration
           of
           the
           expedition
           
           which
           Cambyses
           King
           of
           Persia
           had
           made
           into
           it
           ,
           and
           whereto
           the
           design
           of
           his
           History
           led
           him
           ,
           spent
           in
           that
           digression
           all
           his
           Euterpe
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           nine
           Books
           ,
           wherein
           it
           was
           his
           intention
           to
           comprehend
           whatever
           had
           been
           remarkable
           in
           the
           World
           to
           this
           time
           .
           All
           the
           Authors
           who
           have
           since
           written
           in
           Greek
           or
           Latine
           ,
           or
           any
           other
           Language
           known
           in
           Europe
           ,
           have
           not
           omitted
           treating
           of
           the
           same
           subjects
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           occasions
           they
           have
           had
           to
           do
           it
           ,
           as
           being
           likely
           to
           prove
           the
           noblest
           Ornaments
           of
           their
           Works
           .
        
         
           As
           concerning
           the
           Arabians
           ,
           though
           the
           Treatise
           whereof
           I
           here
           publish
           the
           Translation
           be
           short
           enough
           ,
           yet
           have
           they
           discoursed
           very
           amply
           of
           it
           in
           several
           Books
           :
           and
           it
           is
           not
           long
           since
           I
           saw
           in
           the
           Lord
           Chancellors
           
           Library
           two
           Manuscripts
           in
           Folio
           of
           great
           bulk
           ,
           and
           close
           written
           ,
           which
           treat
           only
           of
           the
           rarities
           and
           singularities
           of
           Egypt
           ;
           at
           least
           ,
           if
           the
           Titles
           ,
           which
           have
           been
           put
           thereto
           ,
           by
           such
           as
           have
           examined
           them
           ,
           be
           true
           ;
           for
           I
           have
           not
           yet
           had
           the
           opportunity
           to
           consider
           them
           at
           leisure
           .
           And
           therefore
           I
           shall
           not
           give
           any
           punctual
           account
           of
           them
           ,
           calling
           to
           mind
           that
           at
           the
           beginning
           of
           this
           very
           Manuscript
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           I
           have
           made
           this
           Translation
           ,
           some
           Italian
           had
           written
           these
           words
           as
           it
           were
           for
           its
           Title
           ,
           
             De
             Negromanzia
             ,
             e
             dell
             '
             origine
             de
             ●i
             Negromanti
          
           ;
           which
           had
           obliged
           me
           at
           first
           to
           slight
           it
           ,
           and
           diverted
           me
           from
           looking
           more
           narrowly
           into
           it
           ,
           if
           the
           beauty
           of
           the
           Original
           ,
           and
           the
           Gold
           glittering
           in
           the
           two
           first
           pages
           ,
           after
           the
           manner
           of
           other
           Books
           cu●iously
           
           written
           in
           the
           East
           ,
           had
           not
           engaged
           my
           longer
           consideration
           of
           them
           ,
           whereby
           I
           was
           satisfied
           ,
           that
           the
           Italian
           Inscription
           was
           not
           answerable
           to
           the
           Arabian
           Art
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           forbear
           crying
           out
           ,
           
             O
             soeculum
             infelix●
          
           !
           as
           Erasmus
           did
           upon
           a
           like
           occasion
           ,
           having
           found
           ,
           as
           he
           saith
           ,
           Commentaries
           on
           
             Mimus
             Publianus
             ;
             Qui
             neque
             coelum
             ;
             neque
             ●er●●m
             attingerent
             ,
             &
             tamen
             accuratissime
             depictos
             ,
             ceu
             rem
             sacram
             .
          
           This
           impertinent
           title
           had
           no
           doubt
           been
           given
           our
           Manuscript
           by
           a
           person
           who
           had
           casually
           cast
           his
           eye
           on
           some
           passages
           ,
           where
           it
           mentions
           the
           Enchanters
           of
           Egypt
           ;
           and
           the
           same
           injury
           might
           haply
           have
           be
           done
           ,
           by
           a
           like
           precipitation
           ,
           to
           the
           Sacred
           Books
           of
           Genesis
           and
           Exodus
           ,
           wherein
           there
           is
           also
           mention
           made
           of
           those
           Magicians
           ,
           and
           the
           wonderful
           
           effects
           of
           their
           Magick
           ,
           which
           they
           had
           the
           impudence
           to
           compare
           with
           the
           Divine
           miracles
           of
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           .
           These
           Enchanters
           then
           are
           part
           of
           the
           subject
           of
           this
           Book
           ,
           but
           not
           all
           ,
           as
           being
           one
           of
           the
           things
           ,
           which
           many
           ages
           since
           had
           raised
           admiration
           in
           those
           who
           considered
           Egypt
           ,
           but
           not
           the
           onely
           one
           ,
           nor
           the
           principal
           in
           a
           Country
           ,
           where
           the
           Earth
           ,
           the
           Waters
           ,
           and
           the
           Air
           out-vy
           one
           the
           other
           ,
           in
           affording
           extraordinary
           subjects
           of
           Meditation
           to
           Philosophers
           upon
           natural
           things
           ,
           and
           whose
           Inhabitants
           have
           signalized
           themselves
           by
           their
           prodigious
           structures
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           invention
           even
           of
           Philosophy
           it self
           .
        
         
           The
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           is
           it self
           a
           stranger
           in
           the
           place
           of
           its
           situation
           ,
           if
           we
           credit
           the
           conjectures
           of
           it
           of
           Philosophers
           ,
           who
           have
           
           attentively
           viewed
           and
           considered
           it
           ;
           it
           came
           thither
           from
           a
           Countrey
           so
           remote
           ,
           that
           the
           industry
           of
           men
           could
           never
           settle
           any
           Commerce
           for
           the
           importation
           of
           fruits
           from
           those
           places
           ,
           whence
           nature
           conveys
           them
           the
           very
           soil
           whereby
           they
           are
           produced
           .
           The
           air
           there
           is
           in
           a
           perpetual
           serenity
           ,
           never
           disturbed
           at
           any
           Season
           of
           the
           Year
           with
           Snow
           ,
           Hail
           ,
           Rain
           ,
           Lightning
           ,
           or
           Thunder
           .
           The
           Waters
           there
           rise
           to
           a
           prodigious
           height
           during
           the
           greatest
           heats
           of
           Summer
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           elsewhere
           lowest
           ,
           or
           dryed
           up
           ;
           and
           in
           Winter
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           every
           where
           either
           frozen
           up
           ,
           or
           over-flown
           ,
           they
           there
           g●id
           gently
           below
           their
           ordinary
           course
           .
           The
           surface
           of
           the
           Earth
           is
           spread
           with
           a
           pleasant
           verdure
           ,
           with
           so
           sweet
           a
           temperature
           of
           the
           Air
           ,
           that
           the
           fairest
           Springs
           of
           
           other
           Countries
           come
           not
           near
           it
           .
           In
           the
           Moneth
           of
           March
           ,
           the
           Harvest
           ready
           to
           be
           cut
           down
           ,
           guilds
           the
           pregnant
           Fields
           ,
           which
           are
           devested
           thereof
           before
           the
           Moneth
           of
           April
           .
           And
           in
           the
           Moneths
           of
           July
           and
           August
           the
           same
           Fields
           are
           changed
           into
           so
           many
           Seas
           ,
           and
           the
           Cities
           and
           Villages
           into
           so
           many
           Islands
           ,
           by
           a
           fortunate
           inundation
           ,
           which
           spares
           the
           Inhabitants
           the
           trouble
           of
           tilling
           and
           manuring
           them
           ,
           as
           must
           of
           necessity
           be
           done
           elsewhere
           ;
           for
           the
           Egyptians
           have
           no
           more
           to
           do
           but
           to
           Sow
           the
           Seeds
           therein
           ,
           when
           the
           Waters
           are
           fallen
           away
           ,
           and
           slightly
           to
           stir
           the
           slime
           which
           is
           spread
           thereon
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           be
           covered
           ,
           which
           they
           did
           heretofore
           ,
           as
           Herodotus
           relates
           by
           driving
           Herds
           of
           Swine
           after
           the
           Sowers
           .
           Thus
           do
           they
           get
           the
           Fruits
           of
           the
           most
           fertile
           
           piece
           of
           earth
           in
           the
           Universe
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           to
           use
           the
           terms
           of
           the
           same
           Author
           ,
           most
           easily
           ,
           and
           without
           any
           trouble
           ;
           after
           they
           have
           gathered
           the
           productions
           of
           the
           Waters
           ,
           by
           a
           yet
           more
           easie
           fishing
           ,
           or
           rather
           as
           Aelian
           expresses
           it
           ,
           by
           an
           Harvest
           of
           Fish
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           which
           lie
           scattered
           on
           the
           slime
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Fields
           .
        
         
           These
           natural
           prodigies
           have
           alwaies
           engaged
           the
           greatest
           wits
           in
           an
           enquiry
           into
           their
           causes
           ,
           which
           are
           reducible
           onely
           to
           two
           heads
           .
           For
           the
           serenity
           of
           the
           Air
           proceeds
           no
           doubt
           from
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           adjacent
           and
           neighbouring
           Countries
           and
           Waters
           ,
           which
           are
           not
           apt
           to
           send
           thither
           any
           vapours
           ,
           which
           might
           be
           condensed
           into
           Rain
           ,
           Hail
           ,
           or
           Snow
           ;
           nor
           yet
           any
           mineral
           exhalations
           ,
           which
           might
           cause
           thunder
           
           and
           lightning
           :
           and
           the
           other
           Miracles
           ,
           which
           are
           seen
           by
           the
           Raies
           of
           that
           delightful
           Sun
           ,
           are
           the
           effects
           of
           that
           admirable
           River
           ,
           which
           keeps
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           that
           Countrey
           in
           such
           quiet
           ,
           after
           it
           hath
           brought
           them
           the
           soil
           which
           is
           to
           sustain
           and
           nourish
           them
           .
        
         
           For
           the
           better
           understanding
           of
           this
           ,
           it
           is
           to
           be
           observed
           that
           Aegypt
           is
           only
           a
           Plain
           ,
           or
           rather
           a
           spacious
           Valley
           ,
           reaching
           in
           length
           from
           South
           to
           North
           from
           the
           Tropick
           of
           Cancer
           ,
           or
           a
           little
           beyond
           it
           ,
           to
           the
           Mediterranean
           Sea
           ,
           for
           the
           space
           of
           about
           two
           hundred
           and
           thirty
           Leagues
           ;
           and
           in
           breadth
           ,
           from
           East
           to
           West
           ,
           between
           two
           Mountains
           ,
           which
           are
           its
           limits
           ,
           one
           towards
           Arabia
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           towards
           Africk
           ,
           but
           not
           alwaies
           at
           an
           equal
           distance
           one
           from
           the
           other
           .
           For
           at
           the
           
           Northern
           extremity
           ,
           along
           the
           Shore
           of
           the
           Mediterranean
           Sea
           ,
           that
           distance
           is
           about
           six
           score
           leagues
           ;
           above
           the
           places
           where
           Heliopolis
           heretofore
           stood
           ,
           and
           where
           now
           Cairo
           is
           ,
           about
           fifty
           leagues
           distant
           from
           the
           Sea
           ,
           it
           diminishes
           so
           for
           the
           space
           of
           about
           seventy
           leagues
           ,
           that
           the
           two
           Mountains
           are
           not
           above
           six
           or
           seven
           leagues
           distant
           one
           from
           the
           other
           .
           Above
           that
           space
           they
           dilate
           again
           ,
           and
           the
           Countrey
           grows
           wider
           ,
           even
           to
           its
           Meridional
           extremitie
           ,
           which
           makes
           the
           upper
           Aegypt
           ,
           otherwise
           called
           Thebais
           .
           Thus
           is
           Aegypt
           naturally
           divided
           into
           three
           parts
           ,
           which
           may
           be
           called
           Upper
           ,
           the
           Lower
           ,
           and
           the
           Middle
           .
           In
           the
           Middle
           ,
           which
           is
           much
           narrower
           then
           the
           others
           ,
           and
           which
           our
           Author
           calls
           Gize
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           to
           say
           the
           passage
           was
           the
           City
           of
           Memphis
           ,
           
           near
           the
           Western
           Mountain
           ,
           on
           which
           not
           far
           thence
           there
           are
           several
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           the
           most
           sumptuous
           .
           In
           the
           
             upper
             Aegypt
          
           was
           heretofore
           the
           famous
           City
           Thebes
           ,
           which
           had
           a
           hundred
           Gates
           ,
           and
           was
           afterwards
           called
           Diospolis
           ;
           and
           Syene
           seated
           directly
           under
           the
           Tropick
           of
           Cancer
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           day
           of
           the
           Summer
           Solstice
           the
           Sun
           at
           noon
           shined
           to
           the
           bottoms
           of
           Wells
           ,
           and
           streight
           and
           perpendicular
           Pillars
           made
           not
           any
           shade
           ;
           and
           Elephantina
           ,
           beyond
           which
           presently
           began
           Ethiopia
           ;
           and
           Copta
           ,
           whence
           there
           was
           a
           way
           to
           the
           Red
           Sea
           ,
           the
           shortest
           and
           easiest
           of
           any
           along
           that
           Coast
           ,
           by
           which
           there
           were
           brought
           on
           Camels
           abundance
           of
           Indian
           Commodities
           ,
           which
           were
           afterwards
           embarqu'd
           on
           the
           Nile
           ;
           and
           the
           little
           Cataract
           ,
           where
           Strabo
           saies
           the
           
           Mariners
           fell
           down
           from
           the
           top
           to
           the
           bottom
           with
           their
           Boats
           ,
           in
           the
           presence
           of
           the
           Governour
           of
           Aegypt
           ,
           to
           make
           him
           sport
           ;
           and
           the
           Lake
           of
           Maeris
           ,
           with
           two
           Pyramids
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           it
           ,
           each
           six
           hundred
           foot
           in
           height
           ,
           three
           hundred
           under
           water
           ,
           and
           three
           hundred
           above
           ;
           and
           the
           Labyrinth
           yet
           more
           prodigious
           then
           the
           Pyramids
           .
           In
           the
           
             Lower
             Aegypt
          
           are
           the
           mouths
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           whereof
           the
           two
           most
           distant
           one
           from
           the
           other
           make
           the
           Delta
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           Triangular
           Island
           ,
           the
           Basis
           whereof
           is
           the
           shore
           of
           the
           Mediterranean
           Sea
           ,
           and
           the
           two
           sides
           the
           two
           arms
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           which
           come
           to
           those
           mouths
           .
           Cairo
           is
           above
           the
           Delta
           ,
           towards
           Arabia
           ,
           near
           the
           place
           where
           heretofore
           Heliopolis
           stood
           .
           The
           Arabians
           now
           call
           it
           Masre
           ,
           a
           name
           common
           to
           all
           Aegypt
           ,
           and
           which
           we
           
           have
           several
           times
           rendred
           the
           
             ancient
             Metropolis
             of
             Aegypt
          
           ,
           in
           the
           
             Mahumetan
             History
             .
             Alexandria
          
           is
           on
           the
           Sea-side
           near
           the
           Western
           mouth
           .
           The
           Nile
           flows
           in
           one
           single
           Chanel
           through
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           plain
           ,
           from
           Eliphantina
           to
           the
           point
           of
           the
           Delta
           ,
           which
           is
           about
           fifty
           leagues
           from
           the
           Sea
           ;
           there
           it
           is
           divided
           into
           two
           ,
           afterwards
           into
           several
           branches
           ,
           before
           it
           falls
           into
           it
           .
        
         
           Their
           conjecture
           ,
           who
           held
           Aegypt
           to
           be
           a
           new
           Land
           ,
           and
           come
           from
           some
           remote
           part
           ,
           was
           that
           heretofore
           the
           space
           between
           the
           two
           Mountains
           from
           Elephantina
           ,
           or
           a
           little
           below
           it
           ,
           to
           Alexandria
           had
           been
           a
           gulph
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           like
           ,
           and
           in
           a
           manner
           parallel
           in
           its
           situation
           to
           that
           which
           is
           called
           the
           Red
           Sea
           ,
           and
           entred
           into
           the
           Countries
           from
           the
           North
           towards
           the
           South
           ,
           as
           the
           Red
           Sea
           
           enters
           into
           them
           from
           South
           to
           North
           ;
           and
           that
           in
           processe
           of
           time
           the
           abundance
           of
           slime
           ,
           which
           the
           Nile
           brings
           down
           when
           it
           is
           overflown
           ,
           had
           filled
           that
           space
           ,
           and
           framed
           therein
           the
           land
           which
           is
           now
           seen
           there
           ,
           and
           which
           had
           no
           resemblance
           to
           those
           of
           Arabia
           and
           Africk
           ,
           which
           are
           adjoyning
           thereto
           ;
           whence
           they
           imagined
           it
           a
           stranger
           ,
           and
           come
           from
           far
           .
           Herodotus
           was
           of
           opinion
           ,
           that
           that
           collection
           of
           slime
           might
           have
           been
           made
           in
           less
           then
           twenty
           thousand
           years
           ;
           taking
           haply
           his
           conjecture
           according
           to
           the
           increase
           of
           it
           from
           
           Homer's
           time
           to
           his
           own
           .
           For
           Homer
           affirms
           ,
           that
           the
           Island
           of
           Pharos
           was
           in
           his
           time
           at
           a
           far
           greater
           distance
           from
           the
           Continent
           then
           it
           hath
           been
           since
           ,
           as
           Pliny
           hath
           observed
           ;
           inferring
           consequently
           thence
           ,
           that
           
           Aegypt
           was
           augmented
           and
           advanced
           nearer
           the
           Sea.
           
        
         
           What
           I
           think
           miraculous
           in
           this
           ,
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           a
           Countrey
           which
           in
           appearance
           began
           not
           till
           a
           long
           time
           after
           the
           rest
           ,
           should
           count
           the
           Years
           of
           their
           Antiquities
           in
           a
           far
           greater
           number
           then
           other
           Nations
           their
           Neighbours
           ,
           and
           should
           make
           in
           their
           Countrey
           sumptuous
           Structures
           ,
           which
           yet
           could
           not
           preserve
           the
           memorie
           of
           their
           Authors
           to
           a
           time
           ,
           when
           other
           Nations
           were
           but
           in
           a
           manner
           beginning
           to
           entertain
           thoughts
           of
           doing
           somewhat
           of
           that
           kind
           ,
           though
           they
           have
           lasted
           a
           long
           time
           after
           the
           ruine
           of
           those
           which
           were
           made
           much
           later
           .
           And
           yet
           all
           this
           methinks
           depends
           on
           the
           same
           cause
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           excellency
           of
           the
           soil
           of
           that
           Province
           ,
           and
           the
           facility
           
           of
           cultivating
           it
           ;
           in
           as
           much
           as
           having
           always
           been
           able
           to
           maintain
           a
           far
           greater
           number
           of
           men
           then
           were
           requisite
           about
           the
           culture
           of
           it
           ,
           the
           Princes
           ,
           who
           were
           possessed
           thereof
           ,
           were
           obliged
           to
           find
           out
           other
           employments
           for
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           their
           Subjects
           ;
           and
           this
           occasioned
           the
           early
           invention
           of
           Philosophy
           by
           those
           who
           were
           inclined
           to
           meditate
           on
           the
           wonderful
           things
           of
           nature
           ,
           and
           to
           spend
           the
           rest
           allowed
           their
           bodies
           in
           employing
           the
           intellectual
           faculties
           of
           their
           souls
           in
           those
           noble
           labours
           .
           Aristotle
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           ,
           when
           he
           says
           that
           they
           studyed
           Philosophy
           in
           Aegypt
           sooner
           then
           any
           where
           else
           ,
           because
           there
           they
           soonest
           permitted
           the
           Priests
           to
           live
           in
           a
           commendable
           exemption
           from
           labour
           ;
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           As
           for
           others
           ,
           
           who
           could
           only
           work
           with
           their
           hands
           ,
           in
           regard
           the
           mild
           temperature
           of
           the
           Air
           dispenced
           with
           their
           employing
           themselves
           in
           many
           professions
           necessary
           elsewhere
           ,
           to
           secure
           mens
           bodies
           from
           its
           injuries
           ,
           it
           was
           requisite
           they
           should
           be
           employed
           in
           such
           works
           as
           might
           declare
           the
           powerfulness
           and
           magnificence
           of
           their
           Kings
           .
           Whence
           I
           conceive
           Pliny
           justly
           blameable
           for
           the
           character
           he
           gives
           these
           Miracles
           of
           the
           World
           ,
           when
           he
           says
           they
           are
           
             Regum
             pecuniae
             stulta
             ostentatio
          
           ;
           and
           that
           after
           he
           had
           said
           that
           those
           who
           had
           written
           of
           them
           before
           him
           differed
           about
           the
           Names
           of
           the
           Kings
           who
           built
           them
           ,
           he
           should
           add
           these
           words
           ,
           
             Justissimo
             casu
             obliteratis
             tantae
             vanitatis
             authoribus
             .
          
           For
           if
           all
           the
           works
           which
           contribute
           nothing
           to
           the
           supply
           of
           the
           necessities
           
           of
           humane
           life
           are
           follies
           .
           Pliny
           himself
           is
           in
           hazard
           to
           be
           esteemed
           to
           have
           done
           many
           ;
           and
           this
           conceit
           of
           his
           is
           in
           my
           judgement
           much
           different
           from
           that
           of
           Pythagoras
           ,
           who
           (
           as
           Cicero
           relates
           )
           affirms
           ,
           that
           among
           the
           several
           sorts
           of
           persons
           who
           met
           ordinarily
           at
           the
           great
           general
           Assembly
           of
           all
           Greece
           ,
           those
           who
           came
           not
           thither
           upon
           any
           business
           ,
           nor
           out
           of
           design
           to
           get
           any
           thing
           ,
           but
           only
           to
           see
           what
           passed
           ,
           were
           the
           honester
           people
           ;
           
             Genus
             vel
             maxime
             ingenuum
          
           :
           whom
           he
           therefore
           compared
           to
           the
           Philosophers
           .
        
         
           These
           great
           Princes
           therefore
           are
           methinks
           rather
           to
           be
           bemoaned
           ,
           that
           their
           Names
           were
           already
           forgotten
           above
           fifteen
           hundred
           years
           since
           ,
           after
           they
           had
           made
           for
           the
           eternization
           thereof
           the
           Works
           which
           are
           to
           
           this
           day
           seen
           and
           admired
           ,
           rather
           then
           they
           are
           to
           be
           blamed
           for
           having
           done
           such
           noble
           things
           .
           And
           this
           oblivion
           also
           no
           doubt
           proceeds
           from
           the
           excellency
           of
           their
           Countrey
           ,
           which
           having
           been
           envyed
           by
           all
           Foreiners
           who
           have
           known
           it
           ,
           hath
           always
           been
           one
           of
           the
           first
           preys
           of
           the
           Conquerours
           ,
           and
           by
           that
           means
           so
           often
           changed
           Masters
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           no
           wonder
           the
           memorie
           of
           the
           most
           Ancient
           should
           be
           lost
           ;
           whereas
           the
           Princes
           ,
           who
           once
           settled
           themselves
           therein
           ,
           were
           well
           satisfied
           with
           that
           possession
           ,
           and
           thought
           not
           of
           disturbing
           their
           Neighbours
           .
           True
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           Strabo
           affirms
           ,
           that
           in
           Thebais
           above
           Diospolis
           ,
           and
           
           Memnon's
           Temple
           ,
           he
           saw
           on
           the
           magnificent
           Tombs
           of
           forty
           Kings
           ,
           Obelisks
           ,
           on
           which
           there
           were
           writings
           graven
           ,
           which
           mentioned
           
           great
           Conquests
           made
           by
           those
           Kings
           ,
           as
           far
           as
           
             Scythia
             ,
             Bactriana
          
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Indies
             .
             Herodotus
          
           affirms
           the
           same
           of
           Ses●stris
           ;
           but
           it
           may
           be
           doubted
           whether
           these
           great
           Conquerours
           were
           natural
           Egyptians
           or
           Strangers
           ,
           who
           among
           other
           Countries
           had
           subdued
           Aegypt
           ;
           for
           Alexander
           the
           Great
           was
           no
           Aegyptian
           ,
           though
           he
           had
           his
           Tomb
           at
           Alexandria
           ,
           and
           had
           been
           the
           Founder
           of
           that
           great
           City
           .
        
         
           However
           it
           were
           yet
           this
           is
           certain
           ,
           that
           the
           inclination
           of
           the
           Kings
           of
           Aegypt
           for
           great
           Structures
           is
           very
           ancient
           ,
           since
           the
           Pharao's
           who
           Reigned
           in
           the
           times
           of
           Joseph
           and
           Moses
           ,
           and
           who
           probably
           are
           comprehended
           by
           Herodotus
           under
           the
           single
           name
           of
           Pheron
           ,
           had
           it
           ,
           as
           may
           be
           seen
           by
           the
           complaints
           of
           the
           Israelites
           against
           them
           ,
           when
           they
           
           made
           them
           work
           hard
           in
           the
           making
           of
           Brick
           ,
           and
           paid
           them
           ill
           .
           That
           Pheron
           of
           Herodotus
           was
           such
           a
           Person
           as
           the
           Pharao's
           are
           represented
           to
           us
           ;
           for
           he
           was
           no
           Conquerour
           ,
           but
           an
           insolent
           and
           impious
           Prince
           ,
           and
           the
           Pharao's
           were
           such
           as
           the
           Arabian
           expression
           at
           this
           day
           affirms
           it
           ,
           who
           say
           ,
           
             To
             play
             the
             Pharao
          
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           to
           demean
           himself
           insolently
           and
           tyrannically
           :
           whence
           haply
           comes
           the
           French
           word
           ,
           
             Faire
             le
             Fanfaron
          
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           Antiquity
           of
           the
           Sciences
           in
           Aegypt
           there
           is
           no
           doubt
           to
           be
           made
           of
           it
           ,
           since
           Plato
           and
           Eudoxus
           learn'd
           Astronomy
           there
           in
           a
           School
           ,
           where
           they
           studied
           thirteen
           years
           ,
           and
           which
           was
           shewed
           at
           Heliopolis
           as
           a
           rarity
           in
           
           Strabo's
           time
           ,
           who
           affirms
           he
           saw
           it
           there
           ;
           and
           adds
           ,
           that
           the
           Grecians
           never
           knew
           exactly
           of
           
           how
           many
           Days
           ,
           Hours
           ,
           and
           Minutes
           the
           Year
           consisted
           ,
           till
           they
           had
           read
           thereupon
           the
           Books
           of
           the
           Priests
           of
           Aegypt
           ,
           which
           to
           that
           end
           were
           translated
           out
           of
           the
           Aegyptian
           Tongue
           into
           the
           Greek
           ;
           which
           argues
           (
           by
           the
           way
           )
           that
           even
           at
           that
           time
           there
           were
           Greek
           Versions
           made
           of
           Books
           writ
           in
           other
           Languages
           ,
           contrary
           to
           the
           opinion
           which
           some
           Learned
           Men
           seem
           to
           have
           lately
           taken
           up
           .
        
         
           That
           ancient
           Language
           of
           the
           Aegyptians
           was
           written
           from
           the
           right
           hand
           to
           the
           left
           ,
           after
           the
           manner
           of
           the
           Oriental
           Tongues
           ,
           as
           Herodotus
           hath
           observed
           :
           wherefore
           the
           Coptick
           writing
           now
           used
           from
           the
           left
           to
           the
           right
           seems
           rather
           to
           have
           come
           from
           the
           Greek
           ,
           then
           the
           Greek
           from
           it
           ,
           whatever
           
             J.
             Kircher
          
           tells
           us
           of
           it
           ,
           in
           his
           
             Prodromus
             Copticus
          
           .
           
           As
           to
           the
           ancient
           Religion
           of
           the
           Aegyptians
           ,
           though
           the
           Book
           we
           here
           Translate
           in
           several
           places
           mentions
           their
           Idols
           ,
           Strabo
           affirms
           ,
           that
           in
           his
           time
           there
           was
           not
           any
           Figure
           in
           their
           Temples
           ,
           at
           least
           any
           representing
           a
           Man's
           body
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           :
           whence
           it
           might
           be
           suspected
           that
           our
           Author
           took
           the
           Images
           of
           Christian
           Churches
           for
           Idols
           ,
           since
           it
           may
           be
           particularly
           observed
           ,
           that
           he
           seems
           in
           some
           places
           to
           put
           the
           Crosses
           into
           the
           same
           rank
           ;
           which
           be
           it
           said
           without
           derogation
           from
           the
           approved
           Worship
           due
           to
           both
           .
           The
           same
           Strabo
           ,
           (
           and
           before
           him
           Herodotus
           )
           would
           make
           us
           believe
           that
           Circumcision
           ,
           and
           what
           they
           call
           Excision
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           circumcision
           of
           Women
           ,
           were
           ever
           used
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           other
           Nations
           who
           observed
           it
           ,
           as
           the
           Colchi
           ,
           
           the
           Ethiopians
           ,
           the
           Phoenicians
           ,
           the
           Syrians
           ,
           nay
           the
           Jews
           themselves
           took
           it
           from
           them
           ;
           which
           is
           not
           without
           some
           ground
           ;
           For
           Circumcision
           was
           not
           enjoyned
           Abraham
           till
           after
           his
           travelling
           into
           
             Aegypt
             .
             Strabo
          
           observes
           it
           as
           a
           singularity
           ,
           that
           the
           Aegyptians
           brought
           up
           all
           the
           children
           that
           were
           born
           to
           them
           ,
           which
           was
           not
           done
           by
           the
           Greeks
           ,
           who
           exposed
           some
           ,
           nay
           sometimes
           killed
           some
           of
           them
           ,
           as
           we
           have
           it
           from
           Terence
           in
           his
           Heautontimorumenos
           .
           This
           commendable
           and
           indulgent
           custom
           ,
           no
           doubt
           proceeded
           also
           from
           the
           goodness
           and
           fertility
           of
           their
           Countrey
           ,
           which
           was
           such
           ,
           that
           the
           children
           were
           no
           great
           charge
           to
           their
           Parents
           ,
           and
           which
           endowed
           its
           Inhabitants
           with
           greater
           mildnesse
           of
           disposition
           ,
           and
           tendernesse
           towards
           such
           as
           
           were
           so
           nearly
           related
           to
           them
           ,
           then
           the
           Greeks
           had
           upon
           the
           like
           occasions
           .
        
         
           The
           same
           Authors
           relate
           divers
           other
           remarkable
           things
           of
           the
           ancient
           Religion
           of
           Aegypt
           ,
           and
           the
           manners
           of
           its
           inhabitants
           ;
           all
           which
           have
           met
           with
           several
           changes
           by
           the
           Conquests
           which
           have
           been
           made
           of
           that
           Province
           at
           several
           times
           ,
           since
           that
           at
           the
           very
           first
           ,
           which
           is
           come
           to
           our
           knowledge
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           that
           of
           the
           Persians
           ,
           't
           is
           questionlesse
           the
           Ceremonies
           of
           their
           Superstitions
           were
           very
           much
           altered
           by
           the
           persecution
           of
           Cambyses
           ,
           which
           came
           to
           that
           height
           as
           to
           kill
           
             Oxe
             Apis
          
           ,
           which
           passed
           for
           a
           God
           at
           Memphis
           ,
           as
           some
           other
           Creatures
           did
           elsewhere
           ;
           though
           all
           those
           which
           were
           reverenced
           by
           the
           Aegyptians
           in
           several
           places
           ,
           were
           not
           adored
           in
           
           the
           quality
           of
           Gods
           ,
           but
           many
           of
           them
           only
           in
           the
           quality
           of
           
             Sacred
             Animals
          
           ,
           whom
           it
           was
           not
           lawful
           to
           injure
           .
           And
           it
           is
           very
           probable
           ,
           according
           to
           
           Cicero's
           conjecture
           ,
           that
           at
           first
           they
           were
           all
           accounted
           only
           such
           ,
           in
           asmuch
           as
           those
           who
           then
           governed
           the
           People
           thought
           fit
           for
           some
           reasons
           to
           preserve
           such
           Beasts
           as
           much
           as
           might
           be
           ,
           as
           being
           advantageous
           for
           something
           ;
           and
           that
           in
           processe
           of
           time
           the
           Superstition
           and
           Ignorance
           of
           those
           who
           comprehended
           not
           the
           true
           cause
           why
           they
           were
           spared
           ,
           came
           to
           imagine
           something
           Divine
           in
           them
           ;
           which
           in
           my
           judgment
           proceeded
           from
           the
           demeanour
           of
           the
           Priests
           towards
           other
           men
           ,
           whom
           they
           blinded
           what
           they
           could
           ,
           especially
           seeing
           the
           Priesthood
           belonged
           to
           certain
           Families
           ,
           and
           was
           not
           communicable
           
           to
           all
           ,
           no
           more
           then
           the
           other
           principal
           Functions
           of
           the
           Commonwealth
           ,
           as
           Arms
           ,
           Arts
           ,
           and
           Agriculture
           ;
           for
           that
           made
           every
           one
           absolutely
           ignorant
           of
           those
           things
           which
           belong'd
           not
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           whereto
           he
           never
           had
           any
           right
           to
           aspire
           ;
           and
           occasioned
           their
           being
           many
           times
           exercised
           by
           such
           as
           had
           not
           any
           natural
           disposition
           thereto
           ,
           and
           consequently
           were
           not
           much
           capable
           thereof
           .
        
         
           This
           Mysterious
           Carriage
           of
           the
           Egyptian
           Priests
           extended
           not
           onely
           to
           things
           concerning
           Religion
           ,
           but
           even
           to
           such
           as
           were
           indifferent
           ,
           which
           they
           communicated
           not
           without
           much
           trouble
           .
           For
           Strabo
           affirms
           ,
           that
           the
           13
           Years
           ,
           during
           which
           Plato
           and
           Eudoxus
           continued
           at
           Heliopolis
           ,
           were
           not
           simply
           spent
           by
           them
           in
           learning
           Astronomie
           ,
           
           but
           in
           courting
           the
           favour
           and
           friendship
           of
           the
           Priests
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           be
           thereby
           induced
           to
           teach
           them
           something
           of
           what
           they
           knew
           in
           that
           Science
           .
           If
           they
           were
           so
           shie
           in
           communicating
           to
           others
           what
           they
           had
           observed
           in
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           and
           which
           any
           others
           might
           have
           seen
           as
           well
           as
           they
           ;
           it
           may
           well
           be
           imagined
           they
           much
           more
           carefully
           concealed
           the
           Historie
           of
           their
           Countrie
           :
           so
           that
           it
           is
           not
           to
           be
           admired
           there
           is
           so
           little
           come
           to
           our
           knowledge
           of
           what
           passed
           there
           before
           the
           Conquest
           made
           by
           the
           Persians
           .
           Nay
           ,
           if
           the
           Ethiopions
           had
           commanded
           there
           before
           ,
           and
           that
           for
           a
           long
           tract
           of
           time
           ,
           as
           Herodotus
           mentions
           ,
           it
           is
           likely
           that
           even
           then
           the
           Sources
           of
           the
           Nile
           were
           not
           unknown
           ,
           nor
           the
           causes
           of
           its
           Inundation
           .
           And
           who
           
           knows
           whether
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Herodotus
           the
           Priests
           knew
           not
           more
           of
           those
           things
           then
           they
           would
           communicate
           to
           him
           ?
           For
           if
           they
           had
           relations
           of
           a
           Voyage
           of
           4
           Moneths
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           above
           1200
           Leagues
           ,
           continually
           ascending
           ,
           partly
           upon
           the
           Nile
           ,
           partly
           on
           the
           sides
           of
           it
           beyond
           the
           Tropick
           of
           Cancer
           ,
           those
           who
           had
           made
           it
           must
           have
           passed
           all
           the
           
             Torrid
             Zone
          
           ,
           and
           found
           the
           source
           and
           origine
           of
           the
           Nile
           .
           But
           they
           said
           ,
           that
           in
           those
           Countries
           the
           Nile
           flowed
           from
           West
           to
           East
           ,
           and
           not
           from
           South
           to
           North
           ,
           as
           it
           did
           in
           Aegypt
           ;
           which
           is
           not
           consonant
           to
           the
           reason
           given
           by
           Herodotus
           himself
           of
           the
           overflux
           of
           that
           River
           ;
           nor
           the
           Modern
           Geographies
           ,
           according
           to
           which
           the
           Sources
           of
           the
           Nile
           are
           far
           beyond
           the
           
             Equinoctial
             Line
          
           .
        
         
         
           This
           then
           passing
           for
           certain
           ,
           with
           a
           length
           of
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Nile
           equal
           to
           that
           attributed
           thereto
           by
           Herodotus
           ,
           methinks
           there
           might
           be
           a
           reason
           found
           out
           of
           its
           overflowing
           in
           Aegypt
           more
           probable
           then
           those
           which
           many
           have
           hitherto
           given
           thereof
           .
           For
           what
           makes
           the
           overflux
           miraculous
           is
           ,
           that
           it
           happens
           ,
           as
           we
           have
           already
           said
           during
           the
           great
           heats
           of
           Summer
           ,
           when
           all
           other
           Rivers
           are
           at
           the
           lowest
           or
           dryed
           up
           :
           which
           occasioned
           a
           perswasion
           ,
           that
           it
           proceeds
           from
           a
           cause
           different
           from
           that
           of
           others
           ,
           which
           manifestly
           depend
           on
           the
           Rains
           which
           fall
           ,
           and
           the
           Snow
           which
           ordinarily
           melts
           in
           great
           abundance
           towards
           the
           end
           of
           Winter
           ,
           at
           which
           time
           the
           Nile
           is
           at
           the
           lowest
           .
           Some
           therefore
           have
           been
           of
           opinion
           ,
           as
           Herodotus
           relates
           ,
           that
           the
           Nile
           overflows
           
           in
           Summer
           ,
           because
           then
           there
           come
           into
           Aegypt
           continually
           certain
           Winds
           called
           the
           Etesian
           from
           the
           Northern
           Coast
           ,
           which
           obstruct
           its
           course
           ,
           and
           so
           croud
           up
           its
           Waters
           ,
           depriving
           them
           of
           the
           freedom
           of
           falling
           into
           the
           Sea
           ,
           as
           they
           ordinarily
           do
           ,
           as
           the
           reflux
           of
           the
           Ocean
           daily
           does
           the
           Rivers
           which
           fall
           into
           it
           .
           Others
           attributed
           the
           cause
           of
           it
           to
           the
           Ocean
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           they
           affirmed
           the
           Nile
           to
           take
           its
           origine
           ;
           but
           they
           explicated
           not
           after
           what
           manner
           this
           was
           done
           .
           Others
           affirmed
           ,
           that
           this
           overflux
           proceeded
           from
           the
           Snow
           ,
           which
           they
           pretended
           was
           dissolved
           in
           Summer
           upon
           the
           sides
           of
           the
           
             Nile
             .
             Herodotus
          
           refutes
           all
           these
           conjectures
           ,
           and
           then
           gives
           his
           own
           opinion
           ,
           which
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Nile
           coming
           from
           some
           very
           remote
           parts
           of
           the
           South
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           
           from
           a
           Countrey
           from
           which
           the
           Sun
           is
           far
           distant
           in
           Summer
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           very
           near
           Aegypt
           its
           course
           ,
           which
           at
           its
           coming
           out
           of
           the
           source
           is
           always
           equally
           big
           ,
           comes
           then
           quite
           to
           Aegypt
           without
           losing
           any
           thing
           of
           its
           fulnesse
           ,
           in
           regard
           the
           Sun
           consumes
           nothing
           or
           very
           little
           of
           it
           :
           whereas
           in
           Winter
           it
           decreases
           much
           by
           the
           way
           ,
           for
           the
           contrary
           reason
           ;
           which
           is
           that
           the
           Sun
           being
           then
           directly
           upon
           its
           waters
           devours
           a
           great
           part
           thereof
           .
           Strabo
           ,
           who
           thought
           not
           this
           reason
           of
           Herodotus
           more
           probable
           then
           the
           others
           ,
           recurs
           to
           that
           which
           he
           says
           had
           been
           observed
           by
           Homer
           ,
           when
           he
           called
           Aegypt
           (
           that
           is
           to
           say
           the
           Nile
           in
           Homerical
           terms
           )
           a
           River
           falling
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           
             
               —
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
            
          
           He
           would
           therefore
           have
           the
           overflux
           
           of
           the
           Nile
           proceed
           from
           the
           Summer-rains
           ,
           which
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           are
           frequent
           in
           Ethiopia
           ,
           according
           to
           their
           Relation
           who
           have
           sailed
           on
           the
           Red
           Sea
           as
           far
           as
           the
           Countrey
           which
           produces
           Cinnamon
           ,
           as
           also
           of
           those
           who
           have
           been
           at
           the
           Hunting
           of
           Elephants
           .
           The
           Relation
           of
           the
           Monk
           Cosmas
           ,
           inserted
           by
           the
           most
           Learned
           and
           Ingeniously
           curious
           person
           Monsieur
           Thevenot
           in
           the
           First
           Part
           of
           his
           Collections
           ,
           says
           methinks
           the
           same
           thing
           .
           But
           ,
           besides
           that
           the
           sources
           of
           the
           Nile
           are
           at
           a
           far
           greater
           distance
           then
           is
           supposed
           by
           that
           reason
           alledged
           also
           by
           our
           Author
           in
           its
           proper
           place
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           great
           likelihood
           that
           the
           rains
           should
           be
           so
           frequent
           in
           Summer
           in
           a
           Countrey
           next
           adjoyning
           to
           Aegypt
           ,
           where
           it
           never
           rains
           ,
           and
           more
           Southerly
           then
           
           it
           .
           Whence
           it
           comes
           that
           at
           this
           time
           the
           ablest
           Philosophers
           endeavours
           to
           find
           out
           some
           other
           cause
           of
           so
           considerable
           an
           effect
           ,
           and
           Monsieur
           
             de
             la
             Chambre
          
           among
           others
           by
           an
           extraordinary
           sagacity
           hath
           found
           out
           one
           ,
           for
           it
           in
           the
           Bowels
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Aegypt
           ,
           whose
           Nitrous
           qualities
           stirred
           by
           the
           heats
           of
           Summer
           are
           in
           his
           judgement
           capable
           of
           causing
           the
           Waters
           of
           that
           River
           to
           rise
           up
           to
           so
           great
           an
           overflux
           ,
           as
           we
           see
           by
           experience
           that
           it
           does
           .
           This
           opinion
           ,
           when
           we
           shall
           have
           comprehended
           the
           subtile
           Discourses
           ,
           and
           considered
           the
           excellent
           remarks
           whereby
           that
           great
           great
           person
           confirms
           it
           ,
           will
           doubtless
           be
           found
           the
           most
           likely
           to
           be
           true
           .
        
         
           Monsieur
           Chapelain
           ,
           to
           whom
           most
           of
           the
           Virtuosi
           do
           now
           give
           an
           account
           ,
           not
           onely
           of
           their
           
           works
           ,
           but
           also
           of
           their
           designs
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           confidence
           they
           have
           of
           his
           excellent
           judgment
           and
           sincere
           advice
           ,
           told
           me
           not
           long
           since
           ,
           that
           the
           most
           Learned
           and
           most
           Eloquent
           Monsieur
           Vossius
           hath
           a
           Treatise
           ready
           on
           the
           same
           Subject
           ,
           wherein
           we
           are
           like
           to
           meet
           with
           many
           things
           yet
           unknown
           to
           us
           .
        
         
           To
           make
           it
           appear
           then
           that
           I
           have
           also
           made
           some
           reflections
           on
           this
           Miracle
           ,
           I
           shall
           here
           set
           down
           the
           reason
           I
           have
           imagined
           to
           my self
           for
           it
           ,
           which
           does
           not
           contradict
           Homer
           ,
           though
           it
           agrees
           not
           with
           Strabo
           ;
           for
           it
           will
           haply
           suffice
           those
           who
           may
           not
           have
           the
           leisure
           to
           examine
           such
           as
           are
           more
           subtile
           .
           I
           observe
           then
           in
           the
           first
           place
           ,
           that
           to
           my
           thinking
           it
           is
           affirmed
           by
           Macinus
           ,
           that
           the
           risings
           of
           the
           Nile
           are
           framed
           above
           Aegypt
           .
           For
           towards
           
           the
           end
           of
           his
           forty
           eighth
           Chaliph
           ,
           he
           says
           that
           the
           Nile
           being
           very
           low
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Michael
           Patriarch
           of
           Alexandria
           ,
           that
           Prelate
           was
           sent
           by
           the
           
             Mustanser
             ,
             Choliph
          
           of
           Aegypt
           ,
           to
           the
           King
           of
           the
           Abyssines
           ,
           who
           upon
           his
           intreaty
           having
           cleared
           the
           passage
           of
           the
           Water
           ,
           it
           rose
           in
           Aegypt
           three
           Cubits
           in
           one
           night
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           its
           height
           .
           I
           suppose
           next
           the
           two
           propositions
           by
           me
           already
           alledged
           ,
           That
           the
           sources
           of
           the
           Nile
           are
           far
           beyond
           the
           Equinoctial
           Line
           ;
           and
           ,
           That
           its
           course
           thence
           into
           Aegypt
           is
           in
           length
           above
           twelve
           hundred
           leagues
           ,
           that
           is
           fourteen
           of
           fifteen
           hundred
           :
           I
           suppose
           further
           ,
           that
           at
           the
           Sources
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           as
           in
           many
           other
           places
           ,
           the
           Waters
           are
           higher
           in
           Winter
           then
           in
           Summer
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           is
           affirmed
           by
           
             F.
             Maffaeus
          
           in
           his
           first
           
           Book
           of
           the
           
             History
             of
             the
             Indies
          
           ,
           where
           he
           has
           this
           passage
           ;
           
             Processit
             ad
             ostium
             ingentis
             Fluvii
             ,
             qui
             exipsis
          
           Nili
           
             fontibus
             originem
             trahens
             ,
             Zaires
             ab
             incolis
             dicitur
             ;
             actanta
             aquarum
             vi
             ,
             praesertim
             hyeme
             ,
             sese
             in
             Oceanum
             infert
             ,
             ut
             prodatur
             in
             octaginta
             millia
             passuum
             ab
             eo
             vinci
             mare
             .
          
           I
           suppose
           moreover
           ,
           that
           the
           Waters
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           high
           ,
           advance
           within
           the
           Chanel
           wherein
           they
           flow
           at
           about
           the
           rate
           of
           four
           leagues
           a
           day
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           observation
           I
           have
           made
           upon
           the
           like
           occasion
           .
           For
           those
           who
           have
           seen
           the
           Nile
           overflown
           in
           Aegypt
           have
           assur'd
           me
           ,
           that
           its
           course
           is
           about
           the
           same
           rate
           of
           swiftnesse
           as
           that
           of
           the
           Seine
           when
           it
           is
           in
           the
           same
           condition
           at
           Paris
           .
           Now
           the
           waters
           of
           the
           Seine
           ,
           and
           the
           Rivers
           falling
           into
           it
           ,
           according
           to
           my
           computation
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           
           risen
           ,
           make
           about
           the
           same
           measure
           of
           way
           every
           day
           .
           For
           at
           Montereul
           in
           Normandy
           ,
           where
           I
           writ
           this
           ,
           we
           have
           a
           small
           River
           which
           is
           of
           that
           number
           ,
           and
           into
           which
           there
           come
           Waters
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           high
           ,
           from
           about
           four
           leagues
           distance
           ,
           though
           its
           ordinary
           current
           comes
           but
           from
           the
           Spring
           of
           Ternant
           ,
           distant
           from
           it
           but
           a
           league
           and
           a
           half
           .
           When
           this
           little
           River
           rises
           of
           a
           sudden
           by
           a
           storm
           ,
           as
           it
           happens
           often
           ,
           and
           that
           sometimes
           even
           in
           Summer
           the
           Waters
           are
           up
           but
           one
           day
           at
           Montereul
           ;
           which
           argues
           that
           those
           which
           come
           last
           are
           a
           day
           in
           running
           the
           four
           leagues
           whence
           they
           come
           .
           There
           passes
           by
           Cernieres
           ,
           which
           is
           but
           half
           a
           league
           from
           the
           same
           place
           ,
           another
           small
           River
           ,
           into
           which
           there
           come
           Waters
           from
           a
           distance
           double
           to
           the
           other
           ;
           
           whence
           it
           comes
           that
           they
           are
           up
           two
           days
           ,
           whereas
           they
           are
           but
           one
           at
           Montereul
           .
           In
           the
           last
           Inundation
           of
           the
           Seine
           ,
           which
           was
           great
           and
           sudden
           enough
           at
           the
           end
           of
           Winter
           in
           the
           Year
           1665
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           abundance
           of
           Snow
           which
           was
           dissolved
           in
           a
           short
           time
           ,
           I
           observed
           ,
           being
           then
           at
           Paris
           ,
           that
           the
           Waters
           began
           to
           rise
           the
           18th
           .
           day
           of
           February
           ,
           and
           continued
           till
           the
           end
           of
           that
           Moneth
           ;
           after
           which
           they
           notably
           decreased
           till
           the
           10th
           .
           of
           March
           ;
           which
           discovers
           that
           the
           last-arrived
           were
           twenty
           days
           coming
           from
           the
           places
           where
           the
           Snow
           was
           dissolved
           .
           Those
           places
           I
           conceive
           to
           be
           about
           fourscore
           leagues
           from
           Paris
           ,
           and
           consequently
           those
           Waters
           had
           advanced
           about
           four
           leagues
           a
           day
           .
        
         
           All
           this
           supposed
           ,
           I
           say
           for
           example
           ,
           
           that
           the
           Waters
           which
           cause
           the
           overflowing
           of
           the
           Nile
           this
           day
           being
           the
           first
           of
           August
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           were
           got
           together
           in
           the
           places
           where
           its
           course
           began
           about
           a
           Year
           before
           ,
           whether
           occasioned
           by
           Rain
           or
           Snow
           melted
           .
           Wherein
           there
           is
           nothing
           Miraculous
           or
           extraordinary
           .
           For
           at
           that
           time
           it
           was
           Summer
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           as
           it
           is
           this
           day
           ;
           and
           consequently
           at
           the
           same
           time
           it
           was
           Winter
           in
           those
           Places
           ,
           where
           the
           current
           of
           the
           Nile
           begins
           ;
           since
           the
           Sources
           of
           it
           are
           at
           a
           great
           distance
           beyond
           the
           Equinoctial
           Line
           ,
           where
           the
           Seasons
           are
           directly
           contrary
           to
           those
           which
           are
           on
           this
           side
           it
           .
           The
           Waters
           therefore
           were
           then
           about
           those
           Sources
           higher
           then
           at
           any
           other
           Season
           :
           but
           having
           fourteen
           or
           fifteen
           hundred
           leagues
           to
           advance
           ere
           they
           got
           to
           Aegypt
           ,
           after
           
           the
           rate
           of
           about
           four
           leagues
           a
           day
           ,
           they
           were
           about
           a
           year
           by
           the
           way
           ;
           and
           consequently
           there
           could
           not
           be
           an
           overflux
           of
           the
           Nile
           in
           that
           Province
           sooner
           then
           now
           .
           And
           if
           it
           be
           true
           that
           the
           Ganges
           overflows
           also
           in
           Summer
           ,
           as
           Pliny
           and
           Modern
           Relations
           seem
           to
           affirm
           ,
           and
           that
           consequently
           it
           is
           now
           in
           the
           same
           condition
           in
           the
           Indies
           as
           the
           Nile
           is
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           the
           cause
           may
           haply
           be
           the
           same
           .
           For
           its
           course
           being
           but
           half
           the
           length
           of
           that
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           there
           needs
           but
           six
           Moneths
           for
           the
           Waters
           to
           get
           from
           the
           Sources
           to
           their
           Mouths
           ,
           it
           being
           supposed
           those
           of
           the
           Nile
           take
           up
           a
           whole
           Year
           .
           Now
           it
           was
           Winter
           six
           Moneths
           before
           at
           the
           Sources
           of
           the
           Ganges
           ,
           which
           are
           on
           this
           side
           the
           Equinoctial
           Line
           ;
           as
           it
           was
           a
           Year
           ago
           at
           the
           Sources
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           which
           are
           beyond
           it
           .
           
           The
           same
           is
           to
           be
           said
           of
           the
           River
           Menam
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           long
           continuance
           of
           the
           overflux
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           which
           is
           a
           hundred
           days
           according
           to
           Herodotus
           ,
           or
           rather
           six
           Moneths
           according
           to
           the
           same
           Author
           in
           another
           passage
           ,
           where
           he
           says
           that
           in
           his
           time
           the
           water
           flowed
           out
           of
           the
           Nile
           into
           the
           Lake
           Myris
           or
           Moeris
           during
           the
           space
           of
           six
           Moneths
           ,
           and
           returned
           out
           of
           the
           same
           Lake
           into
           the
           Nile
           at
           the
           same
           place
           whereat
           it
           had
           entred
           into
           it
           ,
           during
           the
           other
           six
           Moneths
           of
           the
           Year
           ;
           this
           continuance
           (
           I
           say
           )
           hath
           no
           other
           cause
           according
           to
           this
           position
           ,
           but
           that
           which
           prolongs
           the
           Inundations
           of
           other
           Rivers
           .
           For
           it
           proceeds
           partly
           from
           the
           length
           of
           time
           that
           the
           Snow
           is
           dissolving
           ,
           or
           the
           Waters
           falling
           ,
           and
           partly
           from
           the
           different
           distance
           
           of
           the
           place
           from
           which
           they
           come
           into
           the
           Chanel
           of
           the
           Nile
           after
           the
           dissolving
           or
           falling
           .
           For
           thence
           it
           comes
           ,
           that
           some
           get
           a
           long
           time
           after
           others
           from
           the
           place
           of
           their
           Rendezvous
           ,
           and
           consequently
           they
           come
           in
           like
           manner
           into
           Aegypt
           .
        
         
           We
           see
           also
           in
           all
           other
           Rivers
           something
           like
           the
           overflowings
           of
           the
           Nile
           .
           For
           many
           times
           the
           Seine
           for
           example
           is
           high
           and
           overflows
           at
           Paris
           ,
           when
           no
           rain
           has
           fallen
           thereabouts
           ,
           nor
           any
           Snow
           dissolved
           ;
           and
           it
           is
           ordinarily
           some
           days
           after
           the
           Rain
           is
           past
           ,
           or
           the
           Snow
           dissolved
           ,
           when
           the
           weather
           is
           fair
           and
           clear
           ,
           that
           its
           overflux
           is
           in
           its
           greatest
           force
           and
           height
           .
        
         
           Moreover
           ,
           That
           the
           Waters
           which
           cause
           the
           augmentations
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           and
           its
           Inundations
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           come
           from
           the
           Torrents
           ,
           
           the
           sl●me
           which
           they
           bring
           along
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           which
           hath
           made
           some
           conjecture
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           called
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           seem
           to
           testifie
           it
           .
           For
           the
           Waters
           which
           come
           from
           running
           Springs
           by
           ordinary
           Chanels
           are
           not
           muddy
           .
           It
           may
           also
           methinks
           be
           inferred
           from
           the
           same
           slime
           ,
           that
           those
           Torrents
           force
           their
           way
           through
           cultivated
           and
           manured
           Lands
           ;
           for
           the
           Waters
           which
           fall
           from
           the
           Sky
           upon
           Desert
           and
           Untilled
           places
           are
           pure
           and
           clear
           in
           their
           descent
           thence
           .
           If
           this
           be
           true
           ,
           with
           the
           conjectures
           we
           have
           mentioned
           before
           ,
           it
           must
           follow
           that
           the
           Meridional
           parts
           of
           Africk
           were
           inhabited
           and
           cultivated
           before
           Aegypt
           was
           in
           the
           World
           ;
           and
           that
           being
           granted
           ,
           if
           the
           Nitre
           of
           Aegypt
           be
           of
           the
           nature
           of
           our
           Saltpeter
           ,
           which
           is
           framed
           of
           old
           Manure
           amass'd
           ,
           
           and
           fermented
           a
           long
           time
           together
           ,
           it
           might
           seem
           to
           be
           rather
           an
           effect
           then
           a
           cause
           of
           the
           overflowing
           of
           the
           Nile
           .
        
         
           But
           haply
           we
           have
           said
           too
           much
           of
           the
           Nile
           and
           Aegypt
           in
           a
           Preface
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           serve
           only
           for
           an
           Introduction
           to
           what
           is
           said
           thereof
           by
           our
           Author
           ,
           of
           whom
           the
           Reader
           might
           expect
           we
           should
           give
           some
           account
           ,
           though
           we
           have
           nothing
           to
           say
           of
           him
           ,
           but
           only
           what
           may
           be
           conjectured
           by
           the
           Reading
           of
           his
           Book
           ;
           according
           to
           which
           he
           was
           (
           as
           I
           conceive
           )
           of
           Cairo
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           of
           Masre
           ;
           for
           thus
           is
           that
           Famous
           City
           called
           to
           this
           day
           by
           its
           Inhabitants
           ,
           as
           we
           have
           already
           observed
           :
           and
           the
           name
           of
           Cairo
           ,
           under
           which
           it
           is
           known
           in
           Europe
           ,
           came
           to
           it
           from
           that
           which
           the
           Mugazzoldinil
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           conquered
           Aegypt
           ,
           caused
           to
           
           be
           built
           near
           it
           for
           the
           Quartering
           of
           his
           Militia
           ;
           and
           ,
           which
           he
           called
           Cahire
           or
           Cah●re
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Victorious
           or
           Conqueress
           ,
           either
           for
           the
           reason
           given
           thereof
           by
           Macinus
           in
           the
           Year
           362
           ,
           or
           in
           regard
           that
           being
           the
           Habitation
           of
           the
           Soldiery
           ,
           it
           subdued
           in
           effect
           ,
           and
           caused
           its
           Commands
           to
           be
           obeyed
           ,
           not
           only
           by
           the
           Neighbouring
           City
           ,
           but
           also
           by
           the
           whole
           Empire
           of
           the
           
             Phatimite
             Chaliphs
          
           ,
           as
           the
           Camp
           near
           Rome
           in
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Roman
           Emperors
           ,
           Commanded
           both
           the
           City
           and
           the
           Empire
           ,
           and
           many
           times
           the
           Emperour
           himself
           .
           Our
           Author
           then
           ,
           as
           far
           as
           I
           can
           conjecture
           ,
           was
           of
           the
           same
           Countrey
           with
           Macinus
           ,
           and
           lived
           about
           the
           same
           time
           ,
           that
           is
           above
           four
           hundred
           Years
           since
           .
           For
           methinks
           he
           speaks
           of
           the
           Sultan
           the
           Macolcamel
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           
           Abubeker
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Job
           ,
           as
           of
           a
           Prince
           Reigning
           in
           his
           time
           ;
           and
           he
           mentions
           not
           any
           other
           that
           Reigned
           since
           ,
           though
           he
           speaks
           of
           divers
           who
           had
           Reigned
           before
           .
        
         
           The
           esteem
           which
           the
           Arabians
           have
           at
           this
           day
           for
           his
           work
           sufficiently
           appears
           in
           my
           judgment
           by
           the
           beauty
           of
           the
           Copy
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           we
           have
           made
           this
           Translation
           ,
           and
           which
           was
           communicated
           to
           us
           by
           the
           late
           Cardinal
           
           Mazarine's
           Library-keeper
           ,
           by
           the
           favour
           of
           Monsieur
           Colbert
           ,
           who
           amidst
           his
           infinite
           cares
           for
           what
           concerns
           the
           Glory
           of
           his
           Majesty
           ,
           and
           the
           happiness
           of
           his
           Subjects
           ,
           is
           some
           times
           pleased
           to
           think
           on
           our
           Arabian
           Muses
           ,
           and
           forgets
           not
           our
           labours
           in
           the
           distribution
           of
           the
           Favours
           which
           he
           obtains
           from
           his
           Majesty
           ,
           for
           those
           who
           
           seriously
           apply
           themselves
           to
           the
           noblest
           kind
           of
           Learning
           .
           The
           Manuscript
           of
           the
           
             Onirocrit
             Mussulman
          
           ,
           whereof
           we
           have
           lately
           published
           the
           Translation
           ,
           was
           put
           into
           our
           hands
           by
           Monsieur
           
             de
             Montmor
          
           ,
           principal
           Master
           of
           Requests
           ,
           a
           Person
           as
           Eminent
           for
           his
           great
           Wit
           and
           rare
           Learning
           ,
           as
           his
           Quality
           .
           I
           am
           glad
           to
           make
           this
           Discovery
           ,
           for
           their
           satisfaction
           who
           were
           desirous
           to
           know
           whence
           I
           had
           it
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           might
           be
           an
           acknowledgement
           of
           the
           kindnesses
           I
           have
           received
           from
           that
           Person
           upon
           that
           and
           divers
           other
           occasions
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           return
           to
           our
           Aegypt
           :
           Were
           there
           nothing
           butthe
           History
           ,
           or
           rather
           the
           Fable
           ,
           of
           Gebirus
           and
           Charoba
           ,
           and
           the
           Nymph
           Marina
           ,
           which
           is
           about
           the
           middle
           of
           this
           Work
           ,
           I
           should
           not
           repent
           me
           of
           the
           Translation
           
           of
           it
           ;
           for
           I
           little
           imagined
           to
           find
           in
           a
           Mussulman
           .
           Author
           any
           thing
           so
           much
           allyed
           to
           the
           witty
           Fables
           of
           the
           ancient
           Greek
           and
           Latine
           Poets
           ,
           as
           that
           Narration
           is
           ,
           which
           made
           me
           reflect
           at
           the
           Translation
           of
           it
           on
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           fourth
           Book
           of
           the
           Odysses
           ,
           and
           the
           end
           of
           the
           fourth
           Book
           of
           the
           Georgicks
           .
           I
           have
           made
           the
           Title
           to
           my
           Translation
           according
           to
           the
           proposal
           of
           the
           Author
           ,
           for
           it
           is
           not
           in
           the
           Arabian
           Manuscript
           .
           Nor
           is
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Author
           in
           the
           first
           Page
           of
           it
           ,
           but
           I
           meet
           it
           in
           some
           other
           places
           ,
           as
           the
           Reader
           may
           observe
           .
        
         
           The
           Pyramids
           several
           times
           mentioned
           in
           it
           are
           expressed
           in
           the
           Arabian
           Tongue
           by
           two
           Names
           ,
           to
           wit
           Birba
           ,
           which
           I
           have
           used
           in
           several
           places
           ;
           and
           Haram
           .
           The
           word
           Birba
           ,
           and
           
           in
           the
           plural
           Barabi
           ,
           is
           haply
           a
           corruption
           of
           Pyramis
           .
           Whether
           it
           be
           so
           or
           not
           ,
           our
           Author
           calls
           so
           either
           the
           Pyramids
           in
           general
           ,
           or
           only
           the
           least
           of
           them
           exclusively
           from
           the
           greatest
           ,
           to
           which
           he
           particularly
           gives
           the
           other
           name
           ,
           which
           is
           Haram
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Arabian
           signifies
           an
           
             Old
             Structure
          
           .
           Monsieur
           
             The
             venot
          
           hath
           given
           us
           in
           the
           first
           part
           of
           his
           Collections
           a
           most
           exact
           Description
           of
           those
           great
           Pyramids
           made
           by
           an
           
           English-man
           ,
           who
           hath
           seen
           them
           in
           our
           time
           ,
           and
           considered
           them
           at
           leisure
           ;
           according
           to
           which
           those
           Structures
           consist
           of
           a
           certain
           number
           of
           square
           Foundations
           or
           Platforms
           set
           one
           upon
           another
           ,
           all
           equal
           in
           thicknesse
           ,
           but
           the
           upper
           Plat-form
           perpetually
           somewhat
           less
           in
           length
           and
           breadth
           then
           that
           which
           is
           under
           it
           ,
           and
           set
           just
           up
           
           on
           the
           midst
           of
           it
           ;
           the
           differences
           of
           length
           and
           breadth
           being
           every
           where
           equal
           between
           them
           ,
           as
           also
           the
           depth
           or
           thicknesse
           :
           so
           that
           the
           whole
           Pyramid
           is
           only
           a
           square
           blunt
           point
           ,
           the
           four
           sides
           whereof
           are
           Stairs
           ,
           and
           the
           upper
           extremity
           is
           the
           least
           in
           length
           and
           breadth
           of
           all
           the
           Platforms
           whereof
           it
           confists
           .
           Which
           argues
           in
           my
           judgement
           ,
           that
           heretofore
           there
           were
           some
           Colosses
           or
           Obelisks
           placed
           on
           them
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           on
           their
           Pedestals
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           Herodotus
           expresly
           affirms
           of
           the
           two
           built
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Lake
           Moeris
           .
           The
           height
           of
           every
           Pyramid
           is
           equal
           to
           the
           side
           of
           its
           Basis
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           same
           Herodotus
           ,
           who
           assigns
           that
           of
           Cheops
           eight
           hundred
           foot
           in
           length
           ,
           as
           many
           in
           breadth
           ,
           and
           as
           many
           in
           height
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           is
           as
           't
           were
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           
           Cube
           ,
           and
           covers
           with
           its
           Basis
           near
           seven
           Acres
           of
           ground
           ,
           according
           to
           our
           measure
           of
           Normandy
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           above
           thirteen
           furlongs
           ;
           being
           all
           built
           of
           Free-stone
           ,
           the
           least
           piece
           whereof
           was
           thirteen
           foot
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           City
           of
           the
           
             Black
             Eagle
          
           ,
           whereof
           our
           Author
           promises
           to
           speak
           ,
           I
           know
           not
           which
           it
           is
           ,
           if
           it
           be
           not
           that
           Outiratis
           ,
           in
           the
           Description
           of
           of
           which
           he
           makes
           mention
           of
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           
             Black
             Eagle
          
           set
           up
           on
           one
           of
           its
           Gates
           .
           If
           the
           name
           of
           the
           City
           of
           Gainosamses
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Eye
           or
           
             Fountain
             of
             the
             Sun
          
           ,
           be
           not
           understood
           of
           the
           Fountain
           of
           Ammon
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           Lake
           called
           the
           
             Fountain
             of
             the
             Sun
             ,
             Fons
             So
             is
             ,
          
           it
           seems
           to
           expresse
           that
           of
           Heliopolis
           ,
           whose
           situation
           is
           answerable
           to
           that
           of
           Masre
           ,
           and
           not
           to
           that
           of
           
             Memphis
             .
             Masre
          
           was
           also
           
           called
           Fustata
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           for
           the
           reason
           given
           thereof
           by
           Macinus
           in
           the
           Year
           Twenty
           .
           The
           Danae
           seems
           to
           be
           the
           Labyrinth
           .
           Alphiom
           is
           one
           of
           those
           Islands
           in
           the
           Continent
           ,
           which
           Strabo
           calls
           Anases
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           and
           which
           are
           cultivated
           places
           ,
           but
           surrounded
           on
           all
           sides
           by
           great
           Deserts
           .
           There
           are
           many
           of
           these
           Anases
           in
           Africk
           ,
           and
           three
           particularly
           in
           Aegypt
           ,
           in
           one
           whereof
           was
           heretofore
           the
           Oracle
           of
           
             Jupiter
             Ammon
          
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           PRODIGIES
           OF
           EGYPT
           According
           to
           the
           ARABIANS
           .
        
         
           
             IN
             the
             Name
             of
             God
             ,
             gracious
          
           
           
             and
             merciful
             ,
             I
             have
             learn'd
             a
             good
             word
             (
             says
             the
             Author
             of
             this
             Book
             ,
             to
             whom
             God
             be
             merciful
             )
             of
             our
             Master
             the
             Prelate
             ,
             the
             Guardian
             ,
          
           Abutachar
           Achamed
           
             the
             Son
             of
          
           Mahumet
           ,
           
             the
             Son
             of
          
           Achamed
           ,
           
             the
             Son
             of
          
           Abrahim
           ,
           
             the
             Son
             of
          
           Solpha
           the
           Solphian
           ,
           the
           Ispahanian
           ,
           
             God
             grant
             him
             mercy
             ;
             who
             affirm'd
             that
             he
             had
             it
             from
             the
             mouth
             of
             the
             Apostle
             of
             God
             himself
             ,
             whose
             memory
             be
             blessed
             ,
             by
             Tradition
             
             from
             many
             great
             persons
             whom
             he
             named
             ,
             as
             having
             received
             it
          
           *
           
             one
             from
             another
          
           ;
           Every
           man
           who
           hath
           a
           design
           ,
           and
           begins
           not
           the
           prosecution
           of
           it
           with
           the
           praise
           of
           God
           ,
           is
           either
           dumb
           ,
           or
           incapable
           of
           compassing
           his
           Enterprize
           .
        
         
           
             Let
             us
             therefore
             praise
             the
             great
             ,
             eternal
             ,
             immortal
             ,
             and
             most
             wise
             God
             ,
             who
             hath
             created
             all
             things
             by
             hill
             omnipotence
             ,
             to
             be
             an
             experiment
             and
             demonstration
             of
             his
             Supreme
             Authority
             ,
             to
             express
             his
             Unity
             ,
             and
             conduct
             them
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             himself
             .
             There
             is
             not
             any
             thing
             like
             him
             ;
             he
             understands
             all
             things
             ,
             he
             sees
             all
             things
             .
             I
             would
             acknowledge
             that
             there
             is
             no
             other
             God
             then
             that
             great
             God
             alone
             ,
             who
             has
             no
             companion
             ,
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             as
             they
             acknowledge
             who
             serve
             their
             Lord
             sincerely
             ,
             not
             imagining
             any
             thing
             equal
             to
             him
             .
             I
             shall
             also
             acknowledge
             that
          
           Mahumet
           
             is
             Servant
             and
             Apostle
             ,
             sent
             by
             him
             at
             a
             time
             when
             the
             World
             wanted
             some
             to
             be
             sent
             ,
             and
             such
             Masters
             as
             should
             teach
             it
             the
             Rules
             of
             Religion
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             footsteps
             of
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             to
             persuade
             Nations
             .
             God
             favour
             him
             with
             his
             benedictions
             as
             also
             those
             of
             his
             House
             ,
             who
             are
             holy
             and
             pure
             ,
             and
             generally
             all
             those
             of
             his
             Party
             .
          
        
         
         
           
             As
             to
             this
             Book
             ,
             I
             have
             set
             down
             in
             it
          
           
           
             the
             Excellencies
             of
             the
             City
             of
          
           Alexandria
           ,
           
             its
             Prodigies
             and
             Advantages
             .
             I
             make
             mention
             in
             it
             of
             the
             City
             of
             the
          
           Black
           Eagle
           ,
           
             the
             cause
             of
             its
             building
             ,
             and
             whatever
             there
             is
             miraculoas
             in
             it
             .
             I
             declare
             in
             it
             the
             Excellencies
             of
          
           Egypt
           ,
           
             and
             her
          
           Coptites
           ,
           
             and
             her
          
           Nile
           ,
           
             and
             the
             Aliments
             she
             produces
             ,
             as
             well
             by
             Land
             as
             by
             Sea
             ;
             and
             of
             her
             Fruits
             ,
             and
             the
             use
             made
             of
             them
             in
             every
             moneth
             of
             the
             year
             ;
             and
             of
             the
             Extent
             thereof
             .
             I
             pray
             God
             that
             he
             would
             graciously
             enable
             me
             to
             relate
             what
             miraculous
             things
             her
             Sages
             ,
             and
             Kings
             ,
             and
             her
          
           Pharaoh's
           ,
           
             and
             her
             Magicians
             ,
             and
             her
             Priests
             ,
             have
             wrought
             ;
             and
             what
          
           Talismans
           ,
           
             and
             what
             rare
             and
             extraordinary
             things
             they
             have
             set
             up
             :
             to
             treat
             of
             their
             Habitations
             ,
             how
             they
             lived
             in
             them
             ;
             and
             of
             their
             Wealth
             ,
             how
             they
             acquired
             it
             ,
             and
             secured
             it
             in
             their
             Pyramids
             built
             over
             it
             ,
             and
             how
             they
             died
             ,
             and
             left
             it
             behind
             them
             .
             To
             the
             end
             that
             they
             who
             are
             desirous
             to
             be
             instructed
             by
             Examples
             ,
             may
             meet
             with
             some
             in
             their
             tracks
             ;
             and
             that
             such
             as
             teach
             others
             may
             find
             Advertisements
             to
             give
             them
             ,
             since
             this
             is
             it
             which
             is
             recommended
             to
             us
             by
             God
             ,
             when
             he
             speaks
             thus
             in
             his
             Book
          
           ;
           Have
           they
           not
           sojourn'd
           
           upon
           earth
           ,
           and
           seen
           the
           end
           of
           those
           who
           were
           before
           them
           ,
           more
           powerful
           then
           they
           ,
           who
           tilled
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           cultivated
           it
           more
           then
           they
           ,
           and
           who
           have
           seen
           their
           Apostles
           come
           to
           them
           with
           evident
           signs
           ?
           
             and
             in
             several
             other
             the
             like
             passages
             of
             the
          
           Alcoran
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           affirmed
           that
           the
           most
           learned
           Priests
           ,
           who
           excell'd
           in
           the
           noblest
           
           knowledge
           of
           Divination
           ,
           and
           were
           most
           illuminated
           in
           that
           Art
           ,
           were
           the
           Priests
           and
           Sages
           of
           Egypt
           .
           The
           Wise
           men
           of
           Greece
           are
           of
           that
           opinion
           ,
           and
           affirm
           on
           their
           behalf
           ,
           that
           in
           their
           Divinations
           they
           were
           inclin'd
           to
           Astrology
           ,
           that
           they
           invented
           the
           occult
           Sciences
           ,
           and
           knew
           hidden
           Secrets
           ,
           that
           they
           made
           famous
           Talismans
           ,
           and
           noble
           Laws
           ;
           that
           they
           were
           the
           Authors
           of
           speaking
           Works
           and
           moving
           Figures
           ;
           that
           they
           raised
           high
           Structures
           ,
           and
           grav'd
           their
           Sciences
           on
           the
           hardest
           stones
           ,
           which
           were
           then
           soft
           ,
           like
           Earth
           water'd
           ,
           or
           Paste
           ;
           that
           they
           particularly
           excell'd
           in
           the
           Structure
           of
           Pyramids
           exactly
           built
           ,
           on
           which
           they
           made
           exquisite
           Talismans
           ,
           by
           means
           whereof
           
           they
           kept
           their
           Enemies
           from
           entering
           into
           their
           Cities
           and
           Provinces
           ,
           by
           that
           means
           giving
           a
           clear
           demonstration
           of
           the
           Prodigies
           of
           their
           Science
           ,
           and
           discovering
           the
           effects
           of
           their
           Wisdom
           .
           Egypt
           was
           then
           (
           they
           say
           )
           divided
           into
           fourscore
           and
           five
           Provinces
           ,
           whereof
           there
           were
           forty
           five
           in
           the
           lower
           part
           ,
           and
           forty
           in
           the
           upper
           .
           And
           in
           every
           Province
           there
           was
           a
           Governour
           taken
           from
           among
           the
           Princes
           of
           the
           Priests
           ,
           who
           are
           they
           of
           whom
           God
           speaks
           in
           the
           History
           of
           Pharaoh
           ,
           when
           he
           says
           ,
           
             Send
             Heralds
             through
             the
             cities
             ,
             to
             bring
             unto
             thee
             all
             the
             learned
             Magicians
             :
          
           he
           means
           those
           Governours
           .
           They
           say
           that
           the
           Cities
           of
           the
           Princes
           of
           the
           Magicians
           were
           built
           by
           Busiris
           .
           The
           Priest
           who
           served
           the
           Stars
           was
           seven
           years
           in
           that
           Imployment
           ;
           and
           when
           he
           was
           come
           to
           that
           degree
           ,
           they
           called
           him
           Cater
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           to
           say
           ,
           Master
           
           
             of
             the
             Influences
          
           ;
           and
           then
           he
           sate
           in
           the
           same
           Seat
           with
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           the
           King
           led
           his
           Beasts
           to
           the
           Watering-place
           ,
           and
           brought
           them
           back
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           
             did
             all
             his
             business
          
           according
           to
           his
           counsel
           .
           When
           he
           saw
           him
           coming
           ,
           he
           rose
           up
           to
           receive
           
           him
           ,
           went
           to
           meet
           him
           ,
           and
           made
           him
           sit
           down
           .
           Then
           the
           Priests
           approched
           ,
           and
           with
           them
           the
           Masters
           of
           the
           Arts
           ,
           who
           stood
           beneath
           the
           Cater
           .
           Every
           Priest
           served
           one
           particular
           Star
           ,
           and
           was
           not
           permitted
           to
           serve
           any
           other
           ;
           and
           he
           was
           called
           the
           Servant
           of
           such
           a
           Star
           ,
           as
           the
           Arabians
           served
           every
           one
           his
           own
           God
           ,
           and
           were
           called
           
             Gabdosamse
             ,
             Gabdiagoth
             ,
             Gabdolgasi
          
           ;
           that
           is
           ,
           Servant
           of
           Samse
           ,
           or
           the
           Sun
           ,
           Servant
           of
           Jagoth
           ,
           Servant
           of
           Gasi
           .
           The
           Cater
           said
           to
           the
           Priest
           ,
           Where
           is
           now
           the
           Star
           which
           thou
           servest
           ?
           The
           Priest
           replied
           ,
           It
           is
           in
           such
           a
           Sign
           ,
           such
           a
           Degree
           ,
           such
           a
           Minute
           .
           Then
           he
           put
           the
           same
           question
           to
           another
           ;
           and
           when
           all
           had
           answered
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           knew
           the
           Position
           of
           all
           the
           Stars
           ,
           he
           addressed
           himself
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           said
           thus
           to
           him
           ;
           It
           is
           requisite
           that
           you
           do
           such
           a
           thing
           to
           day
           ,
           that
           you
           send
           an
           Army
           to
           such
           a
           place
           ,
           that
           you
           clothe
           your self
           after
           such
           a
           manner
           ,
           that
           you
           speak
           at
           such
           a
           time
           ;
           and
           so
           of
           all
           he
           thought
           fit
           to
           be
           done
           in
           all
           the
           Kings
           Affairs
           ,
           and
           in
           all
           the
           Government
           of
           the
           Kingdom
           .
           The
           King
           writ
           down
           all
           the
           Cater
           said
           ,
           and
           
           whatever
           he
           disapprov'd
           .
           Then
           he
           turn'd
           to
           the
           Artists
           ,
           and
           said
           thus
           to
           them
           ;
           Grave
           thou
           such
           a
           Figure
           on
           such
           a
           Stone
           ;
           and
           ,
           Plant
           thou
           such
           a
           Tree
           ;
           and
           to
           another
           ,
           Make
           thou
           a
           Geometrical
           Draught
           of
           such
           a
           Work
           :
           and
           so
           to
           all
           from
           the
           first
           to
           the
           last
           .
           Immediately
           they
           all
           went
           every
           one
           to
           his
           Shop
           ,
           and
           beset
           themselves
           to
           do
           the
           works
           enjoyned
           them
           ,
           exactly
           following
           the
           design
           propos'd
           to
           them
           by
           the
           Cater
           .
           They
           set
           down
           that
           day
           in
           a
           Register
           the
           Works
           performed
           therein
           ;
           and
           the
           Register
           was
           folded
           up
           ,
           and
           kept
           in
           the
           Kings
           Treasury
           .
           Their
           Affairs
           were
           dispatch'd
           according
           to
           this
           order
           :
           then
           the
           King
           (
           when
           he
           had
           any
           Affair
           )
           assembled
           the
           Priests
           without
           the
           City
           Memphis
           ,
           and
           the
           People
           met
           together
           in
           the
           Streets
           of
           the
           said
           City
           .
           Then
           they
           made
           their
           entrance
           one
           after
           another
           in
           order
           ,
           the
           Drum
           
           beating
           before
           them
           to
           bring
           the
           people
           together
           ;
           and
           every
           one
           made
           some
           miraculous
           discovery
           of
           his
           Magick
           and
           Wisdom
           .
           One
           had
           ,
           to
           their
           thinking
           who
           look'd
           on
           him
           ,
           his
           Face
           surrounded
           with
           a
           light
           like
           that
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           so
           that
           none
           could
           look
           earnestly
           
           upon
           him
           .
           Another
           seem'd
           clad
           with
           a
           Robe
           beset
           with
           Precious
           stones
           of
           divers
           colours
           ,
           green
           ,
           red
           or
           yellow
           ,
           or
           wrought
           with
           gold
           .
           Another
           came
           mounted
           on
           a
           Lion
           ,
           compass'd
           with
           Serpents
           like
           Girdles
           .
           Another
           came
           in
           cover'd
           with
           a
           Canopy
           or
           Pavilion
           of
           light
           .
           Another
           appear'd
           surrounded
           with
           Fire
           ,
           turning
           about
           him
           so
           as
           that
           no
           body
           durst
           come
           near
           him
           .
           Another
           was
           seen
           with
           dreadful
           Birds
           perching
           about
           his
           Head
           ,
           and
           shaking
           their
           wings
           like
           black
           Eagles
           and
           Vultures
           .
           Another
           made
           appear
           before
           him
           in
           the
           air
           dreadful
           and
           terrible
           persons
           ,
           and
           winged
           Serpents
           .
           In
           fine
           ,
           every
           one
           did
           what
           was
           taught
           him
           by
           the
           Star
           he
           served
           ;
           yet
           all
           was
           but
           Apparition
           and
           Illusion
           without
           any
           reality
           :
           insomuch
           that
           when
           they
           came
           up
           to
           the
           King
           they
           spake
           thus
           to
           him
           ;
           
             You
             imagin'd
             that
             it
             was
             so
             or
             so
             ,
             but
             the
             truth
             is
             that
             it
             was
             such
             or
             such
             a
             thing
             .
          
        
         
           There
           was
           heretofore
           in
           ancient
           
           Masre
           (
           which
           is
           Emsos
           )
           a
           King-Priest
           named
           Gancam
           ,
           of
           the
           race
           of
           Gariac
           the
           Son
           of
           Aram
           ,
           of
           whom
           the
           ancient
           Egyptians
           tell
           several
           stories
           ,
           part
           
           whereof
           are
           beyond
           all
           likelihood
           .
           He
           liv'd
           before
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           which
           he
           by
           his
           Science
           foresaw
           ;
           whereupon
           he
           commanded
           the
           Doemons
           who
           accompanied
           
           him
           to
           build
           him
           a
           Palace
           beyond
           the
           Equinoctial
           Line
           ,
           which
           the
           ruines
           of
           this
           Universe
           could
           not
           reach
           .
           They
           built
           the
           Castle
           seated
           on
           the
           descent
           of
           the
           mountain
           of
           the
           Moon
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Castle
           of
           Brass
           ,
           where
           are
           the
           Brazen
           Statues
           ,
           in
           number
           LXXXV
           ;
           out
           of
           the
           Throats
           whereof
           issues
           the
           Water
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           
           which
           falls
           into
           a
           Fen
           full
           of
           Gravel
           ,
           whence
           the
           water
           of
           the
           Nile
           flows
           into
           Egypt
           and
           other
           Climats
           ,
           distributed
           and
           proportionably
           compass'd
           ;
           for
           were
           it
           not
           for
           that
           it
           would
           spread
           over
           the
           greatest
           part
           of
           the
           Earth
           .
           The
           Spirits
           having
           built
           him
           that
           Castle
           ,
           he
           had
           the
           curiosity
           to
           see
           it
           ,
           and
           make
           his
           abode
           therein
           .
           To
           that
           end
           he
           sate
           in
           a
           Pavilion
           made
           purposely
           with
           much
           artifice
           ,
           and
           the
           Spirits
           carried
           him
           on
           their
           shoulders
           to
           the
           Castle
           ;
           where
           having
           consider'd
           the
           excellency
           of
           the
           Structure
           ,
           and
           beauty
           of
           its
           Walls
           ,
           with
           the
           Sculptures
           and
           the
           Paintings
           that
           were
           about
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           Figures
           of
           the
           Celestial
           
           Bodies
           ,
           and
           divers
           other
           wonderful
           things
           ;
           for
           in
           the
           greatest
           obscurity
           of
           the
           night
           people
           saw
           clearly
           without
           Torches
           .
           There
           were
           Tables
           set
           and
           spread
           with
           all
           sorts
           of
           Meat
           ,
           yet
           none
           perceiv'd
           to
           set
           them
           there
           ;
           so
           all
           sorts
           of
           Drinks
           in
           vessels
           of
           Marble
           ,
           Gold
           ,
           and
           Silver
           ,
           which
           he
           made
           use
           of
           ;
           yet
           were
           they
           not
           increased
           or
           diminished
           .
           In
           the
           middest
           of
           the
           Castle
           there
           was
           a
           Cistern
           of
           Water
           congeal'd
           into
           Ice
           ,
           whereof
           the
           motion
           might
           be
           perceived
           through
           that
           part
           which
           was
           frozen
           ;
           as
           one
           sees
           through
           a
           Glass
           what
           is
           contained
           in
           it
           .
           Having
           considered
           all
           this
           ,
           he
           was
           astonished
           thereat
           ,
           and
           immediately
           returned
           into
           Egypt
           ;
           where
           he
           left
           for
           his
           Lieutenant
           and
           Successour
           his
           Son
           Gariac
           ,
           recommending
           his
           Subjects
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           Government
           of
           the
           Kingdom
           ;
           and
           then
           he
           return'd
           to
           the
           Castle
           ,
           and
           continued
           there
           till
           he
           died
           .
           He
           is
           thought
           to
           be
           Author
           of
           the
           Books
           of
           the
           Coptites
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           they
           take
           their
           stories
           ,
           and
           all
           that
           is
           to
           happen
           till
           the
           end
           of
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           In
           these
           Books
           of
           the
           Coptites
           there
           
           is
           mention
           made
           among
           other
           Princes
           
           of
           the
           Priestess
           Borsa
           ,
           who
           administered
           justice
           to
           the
           people
           sitting
           in
           a
           Throne
           of
           Fire
           ;
           so
           that
           when
           any
           one
           came
           for
           justice
           ,
           if
           his
           cause
           were
           just
           ,
           and
           he
           spoke
           the
           truth
           ,
           the
           Fire
           returned
           to
           her
           ;
           if
           on
           the
           contrary
           he
           were
           a
           lyar
           and
           deceiver
           ,
           and
           came
           near
           the
           Fire
           ,
           he
           was
           presently
           burnt
           thereby
           .
           This
           Princess
           appear'd
           to
           men
           in
           divers
           forms
           as
           she
           pleased
           her self
           .
           She
           afterwards
           caused
           a
           Castle
           to
           be
           built
           on
           the
           side
           of
           the
           Roman
           Sea
           ,
           to
           which
           she
           retir'd
           ,
           and
           kept
           out
           of
           the
           sight
           of
           men
           .
           In
           the
           
           Walls
           of
           this
           Castle
           she
           caused
           to
           be
           put
           Pipes
           of
           Brass
           ,
           the
           ends
           whereof
           came
           out
           and
           were
           hollow
           ,
           having
           each
           written
           on
           them
           a
           representation
           of
           the
           several
           differences
           which
           ordinarily
           happen
           between
           men
           ,
           and
           upon
           which
           they
           were
           went
           to
           desire
           Justice
           of
           her
           .
           When
           therefore
           any
           one
           was
           at
           difference
           with
           another
           ,
           he
           came
           along
           with
           his
           Adversary
           to
           the
           Pipe
           on
           which
           was
           written
           the
           species
           of
           their
           difference
           ,
           and
           spoke
           to
           it
           concerning
           his
           business
           very
           low
           ,
           alledging
           all
           he
           could
           ,
           then
           putting
           his
           Ear
           thereto
           he
           receiv'd
           an
           answer
           ,
           which
           would
           be
           fully
           to
           all
           he
           desired
           .
           
           This
           custom
           continued
           constantly
           among
           them
           ,
           till
           Nabuchodonozor
           over-ran
           Egypt
           .
           This
           Princess
           caused
           also
           to
           be
           made
           a
           Ram
           of
           a
           hard
           red
           Stone
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           placed
           on
           a
           Pedestal
           of
           the
           
           same
           .
           Then
           she
           caused
           to
           be
           put
           on
           the
           Pedestal
           an
           Iron
           Pivot
           ,
           and
           the
           upper
           stone
           to
           be
           pierced
           ,
           on
           which
           was
           placed
           the
           Figure
           of
           the
           Ram
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           Pivot
           appeared
           above
           ;
           and
           she
           caused
           to
           be
           set
           on
           the
           top
           of
           the
           Pivot
           a
           Brazen
           Boat
           ,
           the
           fore
           part
           whereof
           was
           made
           like
           the
           head
           of
           a
           Cock
           ,
           and
           the
           hinderpart
           like
           the
           tail
           of
           the
           same
           Bird.
           This
           Mill-stone
           as
           it
           were
           turned
           with
           the
           Ram
           by
           regular
           and
           just
           motions
           .
           She
           caused
           this
           to
           be
           set
           on
           the
           descent
           of
           the
           Mountain
           ,
           on
           which
           was
           afterwards
           built
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           of
           the
           Son
           of
           Toulon
           ,
           to
           whom
           God
           shew
           mercy
           whence
           it
           is
           still
           called
           the
           Mountain
           of
           the
           Ram
           ,
           and
           it
           will
           ever
           be
           called
           so
           .
           When
           therefore
           any
           enemy
           came
           to
           assault
           Egypt
           this
           Ram
           turned
           as
           the
           Mill-stone
           ,
           and
           stopp'd
           towards
           that
           side
           that
           the
           Enemy
           was
           coming
           ,
           and
           at
           the
           same
           time
           that
           Cock
           crew
           .
           She
           also
           caused
           to
           be
           built
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           City
           a
           House
           of
           Adamant
           ,
           wherein
           
           
           she
           put
           the
           Figures
           of
           all
           the
           Kings
           of
           the
           Earth
           which
           surround
           Egppt.
           She
           caused
           the
           Gates
           of
           that
           House
           to
           be
           Fortified
           ,
           and
           set
           Guards
           at
           them
           ,
           which
           were
           relieved
           in
           their
           turns
           ,
           yet
           did
           not
           any
           but
           they
           enter
           into
           it
           or
           come
           near
           it
           .
           When
           therefore
           the
           Ram
           stopped
           of
           any
           side
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           were
           assured
           that
           the
           King
           of
           that
           Countrey
           was
           in
           the
           Field
           ,
           they
           opened
           the
           Gate
           of
           that
           House
           ,
           and
           went
           to
           look
           for
           the
           Figure
           of
           that
           King
           ,
           which
           immediately
           fell
           a
           shaking
           ;
           whence
           they
           inferred
           that
           he
           had
           a
           design
           to
           attaque
           Egypt
           .
           Then
           those
           Guards
           took
           the
           Halberds
           they
           had
           with
           them
           ,
           and
           Swords
           made
           by
           Magick
           ,
           and
           kept
           in
           that
           House
           ,
           and
           fell
           a
           pricking
           that
           Figure
           with
           those
           Halberds
           ,
           and
           to
           cut
           it
           with
           those
           Swords
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           the
           Army
           of
           that
           King
           which
           came
           to
           spoil
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           fell
           into
           such
           disorder
           ,
           that
           the
           Souldiers
           killed
           one
           another
           ,
           so
           that
           not
           one
           remained
           ,
           and
           the
           King
           was
           forced
           to
           return
           without
           doing
           any
           thing
           .
           For
           that
           reason
           did
           the
           Kings
           respect
           and
           fear
           the
           Land
           of
           Egpyt
           ,
           for
           not
           any
           did
           attempt
           the
           attaquing
           of
           it
           ,
           but
           he
           came
           off
           with
           loss
           and
           disorder
           .
           Thus
           
           they
           were
           governed
           till
           the
           King
           of
           the
           
             Greeks
             ,
             Nabuchodonozor
          
           ,
           ingaged
           
           in
           a
           War
           against
           Egypt
           for
           the
           Reasons
           which
           we
           shall
           mention
           hereafter
           ,
           if
           Almighty
           God
           give
           us
           the
           grace
           to
           do
           it
           .
           Dissention
           arose
           among
           his
           Souldiery
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           all
           destroy'd
           one
           another
           ;
           and
           he
           was
           forc'd
           to
           return
           from
           Egypt
           without
           doing
           any
           thing
           .
           He
           afterwards
           continued
           many
           years
           using
           all
           manner
           of
           Artifices
           ,
           and
           making
           great
           expences
           ,
           till
           he
           put
           a
           stop
           to
           those
           motions
           ;
           after
           which
           he
           returned
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           destroy'd
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           so
           ruined
           it
           ,
           that
           the
           marks
           of
           it
           will
           continue
           to
           the
           end
           of
           the
           world
           .
        
         
           Gariac
           the
           Son
           of
           King
           Gancam
           
           made
           himself
           also
           a
           Priest
           after
           his
           Father
           ,
           and
           did
           many
           wonderful
           things
           :
           and
           among
           others
           he
           made
           a
           Brazen
           Tree
           ,
           which
           had
           branches
           of
           Iron
           ,
           with
           sharp
           Hooks
           at
           the
           ends
           of
           them
           ;
           which
           Tree
           when
           any
           unjust
           or
           lying
           person
           approached
           ,
           those
           Hooks
           immediately
           flew
           at
           him
           ,
           and
           fastened
           on
           his
           body
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           by
           any
           means
           be
           gotten
           thence
           ,
           till
           such
           time
           as
           he
           said
           the
           truth
           of
           his
           
           own
           accord
           ,
           confess'd
           his
           injustice
           ,
           and
           ceas'd
           injuring
           his
           Adversary
           .
           He
           also
           made
           an
           Idol
           of
           an
           hard
           black
           stone
           ,
           which
           he
           named
           Gabdopharouis
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           
             Servant
             of
             Saturn
          
           .
           Men
           came
           to
           declare
           their
           differences
           to
           that
           Idol
           ,
           and
           demand
           justice
           of
           it
           ;
           whereupon
           he
           who
           was
           in
           the
           wrong
           was
           staid
           in
           the
           place
           where
           he
           was
           ,
           and
           could
           not
           get
           thence
           till
           he
           had
           done
           justice
           of
           himself
           ;
           which
           if
           he
           did
           not
           ,
           he
           would
           die
           in
           the
           place
           .
           When
           any
           one
           had
           some
           business
           or
           affair
           of
           great
           importance
           ,
           he
           went
           to
           the
           Idol
           ,
           and
           burnt
           about
           it
           certain
           Perfumes
           which
           they
           knew
           ,
           then
           he
           lifted
           up
           his
           eyes
           to
           the
           Stars
           and
           named
           King
           Gariac
           ,
           intreating
           and
           crying
           out
           ,
           and
           immediately
           the
           Doemons
           did
           the
           business
           for
           him
           .
           Sometimes
           Gariac
           was
           carried
           in
           the
           air
           by
           great
           Birds
           ,
           and
           pass'd
           before
           his
           Subjects
           ,
           who
           saw
           him
           with
           their
           eyes
           .
           When
           he
           was
           incens'd
           against
           any
           Nation
           which
           gave
           him
           any
           trouble
           in
           his
           Kingdom
           ,
           he
           secretly
           sent
           among
           them
           some
           people
           ,
           who
           cast
           into
           the
           water
           they
           drank
           certain
           things
           ,
           which
           made
           it
           as
           bitter
           as
           the
           water
           of
           the
           Salt
           Sea
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           could
           not
           
           taste
           of
           it
           .
           Sometimes
           by
           his
           Magick
           he
           gave
           the
           Beasts
           of
           the
           earth
           power
           over
           them
           ,
           as
           Lions
           and
           Reptiles
           ,
           which
           tore
           them
           to
           pieces
           .
        
         
           Philemon
           also
           was
           one
           of
           the
           most
           considerable
           Priests
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           whose
           
           story
           we
           shall
           relate
           in
           its
           proper
           place
           with
           that
           of
           Noah
           ,
           if
           Almighty
           God
           give
           us
           the
           grace
           to
           do
           it
           .
        
         
           Among
           the
           Priests
           of
           Egypt
           there
           was
           also
           the
           Priest
           Saiouph
           ,
           who
           was
           
           he
           to
           whom
           they
           kindled
           the
           dreadful
           Fire
           ,
           which
           he
           came
           near
           and
           spoke
           over
           it
           ;
           then
           there
           came
           forth
           a
           great
           and
           terrible
           Figure
           ,
           which
           acquainted
           them
           with
           whatever
           was
           necessary
           for
           them
           .
           This
           Priest
           Saiouph
           liv'd
           till
           the
           time
           of
           King
           Pharaa●
           ,
           in
           whose
           Reign
           the
           Deluge
           happened
           .
           He
           made
           his
           aboad
           in
           the
           Maritime
           Pyramid
           ,
           which
           Pyramid
           
           was
           a
           Temple
           of
           the
           Stars
           ,
           where
           there
           was
           a
           Figure
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           the
           Moon
           ,
           both
           which
           spoke
           .
           The
           foremost
           or
           Meridional
           Pyramid
           was
           the
           Sepulchre
           of
           the
           Bodies
           of
           the
           Kings
           ,
           to
           which
           Saurid
           was
           translated
           .
           There
           were
           within
           it
           several
           other
           admirable
           things
           ,
           Statues
           ,
           and
           Books
           ,
           and
           among
           others
           the
           Laughing
           
           Statue
           ,
           which
           was
           made
           of
           a
           green
           Precious
           Stone
           .
           They
           had
           dispos'd
           all
           these
           things
           within
           that
           place
           for
           fear
           of
           the
           Inundation
           and
           spoil
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           Priests
           who
           were
           in
           Egypt
           after
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           there
           were
           a
           great
           number
           of
           them
           .
           The
           first
           who
           then
           follow'd
           that
           Profession
           was
           the
           Son
           of
           Philemon
           ,
           who
           was
           imbarqu'd
           in
           the
           Ship
           with
           his
           Father
           and
           Sister
           ,
           whom
           Noah
           married
           to
           Bansar
           the
           Son
           of
           Cham
           ,
           which
           happened
           thus
           :
           King
           Pharaan
           sent
           the
           Priest
           Philemon
           to
           the
           
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Noah
           ,
           to
           dispute
           with
           him
           about
           the
           Worship
           of
           the
           Idols
           ;
           but
           Philemon
           by
           the
           grace
           and
           conduct
           of
           God
           believed
           in
           Noah
           ,
           and
           confirm'd
           his
           Mission
           .
           He
           afterwards
           imbarqued
           with
           him
           in
           the
           Ship
           ,
           he
           and
           his
           Children
           ,
           and
           seven
           of
           his
           Disciples
           ,
           and
           after
           that
           gave
           his
           Daughter
           in
           Marriage
           to
           Bansar
           the
           Son
           of
           Cham
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Noah
           .
           After
           they
           were
           come
           out
           of
           the
           Ship
           Philemon
           carried
           Bansar
           his
           Son
           in
           Law
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           where
           his
           Daughter
           had
           by
           the
           said
           Bansar
           her
           Husband
           a
           Son
           ,
           whom
           he
           named
           Masar
           ,
           who
           was
           since
           King
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           caused
           it
           to
           be
           call'd
           Masre
           
           
           from
           his
           own
           Name
           ,
           always
           worshipping
           one
           onely
           God
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Religion
           of
           Noah
           .
           The
           name
           of
           Priest
           was
           not
           then
           a
           reproach
           among
           them
           ;
           for
           the
           Priest
           was
           then
           look'd
           upon
           as
           a
           Judge
           ,
           who
           does
           not
           oppose
           the
           Laws
           prescribed
           unto
           him
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           who
           made
           an
           absolute
           
           profession
           of
           Priesthood
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           brought
           Religion
           into
           esteem
           ,
           and
           applyed
           himself
           to
           the
           Worship
           of
           the
           Stars
           ,
           was
           Bardesir
           the
           Son
           of
           Cophtarim
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Masar
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Bansar
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Cham
           ,
           for
           he
           was
           King
           after
           his
           Father
           ;
           and
           it
           is
           reported
           that
           he
           made
           the
           great
           Laws
           ,
           build
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           set
           up
           for
           Idols
           the
           Figures
           of
           the
           Stars
           .
           The
           Coptites
           affirm
           that
           the
           Stars
           spoke
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           many
           Miracles
           are
           attrited
           to
           him
           .
           Among
           other
           things
           it
           is
           said
           ,
           he
           kept
           himself
           out
           of
           the
           sight
           of
           Men
           for
           several
           years
           of
           his
           Raign
           ,
           appearing
           only
           from
           time
           to
           time
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           once
           a
           year
           ,
           when
           the
           Sun
           entred
           into
           Aries
           .
           Then
           People
           came
           in
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           spoke
           to
           them
           ,
           but
           they
           saw
           him
           not
           ;
           afterwards
           he
           absented
           himself
           from
           
           them
           till
           the
           like
           time
           again
           ,
           and
           then
           he
           gave
           them
           Commands
           and
           Prohibitions
           ,
           yet
           so
           as
           that
           they
           saw
           him
           not
           with
           their
           Eyes
           .
           After
           a
           long
           time
           thus
           passed
           ,
           he
           ordered
           to
           be
           built
           a
           Tower
           of
           Silver
           Gilt
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           embellished
           with
           several
           Ornanaments
           ;
           then
           he
           began
           to
           sit
           on
           it
           in
           a
           most
           Magnificent
           and
           Magestical
           form
           ,
           and
           to
           speak
           to
           them
           .
           After
           that
           he
           went
           and
           sate
           before
           them
           in
           the
           Clouds
           in
           a
           Humane
           form
           ;
           then
           he
           absented
           himself
           from
           them
           ,
           save
           only
           when
           he
           discovered
           to
           them
           his
           Figure
           in
           the
           Temple
           of
           the
           Sun
           when
           the
           Sun
           entred
           in
           Aries
           ,
           and
           ordered
           them
           to
           take
           for
           their
           King
           Garim
           the
           Son
           of
           Cophtarim
           ,
           acquainting
           them
           that
           he
           would
           not
           return
           any
           more
           to
           them
           ;
           wherein
           they
           obeyed
           him
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           Priestess
           Bedoura
           ,
           she
           was
           
           a
           strong
           Woman
           ,
           and
           as
           they
           say
           the
           Sister
           of
           Bardesir
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           gave
           her
           his
           Art
           of
           Priesthood
           and
           Divination
           ,
           whereupon
           she
           made
           most
           of
           the
           Talismans
           in
           the
           Pyramids
           .
           She
           also
           made
           the
           speaking
           Idols
           in
           Memphis
           .
           The
           Priesthood
           continued
           in
           her
           Family
           and
           Posterity
           ,
           who
           received
           it
           
           successively
           one
           of
           another
           ,
           and
           enjoyed
           its
           advantages
           .
           The
           Egyptians
           affirm
           that
           in
           her
           time
           the
           wild
           Beasts
           and
           the
           Birds
           hindered
           them
           from
           drinking
           the
           Water
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           so
           that
           most
           of
           them
           dyed
           of
           Thirst
           ,
           and
           that
           she
           sent
           against
           these
           Animals
           an
           Angel
           ,
           who
           made
           so
           great
           a
           cry
           amongst
           them
           ,
           that
           the
           Earth
           shook
           ,
           and
           the
           Mountains
           were
           cleft
           .
           It
           is
           said
           ,
           that
           by
           her
           Magick
           she
           fled
           in
           the
           Air
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Angels
           smote
           her
           with
           their
           Wings
           .
        
         
           As
           for
           Savan
           the
           Asmounian
           ,
           who
           
           they
           say
           was
           the
           ancient
           Hermes
           ;
           he
           it
           was
           that
           built
           the
           House
           of
           the
           Statues
           ,
           by
           which
           the
           measures
           of
           the
           Nile
           are
           know
           ,
           and
           built
           to
           the
           Sun
           a
           Temple
           in
           the
           Province
           named
           Basta
           ;
           and
           also
           ordered
           the
           building
           of
           Asmounia
           ;
           and
           in
           the
           like
           manner
           that
           of
           the
           City
           of
           Basre
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           was
           twelve
           miles
           in
           length
           ,
           above
           which
           he
           caused
           a
           Castle
           to
           be
           made
           .
           He
           also
           built
           Danae
           ,
           where
           he
           established
           the
           Schools
           and
           the
           Recreations
           ,
           
           'T
           is
           also
           said
           that
           he
           built
           the
           Pyramids
           of
           Behansa
           ,
           where
           the
           women
           were
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           Daughter
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           there
           erected
           
           Pillars
           ,
           on
           which
           he
           raised
           a
           Tower
           of
           fine
           Glass
           ,
           which
           might
           be
           seen
           from
           the
           City
           of
           Gainosamse
           .
           He
           also
           built
           on
           the
           descent
           of
           the
           Eastern
           Mountain
           in
           Egypt
           a
           City
           which
           he
           named
           Outiratis
           ,
           that
           is
           in
           
           the
           Coptick
           Language
           ,
           
             The
             King's
             Favourite
          
           ,
           and
           put
           into
           it
           abundance
           of
           miraculous
           things
           .
           Among
           others
           he
           ordered
           four
           Pyramids
           to
           be
           made
           on
           the
           four
           sides
           of
           each
           Gate
           ,
           and
           caused
           to
           be
           set
           on
           the
           Eastern
           Gate
           a
           Tower
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Turret
           or
           Steeple
           ,
           on
           which
           there
           was
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           
             Black
             Eagle
          
           ;
           and
           on
           the
           
           Western
           Gate
           another
           Tower
           like
           the
           former
           ,
           with
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Bull
           ;
           on
           the
           Maritime
           Gate
           the
           like
           Tower
           ,
           with
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Lyon
           ;
           and
           on
           the
           outer
           or
           Southern
           Gate
           another
           such
           Tower
           ,
           with
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Dog.
           He
           sent
           into
           these
           Figures
           Spirits
           that
           spoke
           ;
           so
           that
           when
           any
           Stranger
           came
           into
           that
           City
           ,
           at
           what
           Gate
           soever
           he
           entred
           ,
           the
           Figure
           upon
           it
           made
           a
           noise
           ,
           and
           the
           Inhabitants
           knew
           thereby
           that
           a
           stranger
           was
           come
           into
           their
           City
           ,
           and
           immediately
           they
           seiz'd
           on
           him
           where-ever
           he
           were
           .
           He
           planted
           there
           also
           
           a
           Tree
           which
           shaded
           the
           whole
           City
           ,
           and
           bore
           all
           sorts
           of
           Fruits
           .
           He
           also
           raised
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           City
           a
           high
           Watch-tower
           ,
           the
           heighth
           whereof
           was
           fourscore
           Cubits
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           measure
           of
           that
           time
           ;
           and
           on
           the
           top
           of
           it
           a
           little
           Turret
           ,
           which
           every
           day
           assum'd
           a
           different
           colour
           till
           the
           seventh
           day
           ,
           after
           which
           it
           re-assumed
           its
           first
           colour
           ,
           wherewith
           it
           filled
           the
           whole
           City
           .
           About
           this
           Watch-tower
           he
           disposed
           a
           great
           quantity
           of
           Water
           ,
           wherein
           there
           was
           bred
           abundance
           of
           Fish
           .
           All
           about
           the
           City
           he
           set
           Talismans
           ,
           which
           diverted
           all
           inconveniencies
           from
           the
           Inhabitants
           ;
           and
           he
           called
           it
           the
           City
           of
           the
           Jovians
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           Enchanters
           .
           There
           was
           in
           it
           for
           him
           a
           great
           Tower
           for
           the
           exercise
           of
           the
           Sciences
           of
           Magick
           ,
           wherein
           he
           caused
           Assemblies
           to
           be
           made
           .
           It
           was
           seated
           on
           a
           mountain
           opposite
           to
           the
           City
           .
           God
           smote
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           it
           with
           the
           Pestilence
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           all
           died
           ,
           and
           so
           ruin'd
           it
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           not
           any
           track
           of
           it
           to
           be
           seen
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           time
           when
           the
           Pyramids
           
           were
           first
           built
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           Historians
           
           relate
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           a
           King
           named
           Saurid
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Sahaloc
           ,
           three
           hundred
           years
           before
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           who
           dreamt
           one
           night
           that
           he
           saw
           the
           Earth
           overturned
           with
           its
           Inhabitants
           ,
           the
           Men
           cast
           down
           on
           their
           faces
           ,
           the
           Stars
           falling
           out
           of
           the
           Heavens
           ,
           and
           striking
           one
           against
           the
           other
           ,
           and
           making
           horrid
           and
           dreadful
           cries
           as
           they
           fell
           .
           He
           thereupon
           awoke
           much
           troubled
           ,
           and
           related
           not
           his
           Dream
           to
           any
           body
           ,
           and
           was
           satisfied
           in
           himself
           that
           some
           great
           accident
           would
           happen
           in
           the
           World.
           A
           year
           after
           he
           dreamt
           again
           that
           he
           saw
           the
           Fixed
           Stars
           come
           down
           to
           the
           earth
           in
           the
           form
           of
           white
           Birds
           ,
           which
           carried
           men
           away
           ,
           and
           cast
           them
           between
           two
           great
           Mountains
           ,
           which
           almost
           joyned
           together
           ,
           and
           covered
           them
           ;
           and
           then
           the
           bright
           shining
           Stars
           became
           dark
           and
           were
           eclips'd
           :
           he
           thereupon
           awaked
           extremely
           astonished
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           the
           Temple
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           and
           beset
           himself
           to
           bathe
           his
           cheeks
           and
           to
           weep
           .
           Next
           morning
           he
           ordered
           all
           the
           Princes
           of
           the
           Priests
           and
           Magicians
           of
           all
           the
           Provinces
           of
           Egypt
           to
           meet
           together
           ,
           which
           they
           did
           ,
           to
           the
           
           number
           of
           a
           hundred
           and
           thirty
           Priests
           and
           Southsayers
           ,
           with
           whom
           he
           went
           aside
           and
           related
           to
           them
           his
           Dream
           ,
           which
           they
           found
           very
           important
           and
           of
           very
           great
           consequence
           ,
           and
           the
           interpetation
           they
           gave
           of
           it
           was
           that
           some
           great
           accident
           would
           happen
           in
           the
           World.
           Among
           others
           the
           Priest
           Aclimon
           
           who
           was
           the
           greatest
           of
           all
           ,
           and
           resided
           always
           in
           the
           Kings
           Court
           ,
           said
           thus
           to
           him
           :
           
             Sir
             ,
             your
             Dream
             is
             admirable
             ,
             and
             I
             my self
             saw
             another
             about
             a
             Year
             since
             ,
             which
             frightned
             me
             very
             much
             ,
             and
             which
             I
             have
             not
             revealed
             to
             any
             one
             .
             Tell
             me
             what
             it
             was
             ,
             said
             the
             King.
             I
             dreamt
             ,
             said
             the
             Priest
             ,
             that
             I
             was
             with
             your
             Majesty
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Mountain
             of
             Fire
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             Emsos
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             saw
             the
             Heaven
             sunk
             down
             below
             its
             ordinary
             Situation
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             was
             near
             the
             Crowns
             of
             our
             Heads
             ,
             covering
             and
             surrounding
             us
             ,
             like
             a
             great
             Basin
             turn'd
             upside
             down
             ;
             that
             the
             Stars
             were
             intermingled
             amongst
             Men
             in
             diverse
             Figures
             ,
             that
             the
             people
             implored
             your
             Majesties
             succour
             ,
             and
             ran
             to
             you
             in
             multitudes
             as
             
             to
             their
             refuge
             ;
             that
             you
             lifted
             up
             your
             hands
             above
             your
             head
             ,
             and
             endeavoured
             to
             thrust
             back
             the
             Heaven
             ,
             and
             to
             keep
             it
             from
             coming
             down
             so
             low
             ;
             and
             that
             I
             seeing
             what
             your
             Majesty
             did
             ,
             did
             also
             the
             same
             .
             While
             we
             were
             in
             that
             posture
             extreamly
             affrighted
             ,
             methought
             we
             saw
             a
             certain
             part
             of
             Heaven
             opening
             ,
             and
             a
             bright
             light
             coming
             out
             of
             it
             ;
             that
             afterwards
             the
             Sun
             rose
             over
             us
             out
             of
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             and
             we
             began
             to
             implore
             his
             assistance
             ,
             whereupon
             he
             said
             thus
             to
             us
             ,
             The
             Heaven
             will
             return
             to
             its
             ordinary
             situation
             ,
             when
             I
             shall
             have
             performed
             three
             hundred
             courses
             .
             I
             thereupon
             awaked
             extreamly
             affrighted
             .
          
           The
           Priest
           having
           thus
           spoken
           ,
           the
           King
           commanded
           them
           to
           take
           the
           heights
           of
           the
           Stars
           ,
           and
           to
           consider
           what
           accident
           they
           portended
           .
           Whereupon
           they
           declared
           that
           they
           promised
           first
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           after
           that
           Fire
           .
           Then
           he
           commanded
           that
           Pyramids
           should
           be
           
           built
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           remove
           and
           secure
           in
           them
           what
           was
           of
           most
           esteem
           in
           their
           Treasuries
           ,
           with
           the
           bodies
           of
           their
           Kings
           and
           their
           Wealth
           ,
           
           and
           the
           Aromatick
           Roots
           which
           served
           them
           ;
           and
           that
           they
           should
           write
           their
           wisdom
           upon
           them
           ,
           that
           the
           violence
           of
           the
           Water
           might
           not
           destroy
           it
           :
           wherein
           they
           presently
           set
           themselves
           at
           work
           .
           The
           Egyptians
           relate
           in
           their
           Annals
           ,
           that
           Saurid
           is
           he
           who
           himself
           caused
           the
           Pyramids
           to
           be
           built
           ;
           and
           that
           inasmuch
           as
           after
           the
           death
           of
           his
           Father
           he
           follow'd
           his
           steps
           ,
           causing
           the
           Provinces
           to
           be
           inhabited
           and
           cultivated
           ,
           and
           Governing
           them
           well
           ,
           administring
           Justice
           to
           the
           People
           ,
           even
           to
           his
           own
           prejudice
           and
           that
           of
           his
           Domesticks
           ,
           causing
           Temples
           to
           be
           built
           ,
           and
           Statues
           ,
           and
           Talismans
           to
           be
           erected
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           People
           had
           a
           great
           love
           for
           him
           .
           In
           the
           Upper-Egypt
           he
           built
           three
           Cities
           ,
           and
           did
           so
           many
           wonders
           therein
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           not
           possible
           to
           relate
           them
           .
           He
           first
           regulated
           the
           Tribute
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           enjoined
           works
           on
           Artists
           according
           to
           their
           power
           .
           He
           also
           was
           the
           first
           who
           ordered
           Pensions
           out
           of
           hi
           Treasuries
           for
           maimed
           and
           sick
           people
           .
           He
           caused
           to
           be
           made
           a
           Mirrour
           of
           all
           sorts
           of
           Minerals
           ,
           wherein
           they
           saw
           all
           the
           
           Climats
           ,
           where
           there
           was
           abundance
           
           of
           Provisions
           or
           Sterility
           ,
           and
           what
           new
           accident
           happen'd
           in
           any
           of
           the
           Coasts
           of
           Egypt
           .
           This
           Mirrour
           was
           upon
           a
           high
           Turret
           of
           Brass
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           ancient
           Masre
           ,
           which
           is
           Emsos
           .
           He
           also
           first
           ordered
           Registers
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           wherein
           was
           set
           down
           every
           day's
           receipts
           and
           expences
           ,
           and
           the
           augmentation
           or
           diminution
           thereof
           ,
           and
           kept
           them
           in
           the
           Royal
           Treasuries
           ;
           then
           when
           a
           Moneth
           was
           pass'd
           he
           caused
           all
           to
           be
           reduced
           into
           one
           total
           sum
           ,
           which
           he
           also
           had
           kept
           in
           the
           Royal
           Treasuries
           ,
           sealed
           with
           the
           Royal
           Seal
           ;
           causing
           moreover
           to
           be
           graved
           on
           Stone
           what
           was
           to
           be
           graved
           thereon
           .
           He
           made
           very
           liberal
           gratifications
           to
           the
           Masters
           of
           Arts
           ,
           and
           those
           who
           deserved
           something
           should
           be
           given
           them
           .
           He
           also
           set
           up
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           City
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Woman
           sitting
           ,
           made
           of
           green
           stone
           ,
           with
           a
           little
           Child
           in
           her
           lap
           sucking
           .
           All
           women
           who
           were
           
           troubled
           with
           any
           disease
           came
           to
           that
           Idol
           ,
           and
           set
           their
           hands
           on
           the
           breasts
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           presently
           they
           were
           cur'd
           of
           their
           indisposition
           .
           When
           a
           Woman
           was
           in
           very
           hard
           labour
           ,
           as
           soon
           as
           she
           set
           her
           hand
           on
           the
           little
           
           Childs
           head
           ,
           she
           was
           immediately
           brought
           to
           bed
           with
           ease
           .
           If
           an
           unchaste
           Woman
           set
           her
           hand
           on
           the
           same
           Childs
           head
           ,
           all
           her
           members
           shook
           so
           that
           she
           was
           not
           able
           to
           speak
           .
           He
           made
           also
           several
           other
           works
           ,
           which
           were
           destroyed
           by
           the
           Deluge
           .
           Yet
           the
           Coptites
           affirm
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           found
           again
           after
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           used
           and
           adored
           as
           Idols
           ,
           that
           their
           Figures
           are
           represented
           in
           all
           the
           Pyramids
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           their
           diverse
           names
           ;
           that
           those
           who
           taught
           them
           were
           Disciples
           of
           the
           Priest
           Aclimon
           ,
           who
           also
           shewed
           them
           all
           the
           other
           works
           in
           Egypt
           .
           We
           shall
           speak
           of
           them
           in
           their
           proper
           place
           with
           the
           assistance
           of
           Almighty
           God.
           Saurid
           did
           also
           other
           prodigious
           things
           in
           his
           time
           ,
           and
           among
           others
           
           he
           made
           an
           Idol
           named
           Becres
           ,
           consisting
           of
           a
           mixture
           of
           divers
           Medicinal
           drugs
           ,
           which
           had
           a
           marvellous
           vertue
           in
           securing
           Mens
           bodies
           from
           all
           sorts
           of
           diseases
           and
           inconveniences
           .
           By
           means
           hereof
           they
           knew
           who
           should
           escape
           and
           who
           should
           die
           of
           their
           sickness
           ,
           by
           certain
           signs
           which
           appeared
           in
           the
           Idol
           ;
           so
           that
           they
           gave
           over
           using
           remedies
           
           to
           some
           ,
           and
           endeavoured
           the
           curing
           of
           others
           .
           They
           washed
           the
           members
           of
           that
           Idol
           ,
           and
           gave
           the
           washings
           thereof
           to
           the
           sick
           to
           drink
           ,
           who
           were
           thereupon
           immediately
           eased
           of
           their
           pain
           .
           'T
           was
           he
           also
           built
           the
           two
           great
           Pyramids
           so
           famous
           in
           all
           Nations
           .
           For
           a
           great
           part
           of
           the
           
           Sages
           affirm
           they
           were
           built
           by
           Sedad
           the
           Son
           of
           Gad
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           was
           interred
           in
           one
           of
           the
           two
           ;
           but
           the
           Ancients
           of
           the
           Coptites
           and
           their
           Sages
           deny
           the
           Gadites
           ever
           entred
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           .
           They
           deny
           also
           the
           same
           thing
           of
           the
           Amalekites
           ,
           and
           say
           that
           Egypt
           was
           always
           inaccessible
           to
           them
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           its
           Enchanters
           and
           their
           Artifices
           and
           Stratagems
           .
           The
           Learned
           relate
           in
           the
           Lives
           and
           Histories
           ,
           that
           the
           Pyramids
           
           were
           built
           three
           hundred
           years
           before
           the
           Deluge
           .
           So
           speaks
           of
           them
           Armelius
           ,
           Author
           of
           the
           Book
           of
           
             Illustrious
             Men.
             Abumasar
          
           the
           Astrologer
           ,
           in
           his
           Book
           of
           Thousans
           ,
           says
           that
           the
           reason
           of
           building
           the
           Pyramids
           was
           the
           Dream
           which
           Saurid
           the
           Son
           of
           Sahaloc
           saw
           .
           He
           confirms
           it
           in
           his
           Book
           of
           
             Miraculous
             Dreams
          
           ,
           where
           he
           adds
           that
           he
           sent
           
           for
           the
           Priests
           and
           Southsayers
           of
           his
           time
           ,
           and
           the
           Astrologers
           ,
           and
           related
           to
           them
           what
           he
           had
           seen
           of
           the
           descent
           of
           the
           Moon
           upon
           Earth
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Woman
           ;
           of
           the
           overturning
           of
           the
           Earth
           with
           its
           Inhabitants
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           total
           Eclipse
           of
           the
           Sun
           ;
           and
           the
           dream
           he
           had
           after
           that
           :
           and
           that
           the
           Priests
           declared
           to
           him
           the
           coming
           of
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           whereof
           mention
           is
           made
           in
           the
           Book
           of
           the
           Annals
           ,
           which
           the
           Egyptians
           attribute
           
           to
           two
           Brothers
           Coptites
           ,
           saying
           that
           those
           two
           Brothers
           interpreted
           an
           ancient
           Book
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           found
           in
           some
           one
           of
           their
           Sepulchres
           on
           the
           breast
           of
           a
           man.
           They
           say
           these
           two
           Brothers
           were
           the
           Children
           of
           a
           certain
           man
           of
           the
           Race
           of
           the
           ancient
           Egyptians
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           those
           who
           escaped
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           were
           embarqued
           with
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Noah
           .
           We
           shall
           with
           the
           help
           of
           God
           say
           somewhat
           hereafter
           of
           the
           History
           of
           these
           two
           Brothers
           .
           It
           was
           found
           therefore
           in
           the
           Book
           they
           Translated
           ,
           that
           Saurid
           the
           Son
           of
           Sahaloc
           ,
           King
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           seen
           his
           dreams
           and
           related
           them
           to
           the
           Priests
           ,
           and
           that
           Aclimon
           had
           also
           related
           his
           to
           him
           ,
           
           commanded
           the
           Priests
           to
           see
           what
           remarkable
           events
           the
           influences
           of
           the
           Stars
           portended
           to
           the
           World
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Priests
           having
           exactly
           erected
           a
           Celestial
           Figure
           for
           the
           hour
           of
           his
           question
           ,
           found
           that
           it
           signified
           a
           great
           mischief
           which
           was
           to
           descend
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           and
           issue
           out
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           which
           they
           declared
           unto
           him
           ;
           whereupon
           he
           caused
           Pyramids
           and
           great
           Structures
           to
           be
           built
           ,
           to
           serve
           for
           refuges
           to
           him
           and
           his
           Domesticks
           ,
           and
           Sepulchres
           for
           the
           conservation
           of
           their
           Bodies
           ;
           as
           also
           that
           they
           might
           engrave
           and
           mark
           on
           their
           Roofs
           ,
           their
           Walls
           ,
           and
           their
           Pillars
           ,
           all
           the
           obscure
           and
           difficult
           Sciences
           ,
           whereof
           the
           Egyptians
           made
           profession
           ,
           learning
           them
           and
           treasuring
           them
           up
           as
           Illustrious
           Inheritances
           from
           those
           who
           were
           grown
           famous
           in
           all
           Nations
           :
           and
           that
           they
           should
           also
           represent
           on
           them
           the
           Figures
           of
           the
           Stars
           in
           their
           Signs
           ,
           with
           their
           effects
           and
           significations
           ,
           and
           the
           secrets
           of
           Nature
           ,
           and
           the
           productions
           of
           Arts
           ,
           and
           the
           great
           Laws
           ,
           and
           the
           beneficial
           Drugs
           ,
           and
           the
           Talismans
           ,
           and
           Medicine
           ,
           and
           Geometry
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           other
           things
           
           that
           might
           be
           advantageous
           to
           men
           ,
           as
           well
           for
           the
           publick
           as
           for
           private
           persons
           ,
           clearly
           and
           intelligibly
           to
           those
           who
           were
           acquainted
           with
           their
           Books
           ,
           their
           Language
           ,
           and
           their
           Writings
           .
           King
           Saurid
           knew
           certainly
           that
           the
           calamity
           was
           to
           be
           general
           to
           all
           Countries
           in
           the
           World
           ,
           or
           come
           very
           near
           it
           .
           Then
           he
           said
           to
           them
           ,
           
             When
             shall
             this
             great
             evil
             happen
             wherewith
             we
             are
             threatned
             ?
             Whereto
             they
             replyed
             thus
             :
             When
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             Lion
             shall
             come
             to
             the
             first
             Minute
             of
             
             Cancer's
             head
             ,
             and
             the
             Plantes
             shall
             be
             in
             their
             Houses
             ,
             in
             those
             places
             of
             the
             Sphere
             ,
             the
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             in
             the
             first
             minute
             of
             
               Aries
               ;
               Pharouis
            
             ,
             who
             is
             Saturn
             ,
             in
             the
             first
             degree
             ;
             Raouis
             ,
             which
             is
             Jupiter
             in
             Pisces
             at
             27
             degrees
             3
             minutes
             ;
             Mars
             in
             Libra
             ,
             and
             Venus
             in
             Leo
             at
             5
             degrees
             and
             some
             minutes
             .
             Then
             he
             said
             to
             them
             ,
             See
             whether
             after
             this
             great
             evil
             there
             will
             happen
             any
             other
             accident
             in
             Egypt
             .
          
           They
           consider'd
           and
           saw
           that
           the
           Stars
           portended
           another
           great
           misfortune
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           descend
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           contrary
           to
           the
           former
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           a
           Fire
           that
           should
           
           consume
           the
           Universe
           .
           Whereupon
           he
           said
           to
           them
           ;
           
             When
             is
             that
             to
             happen
             ?
             They
             reply'd
             ,
             we
             have
             made
             our
             Observation
             ,
             and
             found
             that
             it
             is
             to
             happe
             ,
             when
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             Lion
             shall
             be
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             fifteenth
             degree
             of
             Leo
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Sun
             shall
             be
             with
             him
             in
             one
             minute
             joyning
             that
             of
             
               Saturn
               ;
               Jupiter
            
             is
             direct
             in
             the
             Lion
             ,
             and
             with
             him
             Mars
             ,
             changing
             the
             minute
             ;
             and
             the
             Moon
             in
             Aquarius
             near
             the
             Dragons
             Tail
             ,
             at
             twelve
             parts
             .
             There
             will
             be
             at
             that
             time
             an
             Eclipse
             of
             the
             greatest
             congruence
             ,
             Venus
             shall
             be
             at
             the
             greatest
             distance
             from
             the
             Sun
             ,
             and
             Mercury
             the
             like
             .
             Then
             Saurid
             said
             unto
             them
             ,
             Is
             there
             yet
             any
             other
             great
             accident
             that
             you
             can
             fore-see
             besides
             those
             two
             remarkable
             evils
             ?
          
           They
           look'd
           and
           found
           that
           when
           the
           heart
           of
           the
           Lion
           shall
           have
           compleated
           two
           thirds
           of
           his
           circle
           ,
           there
           would
           not
           remain
           any
           Animal
           moving
           on
           the
           Earth
           ,
           which
           should
           not
           be
           destroy'd
           ;
           and
           that
           when
           he
           should
           compleat
           his
           revolution
           ,
           the
           knots
           of
           the
           Sphere
           would
           be
           dissolved
           .
           The
           King
           was
           very
           much
           astonished
           at
           
           that
           ,
           and
           commanded
           the
           great
           Pillars
           to
           be
           cut
           down
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           great
           Pavement
           should
           be
           melted
           :
           he
           caused
           Tin
           to
           be
           brought
           out
           of
           the
           Western
           parts
           ,
           then
           he
           made
           them
           take
           black
           stones
           ,
           which
           he
           caused
           to
           be
           laid
           for
           the
           foundations
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           about
           Syene
           .
           They
           were
           brought
           from
           the
           Nile
           upon
           Engines
           ,
           and
           they
           had
           certain
           particular
           impressions
           and
           marks
           ,
           and
           upon
           them
           painted
           Billets
           ,
           which
           the
           Sages
           had
           set
           there
           :
           so
           that
           when
           they
           had
           smitten
           the
           stone
           ,
           it
           advanc'd
           of
           it self
           the
           space
           of
           a
           Flight-shot
           .
           These
           stones
           were
           set
           in
           the
           foundations
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           of
           the
           first
           ,
           
           which
           is
           the
           Eastern
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Western
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Coloured
           .
           They
           put
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           every
           piece
           an
           Iron
           Bar
           like
           a
           Pivot
           standing
           up
           ,
           then
           they
           set
           on
           that
           another
           piece
           after
           they
           had
           made
           a
           hole
           through
           the
           middle
           of
           it
           ,
           that
           the
           Iron
           Pivot
           might
           enter
           into
           it
           ,
           and
           fasten
           it
           to
           that
           which
           was
           under
           ;
           after
           which
           they
           melted
           Lead
           ,
           and
           it
           was
           poured
           all
           about
           the
           piece
           ,
           after
           they
           had
           adjusted
           the
           Writing
           which
           was
           above
           .
           He
           caused
           Gates
           to
           be
           made
           
           under
           ground
           ,
           at
           four
           Cubits
           depth
           ,
           according
           to
           their
           measure
           ;
           which
           Gates
           had
           Sallies
           into
           vaulted
           Casemates
           built
           of
           stone
           ,
           and
           fortify'd
           with
           much
           Artifice
           ,
           and
           whereof
           the
           Situation
           was
           conceal'd
           ,
           every
           Vault
           being
           fifty
           Cubits
           in
           length
           .
           The
           Gate
           of
           the
           Eastern
           Pyramid
           was
           on
           the
           South-side
           a
           hundred
           Cubits
           distant
           from
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Western
           wall
           on
           the
           Western
           side
           .
           They
           measur
           d
           also
           from
           the
           Western
           wall
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           midst
           of
           it
           a
           hundred
           Cubits
           ,
           and
           they
           digg'd
           till
           they
           got
           down
           to
           the
           door
           of
           the
           vaulted
           Casemate
           ,
           through
           which
           they
           entred
           into
           it
           .
           As
           to
           the
           Colour'd
           Pyramid
           ,
           
           made
           of
           stones
           of
           two
           colours
           ,
           the
           Gate
           of
           it
           was
           on
           the
           Maritime
           or
           North-side
           ,
           and
           they
           measur'd
           also
           from
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Maritime
           wall
           a
           hundred
           Cubits
           ,
           which
           made
           five
           hundred
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Mussulman
           measure
           .
           He
           built
           it
           perpendicularly
           into
           the
           ground
           ,
           to
           the
           depth
           of
           forty
           Cubits
           ,
           then
           he
           raised
           it
           as
           much
           ,
           though
           what
           is
           above
           ground
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           do
           not
           exceed
           the
           third
           part
           ,
           so
           that
           this
           last
           is
           the
           highest
           ,
           built
           after
           the
           manner
           of
           the
           
           raised
           Floors
           and
           high
           Rooms
           of
           our
           present
           time
           .
           They
           built
           them
           in
           the
           time
           of
           their
           good
           fortune
           ,
           while
           all
           their
           Worldly
           concerns
           came
           according
           to
           their
           wishes
           .
           King
           Saurid
           having
           compleated
           the
           Structure
           ,
           cover'd
           them
           with
           Silks
           of
           several
           colours
           from
           the
           top
           to
           the
           bottom
           ,
           and
           caused
           a
           great
           Feast
           to
           be
           celebrated
           for
           them
           ,
           whereto
           all
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Kingdom
           came
           ,
           not
           so
           much
           as
           one
           being
           wanting
           from
           all
           the
           Coasts
           of
           Egypt
           .
           Then
           he
           commanded
           them
           to
           make
           thirty
           Gernes
           or
           great
           Vessels
           of
           colour'd
           stone
           ,
           which
           they
           excellently
           cast
           .
           He
           also
           ordered
           covers
           to
           be
           made
           of
           the
           same
           .
           Every
           Vessel
           held
           a
           hundred
           Mules
           load
           .
           He
           caused
           them
           to
           be
           set
           in
           the
           lowest
           Story
           of
           the
           Eastern
           Pyramid
           ,
           and
           had
           brought
           thither
           precious
           Stones
           and
           Jacinths
           ,
           till
           the
           Floor
           was
           full
           thereof
           .
           He
           caused
           the
           Vessels
           to
           be
           cover'd
           with
           their
           Covers
           ,
           and
           Lead
           to
           be
           melted
           thereon
           ;
           then
           he
           caused
           pieces
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           to
           be
           scatter'd
           ,
           as
           much
           as
           might
           divert
           their
           sight
           who
           should
           look
           on
           them
           .
           Then
           he
           caused
           to
           be
           brought
           thither
           all
           he
           could
           of
           his
           Treasures
           ,
           
           and
           the
           most
           precious
           of
           his
           Wealth
           ,
           Jewels
           ,
           Plate
           ,
           Precious
           Stones
           ,
           cast
           and
           coloured
           Pearls
           ,
           Vessels
           of
           Emerald
           ,
           Vessels
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           ,
           Statues
           excellently
           wrought
           ,
           Artificial
           Waters
           ,
           Talismans
           ,
           precious
           Iron
           that
           would
           twine
           about
           like
           Cloath
           ,
           Philosophical
           Laws
           ,
           the
           Nurses
           of
           Wisdom
           ,
           divers
           sorts
           of
           Medicinal
           Drugs
           ,
           exquisite
           Tables
           of
           Brass
           ,
           on
           which
           divers
           Sciences
           were
           written
           ;
           as
           also
           Poisons
           and
           Mortal
           drinks
           ,
           which
           Kings
           have
           ready
           by
           them
           ,
           and
           wholesome
           Preservatives
           and
           Antidotes
           ;
           and
           several
           other
           things
           ,
           which
           it
           is
           impossible
           to
           describe
           .
           But
           all
           this
           could
           not
           secure
           them
           from
           the
           evils
           wherewith
           God
           afflicted
           them
           for
           their
           Infidelity
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           time
           they
           imagin'd
           that
           their
           Fortresses
           would
           defend
           them
           against
           God
           ;
           but
           God
           came
           to
           them
           on
           the
           side
           they
           were
           not
           aware
           of
           ,
           and
           destroyed
           their
           great
           Flocks
           by
           the
           Deluge
           and
           other
           misfortunes
           :
           Praise
           be
           to
           him
           ,
           he
           is
           the
           only
           and
           the
           Almighty
           God.
           All
           is
           perishable
           save
           onely
           his
           Majesty
           ;
           to
           him
           belongs
           Wisdom
           ,
           and
           to
           him
           you
           will
           return
           .
           After
           that
           ,
           says
           the
           Author
           ,
           King
           
           Saurid
           caused
           to
           be
           brought
           into
           the
           second
           Pyramid
           the
           Idols
           of
           the
           Stars
           ,
           and
           the
           Tabernacles
           of
           the
           Celestial
           Bodies
           ,
           and
           what
           Statues
           and
           Perfumes
           his
           Ancestors
           had
           caused
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           by
           means
           whereof
           men
           had
           access
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           their
           Books
           ,
           and
           what
           Annals
           and
           Histories
           they
           had
           caused
           to
           be
           made
           for
           themselves
           of
           what
           had
           pass'd
           in
           their
           time
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           predictions
           of
           what
           was
           to
           happen
           after
           them
           ,
           to
           the
           Kings
           who
           should
           govern
           Egypt
           to
           the
           last
           times
           ,
           and
           the
           state
           of
           the
           fixed
           Stars
           ,
           and
           what
           was
           to
           happen
           by
           their
           repose
           and
           motions
           from
           time
           to
           time
           .
           Then
           he
           caused
           to
           be
           put
           into
           the
           third
           Pyramid
           the
           Bodies
           of
           the
           Kings
           and
           Priests
           in
           Gernes
           ,
           or
           great
           Vessels
           of
           hard
           black
           Stone
           ;
           and
           by
           every
           Priest
           his
           Book
           ,
           and
           the
           Miracles
           of
           his
           Art
           and
           Life
           .
           He
           also
           caused
           to
           be
           set
           along
           the
           walls
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           Idols
           ,
           which
           held
           in
           their
           hands
           all
           the
           Arts
           according
           to
           their
           ranks
           and
           measures
           ,
           the
           description
           of
           each
           Art
           ,
           and
           the
           manner
           of
           exercising
           it
           ,
           and
           what
           was
           necessary
           for
           that
           ,
           and
           in
           like
           manner
           the
           Caters
           :
           For
           the
           Priests
           were
           distinguish'd
           
           into
           seven
           Orders
           ;
           the
           first
           
           whereof
           was
           that
           of
           the
           Caters
           ,
           who
           were
           they
           that
           served
           all
           the
           seven
           Planets
           ,
           every
           Planet
           seven
           Years
           .
           With
           the
           Cater
           was
           the
           Universal
           Doctor
           .
           The
           second
           Order
           was
           theirs
           who
           serv'd
           six
           Planets
           ,
           and
           immediately
           followed
           after
           the
           first
           degree
           .
           After
           that
           they
           named
           that
           which
           served
           five
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           under
           ,
           the
           following
           and
           inferiour
           .
           Then
           he
           caused
           also
           to
           be
           brought
           into
           the
           third
           Pyramid
           the
           Bodies
           of
           the
           Masters
           of
           the
           Laws
           ,
           with
           those
           of
           the
           Priests
           ,
           and
           the
           wealth
           of
           the
           Houses
           of
           the
           Stars
           and
           their
           Ornaments
           ,
           which
           they
           had
           had
           by
           Offerings
           ,
           and
           the
           goods
           of
           the
           Priests
           .
           After
           that
           he
           appointed
           one
           of
           them
           for
           a
           Guard
           to
           each
           Pyramid
           .
           The
           Guard
           
           therefore
           of
           the
           Eastern
           Pyramid
           was
           an
           Idol
           of
           Jamanick
           shell
           ,
           black
           and
           white
           ,
           which
           had
           both
           eyes
           open
           ,
           and
           sate
           on
           a
           Throne
           ,
           having
           near
           it
           as
           it
           were
           a
           Halberd
           ,
           on
           which
           if
           any
           one
           cast
           his
           eye
           ,
           he
           heard
           on
           that
           side
           a
           dreadful
           noise
           ,
           which
           made
           his
           heart
           faint
           ,
           and
           he
           who
           heard
           that
           noise
           dyed
           .
           There
           was
           a
           Spirit
           appointed
           to
           serve
           that
           Guard
           ,
           which
           
           Spirit
           never
           went
           from
           before
           it
           .
           The
           Guard
           of
           the
           Western
           Pyramid
           was
           an
           Idol
           of
           hard
           Red
           stone
           ,
           having
           in
           like
           manner
           in
           his
           hand
           somewhat
           like
           a
           Halberd
           ,
           and
           on
           his
           head
           a
           wreathed
           Serpent
           ,
           which
           flew
           at
           those
           who
           came
           near
           him
           ,
           clung
           about
           their
           necks
           and
           kill'd
           them
           .
           There
           was
           appointed
           to
           serve
           him
           an
           ugly
           deformed
           Spirit
           ,
           which
           parted
           not
           from
           him
           .
           For
           Guard
           to
           the
           third
           Pyramid
           he
           had
           plac'd
           a
           small
           Idol
           of
           Baby
           stone
           ,
           on
           a
           Basis
           of
           the
           same
           ;
           which
           Idol
           drew
           to
           it
           those
           who
           look'd
           on
           it
           ,
           and
           stuck
           to
           them
           till
           it
           had
           destroy'd
           them
           ,
           or
           made
           them
           distracted
           .
           There
           was
           also
           a
           Spirit
           appointed
           to
           serve
           it
           ,
           which
           parted
           not
           from
           it
           .
           Saurid
           having
           finish'd
           the
           building
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           compassed
           them
           with
           the
           bodies
           of
           Spiritual
           substances
           ,
           he
           offer'd
           Sacrifices
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           presented
           them
           with
           the
           Offerings
           chosen
           for
           them
           .
           The
           Spirits
           appointed
           for
           the
           service
           of
           each
           Star
           knew
           the
           Ascendant
           of
           the
           Stars
           they
           served
           ,
           and
           they
           serv'd
           them
           according
           to
           their
           rank
           one
           after
           another
           .
           He
           distributed
           and
           appointed
           the
           names
           under
           which
           should
           
           be
           divided
           the
           Works
           that
           should
           be
           presented
           to
           them
           .
           The
           Coptites
           affirm
           ,
           that
           King
           
           Saurid's
           Name
           was
           written
           upon
           the
           first
           Pyramid
           ,
           with
           the
           time
           spent
           in
           the
           building
           of
           it
           .
           Some
           say
           he
           had
           it
           built
           in
           six
           moneths
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           defied
           those
           that
           came
           after
           him
           to
           demolish
           it
           in
           600
           years
           ;
           though
           it
           be
           certain
           it
           is
           more
           easie
           to
           pull
           down
           then
           to
           build
           .
           He
           said
           also
           speaking
           to
           them
           themselves
           ,
           
             I
             have
             cover'd
             them
             with
             Silk
             ,
             do
             you
             cover
             them
             if
             you
             can
             with
             Linen
             cloth
             .
          
           But
           those
           who
           have
           reigned
           after
           him
           at
           several
           times
           ,
           have
           seen
           that
           they
           were
           nothing
           in
           comparison
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           could
           not
           cover
           them
           so
           much
           as
           with
           Mat
           ,
           and
           with
           much
           ado
           should
           they
           have
           cover'd
           them
           with
           any
           thing
           else
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           miraculous
           stories
           related
           
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           the
           Author
           of
           that
           Book
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           says
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           Annals
           contained
           in
           the
           Books
           of
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           and
           their
           Miracles
           ,
           there
           is
           such
           plenty
           of
           admirable
           Histories
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           impossible
           to
           relate
           them
           all
           :
           I
           shall
           onely
           (
           adds
           he
           )
           relate
           some
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           among
           
           others
           this
           ;
           The
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           ,
           the
           Mamunus
           ,
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           ,
           being
           come
           into
           the
           Land
           
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           having
           seen
           ●he
           Pyramids
           ,
           had
           a
           desire
           to
           demolish
           them
           ,
           or
           at
           least
           some
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           to
           se
           what
           was
           within
           it
           .
           Whereupon
           it
           was
           thus
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             You
             desire
             a
             thing
             which
             it
             is
             not
             possible
             for
             you
             to
             have
             .
             If
             you
             attempt
             it
             and
             fail
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             a
             dishonour
             to
             the
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
          
           Whereto
           he
           replied
           ,
           
             I
             cannot
             for
             bear
             but
             I
             must
             discover
             something
             .
          
           He
           therefore
           put
           them
           to
           work
           at
           the
           breach
           ,
           which
           was
           already
           begun
           ,
           and
           made
           great
           expences
           therein
           .
           For
           they
           kindled
           fire
           on
           the
           stone
           ,
           then
           they
           cast
           Vinegar
           on
           it
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           batter'd
           the
           place
           with
           Engines
           .
           The
           breadth
           of
           the
           wall
           was
           20
           Cubits
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Geometrical
           measure
           .
           Being
           come
           to
           the
           upper
           story
           of
           the
           Pyramid
           ,
           they
           found
           behind
           the
           breach
           a
           green
           Basin
           ,
           wherein
           there
           were
           pieces
           of
           Gold
           weighing
           each
           of
           them
           an
           ounce
           ,
           according
           to
           our
           ordinary
           Weights
           ;
           and
           of
           those
           pieces
           there
           was
           just
           1000.
           
           The
           Demolishers
           
           wonder'd
           at
           it
           ,
           and
           brought
           the
           Gold
           to
           the
           Mamunus
           ,
           not
           knowing
           what
           it
           meant
           .
           The
           Mamunus
           was
           also
           astonished
           at
           it
           ,
           admiring
           the
           excellent
           Workmanship
           and
           good
           Alloy
           of
           the
           Gold.
           Then
           he
           said
           to
           them
           ,
           Compute
           what
           expence
           you
           have
           made
           in
           the
           breach
           .
           They
           computed
           ,
           and
           found
           that
           the
           expence
           equall'd
           the
           value
           of
           the
           Gold
           which
           they
           had
           found
           ,
           so
           as
           that
           there
           was
           not
           a
           Farthing
           more
           or
           less
           .
           The
           Mamunus
           was
           yet
           more
           astonish'd
           at
           that
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           those
           who
           kept
           his
           Accompts
           ;
           
             Consider
             the
             foresight
             of
             this
             Nation
             ,
             and
             the
             greatness
             of
             their
             Science
             .
             Their
             Sages
             had
             told
             them
             that
             there
             would
             arise
             some
             one
             that
             should
             in
             some
             place
             open
             one
             of
             these
             Pyramids
             :
             they
             examined
             that
             ,
             and
             computed
             what
             expence
             he
             should
             make
             who
             attempted
             that
             work
             ,
             and
             set
             the
             summe
             at
             the
             place
             ;
             that
             he
             who
             got
             thither
             ,
             finding
             his
             account
             ,
             and
             seeing
             he
             had
             not
             gain'd
             any
             thing
             ,
             should
             not
             begin
             any
             such
             work
             again
             .
          
           They
           say
           the
           Basin
           was
           made
           of
           a
           green
           Emerald
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Mamunus
           had
           it
           carried
           to
           
           Gueraca
           ,
           where
           it
           was
           one
           of
           the
           noblest
           pieces
           of
           his
           Treasury
           .
        
         
           Another
           History
           relates
           ,
           that
           after
           
           the
           Pyramid
           was
           open'd
           people
           went
           in
           out
           of
           curiosity
           for
           some
           years
           ,
           many
           entering
           into
           it
           ,
           and
           some
           returning
           thence
           without
           any
           inconvenience
           ,
           others
           perishing
           in
           it
           .
           One
           day
           it
           happened
           that
           a
           company
           of
           Young
           men
           (
           above
           20
           in
           number
           )
           swore
           that
           they
           would
           go
           into
           it
           ,
           provided
           nothing
           hindered
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           force
           their
           way
           to
           the
           end
           of
           it
           .
           They
           therefore
           took
           along
           with
           them
           meat
           and
           drink
           for
           two
           moneths
           :
           they
           also
           took
           Plates
           of
           Iron
           and
           Bars
           ,
           Wax-candles
           and
           Lanterns
           ,
           Match
           and
           Oyl
           ,
           Hatchets
           ,
           Hooks
           ,
           and
           other
           sharp
           Instruments
           ,
           and
           enter'd
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           :
           most
           of
           them
           got
           down
           from
           the
           first
           Descent
           and
           the
           second
           ,
           and
           pass'd
           along
           the
           ground
           of
           the
           Pyramid
           ,
           where
           they
           saw
           Bats
           as
           big
           as
           black
           Eagles
           ,
           which
           began
           to
           beat
           their
           Faces
           with
           much
           violence
           .
           But
           they
           generously
           endur'd
           that
           inconvenience
           ,
           and
           advanc'd
           still
           till
           they
           came
           to
           a
           Narrow
           passage
           ,
           through
           which
           came
           an
           impetuous
           wind
           ,
           and
           extra
           ordinary
           cold
           ;
           yet
           so
           
           as
           they
           could
           not
           perceive
           whence
           it
           came
           ,
           nor
           whither
           it
           went.
           They
           advanc'd
           to
           get
           into
           the
           Narrow
           place
           ,
           and
           then
           their
           Candles
           began
           to
           go
           out
           ,
           which
           obliged
           them
           to
           put
           them
           into
           their
           Lanterns
           .
           Then
           they
           entered
           ,
           but
           the
           place
           seemed
           to
           be
           joyn'd
           and
           close
           before
           them
           :
           whereupon
           one
           of
           them
           said
           to
           the
           rest
           ,
           
             Tie
             me
             by
             the
             wast
             with
             a
             cord
             ,
             and
             I
             will
             venture
             to
             advance
             ,
             conditionally
             that
             if
             any
             accident
             happen
             to
             me
             ,
             you
             immediately
             draw
             me
             back
             .
          
           At
           the
           entrance
           of
           the
           Narrow
           place
           there
           were
           great
           empty
           vessels
           made
           like
           Coffins
           ,
           with
           their
           lids
           by
           them
           ;
           whence
           they
           inferr'd
           ,
           that
           those
           who
           set
           them
           there
           had
           prepar'd
           them
           for
           their
           death
           ;
           and
           that
           to
           get
           to
           their
           Treasures
           and
           Wealth
           there
           was
           a
           necessity
           of
           passing
           through
           that
           Narrow
           place
           .
           They
           bound
           their
           Companion
           with
           cords
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           venture
           to
           get
           through
           that
           passage
           ;
           but
           immediately
           the
           passage
           clos'd
           upon
           him
           ,
           and
           they
           heard
           the
           noise
           of
           the
           crushing
           of
           his
           bones
           :
           they
           drew
           the
           cords
           to
           them
           ,
           but
           they
           could
           not
           get
           him
           back
           .
           Then
           there
           came
           to
           them
           a
           
           dreadful
           voice
           out
           of
           that
           Cave
           ,
           which
           startled
           and
           blinded
           them
           so
           that
           they
           fell
           down
           ,
           having
           neither
           motion
           nor
           sense
           .
           They
           came
           to
           themselves
           awhile
           after
           ,
           and
           endeavoured
           to
           get
           out
           ,
           being
           much
           at
           a
           loss
           what
           to
           do
           .
           At
           last
           after
           much
           trouble
           they
           returned
           ,
           save
           onely
           some
           of
           them
           who
           fell
           under
           the
           Descent
           .
           Being
           come
           out
           into
           the
           Plain
           they
           sate
           down
           together
           ,
           all
           astonished
           at
           what
           they
           had
           seen
           ,
           and
           reflecting
           on
           what
           had
           happened
           to
           them
           ;
           whereupon
           the
           Earth
           cleft
           before
           them
           ,
           and
           cast
           up
           their
           dead
           Companion
           ,
           who
           was
           at
           first
           immovable
           ,
           but
           two
           hours
           after
           began
           to
           move
           ,
           and
           spoke
           to
           them
           in
           a
           Language
           they
           understood
           not
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           not
           the
           Arabian
           .
           But
           some
           time
           after
           one
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Upper
           Egypt
           interpreted
           it
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           told
           them
           his
           meaning
           was
           this
           ;
           
             This
             is
             the
             reward
             of
             those
             who
             endeavour
             to
             seise
             what
             belongs
             to
             another
             .
          
           After
           these
           words
           their
           Companion
           seemed
           dead
           as
           before
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           buried
           him
           in
           that
           place
           .
           Some
           of
           them
           died
           also
           in
           the
           Pyramid
           .
           Since
           that
           ,
           he
           who
           commanded
           in
           those
           parts
           ,
           having
           heard
           
           of
           their
           adventure
           ,
           they
           were
           brought
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           they
           related
           all
           this
           to
           him
           ,
           which
           he
           much
           wondered
           at
           .
        
         
           Another
           History
           relates
           ,
           that
           some
           entered
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           ,
           and
           came
           
           to
           the
           lowest
           part
           of
           it
           ,
           where
           they
           turned
           round
           about
           .
           There
           appeared
           to
           them
           a
           Hollow
           place
           ,
           wherein
           there
           was
           a
           beaten
           path
           ,
           in
           which
           they
           began
           to
           go
           .
           And
           then
           they
           found
           a
           Basin
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           distill'd
           fresh
           water
           ,
           which
           fell
           into
           several
           Pits
           which
           were
           under
           the
           Basin
           ,
           so
           as
           they
           knew
           not
           whence
           it
           came
           ,
           nor
           whether
           it
           went.
           After
           that
           they
           found
           a
           square
           Hall
           ,
           the
           walls
           whereof
           were
           of
           strange
           stones
           of
           several
           colours
           .
           One
           of
           the
           company
           took
           a
           little
           stone
           and
           put
           into
           his
           mouth
           ,
           and
           immediately
           his
           ears
           were
           deafened
           .
           Afterwards
           they
           came
           to
           a
           place
           made
           like
           a
           Cistern
           full
           of
           coined
           Gold
           ,
           like
           a
           large
           sort
           of
           Cakes
           that
           are
           made
           ;
           for
           every
           piece
           was
           of
           the
           weight
           of
           1000
           Drams
           .
           They
           took
           some
           of
           them
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           get
           out
           of
           the
           place
           till
           they
           had
           returned
           them
           into
           the
           place
           whence
           they
           had
           taken
           them
           .
           They
           afterwards
           found
           another
           place
           with
           a
           great
           
           Bench
           ,
           such
           as
           is
           ordinarily
           before
           houses
           for
           people
           to
           sit
           on
           ;
           and
           on
           the
           Bench
           a
           Figure
           of
           green
           stone
           ,
           representing
           a
           tall
           ancient
           Man
           sitting
           ,
           having
           a
           large
           Garment
           about
           him
           ,
           and
           little
           Statues
           before
           him
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           Children
           whom
           he
           taught
           :
           they
           took
           some
           of
           those
           Figures
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           get
           out
           of
           the
           place
           till
           they
           had
           left
           them
           behind
           them
           .
           They
           passed
           on
           along
           the
           same
           way
           ,
           and
           heard
           a
           dreadful
           noise
           and
           great
           hurly-burly
           ,
           which
           they
           durst
           not
           approach
           .
           Then
           having
           advanced
           further
           ,
           they
           found
           a
           square
           place
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           for
           some
           great
           Assembly
           ,
           where
           there
           were
           many
           Statues
           ,
           and
           among
           others
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Cock
           made
           of
           red
           Gold
           :
           that
           Figure
           was
           dreadful
           ,
           enamelled
           with
           Jacinths
           ,
           whereof
           there
           were
           two
           great
           ones
           in
           both
           eyes
           ,
           which
           shined
           like
           two
           great
           Torches
           :
           they
           went
           near
           it
           ,
           and
           immediately
           it
           crew
           terribly
           ,
           and
           began
           to
           beat
           its
           two
           wings
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           they
           heard
           several
           voices
           which
           came
           to
           them
           on
           all
           sides
           .
           They
           kept
           on
           their
           way
           ,
           and
           found
           afterwards
           an
           Idol
           of
           white
           stone
           ,
           with
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Woman
           
           standing
           on
           her
           head
           ,
           and
           two
           Lions
           of
           wh●te
           stone
           lying
           on
           each
           side
           of
           her
           ,
           which
           seem'd
           to
           roar
           and
           endeavour
           to
           bite
           .
           They
           recommended
           themselves
           to
           God
           and
           went
           on
           ,
           and
           kept
           on
           their
           way
           till
           they
           saw
           a
           Light
           ;
           after
           which
           going
           out
           at
           an
           open
           place
           ,
           they
           perceiv'd
           they
           were
           in
           a
           great
           Sandy
           Desert
           .
           At
           the
           passage
           out
           of
           that
           open
           place
           there
           were
           two
           Statues
           of
           black
           stone
           ,
           having
           Half
           Pikes
           in
           their
           hands
           .
           They
           were
           extremely
           astonish'd
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           began
           to
           return
           towards
           the
           East
           ,
           till
           they
           came
           near
           the
           Pyramids
           on
           the
           out
           side
           .
           This
           happen'd
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Jezid
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gabdolmelic
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gabdol
           ,
           Governour
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           having
           heard
           of
           it
           sent
           some
           persons
           with
           those
           before
           spoken
           of
           to
           observe
           the
           open
           place
           of
           the
           Pyramid
           .
           They
           sought
           it
           several
           days
           ,
           but
           could
           never
           find
           it
           again
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           were
           accounted
           fools
           .
           But
           they
           shew'd
           him
           the
           head
           of
           a
           Ring
           which
           one
           of
           them
           had
           taken
           in
           the
           Assembly-place
           ,
           which
           they
           had
           found
           in
           the
           Pyramid
           ;
           which
           obliged
           him
           to
           believe
           what
           they
           said
           .
           That
           head
           was
           valued
           
           at
           a
           great
           summe
           of
           money
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           further
           related
           ,
           that
           other
           persons
           
           in
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Commander
           Achemed
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Toulon
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           entered
           in
           like
           manner
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           ,
           and
           found
           there
           a
           Cruse
           of
           red
           Glass
           ,
           which
           they
           brought
           away
           .
           As
           they
           came
           out
           they
           lost
           one
           of
           their
           Men
           ,
           which
           oblig'd
           them
           to
           go
           in
           again
           to
           look
           for
           him
           .
           They
           found
           him
           stark
           naked
           laughing
           continually
           ,
           and
           saying
           to
           them
           ,
           Trouble
           not
           your selves
           to
           look
           for
           me
           .
           After
           which
           he
           got
           away
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           return'd
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           .
           Whence
           they
           inferr'd
           that
           the
           Spirits
           had
           distracted
           him
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           went
           out
           and
           left
           him
           there
           .
           Upon
           which
           they
           were
           accused
           before
           the
           Judge
           ,
           who
           condemn'd
           them
           to
           exemplary
           punishment
           ,
           and
           took
           away
           from
           them
           the
           Cruse
           ,
           which
           had
           in
           it
           four
           pound
           of
           glass
           .
           A
           certain
           person
           said
           thereupon
           ,
           that
           that
           Cruse
           had
           not
           been
           set
           in
           that
           place
           for
           nothing
           .
           Which
           occasioned
           the
           filling
           of
           it
           with
           water
           ,
           and
           then
           being
           weighed
           again
           ,
           it
           weighed
           as
           much
           as
           when
           it
           was
           empty
           ,
           and
           no
           more
           .
           They
           afterwards
           
           took
           off
           some
           of
           that
           water
           several
           times
           ,
           but
           the
           Vessel
           came
           still
           to
           the
           same
           weight
           .
           Whence
           they
           conjectured
           that
           it
           was
           one
           of
           the
           Wine-vessels
           whereof
           the
           Ancients
           had
           made
           use
           ,
           and
           had
           been
           made
           to
           that
           purpose
           by
           their
           Sages
           ,
           and
           placed
           there
           .
           For
           the
           use
           of
           Wine
           was
           permitted
           among
           them
           .
           This
           was
           a
           strange
           Miracle
           .
        
         
           They
           relate
           further
           several
           Stories
           
           of
           this
           kind
           ,
           and
           among
           others
           that
           some
           entered
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           with
           a
           Child
           to
           abuse
           it
           ;
           and
           that
           having
           committed
           that
           sin
           ,
           there
           came
           out
           against
           them
           a
           black
           young
           Man
           ,
           with
           a
           Cudgel
           in
           his
           hand
           ,
           who
           beat
           them
           furiously
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           fled
           leaving
           there
           their
           Meat
           and
           their
           Cloaths
           .
           The
           same
           thing
           happen'd
           to
           others
           in
           the
           Pyramid
           of
           Achemima
           .
           There
           entered
           also
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           of
           Achemima
           a
           Man
           and
           a
           Woman
           to
           commit
           Adultery
           therein
           ;
           but
           they
           were
           immediately
           cast
           along
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           dyed
           in
           a
           Phrensie
           .
        
         
           When
           the
           Priests
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           
           had
           told
           King
           Saurid
           of
           the
           great
           conflagration
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           happen
           by
           Fire
           ,
           and
           that
           that
           Fire
           
           should
           come
           out
           of
           the
           Sign
           Leo
           ;
           he
           caused
           to
           be
           made
           in
           the
           Pyramids
           certain
           windings
           ,
           which
           abutted
           upon
           narrow
           Vaults
           ,
           which
           drew
           the
           Winds
           into
           the
           Pyramids
           with
           a
           dreadful
           noise
           .
           He
           also
           caused
           Chanels
           to
           be
           made
           therein
           ,
           by
           which
           the
           Water
           of
           the
           Nile
           came
           in
           at
           the
           same
           place
           ,
           then
           it
           retreated
           of
           it self
           ,
           and
           return'd
           into
           the
           Nile
           by
           another
           passage
           ,
           after
           the
           manner
           of
           the
           Cisterns
           which
           are
           made
           for
           the
           reception
           of
           Rain-water
           .
           He
           also
           caused
           certain
           Chanels
           to
           be
           made
           therein
           ,
           which
           reach'd
           to
           certain
           places
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           the
           West
           ,
           and
           to
           certain
           places
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           
             Upper
             Egypt
          
           .
           He
           fill'd
           those
           Subterraneous
           places
           with
           prodigious
           things
           ,
           Statues
           ,
           speaking
           Idols
           ,
           and
           Talismans
           .
           Some
           Coptites
           affirm
           ,
           that
           after
           the
           coming
           of
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           the
           Conflagration
           had
           been
           predicted
           to
           him
           ,
           he
           said
           to
           the
           Astrologers
           ;
           
             Shall
             our
             Countrey
             suffer
             some
             part
             of
             these
             misfortunes
             ?
             It
             shall
             (
             reply'd
             they
             )
             be
             afflicted
             with
             a
             desolation
             which
             shall
             continue
             so
             many
             years
             ,
             that
             the
             Dragons
             and
             Vipers
             shall
             be
             so
             exceedingly
             multiplied
             
             therein
             ,
             that
             none
             shall
             dare
             to
             pass
             through
             it
             .
             And
             whence
             shall
             this
             desolation
             come
             ?
             said
             Saurid
             .
             From
             the
             King
             of
             a
             remote
             Countrey
             ,
             said
             they
             ,
             who
             shall
             destroy
             its
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             so
             ruine
             it
             ,
             that
             the
             marks
             thereof
             shall
             remain
             eternally
             ,
             clearly
             carrying
             away
             all
             its
             Wealth
             .
             But
             after
             that
             it
             shall
             be
             repeopled
             by
             his
             Son
             ,
             born
             of
             one
             of
             his
             Bond-women
             .
          
           This
           King
           was
           Nahuchodonozor
           ,
           who
           destroy'd
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           
           whose
           Son
           Balsas
           (
           born
           of
           a
           Captive
           Coptess
           )
           repeopled
           it
           ,
           and
           built
           there
           the
           Castle
           and
           the
           Church
           Mugalleca
           ,
           or
           Suspended
           .
           
             What
             shall
             happen
             after
             that
             ?
             said
             Saurid
             to
             the
             Priests
             .
             There
             will
             come
             into
             Egypt
             ,
             replyed
             they
             ,
             a
             Nation
             of
             ugly
             and
             deformed
             People
             ,
             from
             the
             Coast
             of
             the
             Nile
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             from
             the
             Countrey
             whence
             it
             comes
             ,
             which
             Nation
             shall
             possesse
             it self
             of
             the
             greatest
             part
             thereof
             .
             After
             that
             ,
             said
             he
             again
             ,
             what
             shall
             happen
             ?
             It
             s
             Nile
             shall
             fail
             it
             ,
             reply'd
             they
             ,
             and
             its
             Inhabitants
             shall
             forsake
             it
             .
             Then
             it
             shall
             be
             possessed
             first
             by
             a
             Barbarous
             Nation
             ,
             whose
             language
             shall
             be
             unknown
             ,
             and
             which
             shall
             come
             
             from
             the
             Eastern
             Coast
             ;
             afterwards
             by
             another
             coming
             from
             the
             Western
             Coast
             ,
             which
             shall
             be
             the
             last
             .
          
           He
           commanded
           all
           this
           to
           be
           writ
           down
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           should
           be
           graved
           on
           the
           Pyramids
           and
           Obelisks
           .
           One
           of
           the
           things
           which
           confirm
           this
           discourse
           by
           their
           consonancy
           is
           ,
           that
           Abucabil
           ,
           the
           Mogapherian
           ,
           the
           Pacifier
           ,
           related
           this
           to
           Achamed
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Toulon
           ,
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           when
           he
           entered
           into
           Egypt
           .
           With
           the
           help
           of
           God
           we
           shall
           speak
           of
           him
           hereafter
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           Spirits
           which
           are
           met
           in
           
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           the
           like
           Structures
           ,
           and
           the
           forms
           under
           which
           they
           appear
           ,
           the
           Author
           (
           to
           whom
           God
           shew
           mercy
           )
           speaks
           of
           them
           briefly
           thus
           in
           a
           Chapter
           he
           hath
           expresly
           made
           of
           them
           :
           They
           relate
           ,
           saith
           he
           ,
           several
           things
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           which
           would
           be
           long
           to
           declare
           ;
           but
           as
           to
           the
           Spirits
           which
           reign
           over
           them
           ,
           and
           such
           other
           Structures
           ,
           named
           
           Birba's
           ,
           they
           say
           that
           the
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Meridional
           Pyramid
           never
           appears
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           naked
           Woman
           ,
           who
           has
           not
           even
           her
           privy
           parts
           covered
           ,
           beautiful
           as
           to
           all
           other
           parts
           ,
           and
           whereof
           the
           behaviour
           is
           such
           ,
           as
           
           when
           she
           would
           provoke
           any
           one
           to
           love
           and
           make
           him
           distracted
           ,
           she
           laughs
           on
           him
           ,
           and
           presently
           he
           approches
           her
           ,
           and
           she
           draws
           him
           to
           her
           ,
           and
           besots
           him
           with
           love
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           immediately
           grows
           mad
           ,
           and
           wanders
           like
           a
           Vagabond
           up
           and
           down
           the
           Countrey
           .
           Divers
           persons
           have
           seen
           her
           walking
           about
           the
           Pyramid
           about
           Noon
           ,
           and
           about
           Sun-set
           .
           One
           day
           she
           distracted
           one
           of
           the
           People
           of
           the
           Chacambermille
           ,
           who
           was
           afterwards
           seen
           running
           stark
           naked
           through
           the
           streets
           without
           fear
           or
           wit.
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           second
           Pyramid
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Colour'd
           ,
           is
           an
           ancient
           Nubian
           ,
           having
           a
           Basket
           on
           his
           head
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           hands
           a
           Censer
           like
           those
           used
           in
           Churches
           ,
           wherewith
           he
           incenses
           about
           it
           at
           all
           the
           Obelisks
           .
           As
           to
           the
           Birba
           of
           Achemima
           ,
           its
           Spirit
           is
           a
           Young
           Man
           ,
           Beardless
           and
           Naked
           ,
           sufficiently
           known
           among
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           place
           .
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Birba
           of
           Semir
           is
           a
           black
           swarthy
           Old
           Man
           ,
           of
           high
           Stature
           ,
           and
           having
           a
           short
           Beard
           .
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Birba
           of
           of
           Phacat
           appears
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           black
           young
           Woman
           ,
           having
           in
           her
           
           arm
           a
           little
           black
           Infant
           deformed
           ,
           shewing
           his
           Dogs
           teeth
           ,
           and
           having
           his
           eyes
           all
           white
           .
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Birba
           of
           Ridousa
           appears
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Man
           ,
           having
           the
           head
           of
           a
           Lion
           with
           two
           long
           Horns
           .
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Birba
           of
           Busira
           appears
           in
           the
           form
           of
           an
           old
           white
           Monk
           carrying
           a
           Book
           .
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Birba
           of
           Gaphi
           appears
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Shepherd
           ,
           clad
           in
           a
           black
           Robe
           ,
           with
           a
           Staff
           in
           his
           hand
           .
           As
           to
           the
           Pyramids
           of
           Dehasoura
           ,
           their
           Spirits
           are
           seen
           in
           the
           form
           of
           two
           black
           old
           Men.
           The
           Spirit
           of
           the
           Birba
           of
           Samnos
           appears
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Monk
           ,
           who
           comes
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           views
           himself
           in
           it
           as
           in
           a
           Looking-glass
           .
           All
           these
           Spirits
           are
           manifestly
           seen
           by
           such
           as
           come
           near
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           places
           of
           their
           retirement
           ,
           and
           frequent
           there
           abouts
           along
           time
           .
           There
           are
           for
           all
           of
           them
           certain
           particular
           Offerings
           ,
           by
           means
           whereof
           it
           is
           possible
           the
           Treasures
           of
           the
           Birbas
           and
           the
           Pyramids
           may
           appear
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           may
           be
           a
           friendship
           and
           familiarity
           between
           Men
           and
           Spirits
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           the
           Sages
           have
           establish'd
           .
        
         
         
           Saurid
           the
           Son
           of
           Sahaloc
           ,
           says
           the
           
           Author
           ,
           continued
           King
           of
           Egypt
           a
           hundred
           and
           seven
           years
           .
           His
           Astrologers
           told
           him
           the
           time
           he
           should
           die
           ,
           whereupon
           he
           made
           his
           last
           Will
           to
           his
           Son
           Hargib
           ,
           told
           him
           whatever
           was
           necessary
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           ordered
           him
           to
           have
           him
           carried
           into
           the
           Pyramid
           ,
           and
           to
           have
           him
           disposed
           into
           the
           Tomb
           which
           he
           himself
           had
           caused
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           that
           he
           should
           cover
           the
           bottom
           of
           it
           with
           Camphire
           and
           Santal-wood
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           should
           enbalm
           his
           body
           with
           the
           drugs
           which
           prevent
           corruption
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           should
           leave
           by
           him
           the
           richest
           of
           his
           Armour
           ,
           and
           the
           most
           precious
           of
           his
           Housholdstuff
           .
           His
           Son
           performed
           
           all
           this
           after
           his
           death
           ,
           and
           then
           Hargib
           Reigned
           after
           his
           Father
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Egppt
           ,
           and
           follow'd
           his
           footsteps
           ,
           being
           careful
           as
           he
           had
           been
           to
           administer
           Justice
           to
           the
           People
           ,
           to
           have
           the
           Countrey
           cultivated
           and
           inhabited
           ,
           and
           to
           procure
           the
           wellfare
           of
           his
           Subjects
           ,
           which
           obliged
           them
           to
           have
           a
           great
           affection
           for
           him
           .
           He
           afterwards
           caused
           to
           be
           built
           the
           first
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           of
           Dehasoura
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           brought
           thither
           
           abundance
           of
           Wealth
           ,
           and
           precious
           Stones
           of
           great
           value
           .
           Hargib
           was
           particularly
           addicted
           to
           Chemistry
           ,
           to
           
           get
           Metals
           out
           of
           the
           Mines
           ,
           and
           to
           gather
           money
           ;
           he
           afterwards
           enterred
           every
           year
           a
           great
           quantity
           thereof
           ▪
           and
           minded
           not
           the
           putting
           of
           Statue
           and
           speaking
           Idols
           into
           his
           Pyramid
           He
           a
           long
           time
           continued
           that
           exercise
           ,
           during
           which
           he
           had
           a
           Daughter
           ,
           who
           being
           grown
           up
           suffer'd
           herself
           to
           be
           debauched
           by
           one
           of
           hi●
           people
           ,
           which
           obliged
           him
           to
           sent
           her
           away
           into
           the
           West
           ,
           where
           he
           had
           a
           City
           built
           for
           her
           in
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Barca
           .
           This
           City
           being
           built
           they
           gave
           it
           the
           name
           of
           that
           Princess
           ,
           which
           was
           as
           they
           say
           ▪
           Domeria
           .
           For
           he
           caused
           a
           Pilory
           t●
           
           be
           built
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           and
           her
           name
           to
           be
           grav'd
           on
           it
           :
           then
           he
           sent
           to
           live
           there
           with
           her
           all
           the
           old
           Women
           of
           his
           House
           .
           He
           continued
           King
           ninety
           nine
           years
           ,
           then
           dyed
           :
           and
           was
           interred
           in
           the
           Pyramids
           .
           His
           Son
           Menaos
           Reigned
           after
           him
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           was
           a
           proud
           and
           
           hauty
           Prince
           ,
           who
           spilt
           much
           blood
           ,
           ill
           treated
           his
           Subjects
           ,
           Ravished
           many
           Women
           ,
           and
           squandered
           away
           a
           
           great
           part
           of
           the
           Treasures
           of
           his
           Ancestors
           .
           For
           he
           built
           Palaces
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           ,
           into
           which
           he
           brought
           Chanels
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           the
           bottom
           whereof
           he
           caused
           to
           be
           covered
           with
           Jacinths
           and
           other
           precious
           stones
           instead
           of
           Sand.
           He
           tormented
           Men
           ,
           and
           took
           away
           their
           goods
           and
           Cattel
           by
           force
           .
           This
           got
           him
           the
           hatred
           of
           the
           People
           ,
           and
           at
           last
           the
           Beast
           he
           rid
           on
           threw
           him
           and
           broke
           his
           neck
           ;
           (
           Gods
           curse
           go
           with
           him
           .
           )
           So
           God
           delivered
           the
           Egyptians
           of
           him
           .
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           History
           of
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           
           the
           adventures
           of
           Noah
           ,
           to
           whom
           God
           grant
           peace
           and
           mercy
           ,
           take
           in
           few
           words
           what
           is
           said
           thereof
           .
           They
           relate
           that
           Adam
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           
           him
           )
           after
           God
           had
           descended
           from
           Paradice
           ,
           and
           been
           merciful
           to
           him
           after
           his
           Sin
           ,
           was
           by
           God
           himself
           appointed
           King
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           and
           Mankind
           descended
           of
           his
           Race
           .
           He
           was
           the
           first
           that
           Prayed
           to
           God
           ,
           Fasted
           ,
           and
           knew
           how
           to
           Read
           and
           Write
           .
           He
           was
           Beardless
           and
           Hairless
           ,
           comely
           and
           well
           made
           .
           There
           was
           afterwards
           sent
           him
           one
           and
           twenty
           pages
           of
           Writings
           ;
           then
           he
           dyed
           aged
           nine
           
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           years
           .
           His
           li
           〈…〉
           should
           have
           been
           a
           thousand
           years
           but
           he
           bestowed
           fifty
           of
           them
           on
           hi●
           Son
           David
           .
           His
           Successor
           and
           L
           〈…〉
           gatee
           was
           his
           Son
           Seth
           ,
           to
           whom
           a
           〈…〉
           
           to
           whose
           Children
           continued
           the
           Prophecy
           ,
           with
           the
           true
           Religion
           and
           the
           Superintendency
           of
           Divine
           Laws
           God
           afterwards
           sent
           Seth
           twenty
           nine
           sheets
           .
           He
           liv'd
           on
           the
           Mountain
           and
           Cabel
           built
           in
           the
           bottom
           of
           the
           Valley
           .
           Seth
           lived
           nine
           hundred
           and
           twelve
           years
           ,
           and
           had
           for
           Successor
           his
           Son
           Enos
           ,
           who
           lived
           nine
           hundred
           
           and
           fifty
           years
           ,
           and
           appointed
           for
           hi●
           Successor
           after
           his
           death
           his
           Son
           Cainan
           ,
           in
           whose
           favour
           he
           made
           his
           last
           
           Will
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           distributed
           the
           Earth
           among
           the
           Sons
           of
           his
           Sons
           .
           Cainan
           died
           aged
           nine
           hundred
           and
           twenty
           years
           ,
           and
           made
           his
           last
           Testament
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           Son
           Mahalel
           .
           In
           his
           time
           the
           square
           Temple
           was
           
           built
           .
           He
           died
           aged
           nine
           hundred
           seventy
           five
           years
           ,
           and
           appointed
           for
           Successor
           his
           Son
           Jared
           ,
           whom
           he
           
           taught
           all
           the
           Sciences
           ,
           and
           told
           all
           that
           was
           to
           happen
           in
           the
           World.
           He
           considered
           the
           Stars
           ,
           and
           read
           the
           Book
           of
           the
           secrets
           of
           the
           Kingdom
           ,
           
           which
           was
           sent
           from
           Heaven
           to
           Adam
           :
           
           then
           he
           had
           to
           his
           son
           Enoch
           ,
           who
           is
           Edrisus
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           .
           There
           was
           then
           King
           in
           the
           World
           Mechavel
           the
           son
           of
           Cabel
           .
           The
           Devil
           (
           Gods
           curse
           with
           him
           )
           went
           to
           him
           ,
           seduced
           him
           by
           his
           deceits
           ,
           and
           made
           him
           fall
           into
           errour
           ;
           then
           he
           told
           him
           that
           there
           was
           born
           to
           Jared
           the
           son
           of
           Mahalel
           a
           son
           who
           should
           be
           an
           enemy
           to
           theie
           Gods
           ,
           and
           come
           to
           great
           reputation
           .
           Whereto
           Jared
           answered
           ,
           
             Canst
             not
             thou
             destroy
             him
             ?
          
           I
           'le
           endeavour
           to
           do
           it
           ,
           said
           the
           Devil
           .
           Whereupon
           God
           gave
           Edrisus
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           Angels
           to
           guard
           him
           from
           the
           Devil
           ,
           and
           from
           his
           Progeny
           and
           Artifices
           .
           When
           he
           was
           grown
           up
           to
           adolescency
           ,
           his
           Father
           made
           him
           Guardian
           of
           the
           Temple
           ,
           and
           taught
           him
           the
           sheets
           of
           Seth
           and
           Adam
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           .
           He
           was
           very
           diligent
           in
           the
           reading
           and
           studying
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           in
           observing
           the
           precepts
           thereof
           .
           Being
           come
           to
           forty
           years
           of
           age
           ,
           God
           gave
           him
           the
           gift
           of
           Prophecy
           ,
           and
           sent
           him
           from
           Heaven
           thirty
           sheets
           .
           His
           Father
           made
           him
           his
           Successor
           by
           Will
           ,
           gave
           
           him
           the
           Sciences
           he
           was
           possess'd
           of
           ,
           and
           sent
           him
           to
           King
           Darael
           ,
           whom
           he
           taught
           Writing
           and
           Astrology
           .
           For
           he
           is
           the
           first
           who
           writ
           in
           the
           Syriac
           after
           Seth
           ,
           and
           who
           described
           the
           state
           of
           the
           Stars
           .
           The
           Nations
           of
           Writing
           affirm
           he
           was
           the
           first
           who
           made
           Slaves
           and
           Servants
           ,
           and
           establish'd
           Weights
           and
           Measures
           .
           He
           led
           Captive
           the
           Children
           of
           Cabel
           ;
           he
           was
           skilled
           in
           Medicine
           and
           the
           Astronomical
           Tables
           ,
           according
           to
           a
           supputation
           different
           from
           the
           Indian
           .
           God
           shewed
           him
           after
           he
           had
           prayed
           for
           it
           the
           sublime
           Figures
           .
           Spirits
           spoke
           to
           him
           ;
           he
           knew
           the
           names
           of
           the
           Ascent
           and
           Descent
           ,
           and
           Ascended
           and
           Descended
           ,
           and
           turned
           the
           Sphere
           ,
           and
           knew
           the
           significations
           of
           the
           Stars
           ,
           and
           all
           that
           was
           to
           happen
           ,
           and
           graved
           all
           Sciences
           upon
           Stones
           and
           upon
           Bricks
           .
           He
           had
           a
           long
           adventure
           with
           the
           Angel
           of
           Death
           ,
           which
           it
           would
           be
           too
           long
           for
           us
           to
           relate
           .
           To
           speak
           briefly
           of
           him
           ,
           he
           died
           ,
           and
           God
           raised
           him
           up
           again
           ;
           he
           saw
           Hell
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           Paradice
           ,
           where
           he
           still
           is
           ,
           being
           not
           come
           out
           of
           it
           .
        
         
           They
           relate
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           ,
           Gods
           
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           that
           King
           Mechavel
           
           sent
           to
           desire
           Jared
           to
           send
           Edrisus
           to
           him
           ,
           for
           he
           desired
           to
           see
           him
           .
           But
           he
           would
           by
           no
           means
           do
           it
           ,
           whereupon
           Mechavel
           sent
           an
           Army
           against
           him
           ,
           which
           yet
           could
           not
           come
           at
           him
           ,
           in
           regard
           his
           Uncles
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           progeny
           of
           Seth
           ,
           secured
           him
           against
           it
           ;
           for
           after
           Seth
           there
           was
           no
           other
           Prophet
           but
           
             Edrisus
             .
             Jared
          
           died
           ,
           aged
           
           750
           years
           .
           Edrisus
           was
           called
           Edrisus
           (
           that
           is
           ,
           Reader
           )
           because
           he
           had
           much
           read
           and
           studied
           the
           sheets
           .
           He
           was
           raised
           up
           into
           Paradise
           at
           the
           complete
           age
           of
           300
           years
           ;
           God
           grant
           him
           peace
           and
           mercy
           .
           He
           was
           also
           called
           Hermes
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           name
           
           of
           Mercury
           .
           He
           taught
           Sabi
           to
           write
           ,
           and
           after
           Edrisus
           all
           who
           could
           write
           were
           called
           Sabi
           .
           He
           it
           was
           who
           foretold
           the
           coming
           of
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           the
           destruction
           of
           the
           world
           by
           water
           ,
           which
           was
           to
           come
           over
           the
           Earth
           .
           Edrisus
           (
           before
           he
           was
           raised
           up
           )
           had
           made
           his
           Will
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           Son
           Matusalech
           ,
           and
           had
           put
           the
           
           sheets
           into
           his
           hands
           .
           He
           had
           also
           recommended
           Sabi
           to
           assist
           him
           .
           Sabi
           was
           a
           man
           taught
           by
           Edrisus
           ,
           and
           one
           who
           had
           made
           a
           great
           progress
           in
           the
           
           Sciences
           .
           They
           say
           Edrisus
           was
           the
           first
           who
           ordered
           the
           waging
           of
           war
           for
           the
           Faith
           ;
           and
           that
           he
           did
           it
           himself
           against
           the
           sons
           of
           
             Cabel
             .
             Matusalech
          
           lived
           932
           years
           ,
           after
           which
           the
           Testament
           passed
           to
           Malec
           his
           
           Son
           ,
           who
           took
           possession
           of
           the
           sheets
           ,
           and
           joyned
           the
           Sciences
           together
           .
           He
           confederated
           with
           the
           Children
           of
           his
           father
           ,
           and
           assembled
           them
           together
           ,
           and
           hindred
           their
           holding
           any
           correspondence
           with
           the
           children
           of
           Cabel
           .
           'T
           was
           he
           who
           saw
           as
           it
           were
           a
           Fire
           issuing
           out
           of
           his
           mouth
           ,
           and
           burning
           the
           world
           ;
           after
           which
           he
           had
           to
           his
           Son
           the
           Prophet
           Noah
           ,
           
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           ;
           Darmasel
           (
           the
           Son
           of
           Mechavel
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Enoch
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gabod
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Cabel
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Adam
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           then
           reigning
           .
           This
           Darmasel
           had
           lifted
           up
           himself
           ,
           and
           
           was
           grown
           great
           ,
           and
           had
           subdued
           Kings
           ,
           which
           had
           happened
           because
           the
           Devil
           (
           whom
           God
           curse
           )
           had
           called
           him
           to
           the
           worship
           of
           the
           Stars
           ,
           and
           to
           the
           Religion
           of
           the
           Sabaeans
           ;
           insomuch
           that
           he
           had
           made
           Idols
           ,
           and
           had
           built
           Temples
           to
           them
           ,
           wherein
           he
           served
           them
           .
           They
           say
           no
           man
           got
           
           out
           of
           the
           bowels
           of
           the
           Earth
           so
           many
           Precious
           stones
           ,
           Pearls
           ,
           and
           other
           Minerals
           ,
           as
           this
           King
           did
           .
           He
           was
           very
           severe
           to
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Noah
           ,
           and
           endeavoured
           much
           to
           do
           him
           harm
           ;
           but
           God
           prevented
           him
           ,
           and
           preserved
           the
           Prophet
           .
           Darmasel
           had
           lived
           300
           years
           when
           God
           sent
           Noah
           ,
           who
           was
           then
           150
           years
           of
           age
           .
           He
           lived
           in
           his
           Nation
           according
           to
           what
           God
           had
           revealed
           to
           him
           1000
           years
           wanting
           50
           ;
           then
           he
           lived
           after
           the
           Deluge
           200
           years
           .
           He
           was
           the
           first
           Prophet
           that
           came
           after
           Edrisus
           ,
           to
           whom
           God
           grant
           peace
           .
           His
           Law
           was
           to
           profess
           the
           Unity
           of
           God
           ,
           to
           pray
           ,
           to
           pay
           the
           Sacred
           Tribute
           ,
           to
           observe
           Abstinence
           ,
           and
           to
           fight
           in
           the
           way
           of
           God
           against
           the
           Children
           of
           Cabel
           .
           After
           that
           he
           called
           his
           Nation
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           made
           them
           fear
           his
           chastisements
           .
           But
           they
           began
           presently
           to
           ill-treat
           him
           .
           Yet
           was
           it
           long
           ere
           they
           discovered
           his
           enterprise
           to
           King
           Darmasel
           ,
           during
           which
           Noah
           was
           continually
           in
           the
           houses
           of
           their
           Idols
           and
           in
           their
           Temples
           .
           And
           when
           he
           said
           unto
           them
           ,
           
             My
             Friends
             ,
             say
             there
             is
             no
             other
             God
             then
             the
             true
             God
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             am
             his
             
             Servant
             and
             Apostle
             .
          
           h
           Tey
           put
           their
           fingers
           into
           their
           Ears
           ,
           and
           their
           Heads
           into
           their
           Mantles
           ,
           so
           displeasing
           was
           the
           discourse
           to
           them
           .
           Then
           when
           he
           came
           to
           say
           ,
           there
           is
           no
           other
           God
           then
           the
           true
           God
           ,
           the
           Idols
           fell
           down
           with
           their
           faces
           to
           the
           ground
           ;
           and
           then
           the
           People
           fell
           upon
           him
           and
           beat
           him
           till
           he
           fell
           down
           .
           After
           that
           King
           Darmasel
           heard
           of
           his
           carriage
           ,
           and
           ordered
           him
           to
           be
           brought
           into
           his
           presence
           ,
           accompanied
           by
           his
           own
           people
           ,
           who
           held
           a
           Ponyard
           to
           his
           Throat
           ,
           and
           to
           whom
           the
           King
           spoke
           thus
           :
           
             Is
             this
             he
             who
             you
             say
             speaks
             reproachfully
             of
             the
             Gods
             ,
             and
             would
             destroy
             Religion
             ?
          
           Yea
           ,
           replyed
           they
           .
           Then
           he
           said
           to
           Noah
           ;
           
             O
             Noah
             ,
             what
             do
             they
             here
             tell
             me
             of
             thee
             ,
             that
             thou
             opposest
             my
             Religion
             ,
             and
             what
             thy
             Fathers
             Children
             believe
             ?
             what
             Magick
             is
             this
             whereby
             thou
             hast
             made
             the
             Idols
             tumble
             out
             of
             their
             places
             ?
             who
             taught
             thee
             this
             Doctrine
             ?
             Great
             King
             ,
             replyed
             Noah
             ,
             were
             they
             Gods
             as
             you
             imagine
             ,
             my
             discourses
             could
             not
             hurt
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             would
             not
             have
             fallen
             out
             of
             their
             places
             .
             For
             my
             part
             ,
             I
             am
             
             the
             Servant
             of
             God
             and
             his
             Apostle
             .
             Honour
             the
             true
             God
             ,
             and
             imagine
             nothing
             equal
             to
             him
             ,
             for
             he
             sees
             you
             .
          
           Thereupon
           Darmasel
           put
           Noah
           into
           Prison
           till
           the
           Feast
           of
           the
           Idols
           came
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           he
           should
           offer
           Sacrifice
           to
           them
           .
           He
           also
           caused
           the
           Idols
           to
           be
           returned
           into
           their
           places
           on
           their
           Thrones
           ,
           and
           made
           Oblations
           to
           them
           .
           Then
           when
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Idol-Feast
           drew
           near
           ,
           he
           commanded
           a
           Herald
           to
           assemble
           all
           the
           the
           Peóple
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           see
           what
           he
           did
           to
           Noah
           .
           Then
           Noah
           implored
           the
           assistance
           of
           God
           against
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           was
           immediately
           troubled
           with
           a
           great
           Head-ach
           and
           a
           Phrensie
           ,
           which
           continu'd
           a
           week
           ,
           after
           which
           he
           died
           .
           He
           was
           put
           into
           a
           golden
           Coffin
           ,
           wherewith
           a
           Procession
           was
           made
           in
           the
           Temple
           of
           the
           Idols
           ,
           his
           Subjects
           weeping
           about
           him
           ,
           and
           cursing
           and
           railing
           at
           Noah
           .
           Then
           they
           carried
           him
           (
           I
           mean
           the
           King
           )
           into
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           disposed
           him
           into
           a
           Tomb
           which
           had
           been
           prepared
           for
           him
           .
           He
           had
           appointed
           his
           Son
           to
           
           be
           King
           after
           him
           .
           He
           brought
           Noah
           out
           of
           Prison
           ,
           esteeming
           him
           a
           distracted
           person
           ,
           and
           forbid
           under
           
           great
           penalties
           ,
           his
           relapsing
           into
           the
           faults
           wherewith
           he
           was
           charged
           .
           Noah
           ,
           Gods
           mercy
           to
           him
           ,
           expected
           till
           the
           day
           of
           one
           of
           their
           great
           Festivals
           ,
           on
           which
           they
           assembled
           themselves
           to
           serve
           their
           Idols
           .
           He
           then
           came
           to
           them
           and
           said
           thus
           ,
           
             Say
             there
             is
             no
             other
             God
             then
             the
             true
             God
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             am
             his
             Servant
             and
             Apostle
             .
          
           With
           those
           words
           the
           Idols
           fell
           down
           of
           all
           sides
           ,
           and
           the
           people
           fell
           upon
           Noah
           ,
           cruelly
           beating
           him
           ,
           making
           several
           wounds
           in
           his
           head
           ,
           and
           dragging
           him
           along
           the
           ground
           with
           his
           Face
           downwards
           .
           Then
           the
           Heavens
           and
           the
           Earth
           ,
           the
           Mountains
           and
           the
           Seas
           cryed
           vengeance
           to
           God
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             do
             you
             not
             see
             the
             cruel
             treatment
             made
             to
             your
             Prophet
             Noah
             ?
          
           The
           Almighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           made
           them
           sensible
           that
           that
           cruelty
           was
           exercised
           on
           himself
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           punish
           those
           Rebels
           ,
           and
           do
           right
           to
           Noah
           .
           They
           afterwards
           carried
           Noah
           before
           the
           King
           ,
           who
           spoke
           thus
           to
           him
           ,
           
             Have
             not
             I
             already
             pardoned
             thee
             ,
             and
             opened
             my
             Fathers
             Prisons
             ,
             conditionally
             thou
             shouldst
             not
             return
             to
             thy
             faults
             ?
             I
             am
             (
             replied
             .
             
             Noah
             )
             a
             Servant
             ,
             who
             does
             what
             he
             is
             commanded
             .
             Who
             hath
             given
             thee
             that
             command
             ?
             said
             the
             King.
             My
             God
             ,
             replyed
             Noah
             .
             Who
             is
             that
             God
             ?
             said
             the
             King.
             The
             Lord
             of
             the
             Heavens
             and
             the
             Earth
             ,
             said
             Noah
             ,
             the
             Lord
             of
             all
             Creatures
             .
             And
             what
             hath
             he
             commanded
             thee
             ?
             said
             the
             King.
             He
             hath
             commanded
             me
             (
             replyed
             Noah
             )
             to
             call
             you
             to
             his
             service
             ,
             and
             he
             commands
             you
             and
             your
             Subjects
             to
             forsake
             the
             Worship
             of
             Idols
             ,
             and
             to
             follow
             the
             ordinances
             of
             Prayer
             ,
             payment
             of
             the
             Sacred
             Tribute
             ,
             and
             the
             observance
             of
             Fasting
             .
             And
             if
             we
             do
             it
             not
             ,
             said
             the
             King
             ,
             what
             will
             be
             the
             issue
             ?
             If
             he
             please
             (
             replied
             Noah
             )
             he
             will
             immediately
             destroy
             you
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             please
             he
             will
             give
             you
             time
             to
             reflect
             on
             your
             ways
             till
             a
             certain
             term
             .
             Let
             thy
             God
             alone
             (
             said
             the
             King
             )
             and
             what
             he
             desires
             of
             us
             ,
             and
             do
             thou
             thy self
             give
             over
             importuning
             us
             .
             How
             can
             I
             give
             over
             (
             replied
             Noah
             )
             when
             I
             am
             a
             Servant
             who
             does
             what
             is
             commanded
             him
             ,
             and
             cannot
             disobey
             his
             All-good
             and
             Almighty
             Master
             ?
          
           Then
           the
           King
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           
           caused
           Noah
           to
           be
           imprisoned
           ,
           to
           make
           an
           oblation
           of
           him
           to
           the
           Idols
           ,
           as
           his
           Father
           had
           done
           before
           .
           Presently
           after
           ,
           Saudib
           who
           was
           a
           powerful
           Lord
           and
           a
           Priest
           ,
           rebelled
           against
           
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           attempted
           to
           deprive
           him
           of
           his
           Crown
           .
           The
           Wars
           which
           the
           King
           was
           engaged
           in
           against
           him
           diverted
           him
           from
           thinking
           on
           the
           business
           of
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Noah
           ,
           and
           obliged
           him
           to
           put
           him
           out
           of
           Prison
           ,
           till
           he
           had
           the
           leisure
           to
           have
           him
           brought
           before
           him
           .
           He
           afterwards
           agreed
           with
           Saudib
           ,
           by
           granting
           him
           a
           portion
           of
           the
           upper
           part
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           return'd
           to
           his
           Royal
           Palace
           .
           The
           Devil
           (
           Gods
           curse
           on
           him
           )
           soon
           began
           to
           sollicit
           him
           to
           put
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Noah
           to
           death
           ,
           but
           Almighty
           God
           diverted
           him
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           affaires
           of
           Noah
           were
           in
           different
           postures
           .
           The
           Son
           of
           Darmasel
           sent
           thereupon
           to
           all
           the
           Kings
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           desiring
           them
           to
           send
           him
           all
           the
           Priests
           and
           Doctors
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           dispute
           against
           Noah
           .
           They
           came
           to
           him
           from
           all
           parts
           ,
           and
           disputed
           against
           the
           Prophet
           ;
           but
           he
           baffled
           them
           all
           .
           Among
           others
           came
           to
           him
           the
           Egyptian
           
           Priest
           Philemon
           ,
           of
           whom
           we
           have
           
           already
           spoken
           ,
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           .
           He
           disputed
           against
           him
           ,
           and
           Philemon
           acknowledged
           the
           Unity
           of
           God
           ,
           who
           directed
           him
           so
           that
           he
           became
           faithful
           ,
           and
           embarqued
           with
           Noah
           in
           the
           Ship.
           After
           that
           God
           revealed
           his
           will
           to
           Noah
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           
             
               Make
               the
               Ark
            
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Verse
             .
             
             How
             shall
             I
             make
             it
             ?
          
           said
           Noah
           .
           Then
           Gabriel
           came
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           shew'd
           him
           the
           Model
           of
           it
           ,
           ordering
           him
           to
           give
           him
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Gondola
           of
           glass
           .
           He
           was
           ten
           years
           a
           building
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           he
           made
           it
           of
           the
           
             Indian
             Plane
          
           Tree
           ,
           a
           hundred
           Cubits
           in
           length
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           measure
           of
           his
           time
           ,
           and
           fifty
           Cubits
           in
           height
           ,
           and
           divided
           it
           into
           three
           Stories
           .
           The
           people
           of
           his
           Countrey
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           pass'd
           by
           him
           ,
           and
           laughed
           and
           scoffed
           at
           what
           he
           did
           .
           Some
           brought
           to
           him
           their
           little
           Children
           ,
           and
           charged
           them
           to
           beware
           of
           him
           .
           And
           sometimes
           the
           Children
           seeing
           him
           ,
           endeavoured
           to
           hurt
           and
           disturb
           him
           .
           When
           Noah
           had
           compleated
           the
           Ship
           ,
           he
           made
           the
           entrance
           on
           the
           side
           ,
           and
           it
           continued
           lying
           on
           the
           ground
           seven
           Moneths
           ,
           till
           they
           had
           offered
           up
           to
           
           their
           Idols
           three
           companies
           of
           those
           who
           had
           believed
           Noah
           .
           Then
           was
           the
           Decree
           of
           their
           chastisement
           confirmed
           ,
           and
           God
           commanded
           Noah
           to
           put
           into
           the
           Ship
           two
           pairs
           of
           every
           species
           .
           
             Whence
             shall
             I
             be
             able
             to
             get
             all
             that
             ?
          
           said
           Noah
           .
           Immediately
           God
           commanded
           the
           four
           Winds
           to
           bring
           together
           about
           him
           all
           he
           had
           ordered
           to
           be
           put
           into
           the
           Ark
           ;
           which
           they
           did
           .
           He
           took
           in
           at
           the
           first
           door
           the
           Wild
           and
           Tame
           Beasts
           ,
           the
           Reptiles
           and
           the
           Birds
           ;
           at
           the
           second
           (
           which
           was
           that
           of
           the
           middle
           )
           he
           took
           in
           Meat
           and
           Drink
           ,
           and
           the
           Body
           of
           Adam
           ,
           which
           was
           in
           a
           Shrine
           .
           Then
           he
           entered
           himself
           at
           the
           highest
           door
           with
           his
           children
           ,
           and
           those
           who
           had
           believed
           in
           him
           .
           Relations
           agree
           not
           about
           the
           number
           of
           the
           Faithful
           who
           entered
           into
           the
           Ark
           ;
           most
           affirm
           they
           were
           forty
           Men
           ,
           and
           forty
           Women
           .
           When
           Noah
           and
           his
           Companions
           were
           got
           into
           the
           Ship
           ,
           the
           news
           of
           it
           came
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           who
           began
           to
           laugh
           at
           it
           ,
           saying
           ,
           Where
           is
           the
           water
           on
           which
           that
           Vessel
           is
           to
           Sail
           ?
           They
           knew
           well
           enough
           that
           the
           Deluge
           was
           to
           come
           ,
           but
           had
           no
           notice
           of
           the
           time
           
           of
           its
           coming
           ,
           that
           the
           will
           of
           God
           might
           be
           fulfilled
           upon
           them
           .
           Upon
           that
           Mechavel
           the
           Son
           of
           Darmasel
           got
           on
           Horseback
           ,
           with
           a
           party
           of
           his
           People
           ,
           and
           went
           first
           to
           the
           Temple
           of
           his
           Idols
           ,
           where
           he
           stayed
           a
           while
           ,
           then
           went
           towards
           the
           place
           where
           the
           Ship
           was
           ,
           with
           an
           intention
           to
           fire
           it
           .
           Being
           come
           near
           it
           he
           call'd
           Noah
           with
           a
           loud
           voice
           ,
           and
           Noah
           having
           answered
           him
           ,
           
             Where
             (
             said
             he
             )
             is
             the
             water
             which
             is
             to
             bear
             thee
             in
             this
             Ship
             ?
             It
             will
             be
             immediately
             with
             you
             replied
             Noah
             ,
             before
             you
             go
             out
             of
             this
             place
             .
             Come
             down
             (
             O
             Noah
             )
             said
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             also
             those
             who
             are
             with
             thee
             .
             O
             unhappy
             Man
             !
             said
             Noah
             ,
             turn
             to
             God
             ,
             for
             behold
             his
             Chastisements
             are
             ready
             to
             fall
             upon
             you
             .
          
           These
           words
           incensed
           the
           King
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           commanded
           fire
           to
           be
           cast
           into
           the
           
           Ship
           ,
           upon
           him
           and
           upon
           his
           Companions
           .
           But
           immediately
           there
           comes
           a
           Messenger
           in
           great
           haste
           ,
           telling
           him
           for
           news
           that
           a
           Woman
           heating
           the
           Oven
           to
           bake
           her
           Bread
           ,
           water
           rush'd
           
           out
           of
           it
           as
           out
           of
           a
           great
           Torrent
           .
           
             Unfortunate
             Man
             !
             replied
             the
             King
             ;
             how
             could
             water
             come
             out
             of
             a
             hot
             
             Oven
             ?
             Unfortunate
             King
             !
             replied
             Noah
             ;
             't
             is
             one
             of
             the
             signs
             of
             my
             Lords
             wrath
             ,
             which
             is
             descending
             on
             you
             and
             yours
             ,
             according
             to
             what
             he
             hath
             revealed
             to
             me
             to
             threaten
             you
             withall
             .
             Another
             sign
             of
             the
             same
             thing
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Earth
             is
             going
             to
             shake
             and
             to
             stagger
             ,
             that
             the
             water
             is
             going
             to
             overflow
             it
             on
             all
             sides
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             is
             going
             to
             spring
             up
             under
             the
             Horse's
             feet
             on
             which
             you
             are
             mounted
             ,
             even
             in
             the
             place
             where
             you
             now
             are
             .
          
           Immediately
           the
           King
           was
           obliged
           to
           put
           back
           his
           Horse
           from
           the
           place
           where
           he
           was
           ,
           seeing
           the
           water
           springing
           up
           under
           his
           Feet
           by
           the
           permission
           of
           God.
           As
           soon
           as
           he
           was
           got
           to
           another
           place
           ,
           behold
           his
           Messengers
           returning
           to
           him
           ,
           tell
           him
           that
           the
           water
           was
           very
           much
           risen
           and
           augmented
           ,
           which
           forc'd
           him
           to
           a
           sudden
           departure
           ,
           to
           return
           with
           all
           speed
           to
           his
           Castle
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           take
           his
           Servants
           and
           his
           Children
           ,
           and
           dispose
           them
           into
           the
           Fortresses
           which
           he
           had
           prepared
           on
           the
           tops
           of
           the
           Mountains
           ,
           and
           where
           he
           had
           put
           in
           provisions
           as
           much
           as
           he
           imagin'd
           would
           be
           necessary
           .
           But
           presently
           the
           Earth
           began
           
           to
           open
           ,
           and
           the
           Feet
           of
           the
           Horses
           to
           enter
           into
           it
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           could
           not
           get
           them
           out
           ,
           which
           obliged
           them
           to
           get
           off
           ,
           and
           to
           leave
           them
           there
           .
           In
           like
           manner
           the
           doors
           of
           Heaven
           were
           opened
           and
           let
           fall
           a
           great
           Rain
           ,
           as
           if
           water
           had
           been
           poured
           out
           of
           great
           Earthen
           Pots
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           waters
           overtook
           them
           ere
           they
           could
           recover
           the
           Mountains
           ,
           and
           hindered
           their
           getting
           up
           to
           them
           .
           They
           justled
           and
           thrust
           one
           another
           ,
           and
           knew
           not
           which
           side
           to
           turn
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           violence
           of
           the
           Thunder
           and
           Lightning
           ,
           and
           the
           greatness
           of
           the
           evil
           which
           was
           come
           upon
           them
           .
           The
           Women
           carried
           their
           Children
           at
           their
           backs
           ,
           then
           when
           the
           water
           was
           come
           up
           to
           their
           mouths
           they
           cast
           them
           under
           their
           feet
           ,
           and
           endeavoured
           to
           save
           themselves
           .
           Had
           God
           been
           disposed
           to
           have
           compassion
           on
           the
           Unbelievers
           ,
           he
           would
           have
           been
           merciful
           to
           the
           Mother
           and
           the
           Child
           .
           One
           of
           
           Noah's
           Sons
           was
           with
           the
           King
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Darmasel
           ,
           when
           he
           came
           to
           fire
           the
           Ship.
           His
           Father
           cried
           out
           to
           him
           ,
           
             O
             my
             dear
             Son
             ,
             Embarque
             thy self
             with
             us
             .
             I
             will
             retire
             (
             said
             he
             )
             into
             a
             Mountain
             ,
             
             which
             shall
             secure
             me
             from
             the
             water
             .
             Noah
             answered
             him
             according
             to
             what
             God
             had
             taught
             him
             ,
             I
             〈…〉
             onely
             the
             mercy
             of
             God
             which
             c
             〈…〉
             this
             day
             preserve
             any
             body
             from
             〈◊〉
             chastisements
             .
          
           He
           was
           destined
           misery
           and
           destruction
           ,
           and
           he
           w
           〈…〉
           one
           of
           those
           who
           were
           drowned
           .
           T
           〈…〉
           water
           rose
           above
           the
           Earth
           40
           C
           〈…〉
           bits
           ,
           and
           above
           the
           Mountains
           〈◊〉
           Cubits
           .
           All
           that
           was
           upon
           the
           〈◊〉
           face
           of
           the
           Earth
           perished
           ,
           the
           Math
           〈…〉
           and
           Signs
           therefore
           were
           defaced
           ;
           〈◊〉
           the
           permission
           of
           God
           there
           remain
           〈…〉
           only
           the
           Ark
           and
           those
           within
           〈◊〉
           Those
           who
           adore
           the
           Stars
           affi
           〈…〉
           
           nevertheless
           that
           there
           rema
           〈…〉
           ed
           some
           places
           upon
           the
           Ea
           〈…〉
           which
           the
           waters
           of
           the
           Delu
           〈…〉
           reached
           not
           :
           but
           the
           Mussulmans
           de
           〈…〉
           it
           .
           The
           Persians
           (
           whom
           God
           curs
           〈…〉
           say
           ,
           the
           History
           of
           the
           Deluge
           is
           n
           〈…〉
           true
           ,
           and
           make
           no
           mention
           of
           th
           〈…〉
           Prophecy
           of
           Noah
           ,
           in
           regard
           they
           a
           〈…〉
           Magi
           by
           Religion
           ,
           and
           adore
           the
           Fir
           〈…〉
           The
           Indians
           affirm
           in
           like
           manner
           that
           there
           happened
           nothing
           of
           it
           i
           〈…〉
           their
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           so
           also
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Maritime
           Countries
           and
           of
           most
           of
           the
           Indian
           Islands
           
           They
           say
           the
           Ark
           continued
           on
           the
           water
           six
           Moneths
           ,
           that
           it
           Sail'd
           by
           all
           the
           Countries
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           in
           the
           East
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           West
           ,
           and
           that
           one
           week
           it
           compass'd
           about
           the
           place
           of
           the
           square
           Temple
           .
           They
           had
           with
           them
           a
           large
           Sea-Pearl
           put
           on
           a
           Thread
           ,
           by
           means
           whereof
           they
           in
           the
           Ship
           distinguished
           between
           Day
           and
           Night
           ,
           and
           the
           hours
           of
           Prayer
           .
           They
           had
           also
           their
           Cock
           which
           Crew
           ,
           to
           call
           up
           the
           People
           to
           Divine
           Service
           .
           It
           is
           written
           in
           the
           Law
           of
           Moses
           ,
           that
           God
           swore
           by
           himself
           that
           he
           would
           not
           punish
           any
           Nation
           by
           the
           Deluge
           after
           the
           Nation
           of
           Noah
           .
        
         
           I
           found
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           of
           this
           
           Book
           ,
           Murtadi
           the
           Son
           of
           Gaphiphus
           ,
           on
           whom
           God
           have
           mercy
           )
           in
           a
           Book
           (
           the
           greatest
           part
           whereof
           was
           torn
           out
           )
           the
           History
           of
           Noah
           ,
           with
           considerable
           Additions
           and
           Augmentations
           ,
           which
           I
           will
           fully
           set
           down
           here
           ,
           to
           the
           end
           this
           Book
           may
           want
           no
           advantage
           which
           may
           raise
           its
           value
           with
           those
           who
           shall
           read
           it
           ,
           or
           hear
           it
           read
           ,
           with
           the
           direction
           and
           assistance
           of
           God.
           These
           Augmentations
           then
           relate
           ,
           that
           the
           Patriarch
           ,
           the
           
           Father
           of
           Noah
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           dreamt
           that
           he
           saw
           issuing
           out
           of
           his
           Mouth
           a
           fire
           ,
           which
           burnt
           the
           whole
           Terrestrial
           World.
           He
           thereupon
           awaked
           much
           astonished
           .
           Some
           days
           after
           he
           dreamt
           again
           ,
           that
           he
           was
           upon
           a
           Tree
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           a
           great
           Sea
           without
           Shores
           ,
           which
           also
           astonish'd
           him
           very
           much
           .
           After
           that
           there
           being
           born
           to
           him
           a
           Son
           ,
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Noah
           ,
           the
           good
           tidings
           of
           it
           spread
           over
           the
           whole
           Earth
           ;
           and
           the
           Priest
           Galoumas
           related
           it
           immediately
           to
           Mechavel
           the
           Son
           of
           Darmasel
           ,
           assuring
           him
           further
           that
           the
           Terrestrial
           world
           should
           perish
           in
           his
           time
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Noah
           ,
           whose
           life
           was
           to
           be
           very
           long
           .
           The
           Priests
           knew
           also
           by
           their
           Sciences
           ,
           that
           there
           would
           happen
           a
           Deluge
           ,
           which
           should
           drown
           the
           Earth
           and
           its
           Inhabitants
           ;
           but
           they
           always
           hoped
           to
           secure
           themselves
           from
           what
           should
           happen
           with
           King
           Darmasel
           .
           The
           King
           therefore
           commanded
           that
           there
           should
           be
           strong
           Castles
           built
           on
           the
           tops
           of
           the
           Mountains
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           retire
           thither
           and
           be
           safe
           as
           they
           imagined
           .
           They
           built
           seven
           Castles
           of
           that
           
           kind
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           number
           of
           their
           Idols
           ,
           whereof
           they
           gave
           them
           the
           names
           ,
           and
           graved
           thereon
           their
           Sciences
           .
           After
           that
           Noah
           being
           grown
           up
           ,
           (
           God
           grant
           him
           peace
           and
           mercy
           )
           God
           sent
           him
           to
           them
           for
           an
           Apostle
           ,
           and
           there
           happen'd
           to
           him
           what
           God
           himself
           relates
           in
           his
           Book
           .
           Noah
           was
           of
           delicate
           complexion
           ,
           his
           Head
           was
           somewhat
           long
           ,
           his
           Arms
           very
           large
           ,
           as
           also
           his
           Leggs
           ,
           his
           Thighs
           very
           fleshy
           ,
           his
           Beard
           long
           and
           broad
           :
           he
           was
           large
           and
           thick
           .
           He
           was
           the
           first
           Prophet
           that
           came
           after
           Edrisus
           ,
           and
           he
           is
           numbered
           among
           the
           famous
           Envoys
           for
           their
           constancy
           and
           resolution
           .
           He
           liv'd
           1250
           years
           .
           The
           Philosophers
           will
           not
           have
           him
           live
           so
           long
           ,
           as
           differing
           among
           themselves
           about
           long
           lives
           .
           His
           law
           prescribed
           the
           profession
           of
           the
           Unity
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           the
           Sacred
           Combat
           against
           those
           who
           opposed
           the
           establishment
           of
           his
           Religion
           ,
           commanding
           the
           good
           and
           forbidding
           the
           evil
           ,
           ordered
           the
           following
           of
           things
           permitted
           ,
           and
           the
           avoiding
           of
           things
           forbidden
           ,
           and
           the
           observance
           of
           purity
           and
           cleanliness
           .
           Almighty
           God
           had
           commanded
           him
           to
           induce
           his
           Nation
           
           to
           the
           proefession
           of
           his
           Unity
           ,
           to
           mind
           them
           of
           the
           good
           things
           they
           had
           received
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           raise
           in
           them
           a
           fear
           of
           his
           indignation
           .
           The
           History
           relates
           ,
           that
           Noah
           was
           born
           in
           the
           Reign
           of
           Mechavel
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Darmasel
           ,
           and
           that
           being
           two
           hundred
           years
           of
           age
           Mechavel
           died
           ,
           and
           had
           for
           Successor
           his
           son
           Darmasel
           ,
           who
           was
           much
           addicted
           to
           the
           worship
           of
           the
           Idols
           ,
           exalting
           them
           as
           much
           as
           lay
           in
           his
           power
           ,
           and
           commanding
           the
           People
           to
           serve
           them
           well
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           time
           Noah
           began
           to
           Preach
           the
           Religion
           of
           Almighty
           God
           ,
           going
           through
           the
           Market-places
           ,
           the
           Assemblies
           ,
           the
           Temples
           ,
           the
           Inns
           ,
           and
           calling
           the
           people
           to
           God.
           They
           kept
           his
           Preaching
           secret
           ,
           and
           discovered
           nothing
           of
           it
           to
           King
           Darmasel
           ,
           till
           such
           time
           as
           his
           enterprize
           having
           been
           observed
           ,
           Men
           bewared
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           King
           heard
           of
           him
           .
           They
           say
           that
           Mechavel
           (
           God
           curse
           him
           )
           imprisoned
           Noah
           3
           years
           before
           he
           died
           ;
           and
           that
           after
           his
           death
           his
           son
           Darmasel
           (
           who
           was
           his
           Successor
           )
           brought
           Noah
           out
           of
           Prison
           ,
           and
           commanded
           him
           to
           forbear
           corrupting
           Religion
           ,
           and
           exclaming
           against
           the
           Gods.
           There
           
           was
           among
           them
           for
           their
           seven
           great
           Idols
           a
           Feast
           which
           they
           celebrated
           every
           year
           ,
           during
           which
           they
           assembled
           to
           offer
           Sacrifices
           ,
           and
           make
           Processions
           about
           the
           Idols
           .
           The
           time
           of
           that
           Feast
           being
           come
           ,
           which
           is
           also
           the
           Feast
           of
           Jagoth
           ,
           the
           people
           came
           together
           from
           all
           parts
           ,
           and
           then
           Noah
           came
           to
           that
           Assembly
           ,
           and
           having
           pass'd
           through
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           People
           ,
           and
           cry'd
           with
           a
           loud
           voice
           ;
           O
           Friends
           ,
           say
           as
           I
           do
           ;
           There
           is
           no
           other
           God
           then
           the
           great
           God.
           The
           people
           put
           their
           fingers
           into
           their
           Ears
           ,
           and
           their
           Heads
           into
           their
           garments
           ,
           but
           the
           Idols
           fell
           at
           
           Noah's
           cry
           ;
           which
           obliged
           the
           men
           to
           fall
           upon
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           beat
           him
           cruelly
           ,
           giving
           him
           several
           wounds
           in
           the
           head
           ,
           then
           dragging
           him
           along
           the
           ground
           ,
           with
           his
           face
           towards
           the
           Kings
           Palace
           ,
           into
           which
           they
           made
           him
           enter
           ,
           and
           brought
           him
           before
           him
           .
           
             Have
             not
             I
             done
             thee
             a
             favour
             (
             said
             the
             King
             )
             in
             taking
             thee
             out
             of
             Prison
             ,
             though
             thou
             hast
             spoken
             against
             our
             Religion
             ,
             rail'd
             at
             our
             Gods
             ,
             and
             forsaken
             the
             footsteps
             of
             thy
             Fathers
             and
             Grand-fathers
             ?
             Mean
             time
             thou
             comest
             again
             to
             exercise
             thy
             Magick
             
             against
             the
             Gods
             ,
             so
             as
             thou
             hast
             made
             them
             to
             fall
             from
             their
             thrones
             ,
             torn
             from
             their
             stations
             ,
             and
             the
             places
             of
             their
             honour
             and
             their
             glory
             .
             What
             hath
             forc'd
             thee
             to
             this
             extremity
             ?
             If
             these
             Idols
             (
             replied
             Noah
             )
             were
             Gods
             as
             you
             imagine
             ,
             they
             would
             not
             have
             fallen
             at
             my
             voice
             .
             Fear
             God
             ,
             unhappy
             Prince
             ;
             turn
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             believe
             nothing
             equal
             to
             him
             ;
             for
             he
             sees
             you
             .
             Who
             is
             he
             (
             said
             the
             King
             )
             who
             has
             made
             thee
             so
             confident
             as
             to
             speak
             to
             me
             in
             these
             terms
             ?
             I
             will
             sacrifice
             thy
             Bloud
             to
             the
             Idols
             .
          
           He
           thereupon
           commanded
           him
           to
           be
           kept
           in
           prison
           till
           the
           day
           of
           the
           Feast
           of
           Jagoth
           ,
           that
           he
           might
           be
           sacrificed
           to
           him
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           Idols
           might
           at
           the
           same
           time
           be
           exalted
           to
           their
           thrones
           .
           But
           he
           saw
           afterwards
           a
           Dream
           which
           startled
           him
           ,
           and
           obliged
           him
           to
           order
           Noah
           to
           be
           put
           out
           of
           prison
           ,
           giving
           out
           among
           the
           people
           that
           he
           was
           distracted
           .
        
         
           Noah
           being
           afterwards
           500
           years
           of
           age
           ,
           had
           his
           son
           Sem
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           Cham
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           Jam
           ,
           then
           Japhet
           .
           Their
           mother
           was
           named
           Nouba●he
           ,
           
           the
           Daughter
           of
           Enos
           ,
           the
           
           son
           of
           
             Enoch
             .
             Noah
          
           was
           afterwards
           a
           long
           time
           preaching
           to
           hi●
           Nation
           ,
           yet
           could
           convert
           to
           the
           profession
           of
           the
           Unity
           of
           God
           but
           a
           small
           company
           of
           the
           meaner
           sort
           of
           people
           ;
           wherefore
           they
           made
           this
           reproach
           to
           him
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           God
           himself
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           
             Thou
             hast
             been
             followed
             by
             the
             dr●gs
             of
             the
             people
             .
             Noah
          
           was
           a
           Carpenter
           ,
           and
           those
           who
           believed
           in
           him
           were
           of
           his
           own
           profession
           .
           He
           spent
           afterwards
           three
           Ages
           in
           preaching
           always
           to
           the
           people
           the
           Religion
           of
           Almighty
           God
           ,
           without
           other
           effect
           save
           that
           they
           grew
           the
           more
           impious
           and
           insolent
           .
           Nay
           ,
           they
           kill'd
           some
           of
           those
           who
           believed
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           rifled
           their
           honses
           ;
           and
           then
           God
           revealed
           to
           him
           ,
           that
           of
           his
           Nation
           there
           would
           be
           no
           other
           Believers
           save
           onely
           those
           who
           had
           already
           embraced
           the
           Faith.
           Noah
           despairing
           of
           their
           Conversion
           began
           to
           pray
           to
           God
           against
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           say
           ,
           
             O
             my
             Lord
             ,
             suffer
             not
             upon
             earth
             any
             habitation
             of
             the
             Unbelievers
             .
          
           Then
           Almighty
           God
           commanded
           him
           to
           build
           the
           Ship
           ;
           then
           he
           smote
           them
           with
           Sterility
           ,
           as
           well
           to
           the
           Fruits
           of
           the
           earth
           ,
           as
           the
           Procreation
           of
           
           children
           ,
           making
           their
           women
           unable
           to
           bring
           forth
           ,
           and
           in
           like
           manner
           the
           Females
           of
           their
           Cattel
           incapable
           of
           generation
           ,
           and
           withdrawing
           his
           benedictions
           from
           their
           Orchards
           and
           Agriculture
           .
           They
           invoked
           their
           Idols
           ,
           but
           it
           did
           bestead
           them
           nothing
           with
           God.
           Then
           Noah
           began
           to
           build
           the
           Ship
           ,
           and
           spent
           three
           years
           in
           cutting
           down
           Indian
           Plane-trees
           and
           polishing
           them
           ,
           in
           making
           Nails
           and
           Pins
           ,
           and
           providing
           whatever
           was
           necessary
           ;
           then
           he
           set
           it
           together
           in
           the
           moneth
           of
           Regebe
           .
           Those
           of
           his
           Nation
           would
           needs
           pass
           by
           him
           as
           he
           was
           at
           work
           ,
           laughing
           and
           making
           sport
           at
           him
           .
           After
           he
           had
           finished
           it
           ,
           God
           commanded
           him
           to
           put
           into
           it
           two
           pairs
           of
           every
           species
           .
           Those
           who
           embarqued
           with
           him
           of
           the
           sons
           of
           Adam
           and
           his
           own
           were
           
             Sem
             ,
             Cham
          
           ,
           and
           Japhet
           ,
           and
           the
           others
           who
           belonged
           to
           him
           and
           were
           of
           his
           family
           .
           The
           Angels
           brought
           to
           him
           Adams
           Shrine
           ,
           which
           was
           in
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Tehama
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Septentrional
           Territory
           of
           Meca
           .
           There
           was
           also
           with
           him
           in
           the
           Ark
           the
           Egyptian
           Priest
           Philemon
           ,
           with
           his
           family
           and
           his
           daughters
           .
           The
           rest
           were
           of
           
           the
           children
           of
           his
           Father
           ,
           and
           of
           his
           Grandfather
           Edrisus
           .
           After
           the
           chastisement
           was
           completed
           by
           the
           destruction
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           that
           the
           Heaven
           had
           given
           a
           check
           to
           the
           Rains
           ,
           that
           the
           Earth
           by
           the
           permission
           of
           her
           Lord
           had
           drunk
           up
           the
           waters
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Ark
           rested
           on
           Mount
           G●edis
           ,
           they
           went
           out
           and
           built
           a
           City
           ,
           which
           they
           called
           
             The
             Match
             of
             Fourscore
          
           ,
           and
           which
           is
           at
           this
           day
           famous
           in
           its
           place
           ,
           under
           the
           name
           of
           Themanine
           ,
           which
           signifies
           
           Fourscore
           .
           They
           say
           that
           the
           several
           Nations
           ,
           though
           they
           were
           not
           ignorant
           of
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           knew
           well
           enough
           it
           was
           to
           come
           ,
           yet
           could
           not
           learn
           of
           their
           Priests
           precisely
           the
           time
           of
           its
           coming
           ;
           because
           it
           was
           the
           will
           of
           the
           Almighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           to
           punish
           them
           .
           The
           Mountains
           cast
           stones
           at
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           knew
           not
           which
           way
           to
           turn
           to
           avoid
           the
           falling
           of
           the
           Rain
           and
           the
           Stones
           .
           They
           say
           also
           that
           the
           water
           which
           fell
           was
           hot
           and
           corrupted
           ,
           as
           if
           i
           had
           come
           out
           of
           a
           boiling
           Pool
           of
           Sand.
           Some
           affirm
           ,
           that
           the
           Ship
           continued
           on
           the
           water
           a
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           days
           ;
           others
           ,
           that
           it
           continued
           
           11
           Moneths
           ;
           God
           knows
           how
           it
           was
           .
           Some
           affirm
           also
           that
           the
           Deluge
           happen'd
           in
           the
           Moneth
           of
           Regebe
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Ark
           nested
           on
           Mount
           Geudis
           the
           tenth
           day
           of
           the
           Moneth
           of
           Mucharram
           .
           There
           were
           between
           the
           descent
           of
           Adam
           and
           the
           Deluge
           two
           thousand
           one
           hundred
           fifty
           six
           years
           .
           When
           God
           would
           
           restore
           the
           Earth
           to
           a
           good
           condition
           ,
           he
           sent
           a
           wind
           upon
           the
           water
           which
           dry'd
           it
           ,
           and
           put
           a
           stop
           to
           the
           Springs
           .
           The
           ordinary
           light
           return'd
           to
           the
           World
           ,
           and
           the
           Sun
           and
           the
           Moon
           ,
           and
           the
           Night
           ,
           and
           the
           Day
           .
           Forty
           days
           after
           God
           commanded
           Noah
           to
           open
           the
           Ark.
           He
           opened
           it
           ,
           and
           let
           out
           the
           Raven
           to
           see
           how
           low
           the
           water
           was
           .
           The
           Raven
           went
           out
           ,
           and
           stayed
           to
           feed
           on
           the
           Carrions
           of
           the
           dead
           ,
           and
           returned
           no
           more
           .
           Whereupon
           Noah
           made
           imprecations
           against
           her
           ,
           that
           she
           might
           always
           be
           a
           Stranger
           ,
           and
           never
           a
           domestick
           Bird
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           should
           feed
           on
           Carrions
           .
           Then
           he
           let
           out
           the
           Dove
           after
           her
           .
           She
           soon
           return'd
           with
           her
           feet
           dy'd
           with
           the
           slime
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           which
           was
           grown
           hot
           .
           Wherefore
           Noah
           prayed
           God
           to
           preserve
           her
           swiftness
           
           to
           her
           ,
           and
           that
           she
           might
           be
           a
           domestick
           Bird
           ,
           and
           belov'd
           of
           Men.
           He
           pray'd
           him
           also
           to
           give
           her
           patience
           to
           endure
           the
           loss
           of
           her
           young
           ones
           ,
           and
           gave
           her
           his
           benediction
           ;
           her
           feet
           have
           been
           red
           from
           that
           very
           time
           .
           He
           let
           her
           go
           seven
           days
           after
           ,
           and
           she
           return'd
           bringing
           an
           Olive-leaf
           in
           her
           Beak
           ;
           and
           told
           him
           for
           news
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           not
           remaining
           on
           the
           surface
           of
           the
           Earth
           any
           Tree
           but
           the
           Olive-tree
           .
           They
           say
           ,
           the
           Earth
           was
           dry
           the
           27th
           .
           day
           of
           the
           11th
           .
           Moneth
           of
           the
           year
           .
           After
           that
           God
           revealed
           to
           Noah
           ,
           that
           he
           should
           let
           out
           the
           Beasts
           and
           the
           Reptiles
           out
           of
           the
           Ark.
           Noah
           cry'd
           out
           so
           violently
           at
           it
           ,
           that
           he
           fell
           into
           a
           Feaver
           .
        
         
           They
           say
           ,
           those
           who
           were
           in
           the
           
           Ark
           were
           incommodated
           with
           the
           dung
           of
           the
           Creatures
           ,
           which
           oblig'd
           Noah
           to
           give
           a
           cuff
           o'th'Ear
           to
           the
           Elephant
           ,
           by
           vertue
           of
           which
           cuff
           the
           Elephant
           sneez'd
           and
           cast
           out
           a
           Hog
           ,
           which
           took
           away
           that
           ordure
           .
           They
           say
           also
           that
           the
           Rats
           troubling
           them
           ,
           Noah
           gave
           a
           box
           o'th'Ear
           to
           the
           Lion
           ,
           who
           sneez'd
           out
           a
           Cat
           ,
           which
           devour'd
           the
           Rats
           .
           Others
           say
           these
           stories
           were
           invented
           for
           
           pleasure
           sake
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           are
           not
           of
           faith
           ,
           as
           having
           no
           grounds
           .
           Noah
           came
           afterwards
           out
           of
           the
           Ark
           with
           his
           four
           Sons
           ,
           
             Sem
             ,
             Cham
             ,
             Japhet
          
           ,
           and
           Jacheton
           ,
           which
           is
           he
           whom
           God
           gave
           him
           in
           the
           Ship.
           Then
           God
           said
           thus
           to
           them
           ;
           
             Multiply
             ,
             fill
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             cultivate
             it
             ;
             I
             give
             you
             my
             benediction
             ,
             and
             take
             my
             curse
             from
             the
             Earth
             ,
             permitting
             it
             to
             bring
             forth
             its
             good
             things
             ,
             its
             fruits
             and
             productions
          
           .
           Then
           he
           added
           speaking
           to
           them
           ;
           
             Eat
             that
             which
             is
             permitted
             and
             good
             ,
             and
             shun
             what
             is
             impure
             ,
             as
             Beasts
             sacrific'd
             to
             Idols
             ,
             or
             naturally
             dead
             ,
             and
             Swine's
             Flesh
             ,
             and
             whatever
             hath
             been
             Sacrific'd
             to
             any
             other
             then
             God.
             Kill
             no
             man
             ,
             for
             God
             forbids
             the
             doing
             of
             it
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             by
             the
             way
             of
             Justice
             .
          
           It
           is
           written
           in
           the
           Law
           of
           Moses
           ,
           that
           after
           they
           were
           come
           out
           of
           the
           Ark
           and
           settled
           in
           the
           Earth
           ,
           God
           spake
           thus
           to
           them
           ;
           
             Multiply
             and
             fill
             the
             Earth
             ,
             let
             the
             Beasts
             of
             it
             fear
             and
             respect
             you
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Fowls
             in
             the
             Air
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Fish
             in
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           In
           the
           great
           Alcoran
           it
           is
           spoken
           of
           this
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           Then
           it
           was
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           
           O
           Noah
           ,
           
             descend
             out
             of
             the
             Ark
             in
             peace
             on
             our
             part
             ,
          
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Verse
           .
           Then
           Noah
           ordered
           them
           to
           built
           every
           one
           a
           Habitation
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           built
           fourscore
           of
           them
           in
           the
           City
           ,
           which
           is
           to
           this
           day
           called
           the
           City
           of
           Themanine
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           Fourscore
           .
           They
           afterwards
           fell
           a
           Sowing
           and
           Planting
           of
           Trees
           .
           They
           had
           ready
           for
           that
           end
           the
           Seeds
           ,
           the
           Corn
           ,
           and
           the
           Fruit
           ,
           which
           had
           been
           put
           up
           in
           the
           Ship
           ;
           there
           was
           onely
           the
           Vine
           ,
           that
           
           is
           the
           Tree
           which
           bears
           Grapes
           ,
           which
           Noah
           wanted
           and
           could
           not
           find
           .
           Whereupon
           Gabriel
           told
           him
           that
           the
           Devil
           had
           stoln
           it
           away
           ,
           as
           having
           some
           part
           in
           it
           .
           Noah
           thereupon
           sent
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           when
           he
           was
           present
           he
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             O
             cursed
             Spirit
             ,
             why
             hast
             thou
             done
             this
             ?
             Because
             I
             have
             part
             in
             it
             ,
             said
             the
             Devil
             .
             Divide
             it
             then
             between
             you
             ,
             said
             Gabriel
             .
             I
             am
             content
             said
             Noah
             ;
             I
             resign
             him
             the
             fourth
             part
             of
             it
             .
             'T
             is
             not
             enough
             for
             him
             ,
             said
             Gabriel
             .
             Well
             ,
             said
             Noah
             ,
             I
             will
             take
             one
             half
             ,
             let
             him
             take
             the
             other
             .
             It
             is
             not
             yet
             enough
             ,
             said
             Gabriel
             ;
             but
             he
             must
             have
             two
             thirds
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             thou
             one
             .
             When
             therefore
             the
             juice
             of
             it
             shall
             
             have
             boyl'd
             over
             the
             fire
             ,
             till
             two
             thirds
             thereof
             be
             consum'd
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             be
             allow'd
             the
             use
             of
             the
             rest
             ;
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             the
             Grape
             as
             well
             new
             as
             dry
             ,
             and
             the
             Viniger
             .
             As
             to
             the
             surplusage
             which
             may
             inebriate
             ,
             it
             is
             forbidden
             thee
             and
             thy
             posterity
             ;
             thou
             art
             not
             to
             expect
             any
             part
             thereof
             from
             the
             Devil
             ,
             nor
             to
             commence
             any
             action
             against
             him
             for
             it
             .
          
           Then
           the
           Devil
           (
           God
           hinder
           him
           from
           doing
           harm
           )
           said
           thus
           to
           Noah
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           ;
           )
           
             I
             am
             oblig'd
             to
             you
             for
             the
             great
             kindness
             you
             have
             done
             me
             ,
             and
             for
             which
             I
             shall
             not
             be
             ungrateful
             .
             O
             Noah
             ,
             beware
             of
             Envy
             ,
             Intemperance
             ,
             Avarice
             ,
             and
             Impatience
             .
             For
             Envy
             enclin'd
             me
             to
             make
             God
             incensed
             against
             me
             ,
             and
             was
             the
             cause
             of
             my
             banishment
             out
             of
             Paradice
             .
             Intemperance
             made
             your
             Father
             Adam
             transgress
             the
             Commandment
             of
             his
             Lord
             ,
             and
             eat
             the
             fruit
             of
             the
             Tree
             .
             Avarice
             made
             Cabel
             kill
             his
             Brother
             Abel
             :
             And
             Impatience
             brought
             you
             to
             make
             imprecations
             against
             your
             Nation
             ,
             which
             caused
             God
             to
             bring
             destruction
             on
             all
             ,
             and
             hath
             given
             a
             relaxation
             of
             the
             pains
             I
             
             took
             to
             deceive
             them
             .
          
           Then
           Noah
           caused
           the
           Shrine
           wherein
           Adams
           body
           
           was
           ,
           to
           be
           brought
           into
           the
           Cave
           of
           Old
           Age
           at
           Meca
           ,
           and
           left
           it
           there
           .
           The
           History
           relates
           ,
           that
           when
           Noah
           took
           the
           Scorpion
           and
           the
           Serpent
           into
           the
           Ship
           with
           him
           ,
           he
           pray'd
           his
           Almighty
           and
           All-good
           Lord
           ,
           to
           take
           away
           their
           venom
           from
           them
           ,
           which
           was
           granted
           .
           When
           therefore
           he
           put
           them
           out
           of
           it
           they
           spoke
           thus
           to
           him
           :
           
             O
             Prophet
             of
             God
             ,
             pray
             your
             
             Lord
             for
             us
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             restore
             us
             our
             venom
             ,
             and
             that
             we
             may
             make
             our
             advantage
             thereof
             against
             our
             enemies
             ,
             and
             by
             means
             thereof
             defend
             our selves
             against
             those
             who
             would
             injure
             us
             .
             We
             promise
             you
             in
             requital
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             name
             of
             God
             we
             grant
             ,
             that
             whoever
             shall
             every
             day
             and
             every
             night
             pronounce
             these
             words
             ,
             
               God
               grant
               peace
               to
            
             Noah
             
               for
               ever
            
             ,
             we
             will
             not
             come
             near
             him
             ,
             and
             will
             do
             him
             no
             hurt
             .
          
           Noah
           pray'd
           to
           his
           Lord
           ,
           and
           he
           order'd
           the
           making
           of
           that
           agreement
           ,
           and
           that
           security
           to
           be
           taken
           of
           them
           :
           and
           after
           he
           had
           done
           it
           God
           restored
           to
           them
           their
           venom
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           he
           had
           ordain'd
           by
           his
           Providence
           ,
           
           since
           no
           man
           can
           destroy
           what
           he
           h
           〈…〉
           ordain'd
           ,
           nor
           defer
           the
           execution
           〈◊〉
           his
           Judgments
           .
           They
           say
           moreover
           that
           when
           the
           Chastisement
           was
           taken
           from
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           t
           〈…〉
           Earth
           ,
           and
           that
           fair
           weather
           ha●
           succeeded
           the
           Clouds
           ,
           Noah
           look'd
           〈◊〉
           on
           high
           ,
           and
           that
           having
           observ
           〈…〉
           the
           Rain-bow
           ,
           he
           said
           thus
           ;
           Wh
           〈…〉
           means
           this
           ,
           O
           Lord
           ?
           And
           that
           G
           〈…〉
           answer'd
           him
           ,
           This
           is
           an
           assurance
           〈◊〉
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           th
           〈…〉
           there
           shall
           be
           no
           more
           Deluge
           .
        
         
           The
           Kings
           of
           Egypt
           who
           Reig
           〈…〉
           
           before
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           and
           were
           Coptites
           ,
           are
           Craos
           the
           Gyant
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Tegares
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           
             Mesra
             〈…〉
          
           and
           his
           son
           Gancam
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           
             Gari
             〈…〉
          
           and
           his
           son
           Louchanam
           ,
           and
           his
           〈◊〉
           Chasalim
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Harsal
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Jadousac
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Semrod
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Josedon
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Sariac
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Sahaloc
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Saurid
           who
           built
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Hargib
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Menaos
           ,
           and
           his
           son
           Ecros
           .
           After
           that
           the
           successio
           〈…〉
           from
           Father
           to
           Son
           was
           interrupted
           which
           oblig'd
           the
           Egyptians
           to
           tak
           〈…〉
           for
           their
           King
           a
           certain
           man
           of
           the
           Royal
           House
           named
           Ermelinos
           ;
           and
           
           after
           him
           Pharaan
           ,
           who
           was
           the
           first
           
           who
           reigned
           insolently
           and
           tyrannically
           ,
           and
           who
           gave
           the
           name
           to
           the
           Pharaohs
           .
           He
           was
           also
           the
           last
           of
           the
           Kings
           of
           Egypt
           before
           the
           Deluge
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           of
           the
           Kings
           of
           Egypt
           after
           the
           Deluge
           was
           Masar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Mesraim
           ,
           (
           who
           is
           Bansar
           )
           the
           son
           of
           Gham
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Noah
           ,
           to
           whom
           God
           grant
           peace
           and
           mercy
           .
           This
           Masar
           was
           son
           to
           the
           daughter
           of
           the
           Priest
           Philemon
           ,
           who
           believed
           in
           Noah
           .
           For
           they
           say
           that
           Pharaan
           (
           the
           last
           of
           the
           Kings
           of
           Egypt
           before
           the
           Delugu
           )
           grew
           proud
           upon
           the
           earth
           ,
           and
           treated
           his
           people
           insolently
           and
           tyrannically
           ,
           taking
           away
           their
           goods
           ,
           and
           committing
           Injustices
           ,
           such
           as
           none
           had
           done
           before
           or
           after
           him
           ;
           and
           shedding
           Mens
           bloud
           by
           his
           continual
           murthers
           .
           Nay
           ,
           Kings
           themselves
           were
           afraid
           of
           him
           ,
           and
           respected
           him
           .
           He
           it
           was
           who
           writ
           to
           Darmasel
           the
           son
           of
           Mechavel
           King
           of
           Babylon
           ,
           and
           advised
           him
           to
           put
           Noah
           to
           death
           .
           Darmasel
           had
           already
           written
           to
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Gueraca
           ,
           and
           of
           all
           the
           other
           Provinces
           ,
           to
           know
           of
           them
           whether
           there
           were
           any
           other
           Gods
           besides
           the
           Idols
           ;
           and
           
           had
           related
           to
           them
           the
           History
           of
           Noah
           ,
           and
           the
           Religion
           which
           he
           preached
           ,
           and
           how
           he
           incited
           them
           to
           the
           worship
           of
           one
           onely
           God
           ,
           different
           from
           those
           whom
           they
           adored
           .
           Every
           one
           of
           them
           had
           rejected
           this
           ,
           and
           had
           advised
           him
           to
           put
           Noah
           to
           death
           .
           But
           after
           God
           had
           commanded
           Noah
           to
           build
           the
           Ark
           ,
           Pharaan
           King
           of
           Egypt
           writ
           to
           Darmasel
           ,
           exhorting
           him
           to
           fire
           it
           ;
           which
           Darmasel
           thought
           to
           do
           ,
           but
           at
           the
           same
           time
           the
           Prince
           of
           the
           Priests
           of
           
             Egypt
             (
             Philemon
          
           )
           gave
           him
           other
           advice
           ;
           
           and
           writ
           to
           him
           that
           he
           counselled
           him
           to
           leave
           it
           as
           it
           was
           ,
           in
           regard
           that
           if
           what
           that
           man
           said
           was
           true
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           what
           Noah
           said
           ,
           the
           King
           should
           embarque
           with
           those
           of
           his
           house
           ,
           and
           then
           put
           Noah
           to
           death
           that
           he
           might
           be
           no
           more
           troubled
           with
           him
           .
           The
           Learned
           of
           Egypt
           knew
           well
           that
           the
           Deluge
           was
           to
           come
           ,
           but
           knew
           not
           how
           great
           it
           was
           to
           be
           ,
           nor
           how
           long
           it
           was
           to
           continue
           on
           the
           surface
           of
           the
           earth
           .
           The
           Priest
           Philemon
           dreamt
           as
           he
           slept
           ,
           that
           he
           saw
           Emsos
           (
           which
           is
           the
           City
           of
           Masre
           )
           overturned
           upon
           its
           Inhabitants
           ,
           and
           the
           Idols
           falling
           with
           their
           Noses
           to
           the
           
           ground
           ;
           and
           that
           there
           descended
           from
           Heaven
           men
           armed
           with
           sharp-pointed
           Instruments
           of
           Iron
           ,
           wherewith
           they
           beat
           the
           people
           ;
           and
           that
           he
           seemed
           to
           approach
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           spoke
           to
           him
           thus
           ;
           
             Why
             treat
             you
             the
             men
             after
             that
             manner
             ?
             Because
             (
             replied
             he
             )
             they
             are
             ungrateful
             and
             irrespective
             towards
             their
             God
             ,
             who
             hath
             created
             them
             ,
             and
             gives
             them
             subsistence
             .
             Is
             there
             no
             means
             for
             them
             to
             be
             saved
             ?
             said
             Philemon
             .
             Yes
             ,
             replied
             the
             other
             :
             those
             who
             would
             be
             saved
             are
             onely
             to
             apply
             themselves
             to
             him
             who
             hath
             built
             the
             Ark.
             
          
           Philemon
           awaked
           thereupon
           very
           much
           astonished
           .
           He
           had
           a
           wife
           and
           two
           children
           ,
           a
           son
           and
           a
           daughter
           ,
           and
           seven
           of
           his
           Disciples
           .
           He
           therefore
           settled
           his
           affairs
           ,
           with
           an
           intention
           to
           go
           to
           Noah
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           .
           Then
           afterwards
           he
           saw
           another
           Dream
           ;
           He
           seem'd
           to
           be
           in
           a
           green
           Medow
           ,
           where
           there
           were
           white
           Birds
           which
           smell'd
           of
           Musk
           ;
           and
           as
           he
           stood
           still
           to
           take
           a
           view
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           admire
           their
           beauty
           ,
           one
           of
           them
           began
           to
           speak
           ,
           saying
           to
           the
           rest
           ;
           
             Let
             us
             go
             ,
             let
             us
             deliver
             the
             
             Believers
             .
             Whereupon
             Philemon
             said
             to
             him
             ,
             Who
             are
             those
             Believers
             ?
             They
             are
             (
             replied
             the
             Bird
             )
             the
             men
             of
             the
             Ark.
             
          
           He
           thereupon
           awaked
           very
           much
           astonished
           and
           affrighted
           ,
           and
           related
           that
           to
           those
           of
           his
           House
           and
           his
           Disciples
           .
           Then
           he
           went
           and
           spoke
           to
           the
           King
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           
             I
             have
             seen
             a
             Dream
             ,
             according
             to
             which
             if
             it
             please
             Your
             Majesty
             to
             send
             me
             to
             Darmasel
             King
             of
             Babylon
             ,
             I
             shall
             know
             what
             that
             man
             is
             who
             hath
             built
             a
             Ship
             in
             a
             dry
             Countrey
             .
             I
             will
             discourse
             with
             him
             ,
             and
             dispute
             against
             him
             about
             this
             new
             Religion
             which
             he
             preacheth
             ,
             and
             would
             introduce
             ,
             and
             will
             inform
             my self
             of
             the
             truth
             of
             his
             pretensions
             ;
             and
             I
             hope
             at
             length
             to
             turn
             him
             out
             of
             the
             way
             which
             he
             would
             have
             others
             to
             follow
             .
          
           The
           King
           approved
           the
           design
           ,
           and
           ordered
           him
           to
           depart
           .
           Philemon
           then
           left
           Egypt
           ,
           with
           his
           Family
           and
           his
           Disciples
           ,
           and
           travelled
           till
           he
           came
           to
           Babylon
           ,
           and
           discoursed
           with
           Noah
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           so
           as
           that
           he
           found
           what
           he
           said
           to
           be
           true
           ,
           and
           believed
           in
           him
           ,
           and
           followed
           his
           Religion
           .
           
             When
             God
             will
             put
             a
             man
             
             into
             the
             right
             way
             (
             said
             Noah
             )
             no
             man
             can
             put
             him
             out
             of
             it
             .
          
           Philemon
           continued
           with
           Noah
           ever
           after
           ,
           and
           ceased
           not
           to
           serve
           him
           and
           his
           Children
           ,
           and
           his
           Family
           ,
           and
           his
           Disciples
           ,
           till
           they
           imbarqued
           with
           him
           in
           the
           Ark.
           
        
         
           Mean
           time
           Pharaan
           (
           God
           curse
           him
           )
           
           continued
           his
           divertisements
           ,
           and
           remained
           in
           his
           errour
           ,
           unworthily
           treating
           the
           people
           of
           Egpyt
           ,
           and
           afflicting
           them
           by
           his
           Injustices
           and
           Murthers
           ,
           which
           caused
           many
           Tumults
           and
           Spoils
           in
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           dearth
           of
           provisions
           ,
           Men
           oppressing
           one
           another
           ,
           and
           no
           body
           reproving
           vice
           .
           The
           Temples
           and
           the
           Birbas
           were
           lock'd
           up
           ,
           and
           their
           doors
           full
           of
           dirt
           .
           The
           Deluge
           came
           upon
           them
           ,
           and
           the
           Rain
           overwhelm'd
           them
           on
           Sunday
           the
           24th
           .
           day
           of
           the
           Moneth
           ,
           Pharaan
           being
           then
           drunk
           ;
           so
           that
           he
           came
           not
           to
           himself
           till
           the
           water
           began
           to
           fasten
           on
           him
           .
           He
           started
           up
           of
           a
           sudden
           ,
           and
           ran
           away
           as
           fast
           as
           he
           could
           ;
           but
           his
           feet
           sunk
           into
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           he
           fell
           on
           his
           Face
           ,
           and
           fell
           a
           roaring
           like
           a
           Bull
           ,
           till
           the
           Unbeliever
           perish'd
           ,
           he
           and
           all
           his
           Nation
           .
           Those
           who
           retired
           into
           
           some
           Cave
           or
           other
           secret
           place
           perished
           there
           also
           .
           The
           water
           cover'd
           the
           Pyramids
           to
           the
           end
           of
           the
           Quadrature
           .
           The
           marks
           of
           it
           are
           manifest
           to
           this
           day
           .
           After
           the
           Deluge
           the
           first
           who
           Reign'd
           in
           Egypt
           was
           Masar
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Bansar
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           
           Cham
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Noah
           .
           The
           Mussulmans
           who
           follow
           the
           Traditions
           affirm
           ,
           that
           this
           Masar
           was
           the
           first
           King
           of
           Egypt
           after
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           became
           so
           ,
           having
           been
           before
           designed
           for
           it
           by
           his
           Grandfather
           Noah
           ,
           which
           happen'd
           upon
           this
           ,
           that
           Philemon
           intreated
           Noah
           to
           have
           a
           particular
           affection
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           for
           his
           Family
           and
           his
           Children
           ,
           and
           spoke
           to
           him
           thus
           :
           
             O
             Prophet
             of
             God
             ,
             I
             am
             come
             to
             you
             out
             of
             desire
             I
             had
             to
             believe
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             follow
             your
             precepts
             ;
             I
             have
             to
             that
             end
             forsaken
             my
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             the
             place
             of
             my
             Birth
             ,
             give
             me
             some
             Prerogative
             and
             Preheminence
             ,
             which
             may
             cause
             me
             to
             be
             spoken
             of
             after
             I
             am
             .
             What
             do
             you
             desire
             in
             order
             to
             that
             ?
             said
             Noah
             .
             I
             desire
             (
             said
             Philemon
             )
             that
             you
             would
             joyn
             my
             Family
             to
             yours
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             would
             take
             this
             my
             Daughter
             
             to
             be
             Wife
             to
             one
             of
             your
             Sons
             .
          
           Noah
           took
           her
           and
           married
           her
           to
           Mesraim
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Cham
           ,
           to
           whom
           she
           bore
           a
           Son
           ,
           whom
           his
           Grandfather
           Philemon
           named
           Masar
           .
           When
           Noah
           would
           afterwards
           divide
           the
           Earth
           amongst
           his
           Children
           ,
           Philemon
           spoke
           to
           him
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           
             O
             Prophet
             of
             God
             ,
             send
             along
             with
             me
             this
             my
             Son
             ,
             (
             meaning
             Masar
             )
             and
             permit
             me
             to
             bring
             him
             into
             my
             own
             Countrey
             ,
             to
             shew
             him
             the
             Treasures
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             to
             teach
             him
             the
             Sciences
             and
             remarkable
             things
             thereof
             .
          
           Noah
           sent
           him
           along
           with
           him
           ,
           accompanied
           by
           some
           of
           his
           own
           House
           .
           He
           was
           a
           delicate
           young
           man
           ,
           and
           they
           travelled
           during
           the
           great
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun
           ,
           so
           that
           when
           they
           came
           near
           the
           Land
           of
           
             Egypt
             ,
             Masar
          
           made
           a
           kind
           of
           Arbour
           of
           the
           Boughs
           of
           Trees
           ,
           at
           the
           place
           now
           called
           Garisa
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Arbour
           ,
           and
           covered
           
           it
           with
           the
           Grass
           he
           found
           on
           the
           ground
           .
           Near
           that
           place
           he
           afterwards
           built
           a
           City
           ,
           which
           he
           called
           Darsan
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Door
           of
           the
           Garden
           ,
           about
           which
           they
           planted
           Trees
           ,
           and
           sow'd
           the
           grounds
           ,
           and
           made
           sweet
           smelling
           Orchards
           .
           Between
           
           Darsan
           and
           the
           Sea-side
           there
           were
           tilled
           Fields
           and
           Gardens
           ,
           and
           well
           cultivated
           grounds
           .
           
           Masar's
           people
           were
           mighty
           robust
           and
           valiant
           .
           They
           cut
           stones
           ,
           and
           raised
           remarkable
           Buildings
           ,
           and
           liv'd
           very
           much
           at
           ease
           for
           a
           long
           time
           .
           Masar
           married
           a
           Woman
           of
           the
           Race
           of
           the
           Priests
           ,
           of
           whom
           he
           had
           a
           Son
           named
           Coptim
           ,
           and
           he
           was
           the
           Father
           of
           all
           the
           Coptites
           .
           Afterwards
           at
           ninety
           
           years
           of
           age
           he
           married
           another
           Woman
           ,
           and
           had
           by
           her
           Sons
           ,
           Coptarim
           and
           Asmomus
           ,
           and
           Abribus
           ,
           who
           grew
           up
           and
           peopled
           the
           Land
           ,
           and
           were
           prosperous
           therein
           .
           Their
           Cities
           were
           called
           from
           their
           names
           ,
           and
           will
           be
           so
           call'd
           till
           the
           day
           of
           Judgment
           .
           They
           say
           the
           number
           of
           those
           who
           accompanied
           Masar
           was
           thirty
           Men
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           built
           a
           great
           City
           ,
           which
           they
           called
           Maca
           ;
           for
           Maca
           signifies
           thirty
           ;
           and
           that
           it
           is
           the
           
           City
           of
           
             Memphis
             .
             Philemon
          
           afterwards
           discovered
           to
           them
           the
           Treasures
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           made
           them
           understand
           the
           writing
           of
           the
           Birbas
           ,
           opened
           the
           Pyramids
           for
           them
           ,
           and
           taught
           them
           the
           Talismans
           of
           their
           gates
           ,
           and
           the
           ways
           to
           be
           obey'd
           by
           the
           Spirits
           appointed
           
           over
           them
           .
           He
           shew'd
           them
           the
           Mines
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           ,
           and
           Topazes
           ,
           and
           Turqueses
           ,
           and
           Esnadosammes
           .
           He
           taught
           them
           the
           Art
           of
           handling
           white
           and
           black
           Marble
           and
           Jasper
           ,
           whereof
           they
           made
           their
           Vessels
           and
           Instruments
           ,
           and
           the
           Pillars
           of
           their
           habitations
           .
           He
           writ
           down
           for
           them
           the
           Operations
           of
           the
           Art
           ,
           which
           he
           attributed
           to
           a
           Man
           of
           his
           house
           named
           Moncatam
           ,
           who
           practised
           
           Chemistry
           upon
           Mount
           Mactam
           .
           They
           say
           the
           origin
           of
           the
           art
           of
           working
           Marble
           (
           as
           well
           White
           as
           Black
           )
           came
           from
           Chemistry
           ;
           in
           as
           much
           as
           the
           waters
           and
           essences
           ,
           which
           they
           distill
           and
           circulate
           by
           their
           artifices
           ,
           passing
           through
           the
           earthen
           vessels
           ,
           he
           compos'd
           for
           them
           the
           white
           stone
           in
           Sand
           and
           Glass
           ,
           and
           made
           the
           hard
           red
           stone
           for
           them
           of
           a
           soft
           stone
           and
           red
           Arsnick
           ,
           or
           Sandarack
           and
           Pitch
           :
           he
           kindled
           a
           fire
           thereon
           ,
           and
           ordered
           them
           by
           his
           wisdom
           .
           He
           made
           Mills
           for
           them
           in
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           caused
           these
           materials
           to
           be
           put
           into
           them
           ;
           then
           the
           stones
           came
           out
           figured
           after
           what
           manner
           they
           desired
           in
           all
           sorts
           of
           vessels
           .
           Nay
           ,
           they
           say
           that
           the
           stones
           
           were
           soft
           with
           them
           from
           the
           break
           of
           day
           till
           the
           afternoon
           ;
           and
           that
           they
           made
           what
           they
           would
           of
           them
           .
           Philemon
           taught
           them
           also
           to
           make
           Talismans
           ;
           for
           there
           came
           out
           against
           them
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           certain
           Creatures
           which
           threw
           down
           their
           Buildings
           ,
           whereupon
           they
           made
           Talismans
           against
           those
           Creatures
           ,
           and
           they
           never
           came
           afterwards
           .
           They
           built
           several
           Cities
           upon
           the
           Roman
           Sea
           ,
           and
           among
           others
           that
           of
           Racoda
           ,
           at
           the
           place
           where
           now
           Alexandria
           stands
           .
           They
           made
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           that
           City
           a
           little
           Turret
           upon
           pillars
           of
           Copper
           guilt
           ,
           and
           set
           upon
           it
           a
           Mirrour
           consisting
           of
           a
           mixture
           of
           divers
           
           materials
           ,
           in
           length
           and
           breadth
           five
           spans
           ,
           and
           the
           Turret
           of
           the
           height
           of
           100
           Cubits
           according
           to
           their
           measure
           .
           When
           therefore
           any
           Enemy
           came
           against
           them
           ,
           they
           made
           certain
           Operations
           on
           the
           Mirrour
           ,
           then
           they
           made
           the
           rays
           of
           it
           fall
           on
           the
           Enemy
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           burnt
           him
           .
           This
           Turret
           and
           the
           Mirrour
           remained
           there
           till
           the
           Sea
           reach'd
           and
           destroyed
           them
           .
           The
           Pharos
           also
           of
           
           Alexandria
           had
           not
           been
           made
           but
           for
           a
           Mirrour
           that
           was
           upon
           it
           ,
           and
           
           discovered
           those
           who
           came
           against
           them
           from
           the
           Roman
           Countrey
           .
           One
           of
           the
           Roman
           Emperours
           prevailed
           so
           far
           by
           his
           artifices
           and
           great
           expences
           ,
           that
           he
           destroyed
           it
           .
           It
           was
           of
           white
           Marble
           well
           design'd
           ,
           and
           well
           wrought
           .
           They
           relate
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           ,
           to
           whom
           God
           be
           merciful
           )
           that
           God
           promised
           Noah
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           to
           hearken
           to
           him
           in
           a
           prayer
           he
           should
           make
           for
           his
           son
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           deferred
           that
           prayer
           till
           the
           next
           morning
           ;
           at
           which
           time
           very
           early
           in
           the
           morning
           he
           was
           to
           call
           his
           son
           ,
           and
           him
           of
           his
           sons
           who
           should
           readily
           answer
           him
           God
           would
           bless
           when
           he
           had
           prayed
           for
           him
           ;
           and
           he
           who
           answered
           not
           should
           not
           have
           that
           benediction
           .
           The
           readiest
           to
           answer
           was
           Sem
           ,
           wherefore
           he
           prayed
           God
           for
           him
           and
           his
           posterity
           :
           and
           the
           most
           backward
           to
           answer
           were
           Cham
           and
           Japhet
           ,
           wherefore
           he
           prayed
           God
           against
           them
           .
           Masar
           the
           son
           of
           Bansar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Cham
           ,
           was
           an
           useful
           and
           serviceable
           Young
           man
           ;
           for
           which
           reason
           Noah
           cherished
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           was
           always
           with
           him
           ,
           never
           leaving
           him
           .
           Having
           therefore
           heard
           the
           prayer
           which
           Noah
           
           had
           made
           against
           his
           Grandfather
           and
           his
           children
           ,
           and
           the
           children
           of
           his
           children
           ,
           he
           fell
           a
           weeping
           ,
           and
           turned
           to
           Noah
           ,
           and
           said
           thus
           to
           him
           ;
           
             O
             Great
             Grandfather
             ,
             I
             have
             heard
             the
             Imprecations
             you
             have
             made
             against
             my
             Grandfather
             Cham
             ,
             and
             against
             his
             children
             ;
             and
             yet
             for
             my
             part
             I
             have
             been
             always
             obedient
             to
             you
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             serve
             you
             :
             Pray
             therefore
             unto
             God
             for
             me
             .
          
           These
           words
           pleased
           Noah
           ,
           and
           immediately
           he
           put
           his
           hand
           on
           his
           head
           ,
           saying
           ;
           
             O
             great
             God
             ,
             behold
             
             here
             one
             of
             my
             sons
             ,
             who
             answered
             me
             when
             I
             have
             called
             him
             ;
             bless
             him
             ,
             him
             and
             his
             posterity
             ,
             and
             divert
             from
             them
             weakness
             ,
             and
             grief
             ,
             and
             affliction
             ;
             and
             give
             them
             generosity
             and
             valour
             ,
             and
             drive
             away
             far
             from
             them
             trouble
             ,
             care
             ,
             and
             displeasure
             .
             Arm
             the
             middle
             of
             their
             bodies
             with
             girdles
             of
             Steel
             ;
             never
             let
             them
             be
             disabled
             to
             perform
             the
             Sacred
             voyage
             ;
             give
             them
             for
             their
             habitation
             a
             Land
             whereof
             the
             air
             is
             pleasant
             ,
             the
             waters
             sweet
             ,
             and
             the
             pastures
             green
             ;
             which
             may
             be
             the
             Mother
             of
             Nations
             ,
             and
             the
             relief
             of
             Men
             ;
             which
             may
             allure
             to
             it
             all
             
             sorts
             of
             persons
             ,
             Citizens
             and
             Countrey-people
             ,
             out
             of
             all
             the
             Plains
             and
             out
             of
             all
             the
             Mountains
             ,
             both
             far
             and
             near
             ;
             a
             Land
             that
             hath
             a
             River
             transcending
             all
             Rivers
             ,
             whereof
             the
             History
             may
             be
             the
             most
             admirable
             of
             Histories
             ;
             from
             which
             the
             Abysses
             of
             the
             Sea
             are
             derived
             ,
             which
             divides
             the
             Desarts
             of
             Countries
             with
             its
             pregnant
             surges
             and
             swollen
             waves
             ,
             from
             the
             remainder
             of
             Countries
             to
             the
             Metropolis
             of
             all
             other
             places
             ;
             the
             chosen
             City
             ,
             the
             Countrey
             of
             fair
             ways
             ,
             through
             which
             the
             noble
             Nile
             flows
             with
             its
             excellent
             waters
             ,
             on
             which
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             Almighty
             watches
             night
             and
             day
             ,
             supplied
             with
             springs
             and
             fair
             waters
             ;
             the
             Favourite
             of
             Heaven
             in
             all
             its
             parts
             ,
             adorned
             with
             a
             River
             coming
             from
             Paradise
             ,
             replenished
             with
             the
             favours
             of
             the
             Gratificator
             ,
             and
             the
             mercies
             of
             the
             Merciful
             ;
             where
             Plants
             sprout
             forth
             and
             thrive
             exceedingly
             ,
             where
             there
             is
             abundance
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             good
             things
             ,
             and
             an
             a●fluence
             of
             all
             benedictions
             .
          
           After
           that
           Noah
           prayed
           his
           Lord
           to
           subject
           the
           Land
           to
           Masar
           and
           his
           children
           ,
           to
           sortifie
           them
           over
           it
           ,
           and
           
           to
           make
           it
           submissive
           to
           them
           ,
           to
           assist
           them
           to
           cultivate
           it
           ,
           and
           to
           relieve
           the
           Prophets
           among
           them
           .
           Noah
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           was
           heard
           in
           all
           this
           .
           When
           Masar
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           was
           near
           death
           ,
           he
           made
           his
           Will
           in
           favour
           of
           his
           son
           Coptim
           .
           He
           had
           before
           divided
           the
           Land
           among
           his
           children
           ,
           and
           had
           given
           Coptarim
           all
           the
           Countrey
           which
           reaches
           from
           Copta
           to
           Syene
           ;
           to
           Asmoumus
           ,
           what
           is
           from
           Asmon
           to
           Memphis
           ;
           and
           to
           Abribus
           ,
           all
           the
           flat
           Countrey
           from
           about
           Saram
           and
           the
           Fennes
           ,
           as
           far
           as
           beyond
           Barca
           ;
           so
           that
           he
           was
           Lord
           also
           of
           Afric
           and
           the
           Africans
           .
           He
           recommended
           it
           to
           every
           one
           of
           his
           children
           to
           build
           himself
           a
           City
           in
           his
           Country
           ;
           and
           enjoyn'd
           them
           all
           together
           (
           at
           the
           hour
           of
           his
           death
           )
           to
           make
           him
           a
           Cave
           in
           the
           earth
           ,
           to
           pave
           it
           with
           white
           Emeralds
           ,
           to
           dispose
           his
           Body
           into
           it
           ;
           and
           to
           bury
           with
           him
           whatever
           there
           was
           in
           his
           Treasuries
           of
           Gold
           ,
           Silver
           ,
           and
           Precions
           Stones
           ;
           and
           to
           write
           thereupon
           such
           names
           as
           might
           divert
           any
           from
           approaching
           it
           .
           They
           made
           a
           Cave
           150
           Cubits
           in
           length
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           midst
           
           a
           place
           of
           Assembly
           wainscoated
           with
           
           Plates
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           ,
           having
           4
           Doors
           ,
           and
           over
           every
           Door
           a
           Statue
           of
           Gold
           ,
           wearing
           a
           Crown
           beset
           with
           Precious
           stones
           ,
           and
           seated
           on
           a
           Throne
           of
           Gold
           ,
           the
           feet
           whereof
           were
           of
           Topaze
           .
           They
           graved
           on
           the
           breast
           of
           each
           Statue
           great
           names
           ,
           able
           to
           divert
           any
           from
           approaching
           them
           ,
           and
           disposed
           the
           body
           of
           Masar
           into
           a
           Tomb
           of
           Marble
           covered
           with
           Plates
           of
           Gold
           ,
           and
           writ
           upon
           it
           ,
           
             Masar
             ,
             the
             son
             of
             Bansar
             ,
             the
             son
             of
             Cham
             ,
             the
             son
             of
             Noah
             ,
             died
             aged
             seven
             hundred
             years
             from
             the
             days
             of
             the
             Deluge
             .
          
           He
           died
           without
           ever
           having
           adored
           any
           Idol
           ,
           not
           broken
           with
           old
           age
           ,
           nor
           troubled
           with
           sickness
           ,
           not
           having
           felt
           any
           evil
           or
           pain
           ,
           nor
           afflicted
           with
           any
           sadness
           ,
           care
           ,
           or
           displeasure
           .
           They
           fortified
           him
           also
           with
           the
           great
           Names
           of
           GOD
           ,
           which
           never
           permit
           such
           as
           are
           fortified
           therewith
           to
           fall
           into
           contempt
           ,
           or
           be
           oppressed
           .
           They
           swore
           moreover
           the
           greatest
           of
           all
           Oaths
           ,
           that
           none
           should
           come
           near
           him
           ,
           unless
           he
           were
           a
           King
           who
           had
           7
           of
           his
           sons
           Kings
           ;
           and
           not
           any
           of
           them
           a
           servant
           ,
           or
           slave
           ,
           or
           poor
           ,
           or
           necessitous
           ,
           who
           followed
           the
           Religion
           of
           the
           King
           
           the
           just
           Judge
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           true
           God
           ,
           and
           believed
           the
           Prophet
           of
           the
           Merciful
           ,
           sent
           with
           the
           Alcoran
           to
           bring
           the
           World
           to
           the
           Faith
           in
           the
           last
           times
           .
           They
           also
           placed
           near
           him
           a
           thousand
           pieces
           of
           Topaze
           made
           round
           about
           him
           ,
           and
           a
           thousand
           Statues
           of
           precious
           Stones
           of
           great
           value
           ,
           and
           Gernes
           or
           great
           Vessels
           ,
           containing
           the
           Sciences
           of
           the
           Divine
           Art
           ,
           and
           the
           secret
           Drugs
           ,
           and
           the
           admirable
           Talismans
           ,
           and
           Ingots
           of
           gold
           in
           great
           heaps
           ,
           like
           sand
           or
           stones
           .
           They
           cover'd
           that
           Cave
           with
           great
           stones
           and
           sand
           spread
           thereon
           ,
           between
           two
           Mountains
           opposite
           one
           to
           the
           other
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           King
           of
           Egypt
           who
           Reigned
           
           after
           the
           Deluge
           was
           Masar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Bansar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Cham
           ;
           after
           him
           Reign'd
           his
           son
           Coptim
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Coptarim
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Budesir
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Gadim
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Sedathe
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Mancaos
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Casaos
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Marbis
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Asmar
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Citin
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Elsabas
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Sa
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Malil
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Hadares
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Cheribas
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Calcan
           ,
           then
           his
           son
           Totis
           ,
           who
           is
           he
           
           whom
           the
           Arabians
           call
           
             The
             Just
          
           .
           For
           this
           is
           the
           Pharao
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           had
           conversation
           with
           the
           Beloved
           of
           God
           Abraham
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           as
           also
           with
           Mahumet
           ,
           and
           Mercy
           ,
           and
           who
           by
           force
           would
           have
           taken
           away
           from
           him
           his
           Wife
           Sara
           ,
           which
           happen'd
           thus
           :
           The
           Beloved
           of
           God
           ,
           
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           after
           God
           had
           destroy'd
           the
           cursed
           Nimrod
           his
           enemy
           ,
           took
           his
           Journey
           out
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Gueraca
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           Egypt
           ,
           accompany'd
           by
           his
           Wife
           Sara
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           her
           )
           and
           left
           Lot
           behind
           him
           in
           
             Syria
             .
             Sara
          
           was
           one
           of
           the
           most
           beautiful
           Women
           in
           the
           World
           ;
           they
           say
           Joseph
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           inherited
           her
           Beauty
           .
           Abraham
           therefore
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           being
           come
           he
           and
           his
           wife
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           the
           Guards
           who
           were
           at
           the
           City-gate
           having
           seen
           Sara
           admired
           her
           beauty
           ,
           and
           went
           presently
           to
           give
           notice
           of
           it
           to
           King
           Totis
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           There
           came
           into
           the
           City
           a
           man
           of
           the
           Eastern
           Countrey
           ,
           accompany'd
           by
           a
           Woman
           the
           most
           beautiful
           and
           most
           handsom
           that
           can
           be
           seen
           .
           Immediately
           Totis
           sent
           for
           Abraham
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           Whence
           
           are
           you
           ?
           Of
           Gueraca
           ,
           reply'd
           Abraham
           .
           The
           King
           enquired
           further
           of
           him
           concerning
           his
           business
           ,
           and
           he
           gave
           him
           an
           account
           thereof
           .
           Then
           he
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           
             What
             relation
             hath
             that
             woman
             to
             you
             ?
             She
             is
             my
             Sister
             ,
             said
             Abraham
             .
             Then
             the
             King
             said
             to
             his
             Visier
             ,
             Bid
             him
             bring
             her
             to
             me
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             see
             her
             .
          
           That
           displeased
           Abraham
           very
           much
           ,
           but
           it
           was
           not
           possible
           for
           him
           to
           disobey
           ;
           yet
           he
           knew
           that
           God
           would
           not
           permit
           any
           dishonour
           to
           happen
           in
           his
           Family
           ;
           he
           therefore
           said
           to
           Sara
           ,
           
             Go
             your
             ways
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             but
             without
             fear
             or
             troubling
             your self
             ,
             for
             you
             are
             under
             his
             tuition
             who
             hath
             created
             you
             ,
             who
             will
             divert
             from
             you
             whatever
             you
             may
             be
             afraid
             of
             ,
             and
             will
             assist
             both
             you
             and
             me
             with
             his
             favours
             .
             But
             what
             would
             the
             King
             with
             me
             (
             said
             Sara
             )
             more
             then
             with
             you
             ?
             I
             hope
             (
             said
             Abraham
             )
             it
             will
             be
             nothing
             but
             what
             is
             good
             ,
             with
             the
             help
             of
             the
             Almighty
             .
          
           They
           therefore
           conducted
           Sara
           to
           
           Totis's
           Pa-Palace
           ,
           accompany'd
           by
           Abraham
           .
           The
           King
           having
           seen
           her
           was
           surpriz'd
           with
           her
           beauty
           and
           behaviour
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           Abraham
           ,
           What
           is
           this
           
           Woman
           to
           you
           ?
           She
           is
           my
           Sister
           ,
           reply'd
           Abraham
           .
           He
           meant
           his
           Sister
           in
           God
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Religion
           which
           he
           professed
           .
           Whereupon
           
           Abraham's
           heart
           felt
           the
           ordinary
           sentiments
           of
           a
           jealous
           man
           ;
           he
           wished
           he
           had
           never
           come
           into
           Egypt
           .
           Then
           he
           began
           to
           say
           ,
           
             O
             God
             ,
             suffer
             not
             the
             Family
             of
             Abraham
             to
             be
             dishonoured
             .
          
           At
           which
           words
           the
           Veils
           and
           the
           Curtains
           were
           drawn
           before
           him
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           saw
           Sara
           speaking
           to
           the
           King.
           The
           King
           put
           forth
           his
           hand
           to
           touch
           her
           ,
           but
           she
           presently
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           If
           you
           put
           your
           hand
           on
           me
           you
           are
           undone
           .
           Accordingly
           even
           before
           the
           Kings
           hand
           was
           quite
           come
           to
           Sara
           ,
           and
           had
           touched
           her
           ,
           that
           hand
           shrunk
           up
           ,
           all
           the
           Kings
           members
           shook
           ,
           and
           Death
           presented
           it self
           on
           all
           sides
           .
           He
           continued
           immoveable
           ,
           not
           able
           to
           stir
           ,
           and
           spoke
           thus
           ;
           
             O
             Woman
             ,
             deliver
             me
             from
             the
             evil
             that
             is
             fallen
             upon
             me
             ,
             and
             go
             whither
             you
             will.
             I
             will
             do
             it
             (
             said
             she
             )
             conditionally
             you
             do
             not
             renew
             your
             attempt
             against
             me
             .
             I
             promise
             it
             ,
             reply'd
             the
             King.
             
          
           Whereupon
           she
           prayed
           God
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           God
           delivered
           him
           from
           the
           evil
           
           which
           had
           happen'd
           to
           him
           .
           He
           recovered
           his
           health
           ,
           and
           said
           ,
           Certainly
           he
           is
           a
           great
           Lord
           whom
           you
           adore
           ;
           that
           is
           manifest
           .
           Then
           he
           enquir'd
           of
           her
           who
           Abraham
           was
           ,
           and
           of
           what
           Religion
           .
           
             He
             is
             the
             darling
             of
             God
             ;
             (
             reply'd
             she
             )
             his
             Religion
             is
             the
             profession
             of
             the
             Unity
             of
             the
             Almighty
             ,
             and
             he
             is
             my
             Husband
             .
             He
             told
             me
             (
             reply'd
             the
             King
             )
             that
             you
             were
             his
             Sister
             .
             He
             told
             you
             truth
             (
             said
             Sara
             )
             for
             I
             am
             his
             Sister
             in
             God
             ,
             and
             so
             all
             who
             make
             profession
             of
             our
             Religion
             are
             our
             Brethren
             in
             God.
             Yours
             is
             a
             noble
             Religion
             ,
             reply'd
             the
             King.
             
          
           He
           afterwards
           sent
           Sara
           to
           his
           Daughter
           Charoba
           .
           That
           young
           Virgin
           was
           ingenious
           ,
           handsom
           ,
           and
           well-inclined
           ,
           
           as
           much
           as
           could
           be
           wished
           ;
           and
           therefore
           she
           made
           great
           account
           of
           Sara
           ,
           took
           her
           into
           her
           affection
           ,
           honoured
           her
           much
           ,
           and
           gave
           her
           a
           very
           kind
           reception
           ;
           nay
           ,
           she
           sent
           her
           precious
           Stones
           of
           great
           value
           ,
           and
           Money
           ,
           and
           rich
           Garments
           .
           Sara
           brought
           all
           to
           Abraham
           ;
           but
           he
           told
           her
           she
           should
           restore
           them
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           needed
           them
           not
           .
           Sara
           therefore
           returned
           all
           to
           Charoba
           ,
           who
           was
           
           much
           astonish'd
           at
           it
           ,
           and
           acquainted
           her
           Father
           with
           it
           ;
           who
           thereupon
           doubled
           the
           admiration
           which
           he
           had
           for
           the
           Beloved
           of
           God
           ,
           seeing
           him
           refuse
           things
           which
           any
           other
           would
           have
           eagerly
           sought
           ,
           having
           any
           means
           to
           obtain
           them
           .
           He
           therefore
           esteemed
           and
           honoured
           him
           much
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           his
           daughter
           ,
           
             These
             are
             persons
             of
             good
             repute
             ,
             who
             come
             out
             of
             a
             House
             full
             of
             purity
             and
             sincerity
             ,
             and
             great
             prudence
             ,
             and
             are
             not
             covetous
             of
             perishable
             goods
             .
             Charoba
             ,
             do
             whatever
             you
             can
             imagine
             best
             to
             honour
             them
             .
          
           Charoba
           afterwards
           bestowed
           on
           
             Sara
             Agar
          
           ,
           who
           is
           the
           Mother
           of
           our
           Father
           Ismael
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           .
           As
           she
           gave
           ●er
           her
           ,
           she
           said
           to
           her
           Hacagare
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           
             Behold
             thy
             recompence
          
           :
           for
           which
           reason
           Sara
           call'd
           her
           Agar
           .
           She
           was
           a
           Coptess
           by
           Nation
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           the
           handsomest
           young
           maids
           of
           her
           time
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           her
           .
           After
           that
           the
           Beloved
           of
           God
           being
           resolved
           to
           return
           out
           of
           Egypt
           into
           
             Syria
             ,
             Charoba
          
           provided
           for
           them
           several
           Baskets
           of
           Conserves
           ,
           and
           other
           excellent
           things
           to
           eat
           ,
           saying
           ;
           
             This
             is
             onely
             for
             your
             better
             Provision
             by
             
             the
             way
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             enrich
             you
             .
             Sara
          
           told
           Abraham
           of
           it
           ,
           who
           said
           ,
           that
           as
           to
           that
           he
           would
           accept
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           was
           no
           hurt
           in
           receiving
           it
           of
           the
           Princess
           .
           Charoba
           caused
           it
           to
           be
           loaden
           on
           Mules
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           caused
           them
           to
           mount
           thereon
           ,
           sending
           along
           with
           them
           some
           of
           her
           people
           to
           conduct
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           wait
           on
           them
           ,
           till
           they
           were
           got
           out
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           .
           Having
           travelled
           a
           good
           part
           of
           their
           Journey
           ,
           Abraham
           said
           to
           Sara
           ,
           
             Give
             us
             to
             eat
             somewhat
             of
             that
             which
             the
             Princess
             of
             Egypt
             gave
             to
             you
             .
          
           Sara
           set
           the
           Baskets
           before
           him
           ,
           and
           he
           did
           eat
           thereof
           ,
           he
           and
           those
           of
           his
           Company
           :
           but
           when
           they
           came
           to
           the
           last
           Basket
           ,
           they
           found
           it
           full
           of
           several
           sorts
           of
           Jewels
           ,
           and
           precious
           Stones
           ,
           and
           Garments
           .
           Whereupon
           the
           Beloved
           of
           God
           said
           to
           Sara
           ,
           
             The
             Princess
             of
             Egypt
             hath
             deceived
             us
             ,
             and
             hath
             carried
             her
             business
             so
             as
             that
             we
             have
             brought
             away
             of
             her
             goods
             .
             Great
             God
             ,
             give
             her
             subtilty
             
             against
             those
             who
             will
             do
             her
             hurt
             ,
             and
             strive
             with
             her
             for
             her
             Land
             ;
             bless
             her
             in
             her
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             in
             her
             River
             ;
             make
             that
             Countrey
             
             a
             place
             of
             safety
             and
             prosperity
             .
          
           When
           the
           Beloved
           of
           God
           (
           said
           the
           Author
           )
           was
           come
           into
           Syria
           ,
           he
           spent
           those
           Presents
           in
           Pious
           works
           ,
           lodging
           Pilgrims
           ,
           and
           making
           the
           Well
           which
           he
           ordered
           to
           be
           common
           .
           He
           also
           bought
           Flocks
           ,
           which
           he
           design'd
           for
           Travellers
           ,
           for
           the
           Poor
           and
           Necessitous
           ,
           for
           Passengers
           ,
           for
           the
           Lame
           .
           God
           gave
           them
           his
           benediction
           ,
           and
           caused
           them
           to
           multiply
           .
           Sara
           put
           up
           a
           little
           thereof
           for
           two
           Children
           which
           she
           had
           .
           Totis
           King
           of
           Egypt
           lived
           after
           that
           till
           such
           time
           as
           Agar
           sent
           to
           him
           out
           of
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Meca
           ,
           to
           acquaint
           him
           that
           she
           was
           in
           a
           barren
           Land
           ,
           that
           she
           had
           a
           famous
           and
           renowned
           Son
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           were
           about
           her
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Arabians
           ,
           whom
           the
           barrenness
           of
           the
           Countrey
           had
           quite
           chang'd
           ,
           and
           that
           she
           intreated
           him
           to
           relieve
           her
           with
           some
           provisions
           .
           To
           that
           end
           Totis
           caused
           a
           Chanel
           to
           be
           made
           in
           
           the
           Eastern
           part
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           at
           the
           foot
           of
           the
           Mountain
           ,
           and
           brought
           into
           it
           the
           water
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           might
           carry
           Vessels
           into
           the
           salt
           Sea
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Chanel
           of
           the
           Red
           Sea.
           By
           that
           way
           he
           caused
           Wheat
           to
           be
           sent
           
           to
           Agar
           ,
           as
           also
           all
           sorts
           of
           Corn
           ,
           and
           Presents
           .
           They
           went
           by
           water
           as
           far
           as
           Gedde
           ,
           and
           thence
           they
           were
           carried
           to
           Meca
           on
           the
           backs
           of
           Beasts
           .
           By
           these
           means
           God
           long
           preserved
           alive
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           
           Meca
           ,
           which
           obliged
           them
           to
           call
           that
           King
           
             The
             Just
          
           ,
           as
           having
           performed
           the
           promise
           he
           had
           made
           them
           ,
           and
           given
           great
           testimonies
           of
           the
           affection
           he
           had
           for
           them
           .
           They
           say
           also
           that
           Agar
           ,
           after
           her
           delivery
           of
           Ismael
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           sent
           to
           Charoba
           to
           acquaint
           her
           with
           the
           news
           of
           her
           Lying-in
           ;
           whereat
           she
           was
           very
           glad
           ,
           and
           sent
           her
           abundance
           of
           Jewels
           ,
           and
           Gold
           ,
           and
           Egyptian
           Linen
           to
           dress
           her
           Son
           withall
           .
           Out
           of
           one
           part
           of
           these
           Presents
           she
           established
           a
           Porter
           in
           the
           square
           Temple
           .
           Nay
           ,
           they
           say
           that
           all
           the
           Ornaments
           of
           the
           square
           Temple
           ,
           which
           were
           put
           into
           it
           at
           that
           time
           came
           from
           Egypt
           ,
           Presents
           from
           Totis
           and
           his
           daughter
           Charoba
           .
        
         
           The
           History
           relates
           ,
           that
           Totis
           desired
           the
           Well-beloved
           of
           God
           to
           desire
           of
           God
           his
           benediction
           for
           his
           Countrey
           .
           Abraham
           therefore
           prayed
           God
           for
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           
           and
           gave
           his
           benediction
           to
           its
           Nile
           ,
           and
           assured
           Totis
           that
           his
           posterity
           should
           reign
           there
           ,
           and
           be
           Masters
           thereof
           to
           the
           last
           times
           age
           after
           age
           .
           
           They
           relate
           that
           Totis
           was
           the
           first
           called
           Pharao
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           because
           he
           was
           cruel
           and
           bloudy
           ,
           and
           put
           many
           people
           to
           death
           ,
           even
           of
           his
           nearest
           Relations
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           his
           own
           House
           ,
           and
           that
           out
           of
           the
           envy
           he
           bore
           them
           ,
           fearing
           the
           Crown
           should
           be
           taken
           away
           from
           his
           daughter
           after
           his
           death
           ,
           for
           he
           had
           no
           other
           children
           .
           She
           was
           of
           a
           milde
           and
           good
           disposition
           ,
           and
           a
           great
           Wit.
           She
           always
           endeavoured
           to
           prevent
           the
           shedding
           of
           bloud
           ,
           but
           could
           not
           prevail
           :
           wheresore
           she
           was
           at
           last
           afraid
           they
           would
           take
           away
           the
           Crown
           from
           him
           ,
           seeing
           him
           extremely
           hated
           by
           all
           people
           ,
           which
           made
           her
           resolve
           to
           dispatch
           him
           by
           poison
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           
           reigned
           70
           years
           .
           Totis
           being
           dead
           ,
           the
           people
           could
           not
           agree
           upon
           whom
           they
           were
           to
           make
           King
           in
           his
           stead
           .
           Some
           said
           they
           should
           take
           in
           some
           of
           the
           Progeny
           of
           Abribus
           ,
           because
           they
           had
           anciently
           reigned
           :
           but
           one
           of
           the
           Visiers
           began
           to
           speak
           thus
           ;
           
             My
             Friends
             ,
             Charoba
             
             is
             a
             woman
             of
             understanding
             :
             besides
             ,
             she
             has
             delivered
             you
             from
             this
             Tyrant
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             extraordinary
             kindness
             she
             had
             for
             you
             .
             Moreover
             ,
             the
             good
             man
             that
             came
             from
             Syria
             and
             his
             wife
             also
             have
             given
             her
             their
             benedictions
             .
             If
             you
             give
             the
             Crown
             to
             any
             other
             ,
             you
             will
             repent
             you
             of
             it
             .
          
           The
           people
           inclined
           to
           this
           advice
           ,
           and
           thought
           that
           counsel
           good
           .
           Most
           of
           the
           Grandees
           of
           Egypt
           followed
           it
           ;
           so
           that
           Charoba
           did
           her
           work
           ,
           and
           that
           Visier
           made
           her
           Queen
           .
           After
           that
           she
           sate
           in
           the
           Royal
           Throne
           ,
           made
           great
           Liberalities
           ,
           and
           promised
           much
           happiness
           to
           the
           people
           .
           She
           honoured
           the
           Souldiery
           ,
           gave
           them
           great
           gifts
           ,
           and
           doubled
           their
           Pay.
           She
           in
           like
           manner
           honoured
           the
           Priests
           and
           the
           Sages
           ,
           and
           the
           chiefest
           among
           the
           people
           ;
           made
           great
           account
           of
           the
           Magicians
           ,
           and
           heightned
           their
           rank
           ,
           and
           caused
           the
           Temples
           to
           be
           rebuilt
           and
           enlarged
           .
           She
           was
           afterwards
           many
           years
           Queen
           of
           Egypt
           by
           the
           benediction
           of
           Abraham
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           not
           attaqued
           by
           any
           Enemy
           who
           was
           not
           presently
           overcome
           and
           
           subdued
           by
           her
           with
           the
           assistance
           of
           God.
           
        
         
           Gebirus
           the
           Metapheguian
           came
           to
           
           give
           her
           a
           visit
           :
           he
           encamped
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Balca
           ,
           and
           had
           a
           Brother
           named
           Gebrim
           ,
           taking
           his
           name
           from
           him
           :
           they
           were
           two
           Giants
           of
           the
           remnant
           of
           the
           Gadites
           .
           When
           Gebirus
           sate
           down
           on
           the
           ground
           upon
           the
           sand
           ,
           those
           who
           were
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Sea
           saw
           him
           .
           He
           had
           a
           Kive
           30
           Cubits
           about
           ,
           which
           being
           filled
           full
           of
           meat
           for
           him
           he
           eat
           up
           all
           ;
           then
           they
           filled
           it
           with
           wine
           ,
           and
           he
           drank
           it
           off
           .
           He
           happened
           to
           have
           the
           plague
           in
           his
           body
           ,
           which
           put
           him
           to
           great
           pain
           ,
           increasing
           every
           day
           ;
           whereupon
           his
           Physicians
           advised
           him
           to
           send
           some
           of
           his
           people
           about
           the
           Countrey
           to
           find
           out
           for
           him
           a
           soil
           ,
           whereof
           the
           Air
           and
           Waters
           were
           agreeable
           to
           his
           Temperament
           .
           These
           gave
           him
           an
           account
           of
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           obliged
           him
           to
           come
           thither
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           drawn
           up
           his
           Forces
           together
           ,
           and
           distributed
           Money
           and
           Arms
           among
           them
           .
           He
           brought
           along
           with
           him
           4000
           Gadites
           ,
           every
           one
           of
           whom
           carried
           a
           stone
           of
           the
           breadth
           of
           the
           Nile
           
           of
           Egypt
           .
           He
           travelled
           so
           long
           till
           he
           got
           near
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           approched
           it
           at
           that
           part
           where
           the
           Queen
           was
           willing
           he
           should
           ,
           for
           he
           did
           not
           contradict
           her
           in
           any
           thing
           ,
           his
           design
           being
           to
           get
           her
           to
           marry
           him
           ;
           and
           by
           that
           means
           make
           him
           King
           of
           Egypt
           :
           or
           (
           if
           she
           denied
           him
           )
           to
           dam
           up
           with
           the
           stones
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           and
           turn
           it
           into
           another
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           so
           make
           the
           Egyptians
           die
           of
           hunger
           and
           thirst
           .
           Charoba
           sent
           to
           him
           a
           Servant-maid
           she
           had
           ,
           one
           who
           managed
           her
           affairs
           ,
           a
           very
           subtile
           Wench
           ,
           a
           great
           Enchantress
           ,
           and
           a
           Cheat
           :
           she
           saw
           with
           him
           huge
           Bo
           〈…〉
           s
           ,
           which
           there
           was
           no
           means
           to
           overcome
           by
           fighting
           ;
           wherefore
           she
           advised
           her
           Mistress
           not
           to
           engage
           into
           a
           war
           against
           him
           :
           
             I
             shall
             endeavour
             rather
             (
             said
             she
             )
             to
             defeat
             him
             by
             some
             stratagem
             ,
             and
             to
             carry
             the
             business
             so
             as
             that
             he
             may
             neither
             hurt
             you
             nor
             your
             Subjects
             .
          
           After
           that
           she
           took
           along
           with
           her
           what
           was
           most
           pleasant
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           Conserves
           ,
           〈◊〉
           Garments
           ,
           sweet
           Scents
           ,
           Arms
           ,
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           ;
           and
           with
           all
           this
           desired
           permission
           to
           visit
           Gebirus
           ,
           which
           was
           soon
           granted
           her
           .
           She
           
           presented
           to
           him
           all
           these
           Rarities
           ,
           which
           he
           willingly
           received
           :
           Then
           she
           told
           him
           that
           the
           Queen
           of
           Egypt
           was
           in
           Love
           with
           him
           ,
           and
           desirous
           to
           Marry
           him
           ,
           and
           far
           from
           refusing
           so
           advantageous
           a
           Match
           .
           This
           news
           made
           him
           jocund
           ,
           and
           put
           him
           into
           a
           good
           humour
           .
           He
           return'd
           her
           this
           answer
           ;
           
             Promise
             the
             Queen
             from
             me
             for
             a
             Marriage-gift
             what
             you
             please
             your self
             .
             The
             Queen
             (
             reply'd
             she
             )
             needs
             not
             any
             thing
             of
             yours
             ,
             since
             your
             affairs
             will
             hence
             forth
             be
             common
             ;
             but
             she
             desires
             of
             you
             instead
             of
             a
             Marriage-present
             ,
             that
             you
             cause
             a
             City
             to
             be
             built
             in
             her
             Land
             ,
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             Roman
             Sea
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             be
             an
             honorable
             mark
             to
             her
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             World
             ;
             and
             that
             it
             may
             be
             a
             discovery
             of
             your
             power
             ;
             and
             that
             you
             employ
             in
             the
             Building
             of
             it
             these
             Stones
             and
             these
             Pillars
             which
             you
             have
             brought
             with
             you
             to
             dam
             up
             the
             Chanel
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
          
           He
           granted
           her
           Request
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           with
           his
           Forces
           ,
           and
           founded
           the
           City
           on
           the
           West-side
           ,
           at
           the
           place
           where
           now
           Alexandria
           is
           ;
           to
           that
           end
           encamping
           himself
           and
           his
           
           
           Army
           on
           the
           Roman
           Sea-side
           .
           Charoba
           sent
           him
           several
           sorts
           of
           Presents
           and
           Refreshments
           .
           Alexandria
           was
           then
           ruin'd
           ,
           ever
           since
           the
           Gadites
           went
           out
           of
           Egypt
           :
           for
           it
           had
           been
           founded
           by
           Sedad
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gad
           ,
           who
           had
           a
           design
           to
           bring
           thither
           whatever
           was
           most
           precious
           in
           all
           the
           quarters
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           for
           he
           was
           the
           Monarch
           of
           the
           World
           East
           and
           West
           .
           But
           the
           Destroyer
           of
           Castles
           prevented
           him
           ,
           I
           mean
           Death
           ,
           which
           none
           can
           divert
           or
           avoid
           ;
           yet
           were
           there
           some
           tracks
           of
           it
           as
           some
           affim
           .
           Gebirus
           caused
           to
           be
           brought
           thither
           the
           Stones
           ,
           and
           the
           Pillars
           ,
           and
           assembled
           the
           Artists
           and
           the
           Engineers
           .
        
         
           Charoba
           sent
           him
           also
           a
           thousand
           Handy-craftsmen
           .
           He
           spent
           a
           long
           time
           in
           Building
           ,
           so
           that
           his
           money
           was
           exhausted
           ,
           and
           his
           people
           could
           do
           no
           more
           .
           For
           when
           they
           had
           built
           and
           made
           some
           advancement
           ,
           as
           soon
           as
           the
           evening
           was
           come
           ,
           while
           they
           took
           their
           rest
           in
           the
           night
           ,
           they
           were
           astonish'd
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           that
           they
           could
           find
           no
           sign
           of
           what
           they
           had
           done
           .
           For
           there
           came
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           certain
           people
           who
           took
           away
           all
           into
           the
           salt
           waters
           .
           Gebirus
           
           was
           extreamly
           troubled
           and
           afflicted
           thereat
           .
           Charoba
           sent
           him
           a
           thousand
           Goats
           or
           Sheep
           ,
           which
           were
           milk'd
           for
           the
           Kings
           Kitchin.
           They
           were
           kept
           by
           a
           Shepherd
           belonging
           to
           Gebirus
           ,
           of
           whom
           he
           had
           received
           that
           charge
           .
           This
           Shepherd
           led
           them
           out
           to
           graze
           ,
           accompany'd
           by
           a
           great
           many
           other
           Shepherds
           ,
           upon
           the
           Sea
           side
           .
           One
           day
           this
           Shepherd
           (
           having
           put
           the
           Beasts
           into
           the
           custody
           of
           the
           other
           Shepherds
           ,
           who
           obeyed
           
           him
           )
           being
           a
           beautiful
           person
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           good
           Aspect
           and
           Stature
           ,
           saw
           a
           fair
           young
           Lady
           issuing
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           which
           came
           towards
           him
           ,
           and
           being
           come
           very
           near
           him
           saluted
           him
           ;
           he
           return'd
           the
           salutation
           ,
           and
           she
           began
           to
           speak
           to
           him
           with
           all
           imaginable
           courtesie
           and
           civility
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Young
             man
             ,
             would
             you
             wrestle
             with
             me
             for
             something
             which
             I
             should
             lay
             against
             you
             ?
             What
             would
             you
             lay
             ?
             reply'd
             the
             Shepherd
             .
             If
             you
             give
             me
             a
             fall
             (
             says
             the
             young
             Lady
             )
             I
             will
             be
             yours
             ,
             and
             you
             shall
             dispose
             of
             me
             as
             you
             please
             ;
             and
             if
             I
             give
             you
             a
             fall
             ,
             I
             will
             have
             a
             beast
             out
             of
             your
             Flock
             .
             Content
             ,
             said
             the
             Shepherd
             ;
          
           and
           thereupon
           he
           went
           
           towards
           her
           ,
           and
           she
           came
           towards
           him
           .
           He
           began
           to
           wrestle
           with
           her
           ,
           but
           she
           immediately
           flung
           him
           ,
           and
           took
           a
           beast
           out
           of
           the
           Flock
           ,
           which
           she
           carried
           away
           with
           her
           into
           the
           Sea.
           She
           came
           afterwards
           every
           evening
           ,
           and
           did
           the
           like
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           Shepherd
           was
           over
           head
           and
           ears
           in
           love
           with
           her
           .
           The
           Flock
           diminish'd
           ,
           and
           the
           Shepherd
           himself
           pin'd
           away
           .
           One
           day
           King
           Gebirus
           passing
           by
           the
           Shepherd
           ,
           found
           him
           sitting
           near
           his
           Flock
           very
           pensive
           ,
           which
           obliged
           him
           to
           come
           nearer
           him
           ,
           and
           to
           speak
           thus
           to
           him
           :
           
             What
             misfortune
             hath
             befell
             thee
             ?
             Why
             do
             I
             find
             thee
             so
             fallen
             away
             ?
             Thy
             Flock
             is
             so
             too
             ,
             it
             diminishes
             and
             grows
             worse
             and
             worse
             every
             day
             ,
             and
             gives
             less
             Milk
             then
             ordinarily
             it
             used
             to
             do
             .
          
           Thereupon
           the
           Shepherd
           told
           him
           the
           story
           of
           the
           young
           Lady
           .
           He
           was
           astonished
           at
           it
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             At
             what
             time
             does
             this
             Lady
             come
             thus
             to
             see
             thee
             ?
             In
             the
             evening
             (
             reply'd
             the
             Shepherd
             )
             when
             the
             Sun
             is
             ready
             to
             set
             .
          
           Upon
           that
           Gebirus
           lighted
           off
           his
           Beast
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           the
           Shepherd
           ;
           
             Take
             off
             thy
             Garment
             and
             strip
             thy self
             .
          
           The
           Shepherd
           obey'd
           ,
           and
           the
           
           King
           put
           on
           the
           Shepherds
           garment
           ,
           cloathed
           himself
           like
           him
           ,
           and
           sate
           in
           his
           place
           .
           A
           while
           after
           behold
           the
           young
           Lady
           ,
           who
           was
           already
           come
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           comes
           to
           salute
           him
           .
           He
           returned
           the
           salute
           ,
           and
           she
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Wilt
             thou
             wrestle
             any
             more
             on
             the
             same
             terms
             we
             have
             done
             already
             ?
             With
             all
             my
             heart
             ,
             said
             the
             King.
             
          
           Immediately
           she
           came
           near
           him
           ,
           and
           endeavoured
           to
           cast
           him
           down
           ;
           but
           Gebirus
           gave
           her
           a
           fall
           presently
           ,
           and
           violently
           crush'd
           her
           .
           Whereupon
           she
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           
             You
             are
             not
             my
             ordinary
             match
             .
             No
             ,
             said
             the
             King.
             Since
             I
             cannot
             avoid
             being
             taken
             (
             said
             she
             )
             put
             me
             into
             the
             hands
             of
             my
             former
             match
             ;
             for
             he
             has
             treated
             me
             courteously
             ,
             and
             I
             have
             tormented
             his
             heart
             many
             times
             :
             mean
             time
             he
             hath
             captivated
             me
             as
             I
             have
             captivated
             him
             .
             In
             requital
             I
             will
             teach
             you
             the
             way
             to
             complete
             this
             Building
             ,
             as
             you
             desire
             .
          
           After
           therefore
           he
           had
           put
           her
           into
           the
           hands
           of
           the
           Shepherd
           ,
           he
           desired
           her
           to
           tell
           him
           whence
           came
           that
           which
           happened
           every
           day
           to
           his
           Building
           ;
           and
           if
           there
           were
           any
           means
           to
           make
           it
           continue
           in
           that
           condition
           whereto
           
           they
           brought
           it
           .
           
             There
             are
             ,
             reply'd
             she
             ;
             but
             know
             ,
             great
             Prince
             ,
             that
             the
             Land
             of
             Egypt
             is
             a
             Land
             of
             Enchanters
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Sea
             there
             is
             full
             of
             Spirits
             and
             Demons
             ,
             which
             assist
             them
             to
             carry
             on
             their
             affairs
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             are
             those
             who
             take
             away
             your
             Buildings
             .
             But
             what
             means
             is
             there
             to
             prevent
             it
             ?
             said
             the
             King.
             To
             do
             that
             (
             said
             she
             )
             you
             shall
             make
             great
             Vessels
             of
             Transparent
             glass
             ,
             with
             Covers
             thereto
             ,
             which
             may
             
             keep
             the
             waters
             from
             entering
             in
             ;
             and
             you
             shall
             put
             into
             them
             Men
             well-skill'd
             in
             Painting
             ,
             and
             with
             them
             Meat
             and
             Drink
             for
             a
             week
             ,
             and
             Cloaths
             ,
             and
             Pencils
             ,
             and
             whatever
             is
             necessary
             for
             Painting
             .
             Then
             you
             shall
             stop
             the
             Vessels
             well
             ,
             after
             you
             have
             fastened
             them
             at
             the
             top
             with
             strong
             Cords
             ,
             and
             ty'd
             them
             to
             the
             Ships
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             shall
             let
             them
             go
             into
             the
             Sea
             like
             Anchors
             ,
             and
             you
             shall
             put
             at
             the
             top
             of
             the
             cords
             little
             Bells
             ,
             which
             the
             Painters
             shall
             ring
             ;
             and
             then
             I
             will
             tell
             you
             what
             it
             is
             requisite
             that
             you
             should
             do
             .
          
           Gebirus
           did
           all
           she
           had
           ordered
           him
           ;
           he
           caused
           the
           Vessels
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           and
           brought
           the
           Painters
           before
           her
           ,
           who
           
           heard
           all
           she
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           then
           he
           promised
           them
           great
           wealth
           and
           honours
           ,
           and
           they
           promised
           him
           to
           do
           his
           business
           .
           They
           therefore
           put
           these
           Vessels
           to
           the
           bottom
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           after
           they
           had
           stopped
           them
           well
           above
           ,
           and
           fastened
           them
           with
           cord
           ,
           and
           left
           them
           there
           a
           week
           :
           after
           which
           the
           Painters
           rung
           the
           Bells
           ,
           and
           presently
           they
           were
           taken
           out
           of
           the
           water
           ,
           and
           they
           opened
           the
           Vessels
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           they
           took
           along
           with
           them
           the
           Draughts
           they
           had
           made
           .
           The
           King
           presented
           them
           afterwards
           to
           the
           young
           Lady
           Marina
           ,
           and
           she
           said
           to
           them
           ;
           
             Make
             now
             Statues
             of
             Copper
             ,
             and
             Tin
             ,
             and
             Stone
             ,
             and
             Earth
             ,
             and
             Wood
             ,
             resembling
             your
             Draughts
             ,
             and
             set
             them
             on
             the
             Sea-side
             ,
             before
             the
             Buildings
             you
             shall
             make
             :
             for
             then
             the
             Beasts
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             when
             they
             shall
             come
             out
             to
             demolish
             your
             Buildings
             as
             they
             are
             wont
             ,
             seeing
             those
             Figures
             ,
             will
             imagine
             that
             they
             are
             companies
             of
             Demons
             like
             themselves
             ,
             come
             to
             fight
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             will
             presently
             return
             to
             the
             place
             whence
             they
             came
             .
          
           The
           Painters
           and
           Gravers
           did
           so
           ,
           and
           by
           that
           means
           Gebirus
           
           completed
           his
           Structure
           as
           he
           desired
           .
           After
           that
           he
           spoke
           thus
           to
           the
           Nymph
           ,
           
             Behold
             all
             the
             Money
             we
             had
             hath
             been
             expended
             in
             the
             Building
             of
             this
             City
             ;
             know
             you
             not
             where
             there
             is
             some
             Treasure
             in
             this
             Land
             ?
             for
             the
             City
             is
             not
             yet
             finished
             ,
             and
             we
             have
             no
             more
             Money
             .
             There
             is
             (
             reply'd
             the
             Nymph
             )
             in
             this
             ruin'd
             
             City
             (
             she
             meant
             Alexandria
             )
             on
             the
             one
             side
             of
             your
             Building
             an
             empty
             round
             place
             ,
             and
             about
             that
             place
             there
             are
             seven
             Pillars
             ,
             with
             a
             brazen
             Statue
             standing
             on
             the
             top
             of
             each
             of
             them
             ;
             Sacrifice
             to
             every
             one
             of
             those
             Statues
             a
             fat
             Bull
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             Pillar
             under
             it
             to
             be
             rubb'd
             with
             the
             blood
             of
             the
             Bull
             ,
             then
             perfume
             it
             with
             the
             hair
             of
             his
             Tail
             ,
             and
             with
             somewhat
             you
             shall
             cause
             to
             be
             shaved
             from
             his
             Horns
             and
             his
             Hoofs
             ,
             and
             speak
             thus
             to
             it
             :
             Behold
             the
             Offering
             I
             make
             to
             thee
             ,
             let
             me
             therefore
             have
             what
             is
             about
             thee
             .
             Having
             done
             and
             said
             this
             ,
             measure
             from
             every
             Pillar
             ,
             on
             that
             side
             that
             the
             Statue
             upon
             it
             shall
             have
             its
             face
             turned
             ,
             the
             space
             of
             a
             hundred
             Cubits
             ,
             then
             cause
             people
             to
             dig
             there
             .
             You
             shall
             do
             all
             this
             when
             the
             Moon
             
             is
             at
             full
             ,
             and
             Saturn
             direct
             .
             After
             you
             have
             digg'd
             fifty
             Cubits
             ,
             you
             will
             find
             a
             great
             Floor
             ;
             cause
             it
             to
             be
             rubb'd
             with
             the
             gall
             of
             the
             Bull
             ,
             then
             taken
             away
             ;
             for
             thence
             you
             will
             descend
             into
             a
             Cave
             50
             Cubits
             in
             length
             ,
             at
             the
             end
             whereof
             you
             will
             find
             a
             Store-house
             made
             of
             stone
             ,
             and
             made
             fast
             with
             a
             Lock
             ,
             the
             Key
             whereof
             shall
             be
             under
             the
             Threshold
             of
             the
             Door
             ;
             take
             it
             and
             rub
             the
             Door
             with
             what
             shall
             be
             left
             of
             the
             Bulls
             gall
             ,
             and
             perfume
             it
             with
             the
             shavings
             of
             the
             Horns
             and
             Hoofs
             of
             the
             same
             Animal
             ,
             and
             the
             hair
             of
             his
             Tail
             ;
             for
             then
             it
             shall
             open
             .
             You
             shall
             afterwards
             expect
             till
             the
             Winds
             that
             shall
             be
             within
             get
             out
             ;
             when
             they
             shall
             be
             calmed
             ,
             enter
             ;
             for
             you
             will
             meet
             with
             an
             Idol
             of
             Brass
             ,
             having
             about
             its
             neck
             a
             plate
             of
             the
             same
             metal
             ,
             on
             which
             you
             will
             find
             written
             whatever
             is
             in
             the
             Store-houses
             ,
             of
             Silver
             ,
             precious
             Stones
             ,
             Statues
             ,
             and
             other
             Wonders
             .
             Take
             thereof
             what
             you
             please
             ,
             but
             make
             no
             stay
             before
             a
             dead
             person
             whom
             you
             shall
             find
             there
             ,
             and
             let
             not
             what
             there
             is
             upon
             him
             of
             Jewels
             and
             precious
             Stones
             give
             you
             
             occasion
             of
             envy
             .
             Do
             afterwards
             as
             much
             to
             every
             Pillar
             and
             its
             Statue
             ,
             you
             will
             find
             there
             again
             as
             much
             Wealth
             in
             a
             like
             Store-house
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             the
             Tombs
             of
             seven
             Kings
             buried
             with
             their
             Treasures
             .
          
           Gebirus
           having
           heard
           this
           discourse
           of
           the
           Nymph
           was
           extremely
           satisfy'd
           .
           He
           punctually
           did
           all
           she
           had
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           found
           great
           wealth
           ,
           which
           cannot
           be
           described
           ,
           and
           abundance
           of
           rare
           and
           admirable
           things
           .
           By
           this
           means
           he
           completed
           the
           Building
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           which
           coming
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           Charoba
           ,
           she
           was
           very
           much
           displeased
           thereat
           ,
           and
           fell
           into
           a
           great
           disturbance
           .
           For
           her
           intention
           was
           only
           to
           weary
           out
           the
           King
           ,
           and
           to
           reduce
           him
           to
           an
           impossibility
           .
           They
           say
           that
           among
           other
           Miracles
           which
           Gebirus
           found
           there
           ,
           there
           was
           a
           little
           golden
           Cabinet
           ,
           seal'd
           up
           with
           an
           unknown
           Seal
           ;
           and
           that
           having
           open'd
           it
           ,
           he
           found
           in
           it
           a
           Box
           made
           of
           red
           precious
           Stones
           ,
           and
           full
           of
           a
           green
           Powder
           ,
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Collyrium
           ,
           (
           or
           Eye-Medicine
           )
           the
           mouth
           of
           which
           Box
           was
           in
           like
           manner
           stopped
           with
           a
           green
           Emerald
           ,
           and
           that
           upon
           the
           Cabinet
           there
           was
           written
           ;
           
           
             He
             who
             shall
             use
             this
             Collyry
             shall
             grow
             young
             again
             ,
             his
             hair
             shall
             grow
             black
             again
             ,
             and
             his
             sight
             shall
             be
             clear'd
             ,
             that
             he
             shall
             be
             able
             to
             see
             all
             sorts
             of
             Spirits
             .
          
           He
           there
           found
           also
           the
           Figure
           of
           an
           Ic●neumon
           (
           or
           Egyptian
           Rat
           )
           made
           of
           Gold
           ,
           which
           being
           exposed
           to
           the
           Air
           the
           Sky
           was
           overcast
           ,
           and
           immediately
           there
           came
           Rain
           .
           He
           there
           found
           moreover
           a
           Seat
           of
           Marble
           ,
           on
           which
           there
           was
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           Raven
           ,
           made
           of
           a
           black
           Stone
           ,
           which
           being
           questioned
           spoke
           ,
           and
           answered
           to
           what
           was
           asked
           of
           it
           .
           They
           say
           that
           in
           each
           of
           those
           Store-houses
           there
           were
           ten
           Miraculous
           things
           ,
           which
           it
           would
           be
           long
           to
           declare
           one
           after
           another
           ;
           wherefore
           we
           shall
           content
           our selves
           with
           what
           we
           have
           briefly
           said
           thereof
           .
           After
           Gebirus
           (
           saith
           the
           Author
           )
           had
           acquitted
           himself
           of
           the
           Building
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           he
           sent
           the
           tidings
           of
           it
           to
           Charoba
           ,
           and
           invited
           her
           to
           come
           and
           see
           it
           .
           It
           was
           
           her
           Nurse
           who
           brought
           her
           the
           news
           ,
           and
           withall
           said
           to
           her
           ,
           
             Fear
             not
             ,
             nor
             give
             your self
             any
             trouble
             concerning
             him
             .
          
           Then
           presently
           she
           carried
           to
           Gebirus
           a
           piece
           of
           Tapistry
           of
           great
           value
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Put
             this
             on
             
             the
             Seat
             in
             which
             you
             shall
             sit
             ,
             and
             afterwards
             divide
             your
             people
             into
             three
             parties
             ,
             and
             send
             them
             to
             me
             that
             I
             may
             give
             them
             a
             Treatment
             such
             as
             they
             deserve
             .
             When
             the
             first
             party
             shall
             be
             about
             a
             third
             part
             of
             the
             way
             ,
             you
             shall
             send
             away
             the
             second
             ,
             then
             afterwards
             the
             third
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             they
             may
             be
             near
             us
             dispersed
             in
             the
             Countrey
             for
             our
             safety
             .
          
           He
           did
           so
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           mean
           time
           she
           continued
           sending
           to
           him
           precious
           Houshold-stuff
           ,
           till
           such
           time
           as
           she
           knew
           that
           they
           were
           upon
           their
           way
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           had
           sent
           to
           her
           the
           third
           part
           of
           his
           Army
           .
           Then
           she
           caused
           to
           be
           set
           for
           them
           Tables
           ,
           replenish'd
           with
           Poisoned
           Meats
           and
           Drinks
           ,
           and
           when
           they
           were
           come
           to
           the
           Tables
           ,
           her
           Servants
           Men
           and
           Maids
           made
           them
           stay
           and
           sit
           down
           to
           eat
           ,
           standing
           all
           about
           them
           with
           Umbrellos
           or
           Fans
           ;
           so
           that
           they
           all
           died
           from
           the
           first
           to
           the
           last
           .
           They
           afterwards
           quitted
           that
           Post
           ,
           and
           passed
           to
           the
           other
           ,
           where
           the
           second
           party
           met
           them
           ,
           whom
           they
           treated
           after
           the
           same
           manner
           .
           Then
           they
           removed
           to
           the
           third
           ,
           and
           serv'd
           them
           as
           they
           had
           done
           the
           others
           ,
           so
           that
           all
           
           died
           .
           After
           that
           she
           sent
           word
           to
           the
           King
           ,
           that
           she
           had
           left
           his
           Army
           in
           her
           own
           City
           ,
           and
           in
           her
           Castle
           and
           thereabouts
           ,
           for
           the
           safety
           of
           her
           Women
           ;
           and
           that
           she
           would
           be
           served
           by
           his
           Attendants
           ,
           who
           should
           be
           about
           him
           ready
           to
           obey
           him
           .
           Accordingly
           she
           went
           to
           his
           Palace
           ,
           accompanied
           by
           her
           Nurse
           and
           some
           of
           her
           meaner
           Women
           ,
           who
           were
           with
           her
           ,
           and
           carried
           Perfumes
           in
           Porcelain
           Dishes
           .
           He
           rose
           up
           and
           went
           to
           meet
           her
           ,
           and
           immediately
           her
           Nurse
           put
           about
           him
           a
           sumptuous
           Robe
           ,
           but
           poisoned
           ,
           which
           she
           had
           prepared
           for
           that
           purpose
           ;
           and
           blew
           a
           Fume
           into
           his
           face
           ,
           which
           in
           a
           manner
           deprived
           him
           of
           his
           senses
           ;
           then
           she
           sprinkled
           him
           with
           a
           water
           which
           she
           had
           ,
           which
           loosened
           all
           his
           members
           ,
           and
           dislocated
           all
           his
           joyn
           〈…〉
           ▪
           so
           that
           he
           fell
           to
           the
           ground
           in
           a
           swound
           .
           Then
           she
           opened
           his
           veins
           ,
           and
           emptied
           them
           of
           all
           his
           bloud
           ,
           saying
           ,
           The
           bloud
           of
           Kings
           is
           an
           excellent
           remedy
           .
           Her
           Nurse
           came
           up
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Is
             the
             King
             well
             to
             night
             ?
             Mischief
             on
             your
             coming
             hither
             ,
             (
             replied
             he
             ;
             )
             may
             you
             be
             treated
             accordingly
             .
             
             Do
             you
             stand
             in
             need
             of
             any
             thing
             (
             replied
             she
             )
             before
             you
             taste
             death
             .
             I
             do
             ,
             said
             he
             ;
             I
             would
             intreat
             thee
             to
             cause
             these
             words
             to
             be
             engraved
             upon
             one
             of
             the
             pillars
             of
             the
             Castle
             :
             
               I
               Gebirus
               the
               son
               of
               Gevirus
               the
               Mutaphequian
               ,
               who
               have
               caused
               Marble
               to
               be
               polished
               ,
               and
               the
               hard
               red
               stone
               and
               the
               green
               to
               be
               wrought
               ;
               who
               have
               been
               possessed
               of
               Gold
               and
               Precious
               stones
               ;
               who
               have
               built
               Palaces
               ,
               and
               raised
               Armies
               ;
               who
               have
               cut
               through
               Mountains
               ,
               who
               have
               stopped
               Rivers
               with
               my
               arm
               :
               with
               all
               this
               my
               power
               ,
               and
               my
               might
               ,
               and
               my
               prowess
               ,
               and
               my
               valour
               ,
               I
               have
               been
               circumvented
               by
               the
               artifices
               of
               a
               Woman
               ,
               weak
               ,
               impotent
               ,
               and
               of
               no
               worth
               ;
               who
               hath
               deprived
               me
               of
               my
               understanding
               ,
               and
               taken
               my
               life
               ,
               and
               discomfited
               my
               Armies
               .
               Whoever
               therefore
               is
               desirous
               to
               prosper
               ,
               though
               there
               be
               no
               prosperity
               in
               this
               world
               ,
               let
               him
               have
               a
               care
               of
               the
               wilely
               subtilties
               of
               Women
               .
               This
               is
               the
               advice
               I
               give
               those
               who
               shall
               come
               after
               me
               .
               I
               have
               no
               more
               to
               say
               .
            
          
           Charoba
           thereupon
           commanded
           his
           head
           to
           be
           cut
           off
           ,
           and
           that
           it
           should
           be
           set
           upon
           the
           gate
           of
           the
           City
           of
           Memphis
           ;
           which
           was
           put
           in
           executtion
           by
           her
           
           people
           .
           After
           that
           she
           caused
           the
           Tower
           of
           Alexandria
           to
           be
           built
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           graved
           thereon
           her
           own
           name
           ,
           and
           that
           of
           Gebirus
           ,
           and
           what
           she
           had
           done
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           time
           when
           the
           City
           had
           been
           built
           .
           Her
           fame
           came
           to
           the
           ears
           of
           Kings
           ,
           who
           respected
           and
           esteemed
           her
           ,
           and
           made
           submissions
           and
           proffers
           of
           obedience
           to
           her
           .
           She
           did
           since
           that
           many
           miraculous
           things
           in
           Egypt
           :
           among
           others
           she
           caused
           Castles
           and
           Bridges
           to
           be
           made
           upon
           the
           Frontiers
           ,
           and
           put
           Garrisons
           of
           Souldiers
           therein
           ,
           to
           be
           a
           Guard
           ,
           and
           to
           repell
           Enemies
           on
           which
           side
           soever
           they
           came
           to
           plunder
           them
           .
           They
           say
           that
           Gebirus
           made
           this
           discourse
           to
           her
           at
           the
           point
           of
           death
           ;
           
             O
             Charoba
             ,
             triumph
             not
             
             at
             my
             death
             ,
             for
             there
             will
             happen
             to
             thee
             a
             day
             like
             this
             ,
             and
             yet
             much
             longer
             :
             such
             is
             the
             custom
             of
             Fortune
             .
          
           She
           troubled
           not
           her self
           at
           what
           he
           said
           ,
           but
           she
           had
           not
           lived
           above
           a
           year
           after
           him
           ,
           when
           having
           imbarqu'd
           upon
           the
           Nile
           in
           a
           small
           Vessel
           which
           she
           had
           ,
           to
           take
           the
           air
           by
           Moon-light
           ,
           on
           one
           side
           of
           the
           Pyramids
           ;
           and
           being
           afterwards
           gone
           ashore
           to
           ease
           nature
           ,
           attended
           by
           
           her
           Men
           and
           Women-servants
           who
           were
           about
           her
           :
           whilest
           she
           was
           in
           the
           height
           of
           her
           mirth
           and
           jollity
           she
           trod
           on
           a
           Serpent
           ,
           which
           stung
           her
           in
           the
           heel
           ,
           and
           made
           her
           immediately
           lose
           her
           sight
           .
           
             Wo
             is
             me
             !
             cried
             she
             .
             It
             will
             prove
             nothing
             (
             Madam
             )
             replied
             her
             Attendants
             .
             You
             are
             deceived
             ,
             said
             she
             ;
             the
             day
             which
             Gebirus
             threatened
             me
             withall
             is
             come
             .
          
           Accordingly
           she
           died
           he
           next
           morning
           .
        
         
           The
           Egyptians
           made
           King
           in
           her
           
           stead
           her
           Cousin-german
           Dalic
           ;
           or
           rather
           (
           as
           others
           affirm
           )
           they
           made
           Queen
           her
           Cousin
           Dalica
           :
           for
           she
           had
           continued
           a
           Virgin
           ,
           and
           was
           never
           married
           .
           Dalica
           was
           endowed
           with
           a
           great
           understanding
           ,
           prudence
           ,
           and
           conduct
           ;
           and
           wanted
           not
           beauty
           .
           She
           caused
           the
           body
           of
           Charoba
           to
           be
           embalmed
           in
           Camphire
           ,
           and
           brought
           into
           the
           City
           which
           she
           had
           built
           on
           the
           West
           side
           .
           For
           Charoba
           had
           caused
           to
           be
           prepared
           for
           her
           there
           a
           Tomb
           ,
           embellished
           with
           all
           sorts
           of
           ornaments
           ;
           and
           had
           appointed
           for
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           City
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Priests
           ,
           and
           Artizans
           ,
           and
           Doctors
           ,
           and
           Military
           persons
           .
           
           That
           City
           continued
           in
           a
           flourishing
           condition
           and
           populous
           ,
           till
           it
           was
           ruined
           by
           Nabuchodonosor
           upon
           the
           Conquest
           of
           
             Egypt
             .
             Dalica
          
           reigned
           70
           years
           ,
           and
           then
           died
           .
           King
           
           Ablin
           reigned
           after
           her
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           the
           Valide
           ,
           son
           of
           Domegus
           the
           Amalekite
           ;
           and
           after
           him
           his
           son
           the
           Rajan
           ,
           son
           of
           the
           Valide
           ,
           who
           was
           the
           Pharao
           of
           Joseph
           ;
           and
           after
           him
           his
           son
           Magadan
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           his
           son
           Axames
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           his
           son
           Lates
           ,
           and
           after
           him
           Tolma
           the
           Coptite
           ,
           otherwise
           called
           the
           Valide
           ,
           son
           of
           Masgab
           ,
           who
           was
           the
           Pharao
           of
           Moses
           ,
           and
           who
           governed
           unjustly
           and
           tyrannically
           ,
           attributing
           to
           himself
           what
           belonged
           not
           to
           him
           ;
           wherefore
           Moses
           destroyed
           him
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           given
           him
           the
           space
           of
           400
           years
           to
           be
           converted
           ,
           and
           drowned
           him
           and
           all
           his
           people
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           Egyptians
           who
           had
           followed
           him
           ,
           in
           the
           Red
           Sea
           ,
           by
           the
           virtue
           of
           his
           Rod
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Decree
           of
           the
           Malediction
           of
           God
           ,
           as
           we
           shall
           relate
           hereafter
           if
           God
           give
           us
           leave
           .
           Some
           would
           have
           the
           Pharao
           of
           Joseph
           to
           be
           the
           same
           with
           that
           of
           Moses
           ,
           grounding
           their
           conjecture
           on
           what
           Almighty
           God
           said
           of
           him
           ;
           
           
             A
             Believer
             of
             the
             house
             of
             Pharao
             said
             thus
             ,
             Joseph
             is
             already
             come
             to
             you
             heretofore
          
           ;
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           verse
           .
           God
           knows
           how
           it
           is
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           AN
           ABRIDGMENT
           OF
           The
           Second
           Part
           of
           the
           Book
           OF
           THE
           
             PRODIGIES
             OF
             EGYPT
          
           .
        
         
           THE
           Reverend
           Prelate
           the
           Doctor
           Murtadi
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gaphiphus
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Chatem
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Molsem
           ,
           
           the
           Macdesian
           ;
           the
           Sapheguian
           ,
           Gods
           mercy
           upon
           him
           ,
           saith
           ,
           (
           citing
           his
           Author
           )
           That
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           said
           what
           follows
           :
           
             When
             I
             was
             raised
             to
             Heaven
             I
             saw
             two
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             I
             asked
             Gabriel
             which
             they
             were
             .
             He
             answered
             me
             thus
             ;
             They
             are
             the
             Nile
             and
             Euphrates
             .
          
           The
           Son
           of
           Guebasus
           says
           ,
           that
           the
           same
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           spoke
           thus
           :
           
             The
             All-mighty
             and
             All-good
             God
             hath
             caused
             to
             descend
             from
             Paradise
             upon
             
             the
             earth
             five
             Rivers
             ;
             Sichone
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             River
             of
             the
             
               Indies
               ;
               Gichone
            
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             River
             of
             Balca
             ;
             the
             Tigris
             and
             Euphrates
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             two
             Rivers
             of
             Gueraca
             ;
             and
             the
             Nile
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             River
             of
             Egypt
             .
             He
             made
             them
             descend
             from
             one
             of
             the
             Springs
             of
             Paradise
             ,
             seated
             at
             the
             lowest
             of
             its
             stories
             upon
             the
             wings
             of
             Gabriel
             ,
             (
             Gods
             peace
             be
             with
             him
             )
             and
             hath
             committed
             them
             to
             the
             custody
             of
             the
             Mountains
             ,
             causing
             them
             to
             flow
             upon
             the
             earth
             ,
             and
             making
             them
             useful
             for
             men
             ,
             for
             divers
             conveniencies
             of
             their
             Lives
             .
          
           And
           that
           is
           it
           which
           the
           Almighty
           saith
           ;
           
             And
             we
             have
             made
             the
             Waters
             of
             Heaven
             to
             descend
             after
             a
             certain
             measure
             ,
             and
             have
             appointed
             them
             their
             habitation
             upon
             earth
             ;
             and
             we
          
           ;
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           verse
           .
           When
           the
           time
           of
           the
           going
           forth
           of
           Gog
           and
           Magog
           was
           come
           ,
           Almighty
           God
           sent
           Gabriel
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           who
           took
           up
           by
           his
           Order
           from
           above
           the
           earth
           the
           Alcoran
           ,
           and
           Science
           ,
           and
           the
           
             Black
             Stone
          
           ,
           and
           the
           Support
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           place
           of
           Abraham
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           the
           Shrine
           of
           Moses
           ,
           
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           with
           what
           was
           within
           it
           ,
           and
           these
           five
           Rivers
           mentioned
           before
           .
           All
           this
           was
           taken
           up
           into
           Heaven
           .
           And
           that
           is
           it
           which
           the
           Almighty
           saith
           ,
           
             And
             it
             is
             in
             our
             power
             to
             carry
             it
             away
             :
             and
             when
             I
             have
             taken
             up
             these
             things
             from
             the
             earth
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             it
             were
             the
             choice
             part
             of
             Religion
             and
             of
             the
             World.
          
           And
           citing
           his
           Authors
           he
           speaks
           thus
           :
           
             I
             have
             heard
             Abulamamus
             the
             Bahelian
             ,
             and
             Gabdollus
             the
             son
             of
             Basar
             the
             Mazenian
             ,
             who
             said
             ;
             The
             Apostle
             of
             God
             (
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             him
             )
             one
             day
             called
             his
             Companions
             together
             ,
             and
             said
             to
             them
             ;
             The
             All-mighty
             and
             All-good
             God
             shall
             enable
             you
             to
             conquer
             Egypt
             after
             me
             .
             Make
             your
             advantage
             of
             the
             Fruits
             it
             brings
             forth
             :
             for
             he
             who
             wants
             money
             wants
             not
             honesty
             for
             that
             .
             Egypt
             is
             the
             Mother-nurse
             ;
             it
             supplies
             wherewithall
             to
             live
             plentifully
             .
             Other
             Countries
             want
             her
             ,
             but
             she
             does
             not
             stand
             in
             need
             of
             any
             other
             Countrey
             .
             He
             said
             to
             them
             also
             ;
             I
             have
             received
             it
             from
             Gabriel
             ,
             that
             God
             hath
             sent
             four
             Rivers
             out
             of
             Paradise
             ;
             the
             first
             of
             Wine
             ,
             the
             
             second
             of
             Milk
             ,
             the
             third
             of
             Water
             ,
             and
             the
             fourth
             of
             Honey
             .
          
           Then
           the
           All-mighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           said
           ;
           
             I
             have
             made
             my
             particular
             standard
             of
             the
             Lord
             of
             Rivers
             ,
          
           which
           is
           the
           Nile
           ,
           in
           the
           book
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           it
           is
           a
           River
           flowing
           out
           of
           Paradise
           .
        
         
           Megavius
           ask'd
           Cabay
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           
             I
             ask
             thee
             in
             the
             Name
             of
             the
             great
             
             God
             ,
             giver
             of
             all
             good
             things
             ,
             Doest
             thou
             find
             in
             the
             Book
             of
             the
             All-mighty
             and
             All-good
             God
             ,
             that
             God
             declares
             his
             Will
             to
             this
             Nile
             twice
             a
             year
             ?
             I
             do
             ,
             replied
             he
             :
             God
             tells
             her
             when
             he
             would
             have
             her
             flow
             ,
             and
             saith
             to
             her
             ,
             
               The
               All-mighty
               and
               All-good
               God
               commands
               thee
               to
               flow
               ,
            
             and
             she
             flows
             as
             far
             as
             God
             orders
             her
             :
             and
             after
             that
             God
             discovers
             his
             Will
             to
             her
             ,
             and
             saith
             to
             her
             ,
             
               O
               Nile
               ,
               the
               All-mighty
               and
               All-good
               God
               commands
               thee
               to
               return
               to
               thy
               former
               condition
               ,
               and
               to
               praise
               him
               .
            
          
           Jezidus
           the
           son
           of
           Chebibus
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           ;
           
             When
             Moses
             called
             upon
             God
             against
             Pharao
             and
             his
             Servants
             ,
             God
             hindered
             the
             Nile
             to
             encrease
             as
             much
             as
             it
             would
             have
             done
             .
             Then
             they
             had
             recourse
             to
             Moses
             ,
             and
             desired
             him
             to
             pray
             to
             God
             for
             them
             ,
             which
             
             he
             did
             ,
             hoping
             they
             would
             believe
             in
             God.
             This
             happened
             during
             the
             time
             they
             adored
             the
             Cross
             .
             The
             next
             morning
             God
             had
             augmented
             the
             Nile
             for
             them
             16
             full
             Cubits
             .
          
           Quisus
           the
           son
           of
           Chagegus
           affirms
           ,
           that
           somebody
           related
           it
           to
           him
           ,
           that
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gazus
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           conquered
           Egypt
           ,
           having
           entered
           into
           it
           in
           the
           moneth
           of
           Baune
           ,
           which
           is
           one
           of
           the
           barbarous
           moneths
           ,
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Countrey
           came
           to
           him
           and
           said
           ,
           
             Lord
             Commander
             ,
             our
             Nile
             which
             you
             here
             see
             governs
             its
             course
             according
             to
             a
             Law
             which
             it
             inviolably
             observes
             .
             What
             Law
             is
             that
             ?
             says
             Gamrou
             .
             When
             the
             12th
             .
             of
             this
             present
             moneth
             is
             come
             (
             said
             they
             )
             we
             take
             a
             young
             Maid
             ,
             a
             Virgin
             ,
             
             from
             her
             Father
             and
             Mother
             ,
             after
             we
             have
             satisfied
             them
             both
             ,
             and
             made
             them
             condescend
             to
             what
             we
             would
             do
             according
             to
             the
             custom
             ,
             we
             dress
             and
             adorn
             her
             with
             Jewels
             and
             Sumptuous
             Clothes
             ,
             then
             we
             bring
             her
             in
             the
             night
             time
             ,
             and
             cast
             her
             into
             the
             Nile
             ,
             and
             immediately
             it
             increases
             ,
             and
             spreads
             ,
             and
             raises
             its
             course
             .
             This
             cannot
             be
             continued
             (
             said
             Gamrou
             )
             according
             
             to
             the
             Mussulman
             Law
             ;
             for
             the
             Mussulman
             Law
             destroyes
             the
             profane
             customs
             that
             have
             been
             in
             vogue
             before
             her
             .
          
           So
           the
           Moneth
           Banne
           ,
           and
           the
           Moneth
           Abibe
           ,
           and
           the
           Moneth
           Mesri
           ,
           pass'd
           away
           ,
           and
           the
           Nile
           encreased
           not
           its
           course
           ,
           neither
           more
           nor
           less
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           were
           upon
           thoughts
           of
           leaving
           the
           Countrey
           .
           Gamrou
           seeing
           that
           ,
           writ
           of
           it
           to
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           Omar
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           acquainted
           him
           with
           what
           the
           Egyptians
           had
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           and
           desired
           to
           know
           his
           resolution
           thereupon
           .
           Omar
           made
           him
           answer
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           
             After
             that
             ,
             O
          
           Gamrou
           ,
           
             you
             have
             done
             what
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             done
             upon
             that
             occasion
             ,
             for
             the
          
           Mussulman
           
             Law
             abolishes
             the
             evil
             customs
             that
             have
             preceded
             it
             .
             But
             I
             have
             inclosed
             a
             Note
             within
             the
             fold
             of
             this
             present
             Letter
             ,
             when
             you
             have
             read
             it
             ,
             take
             that
             Note
             and
             cast
             it
             into
             the
          
           Nile
           ,
           
             and
             God
             will
             do
             what
             he
             shall
             think
             fit
             .
             Gamrou
          
           having
           receiv'd
           the
           Letter
           ,
           took
           the
           Note
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           on
           which
           he
           found
           these
           words
           written
           :
           
             In
             the
             Name
             of
             God
             ,
             Gracious
             and
             Merciful
             ;
             God
             bless
          
           Mahumet
           
             and
             his
             Family
             ;
             From
          
           Gabdol
           Omar
           ,
           
             the
             son
             of
          
           Chettabus
           ,
           
           
             Commander
             of
             the
          
           Faithful
           ,
           
             to
             the
          
           Nile
           of
           Egypt
           .
           
             After
             that
             ,
             If
             thou
             hast
             flow'd
             hitherto
             onely
             by
             thy
             own
             virtue
             ,
             flow
             no
             more
             ;
             but
             if
             it
             hath
             been
             the
             Only
             and
             Almighty
             God
             that
             hath
             caused
             thee
             to
             flow
             ,
             we
             pray
             the
             Only
             Great
             and
             All-mighty
             God
             to
             make
             thee
             flow
             again
             .
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
          
           Mahumet
           
             the
             Idiot-Prophet
             ,
             and
             his
             Family
             .
             Gamrou
          
           took
           the
           Note
           ,
           and
           came
           to
           the
           Nile
           one
           day
           before
           they
           celebrated
           the
           Feast
           of
           the
           Cross
           ,
           the
           Egyptians
           and
           others
           being
           ready
           to
           leave
           the
           Countrey
           ;
           for
           they
           could
           not
           carry
           on
           their
           affairs
           ,
           nor
           subsist
           therein
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           annual
           overflowing
           of
           the
           Nile
           :
           but
           the
           next
           morning
           they
           found
           that
           God
           had
           caused
           the
           Waters
           to
           rise
           sixteen
           Cubits
           in
           one
           night
           .
           So
           God
           delivered
           the
           Mussulmans
           out
           of
           that
           affliction
           ;
           praise
           and
           thanksgiving
           be
           to
           him
           for
           it
           .
        
         
           Gabdol
           the
           son
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           both
           )
           speaks
           thus
           of
           the
           Nile
           ;
           
             The
             Nile
             of
             Egypt
             is
             the
             Lord
             of
             Rivers
             ;
             God
             obliges
             all
             the
             Rivers
             from
             the
             the
             East
             to
             the
             West
             to
             wait
             on
             it
             at
             the
             time
             of
             its
             overflowing
             ;
             he
             turns
             them
             all
             into
             its
             Chanel
             ,
             and
             
             increases
             its
             course
             with
             their
             waters
             .
             When
             God
             would
             have
             the
             Nile
             of
             Egypt
             to
             overflow
             ,
             for
             the
             convenience
             of
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             the
             other
             Rivers
             lend
             it
             their
             waters
             ,
             and
             God
             causes
             new
             Springs
             to
             rise
             out
             of
             the
             Earth
             .
             When
             its
             course
             is
             risen
             to
             the
             height
             that
             God
             would
             ,
             he
             orders
             the
             waters
             to
             return
             to
             their
             Sources
             .
          
           God
           All-mighty
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           ;
           
             And
             we
             have
             made
             them
             to
             issue
             out
             of
             the
             Gardens
             and
             the
             Fountains
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             the
             manured
             lands
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             the
             precious
             places
             .
          
           The
           Gardens
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           were
           the
           two
           sides
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           from
           its
           beginning
           to
           its
           end
           ,
           upon
           both
           the
           Banks
           ,
           between
           Syene
           and
           
             Rasid
             .
             Egypt
          
           had
           then
           sixteen
           Cubits
           of
           water
           ,
           accounting
           from
           the
           lowest
           part
           of
           the
           flat
           Countrey
           .
           They
           empty'd
           and
           filled
           the
           Chanels
           and
           Rivulets
           of
           it
           every
           year
           .
           What
           was
           yet
           more
           noble
           were
           the
           Places
           appointed
           for
           Orations
           ,
           which
           were
           a
           thousand
           in
           number
           ,
           upon
           which
           they
           called
           upon
           God
           for
           Pharao
           ,
           and
           they
           pray'd
           him
           to
           grant
           him
           a
           long
           life
           ,
           and
           to
           make
           him
           liberal
           ,
           and
           of
           easie
           access
           .
        
         
           Aburaham
           the
           Semaguian
           ,
           in
           his
           
           Comment
           upon
           these
           words
           of
           
             Pharao
             ,
             Is
             not
             the
             Kingdom
             of
          
           Egypt
           mine
           ?
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Verse
           ,
           peaks
           thus
           :
           There
           was
           then
           no
           greater
           King
           upon
           Earth
           then
           the
           King
           of
           Egypt
           ;
           for
           all
           the
           other
           Kings
           stood
           in
           need
           of
           Egypt
           .
           All
           the
           Currents
           were
           made
           with
           the
           hands
           of
           Men
           ,
           and
           the
           Aqueducts
           ,
           and
           the
           Fountains
           ,
           and
           the
           Bridges
           ,
           all
           according
           to
           Measure
           and
           Geometrical
           proportion
           .
           They
           drew
           them
           out
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           and
           brought
           them
           into
           all
           their
           Houses
           ,
           and
           into
           all
           their
           Castles
           ,
           and
           made
           them
           flow
           under
           the
           places
           of
           their
           Habitations
           ,
           detaining
           them
           when
           they
           pleased
           ,
           and
           dismissing
           them
           in
           like
           manner
           .
           Mechacol
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Tabicus
           ,
           speaks
           of
           it
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           I
           have
           read
           a
           hundred
           Books
           upon
           the
           Law
           of
           Moses
           ,
           and
           have
           found
           in
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           that
           there
           are
           seven
           Climats
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           which
           pray
           to
           God
           every
           year
           weeping
           and
           crying
           ,
           and
           say
           ;
           O
           Lord
           ,
           send
           plenty
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           make
           its
           Nile
           flow
           .
           For
           when
           Egypt
           is
           water'd
           we
           have
           Meat
           and
           Drink
           enough
           .
           Withall
           there
           is
           on
           our
           surface
           of
           Wild
           Beasts
           ,
           and
           Reptiles
           ,
           and
           Tame
           and
           Rational
           Creatures
           .
           Gabdol
           
           the
           son
           of
           Gamrou
           said
           ;
           By
           the
           true
           God
           ,
           I
           know
           not
           any
           year
           ,
           wherein
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           went
           out
           of
           their
           Countrey
           ,
           to
           seek
           a
           subsistence
           elsewhere
           .
           We
           shall
           never
           go
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           says
           one
           of
           them
           ,
           if
           some
           enemy
           do
           not
           force
           us
           thereto
           .
           Not
           so
           (
           reply'd
           he
           )
           but
           your
           Nile
           shall
           be
           swallowed
           under
           ground
           ,
           so
           that
           there
           shall
           not
           be
           a
           drop
           of
           it
           left
           .
           It
           shall
           be
           full
           of
           Sand-banks
           ,
           and
           the
           wild
           Beasts
           of
           the
           Earth
           shall
           devour
           its
           Fishes
           .
        
         
           Jezidus
           the
           son
           of
           Chebibus
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           ;
           The
           Nile
           of
           Egypt
           in
           the
           time
           of
           Pharao
           and
           the
           Precedent
           Kings
           had
           People
           appointed
           to
           make
           its
           Chanels
           ,
           to
           repair
           its
           Bridges
           and
           Banks
           ,
           and
           to
           clear
           its
           Rivulets
           and
           Trenches
           of
           Oziers
           ,
           Ordures
           ,
           Paper-plants
           ,
           and
           what
           ever
           might
           obstruct
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Water
           ,
           when
           there
           was
           occasion
           ,
           to
           the
           number
           of
           six
           score
           thousand
           Work-men
           ,
           always
           ready
           to
           work
           Winter
           and
           Summer
           ,
           receiving
           their
           pay
           Monethly
           out
           of
           the
           publick
           Treasury
           ,
           as
           the
           Soldiery
           ,
           as
           well
           by
           Sea
           as
           Land
           ,
           receiv'd
           theirs
           out
           of
           the
           Kings
           Money
           .
           The
           son
           of
           Lahigus
           saith
           ,
           that
           he
           heard
           it
           of
           one
           of
           Alexandria
           ,
           that
           the
           Nile
           one
           
           day
           discover'd
           a
           Rock
           ,
           on
           which
           there
           was
           somewhat
           written
           in
           the
           Roman
           Language
           ,
           which
           was
           read
           ,
           and
           signify'd
           as
           followeth
           :
           
             I
             do
             what
             is
             good
             ,
             and
             he
             seems
             to
             forget
             it
             ,
             but
             when
             I
             do
             what
             is
             evil
             ,
             he
             remembers
             it
             well
             .
             He
             who
             is
             such
             will
             not
             be
             long
             ere
             he
             meet
             with
             a
             long
             repose
             .
          
        
         
           An
           Abbridgement
           of
           what
           is
           said
           
           of
           Pharao
           ,
           and
           how
           God
           destroy'd
           him
           by
           the
           Decree
           of
           his
           Divine
           Will.
           Gali
           the
           son
           of
           Abutalchus
           speaks
           thus
           of
           him
           .
           Pharao
           King
           of
           Egpyt
           was
           a
           Dwarf
           ,
           or
           little
           Man
           ,
           but
           seven
           spans
           in
           height
           .
           Others
           say
           he
           was
           three
           Cubits
           high
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           Beard
           was
           two
           Cubits
           long
           ,
           so
           that
           when
           he
           sate
           ,
           he
           drew
           one
           Cubit
           of
           it
           on
           the
           ground
           before
           him
           .
           He
           twisted
           up
           his
           Mustachoes
           ,
           and
           put
           them
           above
           his
           two
           ears
           .
           When
           the
           water
           of
           the
           Nile
           was
           turned
           into
           Blood
           in
           the
           time
           of
           
             Moses
             ,
             Pharao
          
           drunk
           the
           juice
           of
           Orange-leaves
           ,
           with
           fine
           Sugar
           put
           into
           it
           .
           Some
           affirm
           he
           was
           of
           low
           Stature
           ,
           mark'd
           with
           white
           spots
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           trod
           on
           his
           Beard
           ,
           it
           was
           so
           long
           .
           Abubeker
           the
           Truth-teller
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           said
           that
           Pharao
           had
           lost
           all
           his
           Teeth
           .
           Others
           
           affirm
           he
           was
           of
           the
           Race
           of
           the
           Amalekites
           .
           Others
           say
           he
           had
           a
           large
           fleshy
           face
           .
           Others
           say
           they
           call'd
           him
           Abumarus
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           Married
           .
           Others
           say
           he
           was
           a
           Weaver
           of
           Ciprus
           ,
           an
           Inhabitant
           of
           Ispahan
           ,
           and
           that
           Haman
           
           was
           his
           Associate
           ;
           that
           both
           of
           them
           became
           poor
           ,
           and
           lost
           all
           they
           had
           ,
           so
           that
           necessity
           having
           forc'd
           them
           to
           quit
           the
           Countrey
           and
           run
           away
           ,
           they
           came
           together
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           prevail'd
           so
           much
           by
           their
           sleights
           and
           artifices
           ,
           that
           they
           became
           Masters
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           happened
           to
           them
           what
           God
           revealed
           to
           Mahumet
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           merey
           be
           with
           him
           )
           as
           it
           is
           related
           by
           the
           son
           of
           Gubasus
           .
           Others
           say
           that
           Pharao
           was
           a
           Coptite
           ,
           of
           a
           City
           named
           Damra
           ,
           the
           most
           Western
           of
           any
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           name
           was
           Dolmes
           .
        
         
           Mahumet
           the
           son
           of
           Gali
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdol
           the
           Teminian
           ,
           says
           thus
           :
           A
           Barbarian
           Egyptian
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Copta
           ,
           skill'd
           ,
           in
           the
           History
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           what
           concerns
           the
           nature
           and
           properties
           of
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           told
           me
           that
           he
           found
           it
           written
           in
           one
           of
           their
           ancient
           Books
           ,
           that
           the
           Nile
           of
           Egypt
           hath
           its
           rising
           out
           of
           a
           Lake
           in
           
           
           the
           most
           remote
           Countries
           of
           the
           West
           ,
           on
           both
           sides
           whereof
           the
           Kings
           of
           the
           Moores
           have
           their
           Habitarions
           ;
           and
           that
           by
           the
           Lake
           there
           is
           a
           great
           Mountain
           ,
           always
           covered
           with
           Snow
           Winter
           and
           Summer
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           there
           falls
           down
           Water
           ,
           besides
           many
           Springs
           that
           are
           in
           the
           Lake
           ,
           and
           which
           do
           also
           supply
           some
           ;
           and
           that
           it
           is
           thence
           the
           water
           of
           the
           Nile
           comes
           ;
           which
           is
           afterwards
           augmented
           by
           Rains
           ,
           which
           augmentation
           
           happens
           ,
           in
           regard
           the
           Rains
           fall
           in
           Summer
           in
           the
           Countrey
           of
           the
           Moors
           ,
           whence
           it
           comes
           that
           the
           Nile
           overflowes
           in
           Summer
           ,
           and
           not
           in
           Winter
           in
           Egypt
           ;
           that
           in
           all
           the
           former
           Climat
           ,
           and
           in
           part
           of
           the
           Second
           ,
           the
           rains
           fall
           in
           the
           Summer
           ,
           and
           in
           like
           manner
           in
           India
           ,
           and
           in
           Sinda
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           other
           Countries
           ,
           which
           are
           in
           the
           same
           latitude
           ,
           as
           well
           in
           the
           East
           ,
           as
           in
           the
           West
           .
        
         
           Jezidus
           the
           son
           of
           Chebibus
           saith
           ,
           that
           Moses
           the
           son
           of
           Nasirus
           speaks
           thus
           :
           
             O
             Egyptians
             ,
             you
             know
             not
             what
             I
             would
             say
             ,
             neither
             you
             nor
             any
             other
             Inhabitanr
             of
             Egypt
             .
             I
             have
             heard
             that
             one
             day
             the
             Nile
             became
             very
             low
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             Pharao
             ,
             
             which
             oblig'd
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             his
             Kingdom
             to
             come
             to
             him
             and
             say
             ;
             Cause
             the
             Nile
             to
             flow
             according
             to
             its
             ordinary
             course
             ,
             for
             behold
             our
             Cattel
             die
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             are
             big
             bring
             forth
             before
             their
             time
             .
             I
             am
             too
             much
             incens'd
             against
             you
             (
             replied
             Pharao
             )
             to
             be
             so
             easily
             appeas'd
             ,
             and
             to
             restore
             you
             so
             soon
             the
             course
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
             They
             departed
             ,
             and
             after
             a
             moneth
             returned
             to
             him
             again
             ,
             and
             said
             ;
             The
             Cattel
             perish
             ,
             the
             Trees
             dry
             up
             ,
             all
             is
             spoiled
             and
             destroy'd
             :
             cause
             the
             Nile
             to
             flow
             for
             us
             .
             I
             am
             not
             yet
             reconciled
             with
             you
             ,
             said
             he
             .
             If
             you
             make
             not
             the
             Nile
             flow
             as
             it
             is
             wont
             (
             replied
             they
             )
             we
             will
             make
             another
             God
             besides
             you
             .
             This
             reply
             troubled
             him
             ,
             but
             it
             was
             not
             in
             his
             power
             to
             do
             what
             they
             desired
             .
          
           His
           Visier
           Haman
           was
           he
           who
           knew
           his
           secrets
           ,
           who
           disposed
           of
           all
           his
           affairs
           ,
           who
           heard
           his
           complaints
           and
           eased
           him
           of
           his
           grief
           .
           He
           had
           slights
           and
           subtile
           insinuations
           ,
           which
           neither
           Pharao
           nor
           any
           other
           man
           could
           imitate
           .
           One
           day
           Pharao
           spoke
           to
           him
           ,
           onely
           they
           two
           together
           ,
           and
           acquainted
           him
           with
           the
           discourse
           had
           passed
           between
           him
           
           and
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           confessing
           to
           him
           that
           he
           could
           not
           do
           what
           they
           desired
           ,
           and
           that
           that
           business
           of
           the
           Nile
           was
           beyond
           his
           strength
           .
           
             I
             cannot
             (
             said
             he
             )
             take
             any
             course
             in
             this
             case
             ,
             nor
             find
             any
             means
             to
             satisfie
             them
             .
             What
             do
             you
             advise
             me
             therein
             ?
             Is
             that
             all
             that
             troubles
             you
             ?
             says
             Haman
             .
             And
             what
             would
             you
             have
             me
             do
             in
             it
             ?
             replied
             the
             King.
             Great
             King
             (
             replied
             Haman
             )
             they
             have
             not
             bethought
             themselves
             of
             asking
             you
             a
             thing
             ,
             which
             would
             have
             been
             much
             more
             impossible
             then
             this
             ,
             and
             might
             have
             given
             them
             greater
             occasion
             to
             proclame
             your
             weakness
             in
             all
             places
             .
             What
             is
             that
             ?
             replied
             the
             King.
             If
             any
             one
             of
             them
             (
             said
             Haman
             )
             had
             bethought
             him
             of
             requiring
             you
             to
             raise
             up
             his
             father
             or
             brother
             after
             their
             death
             ,
             that
             would
             have
             been
             more
             difficult
             to
             you
             then
             the
             affair
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
             Speak
             not
             of
             such
             things
             ,
             says
             Pharao
             ;
             for
             Walls
             have
             ears
             .
             But
             what
             advice
             do
             you
             give
             me
             in
             the
             affair
             of
             the
             Nile
             ?
             Light
             off
             your
             Mule
             ,
             said
             Haman
             ;
             and
             restore
             to
             every
             one
             what
             belongs
             to
             him
             ,
             and
             the
             Nile
             will
             resume
             its
             
             course
             .
             You
             know
             (
             replied
             the
             King
             )
             that
             hitherto
             I
             have
             not
             wronged
             any
             one
             ,
             nor
             deprived
             my
             Subjects
             of
             any
             thing
             belonged
             to
             them
             ,
             that
             I
             should
             restore
             it
             again
             :
             and
             as
             for
             my
             white
             Mule
             ,
             I
             promise
             you
             never
             to
             get
             on
             her
             back
             any
             more
             .
          
           He
           had
           a
           white
           Mule
           ,
           which
           in
           swiftness
           no
           other
           Beast
           in
           Egypt
           could
           go
           before
           ,
           or
           indeed
           come
           near
           .
           
             The
             Mule
             I
             mean
             (
             said
             Haman
             )
             is
             not
             the
             animal
             so
             called
             ,
             but
             Arrogance
             and
             Pride
             .
             Humble
             your self
             before
             the
             God
             of
             Moses
             and
             Aaron
             ,
             acknowledge
             in
             your self
             what
             you
             ought
             ;
             give
             him
             thanks
             for
             his
             favours
             ,
             and
             confess
             his
             Omnipotence
             and
             Unity
             :
             for
             you
             know
             well
             that
             he
             is
             the
             Creator
             and
             Preserver
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             are
             one
             of
             his
             Servants
             ,
             who
             can
             neither
             do
             him
             harm
             nor
             service
             .
             Pray
             him
             that
             he
             would
             cause
             the
             Nile
             to
             flow
             for
             his
             Servants
             ,
             for
             he
             is
             merciful
             and
             meek
             ;
             he
             is
             not
             hasty
             ,
             and
             fears
             not
             that
             he
             hath
             not
             done
             a
             thing
             soon
             enough
             .
             I
             will
             do
             it
             with
             all
             my
             heart
             ,
             said
             the
             King.
             You
             have
             at
             last
             found
             out
             a
             way
             to
             deliver
             me
             out
             of
             my
             trouble
             .
             
             Make
             an
             end
             (
             O
             Haman
             )
             as
             you
             have
             begun
             .
             I
             shall
             not
             fail
             ,
             said
             Haman
             .
          
           The
           Egyptians
           came
           afterwards
           to
           him
           the
           third
           time
           ,
           and
           said
           the
           same
           thing
           they
           had
           said
           to
           him
           the
           two
           former
           times
           .
           His
           answer
           was
           this
           :
           
             Repent
             you
             that
             you
             have
             disobeyed
             me
             .
             We
             do
             repent
             us
             of
             it
             ,
             replied
             they
             .
             Go
             your
             ways
             (
             said
             the
             King
             )
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Upper
             Egypt
             ,
             clad
             and
             dressed
             the
             best
             you
             can
             .
          
           They
           did
           so
           ,
           and
           there
           remained
           in
           Egypt
           but
           such
           as
           were
           not
           able
           to
           go
           out
           of
           it
           .
           Pharao
           went
           up
           to
           them
           on
           his
           Mule
           ;
           then
           he
           turned
           a
           little
           aside
           from
           them
           ,
           alighted
           off
           his
           Mule
           ,
           prostrated
           himself
           on
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           made
           his
           prayers
           to
           God
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           
             Great
             God
             ,
             you
             know
             that
             I
             acknowledge
             there
             is
             none
             but
             you
             alone
             who
             can
             re-establish
             this
             Nile
             in
             its
             course
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             am
             obliged
             to
             this
             people
             in
             a
             thing
             which
             is
             not
             within
             the
             compass
             of
             my
             power
             ,
             and
             that
             I
             cannot
             keep
             my
             promise
             with
             them
             .
             Cause
             it
             therefore
             to
             flow
             for
             them
             as
             it
             was
             wont
             ,
             and
             make
             me
             not
             infamous
             among
             them
             :
             for
             you
             are
             full
             of
             le●ity
             and
             goodness
             ;
             you
             
             are
             not
             hasty
             ,
             nor
             impatient
             ,
             and
             fear
             not
             that
             you
             have
             not
             done
             a
             thing
             soon
             enough
             .
          
           Immediately
           the
           Nile
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           swelled
           ,
           and
           flowed
           after
           a
           more
           excellent
           manner
           then
           it
           had
           ever
           done
           before
           ,
           or
           hath
           done
           since
           .
           Then
           Pharao
           came
           up
           to
           them
           and
           said
           ;
           
             Return
             to
             your
             homes
             ,
             for
             I
             have
             restored
             the
             Nile
             for
             you
             into
             its
             course
             .
          
           They
           thereupon
           prostrated
           themselves
           all
           before
           him
           ,
           and
           adored
           him
           ,
           and
           then
           returned
           to
           their
           habitations
           ,
           speaking
           continually
           of
           their
           King
           ,
           and
           incessantly
           resounding
           his
           praises
           .
           He
           returned
           himself
           to
           his
           Castle
           ,
           but
           Gabriel
           went
           to
           meet
           him
           by
           the
           way
           in
           the
           shape
           of
           a
           Shepherd
           ,
           laid
           hold
           on
           the
           Bridle
           of
           his
           Mule
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Great
             King
             ,
             do
             me
             justice
             against
             my
             Servant
             .
             What
             has
             thy
             Servant
             done
             to
             thee
             ?
             said
             Pharao
             .
             I
             have
             a
             Servant
             (
             replied
             Gabriel
             )
             to
             whom
             I
             have
             been
             liberal
             of
             my
             kindnesses
             and
             favours
             ,
             and
             yet
             he
             persecutes
             me
             ,
             and
             those
             whom
             I
             love
             ,
             and
             obliges
             those
             whom
             I
             hate
             :
             he
             is
             rebellious
             and
             disobedient
             to
             my
             commands
             ,
             ungrateful
             ,
             and
             not
             acknowledging
             the
             good
             I
             
             have
             done
             him
             ,
             even
             so
             far
             as
             to
             say
             ,
             he
             knows
             not
             who
             I
             am
             .
             A
             very
             wicked
             Servant
             ,
             said
             Pharao
             .
             If
             you
             bring
             him
             to
             me
             ,
             I
             will
             have
             him
             drown'd
             in
             the
             Red
             Sea
             ,
             and
             shall
             not
             content
             my self
             for
             his
             punishment
             with
             the
             water
             of
             the
             Nile
             ,
             which
             is
             sweet
             and
             pleasant
             .
             Great
             King
             (
             replied
             Gabriel
             )
             let
             me
             have
             a
             Decree
             written
             to
             this
             purpose
             ,
             that
             whereever
             I
             shall
             find
             him
             I
             may
             punish
             him
             according
             thereunto
             .
          
           Pharao
           caused
           Paper
           and
           Ink
           to
           be
           brought
           ,
           and
           caused
           to
           be
           written
           thereon
           the
           Condemnation
           of
           a
           Servant
           rebellious
           to
           his
           Master
           ,
           who
           loves
           his
           enemies
           ,
           and
           persecutes
           his
           friends
           ;
           who
           disobeys
           and
           ill-treats
           him
           ,
           who
           is
           ungrateful
           ,
           and
           acknowledges
           not
           the
           kindnesses
           he
           hath
           received
           of
           him
           ,
           making
           as
           if
           he
           knew
           him
           not
           ,
           saying
           he
           knows
           not
           who
           he
           is
           ;
           and
           order'd
           that
           he
           should
           be
           drown'd
           in
           the
           Red
           Sea.
           
           
             Great
             King
             (
             said
             Gabriel
             )
             be
             pleased
             to
             sign
             this
             Decree
             .
          
           Pharao
           sign'd
           ,
           and
           seal'd
           it
           with
           his
           own
           Seal
           ,
           and
           put
           it
           into
           his
           hands
           .
           Gabriel
           took
           it
           ,
           and
           kept
           it
           as
           long
           as
           God
           commanded
           him
           .
           When
           the
           day
           of
           Submersion
           
           was
           come
           ,
           Pharao
           being
           just
           upon
           the
           point
           of
           drowning
           ,
           God
           having
           delivered
           Moses
           and
           his
           people
           from
           the
           waves
           ,
           and
           having
           opened
           them
           a
           passage
           through
           the
           Sea
           ,
           Gabriel
           came
           to
           Pharao
           with
           that
           Decree
           .
           
             What
             is
             this
             ?
             says
             Pharao
             .
             Open
             it
             (
             says
             Gabriel
             )
             and
             read
             what
             it
             contains
             .
          
           Pharao
           opened
           it
           ,
           and
           read
           it
           ,
           and
           remembered
           it
           .
           
             You
             are
             (
             said
             Gabriel
             to
             him
             )
             the
             Servant
             whom
             this
             Decree
             mentions
             ,
             and
             see
             here
             what
             you
             have
             decreed
             against
             your self
             .
             God
             is
             merciful
             and
             meek
             ;
             he
             is
             not
             hasty
             ,
             and
             is
             not
             afraid
             not
             to
             do
             a
             thing
             soon
             enough
             :
             Let
             him
             be
             praised
             and
             exalted
             ,
             to
             the
             regret
             of
             those
             who
             attribute
             his
             Divinity
             to
             others
             .
          
        
         
           As
           to
           the
           Qualities
           attributed
           to
           
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           they
           say
           ;
           It
           is
           the
           Relief
           of
           Men
           ,
           and
           the
           Nursery
           of
           Nations
           :
           that
           those
           who
           live
           in
           it
           ,
           love
           it
           ;
           and
           that
           those
           who
           have
           left
           it
           ,
           are
           troubled
           ,
           and
           bemoan
           themselves
           to
           return
           into
           it
           :
           that
           its
           Inhabitants
           are
           subtile
           ,
           and
           intelligent
           ,
           and
           crafty
           ,
           and
           deceitful
           ;
           that
           they
           lie
           to
           such
           as
           live
           at
           a
           great
           distance
           from
           them
           ,
           persecute
           such
           as
           are
           
           near
           ,
           and
           are
           envious
           at
           the
           prosperity
           of
           others
           .
           Some
           one
           of
           them
           in
           one
           of
           the
           ancient
           Books
           saith
           ,
           that
           in
           Egypt
           is
           the
           streight
           of
           Mountains
           ,
           and
           the
           Separation
           described
           ,
           and
           the
           reiterated
           Sea
           ,
           and
           accustomed
           good
           :
           that
           it
           is
           the
           place
           of
           the
           destruction
           of
           the
           White
           and
           Flaxen-hair'd
           people
           ,
           when
           they
           shall
           commit
           great
           devastations
           ,
           and
           set
           up
           the
           Crosses
           ,
           and
           make
           war
           against
           the
           Merciful
           ,
           and
           persecute
           the
           Observers
           of
           the
           Alcoran
           ,
           and
           the
           Nation
           of
           the
           Children
           of
           Mercy
           ,
           when
           they
           shall
           come
           against
           it
           in
           the
           last
           times
           ;
           and
           that
           every
           one
           of
           them
           shall
           receive
           the
           reward
           of
           his
           actions
           ,
           and
           not
           one
           of
           them
           return
           into
           his
           Countrey
           .
        
         
           One
           of
           the
           Ancients
           of
           Egypt
           made
           
           me
           a
           relation
           of
           his
           father
           ,
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           ;
           )
           that
           in
           a
           Voyage
           he
           had
           made
           he
           had
           been
           taken
           by
           French
           Pirats
           in
           one
           of
           the
           Islands
           of
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           sold
           by
           them
           to
           an
           Armourer
           ,
           who
           made
           Arms
           for
           the
           King
           of
           that
           Island
           ,
           with
           whom
           he
           had
           no
           rest
           night
           nor
           day
           ,
           being
           continually
           imployed
           in
           blowing
           ,
           beating
           on
           the
           Anvil
           ,
           and
           carrying
           things
           of
           Iron
           ,
           wherewith
           his
           Master
           loaded
           
           him
           beyond
           his
           strength
           .
           He
           continued
           there
           a
           long
           time
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           became
           old
           and
           weak
           .
           
             Then
             (
             said
             he
             )
             as
             I
             slept
             one
             night
             ,
             wearied
             with
             hard
             working
             ,
             and
             overwhelmed
             with
             grief
             ,
             after
             I
             had
             said
             the
             last
             prayer
             appointed
             for
             the
             evening
             ,
             and
             implored
             the
             assistance
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             put
             all
             the
             hope
             of
             my
             deliverance
             in
             him
             ,
             I
             dreamt
             that
             I
             saw
             a
             man
             coming
             to
             me
             ,
             who
             said
             ,
             Friend
             ,
             rejoyce
             at
             the
             good
             news
             I
             bring
             thee
             :
             thou
             shalt
             ere
             long
             be
             delivered
             out
             of
             thy
             afflictions
             .
             Be
             not
             troubled
             at
             the
             hardship
             thou
             art
             in
             ,
             and
             the
             work
             thou
             doest
             :
             for
             the
             Arms
             thou
             makest
             ,
             and
             those
             who
             shall
             bear
             them
             shall
             with
             Gods
             help
             be
             the
             prey
             of
             thy
             Brethren
             the
             Mussulmans
             .
             The
             Romans
             have
             a
             design
             to
             engage
             in
             a
             war
             against
             the
             Mussulman
             Countries
             ;
             they
             will
             carry
             thee
             along
             with
             them
             whither
             they
             go
             ,
             and
             God
             will
             deliver
             thee
             out
             of
             their
             hands
             .
             I
             awaked
             thereupon
             very
             joyful
             ,
             and
             gave
             thanks
             to
             God
             with
             great
             confidence
             .
             The
             labour
             and
             affliction
             became
             more
             light
             and
             supportable
             to
             me
             then
             before
             ;
             for
             I
             was
             satisfied
             it
             was
             a
             true
             
             Vision
             from
             God.
             The
             first
             night
             after
             ,
             the
             same
             person
             who
             ha
             already
             called
             me
             presented
             himself
             again
             before
             me
             in
             my
             Dream
             ,
             and
             said
             to
             me
             ;
             Pray
             to
             God
             in
             these
             terms
             :
             O
             Great
             God
             ,
             who
             hast
             compassion
             on
             Sinners
             ,
             and
             keep
             st
             those
             who
             have
             stumbl
             d
             from
             falling
             qui●e
             down
             ,
             be
             merciful
             to
             thy
             Servant
             ,
             who
             hath
             highly
             offended
             thee
             ,
             and
             to
             all
             the
             Muss●lmans
             in
             general
             .
             For
             All-mighty
             God
             will
             deliver
             thee
             and
             bring
             thee
             out
             of
             the
             trouble
             wherein
             thou
             art
             .
             I
             immediately
             did
             so
             ,
             (
             said
             he
             )
             and
             the
             next
             year
             being
             come
             ,
             the
             French
             (
             God
             prevent
             their
             evil
             designs
             )
             prepared
             for
             the
             War
             against
             the
             Mussulman
             Countries
             ,
             putting
             their
             Horses
             and
             Arms
             ,
             and
             all
             their
             Baggage
             in
             great
             Vessels
             ,
             and
             taking
             the
             Sea.
             They
             caused
             me
             also
             to
             Embarque
             among
             the
             other
             Captives
             ,
             whom
             they
             took
             along
             with
             them
             for
             their
             service
             ,
             and
             to
             execute
             their
             Commands
             .
             We
             were
             a
             Moneth
             at
             Sea
             ,
             and
             made
             little
             Progress
             ,
             the
             Wind
             being
             not
             favourable
             .
             That
             Moneth
             past
             ,
             there
             came
             a
             Wind
             which
             pleased
             them
             ,
             
             and
             by
             means
             whereof
             they
             thought
             to
             compleat
             their
             voyage
             ;
             whereupon
             they
             weighed
             Anchor
             ,
             and
             took
             their
             course
             towards
             the
             Coast
             of
             Egypt
             .
             We
             advanced
             with
             that
             wind
             seven
             Days
             and
             seven
             Nights
             ,
             till
             they
             came
             in
             sight
             of
             the
             Land
             of
             Egypt
             .
             They
             were
             very
             jocund
             among
             themselves
             ,
             exalting
             their
             Crosses
             ,
             ringing
             their
             Bells
             ,
             and
             setting
             their
             Gospel
             in
             sight
             .
             They
             thus
             pass'd
             away
             some
             part
             of
             the
             night
             well
             satisfy'd
             in
             a
             certain
             road
             of
             the
             Sea
             :
             But
             about
             Midnight
             God
             sent
             a
             violent
             wind
             upon
             them
             ,
             with
             a
             black
             Dust
             ,
             and
             Thunder
             and
             Lightning
             ,
             the
             Air
             was
             darkned
             ,
             and
             the
             Sky
             grew
             black
             ,
             and
             the
             Sea
             was
             so
             rough
             that
             the
             Waves
             rose
             up
             like
             high
             Mountains
             .
             Finding
             themselves
             ready
             to
             perish
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             their
             Vessels
             split
             to
             pieces
             ,
             they
             resolved
             to
             get
             out
             of
             that
             Road
             ,
             fearing
             their
             Ships
             should
             fall
             foul
             one
             upon
             another
             in
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             saying
             ;
             Let
             us
             rather
             make
             for
             any
             Coast
             whereto
             the
             Sea
             shall
             cast
             us
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             into
             the
             most
             remote
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             let
             us
             not
             stay
             here
             .
             They
             
             therefore
             weighed
             Anchor
             ,
             and
             hoised
             the
             Sails
             ,
             and
             began
             to
             go
             as
             the
             wind
             drove
             them
             ;
             so
             that
             there
             remained
             not
             one
             with
             another
             .
             The
             Ship
             wherein
             I
             was
             was
             forced
             by
             the
             wind
             upon
             the
             coast
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             so
             that
             we
             ran
             aground
             on
             the
             right
             side
             of
             the
             City
             near
             the
             Pha●os
             .
             Immediately
             the
             Mussulman
             vessels
             came
             to
             us
             ,
             and
             seized
             our
             Ship
             and
             all
             that
             was
             in
             it
             ,
             and
             made
             a
             great
             booty
             of
             Gold
             and
             Silver
             ,
             Arms
             and
             Baggage
             .
             For
             my
             part
             I
             was
             delivered
             by
             the
             mercy
             of
             God
             ,
             with
             five
             other
             Slaves
             who
             were
             with
             me
             in
             the
             Ship.
             I
             returned
             to
             my
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             related
             my
             dream
             to
             the
             Mussulmans
             ,
             who
             rejoyced
             thereat
             ,
             and
             thanked
             God
             for
             the
             kindness
             he
             had
             shewn
             me
             :
             May
             he
             be
             praised
             for
             ever
             ,
             at
             the
             beginning
             and
             at
             the
             end
             of
             all
             things
             ;
             he
             who
             is
             the
             first
             and
             the
             last
             .
          
           This
           is
           one
           of
           the
           most
           miraculous
           kindnesses
           and
           favours
           which
           God
           hath
           done
           to
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           God
           preserve
           .
        
         
           Some
           make
           another
           Description
           
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           saying
           that
           it
           is
           a
           Land
           wherein
           there
           are
           for
           famous
           places
           
           Q●irata
           ,
           and
           Ecbata
           ,
           and
           Damiette
           ,
           and
           Igora
           ,
           and
           Rebata
           ,
           whose
           River
           is
           clear
           ,
           and
           its
           waters
           sweet
           ,
           where
           diseases
           are
           dispell'd
           ,
           and
           hope
           crown'd
           with
           effect
           ;
           where
           the
           vicissitude
           of
           things
           passes
           without
           confusion
           ,
           and
           without
           disturbance
           .
           Those
           who
           come
           thither
           with
           an
           intention
           to
           do
           ill
           ,
           return
           thence
           without
           accomplishing
           their
           design
           ;
           those
           who
           contrive
           the
           destruction
           of
           it
           ,
           meet
           with
           their
           own
           ;
           those
           who
           have
           their
           Habitations
           therein
           are
           in
           safety
           ,
           and
           make
           their
           advantage
           ;
           and
           those
           who
           leave
           it
           ,
           repent
           them
           of
           it
           .
           It
           was
           said
           one
           day
           to
           an
           excellent
           person
           ,
           
             What
             say
             you
             of
             Egypt
             ?
             What
             (
             reply'd
             he
             )
             would
             you
             have
             me
             say
             of
             that
             Province
             ?
             Those
             who
             leave
             it
             repent
             them
             that
             they
             ever
             did
             it
             .
             It
             quels
             Kings
             and
             destroys
             them
             ,
             and
             supports
             the
             poor
             .
             All
             those
             who
             have
             an
             affection
             for
             it
             ,
             find
             there
             how
             to
             employ
             themselves
             about
             what
             they
             like
             best
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             power
             .
          
        
         
           An
           Extract
           of
           the
           Annals
           of
           the
           Geranian
           .
           An
           ancient
           Egyptian
           of
           the
           chiefest
           of
           the
           Countrey
           relates
           ,
           as
           having
           taken
           it
           out
           of
           Abuquilus
           the
           Mogapherian
           ,
           the
           Pacifier
           ,
           whom
           Gabdol
           
           the
           Son
           of
           Nasilus
           had
           taught
           ;
           That
           Noah
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           after
           he
           had
           divided
           the
           Earth
           among
           his
           Children
           ,
           had
           a
           numerous
           Posterity
           ,
           by
           whom
           he
           caused
           it
           to
           be
           Inhabited
           and
           Cultivated
           .
           The
           Kingdom
           of
           Egypt
           fell
           to
           Masar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Bansar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Cham
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Noah
           ,
           who
           had
           many
           children
           ,
           and
           by
           them
           a
           great
           progeny
           .
           Noah
           had
           prayed
           God
           for
           Masar
           ,
           or
           Mesraim
           ,
           that
           he
           would
           give
           him
           his
           benediction
           in
           his
           Land
           ,
           and
           to
           his
           Children
           after
           him
           ;
           whence
           it
           came
           that
           the
           Land
           was
           fertile
           and
           abundant
           to
           them
           ;
           it
           s
           Nile
           overflow'd
           ,
           all
           its
           quarters
           fructify'd
           ,
           its
           Cattel
           were
           multiply'd
           ,
           its
           Mines
           had
           been
           discovered
           .
           The
           Trees
           bore
           Dates
           as
           big
           as
           Pillars
           :
           The
           Grains
           of
           Wheat
           were
           as
           big
           as
           Hens
           Eggs
           ,
           soft
           as
           Butter
           ,
           and
           sweet
           as
           Hony.
           There
           were
           some
           among
           them
           who
           particularly
           apply'd
           themselves
           to
           the
           Mines
           of
           Topazes
           ,
           which
           are
           adjoyning
           to
           the
           Countries
           of
           Syene
           ,
           at
           the
           upper
           part
           of
           High
           Egypt
           ,
           opposite
           to
           the
           Provinces
           of
           the
           Nubians
           ,
           whom
           Mesrai●
           the
           son
           of
           Bansar
           had
           appointed
           for
           his
           Lieutenants
           upon
           the
           Frontiers
           of
           
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           saying
           unto
           them
           ;
           Be
           my
           Lieutenants
           over
           the
           Frontiers
           of
           this
           Land
           ,
           whence
           they
           were
           called
           Nubians
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           Lieutenants
           .
           One
           man
           took
           out
           of
           the
           Mines
           such
           a
           
           piece
           ▪
           of
           Tapaze
           as
           that
           he
           might
           make
           a
           Table
           of
           it
           ,
           with
           Dishes
           and
           Trenchers
           to
           set
           upon
           it
           .
           All
           their
           Vessels
           were
           Marble
           ,
           and
           Gold
           ,
           and
           Silver
           ,
           and
           Topaze
           .
           The
           Nile
           cast
           on
           its
           Shores
           certain
           Leaves
           which
           came
           from
           Paradise
           ,
           so
           Odoriferous
           that
           they
           needed
           not
           other
           perfumes
           .
           There
           were
           on
           both
           sides
           of
           the
           Nile
           Gardens
           ,
           from
           Syene
           quite
           to
           the
           extremities
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           so
           that
           a
           man
           walking
           along
           the
           Banks
           of
           the
           Nile
           had
           a
           perpetual
           coolness
           and
           shade
           ,
           and
           had
           not
           his
           head
           any
           way
           incommodated
           by
           the
           heat
           of
           the
           Sun.
           The
           first
           City
           which
           Mesraim
           founded
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           was
           Memphis
           .
           There
           was
           not
           then
           in
           Egypt
           any
           thing
           that
           incommodated
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           kind
           of
           Serpents
           ,
           or
           other
           venemous
           Beasts
           .
           They
           lived
           along
           time
           without
           being
           impaired
           by
           old
           age
           ,
           sickness
           ,
           or
           infirmity
           ,
           and
           without
           having
           any
           having
           any
           hatred
           or
           envy
           one
           against
           another
           ,
           till
           they
           alter'd
           
           the
           Religion
           of
           their
           Ancestor
           Noah
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           changed
           his
           Law.
           Then
           the
           Devil
           (
           Gods
           enemy
           )
           got
           dominion
           over
           them
           by
           his
           craft
           and
           circumventions
           ,
           distracted
           their
           affairs
           ,
           and
           sowed
           discord
           and
           enmity
           amongst
           them
           .
           He
           made
           them
           delight
           in
           the
           worship
           of
           Idols
           ,
           so
           that
           they
           adored
           them
           during
           the
           space
           of
           five
           hundred
           years
           ;
           whence
           it
           came
           that
           their
           fruits
           diminish'd
           ,
           their
           Cattel
           perished
           ,
           and
           their
           Mines
           became
           barren
           .
           There
           came
           out
           against
           them
           mischievous
           Creatures
           out
           of
           the
           Earth
           ,
           and
           out
           of
           the
           Sea
           ;
           the
           shade
           forsook
           them
           ,
           the
           Benedictions
           were
           taken
           away
           from
           them
           ,
           and
           exemplary
           punishments
           fell
           upon
           them
           .
           
             Certainly
             God
             changes
             not
             the
             state
             of
             a
             Nation
             ,
             untill
             it
             be
             changed
             of
             it self
          
           ;
           and
           the
           rest
           of
           the
           Verse
           .
           Thus
           their
           affairs
           went
           worse
           and
           worse
           ,
           till
           the
           King
           of
           the
           Amalekites
           came
           out
           of
           Syria
           to
           War
           against
           them
           .
        
         
           The
           King
           of
           Egypt
           then
           was
           Cophtarim
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Cophtim
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Masar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Bansar
           .
           The
           King
           of
           the
           Amelekites
           was
           named
           Gainon
           ,
           from
           whom
           Baitgainon
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           
           Syria
           derives
           its
           ●ame
           .
           He
           was
           insolent
           and
           impious
           ,
           and
           very
           corpulent
           .
           He
           had
           to
           his
           Uncles
           among
           the
           
             Amalekites
             Gebirus
          
           the
           Mutaphequian
           ,
           and
           his
           Brother
           Gebrin
           .
           This
           King
           then
           came
           with
           his
           Forces
           ,
           consisting
           of
           a
           thousand
           Amalekite
           Lords
           ,
           and
           six
           hundred
           thousand
           Soldiers
           .
           They
           entred
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           Encamped
           upon
           its
           Frontiers
           on
           the
           side
           of
           the
           great
           Banks
           .
           Gainon
           Warred
           against
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           for
           the
           space
           of
           a
           Moneth
           ;
           after
           which
           he
           defeated
           them
           ,
           and
           took
           possession
           of
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           Cophtari●
           and
           his
           Forces
           having
           forsaken
           it
           ,
           and
           got
           into
           the
           Desarts
           of
           the
           West
           .
           The
           Amalekite
           continued
           in
           Egypt
           without
           injuring
           any
           person
           ;
           for
           he
           said
           to
           the
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           
             You
             are
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             his
             Subjects
             who
             is
             possessed
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             his
             Servants
             who
             is
             Conquerour
             .
          
           He
           afterwards
           gave
           them
           security
           as
           to
           his
           part
           ,
           and
           appointed
           over
           them
           for
           Governour
           his
           Brother
           named
           Gamrou
           ,
           on
           whom
           he
           bestow'd
           for
           Visier
           a
           Coptite
           named
           Zephton
           ,
           who
           was
           then
           of
           the
           principal
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           being
           there
           possess'd
           of
           a
           great
           
           estate
           ;
           and
           having
           many
           Friends
           and
           others
           inclin'd
           to
           his
           party
           .
           His
           skin
           was
           black
           ,
           and
           he
           resembled
           the
           children
           of
           
             Cham.
             Gamrou
          
           founded
           a
           City
           upon
           the
           
           Nile's
           side
           ,
           which
           he
           named
           Gamra
           ;
           and
           ordered
           his
           Visier
           Zephton
           to
           build
           such
           another
           opposite
           to
           it
           .
           The
           Visier
           obeyed
           him
           ,
           and
           named
           the
           City
           he
           built
           Zephta
           ,
           each
           of
           them
           deriving
           its
           name
           from
           the
           Founder
           .
           They
           caused
           them
           both
           to
           be
           built
           ,
           and
           whitened
           with
           great
           care
           ;
           and
           Vault
           to
           be
           made
           therein
           under
           ground
           ,
           and
           Aqueducts
           coming
           out
           of
           the
           Nile
           ,
           and
           compassing
           the
           publick
           places
           .
           They
           also
           caused
           Walls
           and
           Trenches
           to
           be
           made
           about
           their
           Cities
           ,
           enrich'd
           them
           with
           Villages
           and
           Farms
           ,
           ordering
           Justice
           and
           Equity
           to
           be
           strictly
           observ'd
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           .
           They
           took
           but
           the
           tenth
           part
           of
           the
           profits
           of
           the
           Dairies
           and
           Farms
           .
           In
           the
           mean
           time
           Gainon
           got
           Provisions
           together
           ,
           and
           fitted
           his
           Army
           to
           pursue
           Cophtarim
           and
           his
           People
           ,
           who
           were
           fled
           towards
           the
           West
           .
           They
           pursued
           them
           so
           closely
           ,
           that
           they
           forced
           them
           to
           enter
           into
           Afri●
           ,
           and
           to
           take
           refuge
           on
           a
           Mountain
           called
           the
           
           Mount
           of
           Sosa
           ,
           where
           Cophtarim
           and
           his
           People
           Fortify'd
           themselves
           .
           There
           was
           on
           the
           descent
           of
           the
           Mountain
           a
           Castle
           built
           by
           one
           of
           the
           Children
           of
           Cham
           ,
           very
           high
           and
           inaccessible
           .
           They
           held
           out
           stifly
           in
           that
           Castle
           ,
           and
           got
           into
           it
           their
           goods
           .
           There
           was
           on
           one
           side
           of
           the
           Castle
           a
           Spring
           of
           fresh
           water
           ,
           which
           occasioned
           them
           to
           put
           their
           Cattel
           and
           Horses
           that
           way
           .
           Gainon
           the
           Amalekite
           came
           and
           Encamped
           about
           the
           Castle
           ,
           and
           Besieged
           it
           .
           That
           Siege
           lasted
           two
           Years
           ;
           for
           they
           play'd
           upon
           him
           with
           Stones
           and
           Arrows
           ,
           and
           he
           could
           do
           them
           no
           hurt
           ;
           whereupon
           he
           caused
           Trenches
           to
           be
           made
           about
           them
           ,
           and
           pressed
           not
           upon
           them
           ,
           having
           resolved
           to
           take
           them
           by
           a
           long
           Siege
           .
           He
           therefore
           caused
           Houses
           and
           Huts
           to
           be
           made
           in
           the
           Plain
           ;
           his
           Visier
           Gamrou
           relieving
           him
           with
           Money
           and
           Provisions
           ,
           which
           he
           sent
           out
           of
           Egypt
           .
           They
           grew
           at
           length
           so
           confident
           ,
           that
           they
           began
           to
           neglect
           the
           business
           of
           Cophtarim
           and
           his
           People
           ;
           so
           that
           at
           last
           in
           a
           Winter
           night
           ,
           the
           weather
           being
           cold
           ,
           they
           entered
           into
           their
           Tents
           ,
           and
           fell
           a
           Drinking
           ,
           having
           no
           
           Guard
           abroad
           ,
           because
           they
           had
           no
           distrust
           .
           Cophtarim
           had
           Spies
           among
           them
           ,
           who
           presently
           gave
           him
           notice
           of
           that
           opportunity
           ,
           and
           told
           him
           the
           Enemies
           were
           all
           Drunk
           ,
           and
           immoveable
           as
           dead
           men
           ;
           and
           if
           he
           let
           pass
           that
           night
           without
           taking
           advantage
           of
           the
           posture
           they
           were
           in
           ,
           he
           should
           never
           escape
           out
           of
           their
           hands
           .
           Upon
           this
           intelligence
           Cophtarim
           came
           out
           of
           the
           Castle
           ,
           accompany'd
           by
           his
           Infantry
           onely
           without
           Horse
           .
           His
           People
           being
           set
           upon
           the
           enterprise
           ,
           he
           divided
           them
           into
           four
           Battallions
           ,
           and
           ordered
           them
           at
           the
           same
           time
           to
           set
           upon
           the
           four
           quarters
           of
           
           Gainon's
           Camp.
           They
           gave
           a
           great
           shout
           ,
           and
           fell
           a
           cutting
           them
           to
           pieces
           ,
           not
           one
           of
           them
           making
           any
           resistance
           .
           The
           slaughter
           continued
           all
           night
           till
           the
           next
           morning
           :
           those
           who
           escaped
           fled
           ,
           some
           one
           way
           ,
           some
           another
           ,
           not
           knowing
           which
           way
           to
           go
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           dyed
           of
           hunger
           and
           thirst
           .
           
           Cophtarim's
           men
           took
           all
           their
           Baggage
           ,
           their
           Cattel
           ,
           their
           Horses
           ,
           and
           their
           Money
           ,
           and
           took
           King
           Gainon
           Prisoner
           ,
           with
           the
           chiefest
           Lords
           of
           his
           Court.
           King
           Gainon
           recovered
           not
           himself
           
           out
           of
           his
           Debauch
           till
           they
           had
           bound
           him
           with
           Chains
           of
           Iron
           weighing
           fifty
           pound
           .
           They
           set
           him
           on
           a
           Camel
           ,
           and
           immediately
           took
           their
           way
           towards
           Egypt
           ,
           joyful
           and
           well
           satisfy'd
           .
           This
           news
           coming
           to
           Gamrou
           Gainon's
           Lieutenant
           ,
           he
           secretly
           packed
           up
           for
           his
           departure
           out
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           with
           those
           that
           were
           about
           him
           .
           His
           Visier
           Zephton
           followed
           him
           with
           his
           Baggage
           and
           Equipage
           ,
           and
           his
           Family
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           his
           party
           .
           They
           got
           both
           of
           them
           into
           
             Syria
             .
             Cophtarim
          
           and
           his
           Forces
           returned
           in
           good
           order
           ,
           with
           Colours
           flying
           ,
           marching
           night
           and
           day
           ,
           not
           making
           any
           stop
           upon
           any
           occasion
           whatsoever
           ,
           till
           he
           got
           into
           his
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           had
           put
           on
           his
           Arms
           ,
           and
           was
           advantageously
           dressed
           ,
           and
           his
           Soldiers
           in
           like
           manner
           ;
           causing
           to
           march
           before
           him
           Gainon
           bound
           and
           chained
           ,
           and
           the
           Camels
           loaden
           with
           the
           Heads
           of
           his
           Favourites
           who
           had
           been
           killed
           ,
           and
           their
           Cattel
           ,
           and
           their
           Horses
           .
           The
           Egyptians
           went
           to
           meet
           him
           ,
           joyful
           and
           glad
           of
           his
           coming
           ,
           after
           they
           had
           beautified
           and
           adorned
           the
           City
           for
           his
           reception
           .
           Cophtarim
           came
           and
           lodged
           in
           his
           
           Royal
           Palace
           with
           great
           joy
           ,
           and
           caused
           it
           to
           be
           publickly
           Proclaim'd
           that
           his
           intention
           was
           to
           have
           Justice
           and
           Equity
           ,
           and
           good
           manners
           to
           flourish
           .
           He
           ordered
           also
           that
           Gamra
           and
           Zephta
           ,
           the
           Cities
           built
           by
           Gamrou
           and
           Zephton
           ,
           should
           be
           demolished
           ;
           as
           well
           out
           of
           the
           horrour
           he
           had
           for
           their
           Names
           ,
           as
           to
           give
           a
           good
           presage
           of
           their
           punishment
           ,
           saying
           ,
           He
           would
           not
           leave
           in
           Egypt
           any
           track
           of
           the
           Amalekites
           .
           Wherefore
           the
           Coptites
           have
           it
           among
           their
           Proverbs
           ,
           Gainon
           
             was
             blind
             ,
             and
          
           Zephton
           
             covered
             with
             Infamy
          
           .
           When
           any
           one
           digs
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           finds
           it
           so
           hard
           that
           he
           cannot
           get
           forward
           ,
           they
           say
           of
           him
           ,
           
             He
             hath
             met
             with
          
           Zephton
           '
           
             s
             good
             Fortune
          
           .
           Mean
           time
           ,
           the
           chiefest
           among
           them
           put
           
           Cophtarim's
           action
           among
           the
           Stratagem
           of
           the
           Coptites
           ,
           inasmuch
           as
           his
           flight
           (
           say
           they
           )
           was
           a
           mischievous
           subtilty
           against
           Gainon
           ,
           and
           not
           an
           effect
           of
           the
           fright
           he
           had
           put
           him
           into
           ;
           for
           they
           will
           ever
           be
           sly
           and
           subtile
           .
           The
           tracks
           of
           the
           two
           Cities
           Gamra
           and
           Zephta
           continued
           
           a
           long
           time
           in
           the
           same
           condition
           :
           they
           were
           afterwards
           both
           rebuilt
           by
           one
           of
           the
           Kings
           ,
           thendestroy'd
           
           again
           by
           Nabuchodonosor
           ,
           when
           he
           entered
           into
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           wasted
           it
           .
           Then
           when
           those
           who
           were
           remaining
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           return'd
           thither
           with
           Belsa
           the
           son
           of
           the
           Coptess
           ,
           
           when
           he
           entered
           into
           Egypt
           after
           his
           death
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           after
           the
           death
           of
           his
           Father
           Nabuchodonosor
           ,
           they
           advised
           him
           after
           he
           had
           build
           the
           Castle
           of
           Cira
           ,
           and
           the
           Church
           of
           Mugalleca
           ,
           and
           the
           others
           ,
           to
           built
           also
           upon
           the
           ground
           of
           the
           City
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           and
           that
           which
           was
           opposite
           thereto
           upon
           the
           Nile
           ,
           but
           he
           would
           not
           .
           Yet
           they
           say
           concerning
           these
           two
           Cities
           ,
           that
           a
           long
           time
           after
           there
           were
           two
           Villages
           built
           upon
           their
           Ruines
           ,
           which
           were
           called
           by
           their
           names
           ,
           and
           that
           those
           names
           have
           continued
           to
           them
           .
           God
           knows
           how
           it
           is
           ,
           how
           ere
           it
           be
           kept
           secret
           from
           men
           .
        
         
           They
           relate
           that
           when
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           ,
           Omar
           the
           son
           
           of
           Chettabus
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           came
           into
           Syria
           ,
           to
           receive
           the
           Keys
           of
           Jerusalem
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           Abugabidas
           had
           writen
           to
           him
           of
           it
           ,
           in
           regard
           the
           Patricians
           of
           the
           Romans
           ,
           who
           were
           then
           in
           Syria
           ,
           had
           intreated
           him
           to
           do
           it
           :
           when
           he
           was
           come
           near
           
           them
           he
           made
           a
           halt
           at
           a
           Village
           not
           far
           from
           Jerusalem
           ,
           and
           continu'd
           there
           some
           time
           ,
           during
           which
           the
           Governour
           of
           the
           City
           sent
           a
           Spy
           to
           him
           ,
           saying
           ;
           
             Go
             thy
             ways
             ,
             and
             observe
             the
             King
             of
             the
             Arabians
             ,
             who
             comes
             hither
             to
             take
             possession
             of
             our
             Lands
             ,
             and
             the
             Patrimony
             of
             Caesar
             ,
             and
             return
             quickly
             to
             tell
             me
             how
             he
             looks
             ;
             and
             describe
             him
             so
             to
             me
             ,
             that
             I
             may
             know
             him
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             if
             I
             had
             seen
             him
             my self
             .
          
           The
           Spy
           came
           away
           ,
           and
           made
           a
           shift
           to
           get
           just
           over
           against
           Omar
           ,
           and
           view'd
           him
           as
           he
           sate
           on
           a
           She-Camel
           he
           had
           ,
           clad
           in
           a
           Wollen
           Garment
           ,
           mended
           with
           a
           piece
           of
           Sheep-skin
           ,
           made
           as
           it
           were
           into
           a
           thread
           on
           that
           side
           towards
           the
           Sun
           ,
           which
           had
           already
           burnt
           and
           blacken'd
           his
           face
           ,
           with
           a
           bag
           hanging
           behind
           him
           ,
           into
           which
           having
           put
           his
           hand
           ,
           he
           pulled
           out
           pretty
           big
           pieces
           of
           Barley-bread
           ;
           and
           with
           his
           Fingers
           struck
           off
           the
           husks
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             In
             the
             Name
             of
             God
          
           ;
           then
           he
           did
           eat
           till
           he
           was
           satisfied
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           took
           a
           Bottle
           of
           Leather
           ,
           which
           he
           carry'd
           with
           him
           full
           of
           water
           ,
           and
           quench'd
           his
           thirst
           ,
           saying
           after
           that
           ,
           
             Praise
             be
             to
             God.
          
           The
           Spy
           
           brought
           this
           news
           to
           the
           Patrician
           who
           sent
           him
           ,
           and
           describ'd
           in
           what
           posture
           he
           had
           seen
           him
           ;
           whereupon
           the
           Patrician
           continued
           along
           time
           without
           saying
           any
           thing
           ,
           and
           then
           he
           spoke
           thus
           to
           such
           as
           were
           about
           him
           :
           
             Grant
             these
             people
             all
             they
             desire
             ,
             for
             otherwise
             there
             is
             no
             way
             to
             be
             rid
             of
             them
             without
             fighting
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             have
             the
             favour
             of
             Heaven
             .
             Their
             Law
             and
             their
             Prophet
             enjoins
             them
             Humility
             ,
             and
             Modesty
             ,
             and
             Compliance
             ;
             and
             these
             qualities
             lead
             to
             advancement
             and
             dominion
             .
             This
             description
             proceeds
             from
             that
             little
             party
             which
             appears
             above
             all
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Earth
             .
             Their
             Law
             shall
             abolish
             all
             the
             Laws
             .
             My
             Father
             predicted
             this
             to
             me
             ,
             having
             learnt
             it
             of
             his
             Father
             ,
             who
             had
             received
             it
             from
             his
             Grand-father
             .
             They
             shall
             take
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Egypt
             by
             force
             .
             There
             shall
             be
             in
             that
             Province
             Mosqueys
             and
             Temples
             ,
             wherein
             they
             shall
             make
             their
             Prayers
             ,
             the
             noise
             whereof
             shall
             be
             heard
             ,
             like
             the
             humming
             of
             Bees
             .
             Their
             Empire
             shall
             extend
             to
             the
             Eastern
             parts
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Western
             ,
             and
             
             even
             to
             the
             end
             of
             the
             World.
             
          
           Afterwards
           the
           Patrician
           sent
           to
           Omar
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           to
           get
           his
           Protection
           for
           himself
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           his
           House
           ,
           and
           to
           agree
           w●th
           him
           upon
           such
           conditions
           as
           he
           should
           desire
           ,
           and
           be
           satisfy'd
           withall
           .
        
         
           The
           Solphian
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           citing
           for
           Author
           the
           Chasan
           ,
           son
           of
           Ismael
           the
           Sarrabian
           ,
           in
           the
           B●ok
           of
           the
           Histories
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           he
           hath
           composed
           ,
           speaks
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           I
           have
           heard
           that
           the
           Land
           of
           Alphiom
           
           and
           its
           appurtenances
           were
           heretofore
           governed
           by
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           Joseph
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           according
           to
           the
           Revelation
           which
           he
           had
           had
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           Command
           given
           him
           by
           All-mighty
           God
           ,
           and
           divided
           into
           three
           hundred
           and
           sixty
           Towns
           or
           Villages
           ,
           as
           many
           as
           there
           are
           days
           in
           the
           year
           ,
           and
           that
           with
           a
           design
           ,
           which
           he
           brought
           to
           effect
           .
           For
           when
           the
           Nile
           fail'd
           any
           year
           ,
           and
           that
           God
           heard
           not
           the
           Prayers
           made
           for
           the
           augmentation
           of
           its
           course
           ,
           every
           one
           of
           those
           Villages
           supply'd
           Egypt
           with
           a
           days
           sustenance
           .
           There
           is
           no
           Countrey
           in
           the
           World
           that
           has
           been
           reduced
           and
           cultivated
           
           by
           Divine
           Revelation
           but
           this
           .
           There
           is
           not
           upon
           Earth
           a
           less
           and
           yet
           a
           more
           fertile
           Province
           ,
           nor
           one
           that
           abounds
           in
           all
           sorts
           of
           good
           things
           ,
           or
           is
           better
           furnished
           with
           Rivers
           .
           For
           if
           we
           compare
           the
           Rivers
           of
           Alphiom
           with
           those
           of
           Bosra
           and
           Damas
           ,
           we
           shall
           find
           the
           former
           have
           the
           advantage
           .
           Many
           persons
           excellent
           for
           their
           wit
           and
           knowledge
           would
           have
           given
           us
           the
           number
           of
           its
           Chanels
           ,
           and
           its
           free
           and
           common
           places
           ;
           but
           they
           could
           not
           number
           them
           .
           Others
           have
           not
           medled
           with
           the
           Chanels
           ,
           and
           have
           only
           set
           down
           the
           common
           places
           of
           that
           Countrey
           ,
           which
           are
           not
           in
           the
           possession
           of
           any
           person
           Mussulman
           ,
           or
           Alien
           ,
           and
           whereof
           the
           mighty
           and
           the
           weak
           make
           equal
           advantage
           ,
           and
           they
           have
           found
           about
           seventy
           sorts
           .
           'T
           is
           related
           of
           the
           
             Man
             〈…〉
             us
          
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           
           mercy
           )
           that
           when
           he
           came
           to
           Egypt
           he
           sent
           for
           several
           of
           the
           chiefest
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Countrey
           ,
           and
           among
           others
           two
           Learned
           men
           ,
           one
           surnamed
           Abulseriphus
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           Saguidus
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gaphirus
           ,
           of
           whom
           he
           enquired
           concerning
           the
           advantages
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           what
           things
           made
           
           it
           recommendable
           .
           Suguidus
           the
           son
           of
           Gaphirus
           made
           him
           a
           large
           discourse
           ,
           after
           which
           he
           said
           to
           Abulseriphus
           ;
           
             Do
             you
             also
             tell
             us
             what
             you
             know
             of
             the
             excellencies
             of
             your
             Countrey
             .
          
           Abulseriphus
           praised
           God
           ,
           and
           gave
           him
           thanks
           ,
           and
           prayed
           for
           the
           Prophet
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           )
           after
           which
           ,
           
             Lord
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             (
             said
             he
             )
             Joseph
             the
             teller
             of
             Truth
             ,
             (
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             him
             )
             after
             God
             had
             put
             the
             affairs
             of
             this
             our
             Province
             into
             his
             hands
             ,
             and
             given
             him
             a
             Supremacy
             in
             it
             ,
             obliged
             the
             Inhabitants
             to
             serve
             him
             in
             the
             Western
             parts
             ,
             in
             a
             Land
             now
             called
             Alphiom
             ,
             where
             he
             caused
             three
             hundred
             and
             sixty
             great
             Farms
             to
             be
             cultivated
             ,
             as
             many
             as
             there
             are
             days
             in
             the
             year
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             Village
             of
             each
             Farm
             furnished
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             Egypt
             with
             a
             days
             fustenance
             .
             Joseph
             did
             this
             by
             Revelation
             ,
             which
             he
             had
             had
             from
             his
             Lord.
             Had
             he
             made
             as
             many
             on
             the
             East
             side
             ,
             we
             should
             have
             had
             more
             then
             we
             needed
             ,
             all
             the
             provisions
             which
             might
             have
             been
             brought
             from
             the
             Eastside
             .
             For
             
             we
             have
             one
             day
             in
             the
             West
             .
             It
             may
             be
             my
             Lord
             (
             said
             the
             Mamunus
             )
             the
             Sun
             rises
             in
             the
             West
             .
             Before
             that
             (
             said
             Abulseriphas
             )
             the
             Barbarians
             will
             come
             .
             Who
             told
             you
             that
             ?
             
             said
             the
             Mamunus
             .
             I
             found
             it
             (
             said
             Abulseriphus
             )
             in
             the
             Book
             of
             the
             Prophet
             Daniel
             ,
             Gods
             peace
             be
             with
             him
             .
             Is
             it
             necessary
             (
             said
             the
             Mamumus
             ,
             that
             the
             Barbarians
             come
             ?
             It
             is
             ,
             (
             said
             
               Abulseriphus
               ;
            
             )
             insomuch
             that
             they
             shall
             come
             to
             the
             Land
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Emesse
             ,
             and
             then
             there
             will
             be
             no
             other
             Sanctuary
             but
             Jerusalem
             ,
             and
             they
             shall
             have
             no
             other
             sustenance
             but
             Lupins
             .
          
           He
           afterwards
           entertained
           him
           with
           long
           Discourses
           ,
           which
           to
           avoid
           tedeousness
           we
           shall
           abridge
           .
           Then
           he
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Lord
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             if
             our
             Countrey
             had
             no
             other
             advantage
             then
             what
             God
             says
             of
             it
             in
             the
             History
             of
             his
             Prophet
             Joseph
             (
             Gods
             peace
             be
             with
             him
             )
             when
             he
             speaks
             thus
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             
               Give
               me
               the
               oversight
               of
               the
               Store-houses
               of
               the
               Land
               ,
            
             it
             were
             enough
             .
          
        
         
           Hasam
           the
           son
           of
           Isaac
           ,
           says
           that
           Joseph
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           
           with
           him
           )
           when
           he
           was
           Master
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           highly
           favoured
           by
           the
           Rajan
           his
           Pharao
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           passed
           a
           
           hundred
           years
           of
           age
           ,
           was
           envyed
           by
           the
           Kings
           Favourites
           and
           the
           Grandees
           of
           his
           Court
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           great
           power
           he
           had
           ,
           and
           the
           Kings
           great
           affection
           towards
           him
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           one
           day
           spoke
           thus
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Great
             King
             ,
             Ioseph
             is
             now
             grown
             very
             ancient
             ,
             his
             knowledge
             is
             diminished
             ,
             his
             beauty
             is
             decay'd
             ,
             his
             Judgment
             is
             impaired
             ,
             and
             his
             Wisdom
             is
             departed
             from
             him
             .
          
           Pharao
           liked
           not
           their
           remonstrances
           ,
           and
           was
           so
           far
           from
           approving
           their
           discourses
           ,
           that
           he
           gave
           them
           harsh
           language
           ,
           so
           that
           for
           a
           good
           while
           after
           they
           durst
           not
           say
           any
           thing
           to
           him
           concerning
           Ioseph
           :
           but
           two
           years
           after
           they
           renew'd
           their
           formes
           envious
           discourses
           ,
           whereupon
           the
           King
           said
           to
           them
           ;
           
             Tell
             me
             wherein
             you
             would
             have
             me
             make
             a
             tryal
             of
             his
             abilities
             .
          
           Alphiom
           was
           then
           called
           Geouna
           ,
           that
           is
           
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Fenne
           ,
           and
           served
           for
           a
           Common
           Sewer
           to
           the
           Upper
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           a
           passage
           for
           the
           water
           .
           They
           therefore
           agreed
           together
           about
           what
           they
           should
           propose
           to
           the
           King
           for
           
           the
           tryal
           of
           Ioseph
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           spoke
           thus
           to
           Pharao
           ;
           
             Command
             Ioseph
             to
             turn
             the
             water
             of
             Geouna
             ,
             and
             force
             it
             thence
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             have
             a
             new
             Province
             ,
             and
             a
             new
             revenue
             .
          
           The
           King
           thereupon
           sent
           for
           Ioseph
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             You
             know
             how
             dear
             such
             a
             Daughter
             of
             mine
             is
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             you
             see
             it
             is
             time
             I
             should
             assign
             her
             some
             place
             where
             she
             may
             be
             Mistress
             ,
             and
             whereof
             the
             Revenues
             may
             be
             sufficient
             to
             maintain
             her
             :
             and
             I
             do
             not
             find
             any
             Lands
             besides
             my
             own
             which
             I
             can
             give
             her
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             Geouna
             :
             For
             that
             Land
             is
             neither
             too
             near
             ,
             nor
             at
             too
             great
             a
             distance
             ,
             and
             there
             is
             no
             coming
             into
             it
             of
             any
             side
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             through
             desart
             and
             dangerous
             places
             :
             the
             case
             will
             be
             the
             same
             with
             her
             ,
             none
             can
             come
             near
             her
             on
             any
             side
             ,
             but
             through
             desart
             and
             dangerous
             places
             .
          
           Another
           besides
           Hasam
           says
           ,
           that
           Alphiom
           is
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           as
           Egypt
           is
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           other
           Countries
           ,
           
           in
           regard
           one
           cannot
           get
           into
           Egypt
           on
           any
           side
           ,
           but
           through
           places
           that
           are
           desart
           and
           full
           of
           danger
           .
           
             That
             is
             true
             ,
             great
             King
             (
             said
             Ioseph
             )
             
             according
             to
             Hasam
             :
             when
             does
             it
             please
             you
             to
             have
             it
             so
             ?
             for
             it
             will
             be
             with
             the
             assistance
             of
             All-mighty
             God.
             The
             sooner
             the
             better
             Ioseph
             ,
             said
             the
             King.
             
          
           God
           inspired
           Ioseph
           what
           he
           had
           to
           do
           ,
           and
           ordered
           him
           to
           cause
           three
           Chanels
           to
           be
           made
           ;
           one
           Chanel
           coming
           out
           of
           High
           Egypt
           ,
           from
           such
           a
           place
           to
           such
           a
           place
           ;
           an
           Eastern
           Chanel
           ,
           from
           such
           a
           place
           to
           such
           a
           place
           ;
           and
           a
           Western
           Chanel
           .
           Ioseph
           got
           men
           together
           to
           carry
           on
           this
           work
           ,
           and
           caused
           the
           Chanel
           of
           Manhi
           to
           be
           digg'd
           ,
           from
           
           the
           Upper
           part
           of
           Asmounine
           to
           Lahon
           ,
           which
           he
           caused
           also
           to
           be
           
           digged
           afterwards
           .
           Then
           he
           caused
           the
           Chanel
           of
           Alphiom
           to
           be
           digged
           ,
           and
           the
           Eastern
           Chanel
           ,
           with
           another
           Chanel
           near
           it
           ,
           named
           Benhamet
           ,
           from
           the
           Villages
           of
           Alphiom
           ,
           which
           is
           the
           Western
           Chanel
           ,
           and
           draws
           from
           the
           Desart
           of
           Benhamet
           towards
           the
           West
           .
           By
           this
           means
           there
           remained
           no
           water
           in
           Geouna
           .
           That
           done
           ,
           he
           got
           Labourers
           to
           cut
           down
           all
           the
           Reeds
           and
           Tamarisk
           that
           was
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           carry
           it
           away
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           Nile
           began
           to
           flow
           into
           it
           ,
           and
           Geouna
           became
           pure
           and
           clean
           ground
           .
           The
           
           water
           of
           the
           Nile
           rose
           ,
           and
           entered
           at
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           Manhi
           ,
           and
           flowed
           therein
           till
           it
           came
           to
           Lahon
           ,
           whence
           it
           turned
           towards
           Alphiom
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           its
           Chanel
           ,
           so
           that
           it
           was
           watered
           thereby
           ,
           and
           made
           a
           Champain
           Countrey
           overflown
           by
           the
           Nile
           .
           The
           King
           (
           the
           Rajan
           )
           came
           to
           see
           it
           ,
           with
           the
           Favourites
           who
           had
           given
           him
           that
           advice
           .
           After
           they
           had
           considered
           it
           ,
           they
           were
           all
           astonished
           at
           the
           Wisdom
           and
           extraordinary
           Invention
           of
           Ioseph
           ,
           and
           began
           to
           say
           ;
           
             We
             know
             not
             whether
             we
             should
             more
             admire
             to
             see
             Geouna
             cleared
             of
             the
             water
             ,
             and
             rid
             of
             the
             Reeds
             ,
             and
             Paper-plants
             ,
             and
             Tamarisks
             ,
             and
             Willows
             ,
             whereof
             it
             was
             ful
             ,
             or
             to
             see
             it
             o'reflown
             by
             the
             Nile
             after
             the
             levelling
             of
             the
             ground
             .
             Then
             the
             King
             said
             to
             Ioseph
             ,
             How
             long
             were
             you
             Ioseph
             in
             reducing
             this
             Land
             to
             the
             condition
             I
             now
             see
             it
             in
             ?
             Seventy
             days
             ,
             said
             
               Ioseph
               .
               Pharao
            
             turned
             to
             his
             Favourites
             ,
             and
             said
             to
             them
             ;
             It
             is
             not
             likely
             any
             one
             could
             have
             done
             it
             in
             a
             thousand
             days
             .
          
           This
           occasioned
           the
           calling
           of
           that
           Land
           Alphiom
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           
             A
             Thousand
             Days
          
           ;
           and
           that
           very
           year
           it
           
           
           was
           sowen
           ,
           and
           ordered
           as
           the
           rest
           of
           Egypt
           .
        
         
           Jesidus
           the
           son
           of
           Chebibus
           says
           ,
           that
           
           God
           made
           Joseph
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           Master
           of
           Egypt
           at
           30
           years
           of
           age
           ;
           and
           that
           after
           he
           had
           governed
           il
           40
           years
           the
           Egyptians
           said
           among
           themselves
           ,
           Joseph
           is
           old
           ,
           and
           hath
           not
           now
           the
           prudence
           he
           had
           heretofore
           :
           and
           that
           thereupon
           they
           devested
           him
           of
           the
           power
           which
           they
           had
           given
           him
           over
           them
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Make
             your
             choice
             of
             some
             barren
             and
             useless
             ground
             ,
             which
             we
             may
             give
             you
             to
             cultivate
             and
             people
             ;
             for
             by
             that
             means
             we
             shall
             make
             trial
             of
             your
             prudence
             and
             judgment
             :
             and
             then
             if
             we
             find
             in
             your
             management
             thereof
             any
             thing
             to
             persuade
             us
             that
             your
             Understanding
             is
             yet
             in
             a
             tendency
             to
             advancement
             ,
             we
             will
             re-establish
             you
             in
             your
             government
             .
          
           Ioseph
           considered
           the
           desart
           places
           of
           the
           appurtenances
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           chose
           the
           place
           now
           called
           Alphiom
           ,
           which
           was
           presently
           
           given
           him
           .
           He
           brought
           thither
           from
           the
           Nile
           the
           Chanel
           of
           the
           Manhi
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           made
           the
           water
           of
           the
           Nile
           flow
           all
           over
           the
           Land
           of
           
           Alphiom
           ,
           and
           finished
           all
           their
           digging
           work
           in
           a
           years
           time
           .
           We
           hear
           also
           that
           he
           did
           it
           by
           inspiration
           from
           his
           Lord
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           imployed
           therein
           a
           great
           number
           of
           Workmen
           and
           Labourers
           .
           The
           Egyptians
           considered
           that
           work
           ,
           and
           saw
           that
           in
           all
           Egypt
           there
           was
           not
           any
           like
           or
           equal
           to
           the
           dead
           Land
           which
           Ioseph
           had
           raised
           up
           again
           :
           whence
           it
           was
           concluded
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           not
           a
           more
           excellent
           judgment
           ,
           nor
           safer
           advice
           ,
           nor
           better
           conduct
           ,
           then
           that
           of
           Ioseph
           ;
           and
           they
           thought
           themselves
           obliged
           to
           commit
           the
           affairs
           of
           Egypt
           into
           his
           hands
           .
           He
           governed
           them
           130
           years
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           to
           his
           death
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           .
           )
           Others
           affirm
           that
           he
           died
           at
           130
           years
           of
           age
           :
           God
           knows
           better
           then
           we
           do
           how
           it
           is
           .
           Some
           relate
           ,
           as
           having
           it
           from
           Hasam
           the
           son
           of
           Isaac
           ,
           that
           Ioseph
           after
           his
           his
           re-establishment
           in
           the
           government
           of
           Egypt
           was
           well
           beloved
           by
           the
           Kings
           Favourites
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           made
           their
           excuses
           to
           him
           .
           After
           which
           he
           spoke
           thus
           to
           the
           Rajan
           ;
           
             You
             have
             not
             yet
             seen
             ,
             neither
             you
             nor
             your
             Favourites
             ,
             all
             my
             wisdom
             and
             conduct
             can
             perform
             .
             And
             
             what
             can
             you
             do
             more
             ?
             replied
             they
             .
             I
             will
             put
             into
             Alphiom
             (
             said
             he
             )
             a
             Family
             of
             every
             City
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             there
             build
             a
             village
             for
             themselves
             ;
             so
             that
             there
             shall
             be
             in
             Alphiom
             as
             many
             villages
             as
             there
             shall
             be
             Cities
             in
             Egypt
             .
             When
             they
             have
             quite
             built
             their
             villages
             ,
             I
             will
             bring
             into
             every
             village
             as
             much
             water
             as
             shall
             be
             requisite
             ,
             proportionably
             to
             the
             Land
             I
             shall
             have
             assigned
             it
             ,
             so
             as
             there
             shall
             be
             neither
             too
             much
             nor
             too
             little
             .
             I
             will
             also
             have
             an
             Aqueduct
             come
             to
             every
             village
             ,
             for
             the
             time
             that
             water
             cannot
             come
             there
             but
             under
             ground
             ;
             and
             I
             will
             make
             it
             more
             deep
             for
             those
             who
             are
             seated
             high
             ,
             and
             less
             deep
             for
             such
             as
             shall
             be
             low
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             times
             and
             hours
             of
             the
             day
             and
             night
             .
             I
             will
             do
             all
             this
             for
             them
             by
             measure
             ,
             so
             that
             every
             one
             shall
             have
             neither
             more
             nor
             less
             than
             is
             requisite
             .
             Pharao
             answered
             him
             thereupon
             ;
             This
             is
             of
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             Heaven
             ,
             Ioseph
             .
             It
             is
             so
             ,
             said
             Ioseph
             .
          
           After
           that
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           Ioseph
           began
           the
           execution
           of
           that
           enterprise
           ,
           causing
           the
           villages
           to
           be
           built
           ,
           and
           assigning
           
           every
           one
           its
           limits
           .
           The
           first
           village
           built
           in
           Alphiom
           was
           called
           Betiana
           ,
           and
           there
           
           Pharao's
           Daughter
           had
           her
           habitation
           .
           He
           afterwards
           caused
           the
           Chanels
           to
           be
           digged
           ,
           and
           the
           Bridges
           to
           be
           built
           :
           and
           when
           he
           had
           done
           that
           ,
           he
           began
           to
           allot
           the
           Proportions
           of
           Land
           and
           Water
           ,
           and
           there
           began
           Geometry
           ,
           which
           before
           
           that
           was
           unknown
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           :
           for
           they
           onely
           followed
           Ioseph
           in
           that
           ,
           and
           it
           was
           one
           of
           the
           things
           which
           had
           been
           taught
           him
           by
           his
           Lord.
           They
           say
           also
           he
           was
           the
           first
           who
           measured
           the
           Nile
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           who
           established
           the
           Nilometer
           in
           the
           
           City
           of
           Memphis
           .
           After
           him
           the
           ancient
           Cagalouca
           ,
           who
           was
           Queen
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           built
           the
           Wall
           of
           the
           ancient
           City
           ,
           caused
           a
           Nilometer
           to
           be
           made
           at
           Alsena
           ,
           where
           the
           Cubits
           are
           small
           ;
           and
           another
           at
           
             Achemima
             :
             Gabdolgueziz
          
           the
           son
           of
           Merouanes
           caused
           also
           one
           to
           be
           made
           at
           Choluan
           in
           High
           
             Egypt
             .
             Zaid
          
           the
           son
           of
           Asam
           ,
           during
           the
           Caliphat
           of
           the
           Valide
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdolmelic
           ,
           under
           the
           Reign
           of
           the
           House
           of
           Ommie
           ,
           caused
           a
           Nilometer
           to
           be
           made
           in
           the
           Island
           which
           is
           opposite
           to
           Masre
           ,
           between
           
           its
           Rivers
           ;
           and
           this
           is
           greater
           then
           the
           others
           .
           As
           to
           that
           which
           is
           now
           used
           ,
           it
           was
           built
           by
           the
           Mamunus
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Harounes
           the
           Law-observer
           ;
           Almighty
           God
           shew
           mercy
           to
           both
           :
           For
           when
           he
           entered
           into
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           he
           found
           the
           Christians
           negligent
           in
           measuring
           the
           water
           ,
           when
           by
           the
           permission
           of
           God
           it
           encreased
           ;
           which
           obliged
           him
           to
           speak
           thus
           ;
           
             This
             is
             a
             miracle
             of
             God
             ,
             wherein
             he
             hath
             put
             a
             mystery
             ,
             secret
             and
             nuknown
             to
             any
             other
             besides
             himself
             ;
             therefore
             the
             care
             thereof
             belongs
             only
             to
             a
             
               Chenifian
               Mussulman
            
             ,
             who
             has
             Religion
             and
             Faith.
             
          
           He
           afterwards
           advis'd
           with
           the
           Lawyers
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           counselled
           him
           to
           bestow
           that
           charge
           on
           the
           Lawyer
           Gabdol
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdolsalem
           the
           Schoolmaster
           .
           Others
           say
           he
           was
           called
           Gait
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           Sirname
           was
           Abulredad
           .
           He
           was
           a
           very
           ancient
           man
           ,
           who
           read
           the
           memorable
           actions
           and
           sayings
           of
           the
           Prophet
           in
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           of
           Masre
           ,
           and
           who
           had
           been
           before
           a
           Schoolmaster
           teaching
           children
           .
           The
           Mamunus
           gave
           him
           the
           charge
           of
           Governour
           of
           the
           Nilometer
           ,
           after
           it
           was
           fully
           built
           in
           the
           Year
           CCXLIV
           ,
           
           and
           allotted
           him
           7
           Crowns
           of
           Gold
           monethly
           for
           his
           Pension
           ,
           which
           has
           ever
           since
           been
           continued
           to
           his
           Successours
           .
           Others
           say
           it
           was
           Mutavacquel
           who
           caused
           it
           to
           be
           built
           .
           They
           say
           also
           that
           the
           Coptites
           had
           heretofore
           a
           Nilometer
           in
           the
           Castle
           of
           Cire
           .
           The
           Romans
           also
           had
           one
           in
           the
           Castle
           at
           
             Babolsaguir
             .
             Gabdorrachaman
          
           says
           after
           Chaled
           ,
           who
           had
           it
           from
           Iachi
           the
           son
           of
           Bequir
           ;
           
             I
             came
             (
             said
             he
             )
             to
             the
             Nilometer
             of
             Memphis
             just
             as
             the
             Measurer
             entered
             into
             the
             Fustata
             ,
             to
             carry
             thither
             the
             good
             news
             of
             the
             Augmentation
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
          
        
         
           I
           have
           heard
           moreover
           (
           said
           the
           
           Author
           )
           a
           third
           story
           upon
           the
           cultivation
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Alphiom
           ,
           from
           Mahumet
           the
           Son
           of
           Gali
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Gabdol
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Sachar
           the
           Teminian
           ,
           who
           spoke
           of
           it
           in
           these
           terms
           ,
           sincerely
           citing
           the
           Author
           from
           whom
           he
           had
           it
           :
           
             I
             have
             heard
             (
             said
             he
             )
             of
             a
             man
             who
             was
             of
             the
             Barbarians
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             and
             well
             versed
             in
             the
             Affairs
             of
             his
             countrey
             ,
             and
             its
             History
             ,
             and
             its
             Antiquities
             ,
             living
             in
             a
             village
             named
             Phacat
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             found
             it
             in
             a
             book
             ,
             that
             Alphiom
             was
             
             heretofore
             a
             Land
             full
             of
             Briars
             and
             Thorns
             ,
             where
             nobody
             lived
             ;
             and
             that
             about
             that
             time
             the
             daughter
             of
             a
             Roman
             Emperour
             having
             misbehaved
             her self
             ,
             and
             her
             offence
             having
             been
             notorious
             all
             over
             the
             Roman
             Empire
             ,
             even
             in
             the
             most
             remote
             Islands
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             her
             father
             resolved
             to
             put
             her
             out
             of
             all
             places
             under
             his
             Jurisdiction
             ,
             and
             to
             send
             her
             to
             Sea.
             He
             put
             aboard
             with
             her
             her
             Mother
             ,
             her
             Servants
             ,
             and
             all
             her
             Retinue
             ,
             and
             whatever
             belonged
             to
             her
             ,
             and
             caused
             them
             to
             get
             out
             into
             the
             Main
             Sea
             ;
             having
             beforehand
             ordered
             that
             Favourite
             of
             his
             whom
             he
             had
             entrusted
             with
             this
             affair
             ,
             that
             when
             they
             met
             with
             violent
             Winds
             ,
             he
             should
             dispose
             the
             Ships
             to
             sail
             into
             a
             countrey
             out
             of
             which
             they
             should
             never
             return
             .
             This
             Order
             was
             put
             in
             execution
             ,
             and
             the
             Sails
             were
             hoised
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             a
             Tempest
             which
             blew
             every
             way
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             carried
             away
             the
             Ships
             ,
             and
             cast
             the
             Princess
             with
             those
             that
             accompanied
             her
             streight
             into
             Egypt
             ,
             where
             she
             made
             up
             the
             Nile
             till
             she
             came
             to
             the
             Manhi
             ,
             at
             a
             place
             where
             now
             
             Lahon
             is
             .
             There
             she
             went
             ashore
             ,
             and
             got
             on
             horseback
             with
             some
             of
             her
             People
             to
             take
             a
             view
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             seeking
             a
             place
             where
             she
             might
             make
             her
             habitation
             ,
             and
             set
             up
             her
             rest
             :
             for
             she
             had
             been
             told
             her
             Fathers
             will
             ,
             and
             knew
             it
             was
             his
             design
             she
             should
             have
             perished
             in
             the
             Sea.
             After
             much
             riding
             she
             came
             to
             the
             place
             of
             Alphiom
             ,
             and
             saw
             it
             covered
             with
             Briars
             ,
             and
             Trees
             ,
             and
             Pastures
             ,
             and
             Standing
             Waters
             ,
             and
             compass'd
             all
             about
             as
             it
             were
             with
             the
             Sea
             ;
             after
             she
             had
             taken
             a
             full
             prospect
             of
             it
             ,
             she
             returned
             to
             the
             Ship
             ,
             and
             said
             to
             her
             Mother
             that
             she
             had
             found
             a
             place
             where
             they
             might
             settle
             themselves
             ,
             and
             which
             they
             might
             cultivate
             for
             their
             subsistence
             ;
             that
             there
             was
             not
             such
             another
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             and
             that
             she
             had
             made
             choice
             of
             it
             for
             her
             aboad
             and
             retirement
             .
             Do
             what
             you
             please
             ,
             said
             her
             Mother
             to
             her
             .
             She
             therefore
             sent
             her
             Retinue
             before
             on
             Mules
             which
             they
             had
             with
             them
             in
             their
             Ships
             ;
             then
             they
             took
             their
             way
             ,
             and
             advanced
             as
             far
             as
             Matartares
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             City
             of
             Alphiom
             ,
             remaining
             
             to
             this
             day
             .
             The
             water
             overflowed
             Alphiom
             from
             the
             Manhi
             when
             the
             Nile
             was
             at
             the
             highest
             ;
             and
             when
             it
             was
             very
             low
             ,
             the
             water
             ebbed
             from
             Alphiom
             .
             When
             therefore
             she
             saw
             the
             water
             gone
             back
             from
             Alphiom
             ,
             she
             began
             to
             build
             Cities
             ,
             to
             cut
             down
             what
             Trees
             were
             requisite
             ,
             and
             to
             clear
             the
             ground
             of
             the
             Reeds
             ,
             the
             Paper-plants
             ,
             and
             the
             Tamarisk
             which
             grew
             there
             .
             Then
             she
             bethought
             her
             of
             a
             way
             to
             lay
             out
             the
             Money
             she
             had
             brought
             with
             her
             ,
             and
             sent
             some
             of
             her
             Servants
             to
             the
             Villages
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Cities
             ,
             to
             get
             people
             together
             ;
             so
             that
             there
             came
             to
             her
             a
             great
             number
             of
             poor
             people
             ,
             and
             necessitous
             Tradesmen
             ,
             to
             whom
             she
             distributed
             wherewithall
             to
             subsist
             ,
             and
             did
             them
             many
             favours
             ,
             employing
             them
             in
             digging
             the
             Chanel
             of
             the
             Manhi
             as
             far
             as
             Alphiem
             .
             They
             wrought
             it
             ,
             and
             began
             the
             design
             thereof
             ;
             but
             they
             afterwards
             found
             they
             could
             not
             bring
             it
             to
             perfection
             ,
             whereupon
             they
             gave
             it
             over
             .
             This
             is
             manifestly
             seen
             at
             this
             day
             by
             the
             tracks
             that
             are
             left
             of
             it
             .
             It
             is
             on
             the
             East
             side
             of
             the
             City
             of
             Alphiom
             .
             
             They
             raised
             the
             Bank
             of
             Lahon
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             retain
             as
             much
             water
             as
             they
             stood
             in
             need
             of
             .
          
        
         
           
             They
             relate
             moreover
             (
             says
             the
             Author
             )
             a
             fourth
             Story
             concerning
             
             the
             manner
             how
             the
             Land
             of
             Alphiom
             was
             peopled
             .
             Pharao
             (
             say
             these
             )
             commanded
             Joseph
             to
             reduce
             it
             ,
             and
             proportionably
             to
             distribute
             the
             waters
             which
             flowed
             thence
             .
             Joseph
             did
             it
             ,
             and
             so
             settled
             all
             ,
             that
             it
             might
             last
             to
             the
             end
             of
             times
             upon
             the
             surface
             of
             the
             earth
             .
             The
             Lahon
             is
             at
             this
             day
             in
             that
             posture
             ,
             save
             that
             
               Abagon
               Gabdolmelic
            
             the
             son
             of
             Iezidus
             has
             added
             something
             thereto
             ,
             on
             that
             side
             which
             is
             towards
             the
             wall
             of
             the
             Sources
             .
             He
             also
             raised
             in
             the
             City
             of
             Alphiom
             a
             little
             Structure
             ,
             which
             is
             of
             no
             use
             .
             The
             yearly
             Revenue
             of
             Alphiom
             
             was
             365000
             Crowns
             of
             Gold
             ,
             without
             exaction
             ,
             or
             injuring
             ,
             or
             tyrannizing
             over
             any
             person
             .
             But
             since
             it
             hath
             been
             successively
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             several
             wicked
             Governours
             ,
             who
             have
             laid
             Impositions
             according
             to
             their
             avarice
             ,
             the
             Benediction
             hath
             departed
             from
             Alphiom
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Countrey
             :
             the
             best
             cultivated
             
             places
             are
             grown
             desolate
             ,
             most
             of
             the
             passages
             and
             villages
             were
             ruined
             ,
             and
             its
             Revenues
             abated
             more
             and
             more
             .
             And
             yet
             if
             the
             Princes
             would
             cast
             their
             eyes
             on
             this
             Countrey
             ,
             and
             cause
             it
             to
             be
             r●peopled
             ,
             and
             provide
             for
             the
             observance
             of
             Justice
             and
             Equity
             therein
             ,
             its
             Revenues
             would
             return
             to
             what
             they
             were
             before
             .
             But
             God
             knows
             what
             is
             concealed
             from
             Men.
             
          
        
         
           As
           to
           
           Ioseph's
           Prison
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           
           the
           Benediction
           which
           God
           gives
           upon
           the
           Prayers
           made
           there
           ,
           this
           is
           one
           of
           the
           Stories
           related
           thereof
           .
           There
           was
           heretofore
           Commander
           in
           Egypt
           the
           Achesidian
           ,
           so
           called
           from
           the
           name
           of
           his
           Master
           
             Abulchasam
             Gali
          
           the
           son
           of
           Achesides
           ,
           who
           gave
           him
           the
           management
           of
           the
           Affairs
           of
           his
           Government
           ,
           even
           during
           his
           life
           for
           a
           long
           time
           ;
           so
           that
           after
           the
           death
           of
           
             Abulchasam
             ,
             Caphor
          
           the
           Achesidian
           continued
           sole
           Governour
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           was
           put
           into
           the
           Government
           of
           that
           Province
           by
           the
           Prelate
           the
           Mutigolell
           ,
           of
           the
           House
           of
           Guebasus
           ,
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           ,
           and
           generally
           all
           related
           to
           him
           ;
           which
           he
           enjoyed
           alone
           ,
           and
           without
           any
           Partner
           .
           
           Caphor
           died
           afterwards
           ,
           but
           Saphilmelic
           the
           
             Caid
             Guehar
          
           ,
           servant
           of
           the
           Mugazzoldinill
           ,
           entered
           into
           Egypt
           even
           while
           he
           governed
           it
           ,
           and
           obtained
           of
           him
           the
           Reversion
           of
           it
           .
           They
           say
           this
           Caphor
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           being
           one
           day
           very
           much
           troubled
           with
           a
           difficult
           and
           intricate
           business
           ,
           went
           himself
           to
           the
           Lawyer
           and
           Doctor
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           who
           was
           then
           Abubeker
           the
           son
           of
           Chedad
           ,
           and
           having
           saluted
           him
           said
           thus
           to
           him
           :
           
             I
             desire
             you
             to
             name
             me
             some
             place
             where
             Prayers
             are
             infallibly
             heard
             ,
             and
             shew
             me
             in
             what
             manner
             I
             should
             pray
             for
             an
             Affair
             which
             hath
             happened
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             hath
             already
             given
             me
             much
             disquiet
             .
             Lord
             Commander
             (
             replied
             the
             Doctor
             )
             go
             your
             ways
             to
             
             Ioseph's
             Prison
             ,
             and
             say
             your
             Prayer
             over
             it
             with
             two
             Inclinations
             :
             if
             you
             say
             it
             in
             the
             Afternoon
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             so
             much
             the
             better
             .
             After
             that
             read
             the
             Chapter
             of
             Ioseph
             with
             a
             loud
             voice
             ,
             and
             in
             an
             entire
             Alcoran
             ,
             with
             your
             face
             turned
             towards
             Meca
             ,
             standing
             ,
             and
             your
             hands
             lifted
             up
             ,
             and
             ask
             of
             God
             what
             you
             desire
             .
             For
             this
             kind
             of
             Prayer
             is
             experienced
             ,
             ready
             to
             be
             
             heard
             and
             accepted
             :
             it
             is
             the
             Prayer
             of
             Necessity
             .
             I
             have
             known
             ancient
             Egyptians
             make
             use
             of
             it
             frequently
             .
          
           Caphor
           departed
           ,
           and
           did
           what
           the
           Old
           man
           advised
           him
           ,
           and
           God
           did
           the
           business
           for
           him
           within
           a
           week
           .
           The
           ancient
           Egyptians
           ,
           as
           well
           the
           Doctors
           ,
           and
           they
           that
           profess
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           sayings
           and
           actions
           of
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           as
           before
           them
           ,
           those
           of
           his
           company
           and
           retinue
           ,
           have
           ever
           had
           recourse
           to
           that
           noble
           Prison
           ,
           and
           there
           they
           called
           upon
           Almighty
           God
           for
           the
           accomplishment
           of
           their
           affairs
           ,
           and
           their
           prayers
           were
           heard
           .
           Moses
           ,
           who
           spoke
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           his
           Brother
           Aaron
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           both
           )
           even
           they
           have
           made
           their
           Prayers
           there
           ,
           and
           obtained
           Divine
           Benedictions
           :
           for
           it
           is
           the
           Prison
           wherein
           their
           Uncle
           Joseph
           was
           detained
           ;
           since
           Moses
           was
           the
           Son
           of
           Gamran
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Iaheb
           ,
           the
           Son
           of
           Levi
           ,
           which
           Levi
           was
           
           Ioseph's
           Brother
           .
           They
           say
           that
           Moses
           ,
           when
           he
           desired
           God
           to
           turn
           his
           indignation
           from
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           to
           deliver
           them
           from
           the
           Locusts
           and
           the
           Frogs
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           Deluge
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           Bloud
           ,
           
           made
           his
           Prayer
           over
           
           Ioseph's
           Prison
           ,
           as
           a
           place
           purposely
           set
           aside
           for
           the
           imploring
           of
           Gods
           mercy
           ;
           to
           which
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           when
           they
           are
           visited
           with
           sterility
           and
           dearth
           ,
           or
           persecution
           ,
           or
           are
           disquieted
           by
           reason
           of
           any
           affair
           ,
           run
           presently
           ,
           and
           make
           their
           prayer
           there
           ,
           which
           is
           certainly
           heard
           .
           Iacob
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           added
           thereto
           the
           place
           of
           his
           She-Camel
           ,
           where
           he
           made
           her
           kneel
           down
           that
           he
           might
           get
           off
           her
           back
           .
           
           Since
           the
           Mussulman
           Religion
           hath
           been
           observed
           ,
           there
           is
           a
           Mosquey
           built
           in
           that
           place
           :
           it
           is
           under
           the
           Bank
           of
           Sand
           ,
           upon
           which
           is
           the
           Prison
           .
           For
           Iacob
           (
           desirous
           to
           see
           the
           place
           where
           his
           Son
           had
           been
           Prisoner
           )
           rode
           thither
           on
           his
           She-Camel
           ,
           and
           alighted
           at
           the
           place
           which
           is
           now
           called
           
             Ioseph's
             Mosquey
          
           ,
           and
           there
           prayed
           ,
           and
           gave
           thanks
           to
           God
           for
           the
           favour
           he
           had
           done
           him
           ,
           that
           he
           embraced
           his
           Son
           ,
           and
           saw
           him
           again
           :
           then
           he
           went
           up
           to
           the
           Sand-Mount
           ,
           and
           so
           to
           the
           Prison
           .
           JESUS
           the
           Son
           of
           Mary
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           both
           )
           did
           also
           visit
           that
           Prison
           .
           When
           he
           and
           his
           Mother
           were
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           they
           there
           said
           their
           Prayer
           .
           
           Many
           of
           those
           who
           accompanied
           the
           Prophet
           entered
           into
           it
           ;
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           the
           Fourscore
           who
           were
           in
           Egypt
           at
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Conquests
           ,
           the
           first
           whereof
           was
           Gamrou
           the
           Son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           then
           his
           Son
           Gabdol
           ,
           and
           Zebirus
           the
           Son
           of
           Gavam
           ,
           and
           Abuharirus
           ,
           and
           Abudar
           ,
           and
           Mecdad
           ,
           and
           the
           rest
           ,
           (
           Gods
           be
           with
           them
           all
           ;
           )
           nay
           some
           of
           them
           left
           their
           Prints
           upon
           the
           Roof
           of
           the
           Prison
           .
           This
           Prison
           is
           the
           place
           where
           Ioseph
           sate
           when
           he
           interpreted
           the
           Dreams
           .
           On
           one
           side
           of
           the
           Prison
           there
           is
           a
           Vault
           ,
           out
           of
           which
           Gabriel
           came
           down
           to
           him
           .
           Zelicha
           sate
           in
           that
           place
           (
           before
           he
           was
           more
           closely
           restrained
           ,
           and
           that
           
           they
           had
           laid
           extraordinary
           commands
           upon
           him
           ,
           and
           turned
           his
           face
           from
           the
           vault
           )
           that
           she
           might
           see
           him
           ever
           and
           anon
           from
           the
           upper
           part
           of
           her
           Castle
           :
           for
           the
           Prison
           served
           for
           a
           Tower
           to
           the
           gate
           of
           the
           Western
           House
           of
           Gazizus
           ,
           which
           was
           then
           within
           the
           place
           of
           Pleasure
           .
           The
           King
           had
           two
           Houses
           ;
           the
           Eastern
           ,
           called
           
             Zelicha's
             Gallery
          
           ,
           where
           is
           the
           Wall
           which
           remains
           to
           this
           day
           ,
           opposite
           to
           the
           Caves
           :
           and
           the
           Western
           ,
           where
           the
           Prison
           was
           ,
           
           and
           belonged
           to
           the
           place
           of
           Pleasure
           .
           As
           to
           the
           Prayer
           which
           the
           Lawyer
           Abubeker
           (
           the
           Son
           of
           Chedad
           )
           taught
           Caphor
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           both
           ;
           )
           't
           is
           this
           :
           
             Great
             God
             ,
             give
             
             thy
             Benediction
             to
             Mahumet
             and
             his
             Family
             ,
             grant
             peace
             to
             Mahumet
             and
             to
             
             Mahumet's
             Family
             ,
             shew
             mercy
             on
             Mahumet
             and
             Mahumets
             Family
             ,
             be
             propitious
             to
             Mahumet
             and
             to
             the
             Family
             of
             Mahumet
             ;
             as
             thou
             hast
             given
             thy
             benediction
             and
             peace
             ,
             and
             as
             thou
             hast
             been
             merciful
             ,
             and
             as
             thou
             hast
             been
             propitious
             to
             Abraham
             and
             the
             Family
             of
             Abraham
             .
             Thou
             art
             praise-worthy
             ,
             and
             glorious
             .
             Great
             God!
             O
             thou
             who
             hast
             saved
             thy
             Prophet
             Ioseph
             ,
             and
             hast
             delivered
             him
             out
             of
             the
             Dungeon
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             Darkness
             ,
             and
             hast
             made
             him
             to
             get
             happily
             out
             of
             prison
             ,
             after
             the
             Divel
             had
             raised
             dissention
             between
             him
             and
             his
             brethren
             ;
             who
             didst
             bring
             him
             to
             be
             embraced
             by
             his
             father
             after
             a
             long
             absence
             ;
             who
             hast
             taken
             away
             the
             afflictions
             of
             his
             father
             the
             Prophet
             Jacob
             ,
             and
             hast
             had
             compassion
             on
             the
             abundance
             of
             his
             Tears
             ,
             and
             hast
             crowned
             his
             hope
             by
             causing
             him
             to
             see
             him
             
             after
             he
             had
             lost
             his
             sig●ht
             ,
             and
             hast
             restored
             him
             to
             him
             ,
             as
             it
             were
             by
             a
             Miracle
             of
             his
             Prophecy
             ;
             who
             hast
             heard
             his
             prayer
             ,
             and
             done
             the
             business
             he
             desired
             of
             thee
             :
             Make
             haste
             to
             dissipate
             my
             affliction
             ,
             and
             to
             facilitate
             to
             me
             the
             departure
             of
             my
             disquiet
             ,
             do
             my
             business
             for
             me
             ;
             facilitate
             my
             return
             to
             my
             own
             people
             ,
             receive
             me
             into
             thy
             Sanctuary
             ,
             deliver
             me
             out
             of
             my
             misfortunes
             ,
             and
             out
             of
             my
             afflictions
             ,
             as
             thou
             hast
             deliver'd
             thy
             Prophet
             Ioseph
             out
             of
             his
             ,
             after
             thou
             hadst
             afflicted
             him
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             for
             the
             tryal
             of
             his
             patience
             ;
             for
             the
             raising
             him
             to
             a
             high
             rank
             near
             thee
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             increase
             of
             his
             reward
             .
             O
             Thou
             ,
             who
             art
             he
             who
             dost
             compass
             the
             affairs
             of
             the
             faithful
             ,
             who
             art
             the
             end
             of
             the
             desires
             of
             all
             that
             petition
             thee
             ,
             and
             the
             Butt
             of
             their
             demands
             ,
             who
             require
             any
             thing
             of
             thee
             ,
             and
             the
             hope
             of
             those
             who
             seek
             a
             refuge
             ,
             and
             the
             sanctuary
             of
             those
             who
             are
             in
             fear
             ;
             who
             hearest
             the
             prayers
             of
             those
             who
             have
             need
             ,
             and
             dost
             put
             a
             period
             to
             great
             afflictions
             !
             Bless
             Mahomet
             thy
             Apostle
             ,
             and
             Lord
             of
             Men
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             his
             holy
             Family
             ,
             
             and
             those
             of
             his
             chosen
             Company
             ,
             and
             his
             Wives
             ,
             who
             are
             the
             Mothers
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             and
             those
             who
             follow
             them
             in
             well-doing
             to
             the
             day
             of
             judgement
             .
             Take
             me
             into
             thy
             custody
             ,
             surround
             me
             with
             the
             Curtains
             of
             thy
             Throne
             ,
             raise
             over
             me
             the
             Forts
             of
             thy
             Cittadels
             ,
             spread
             over
             me
             the
             vail
             of
             thy
             protection
             ,
             and
             turn
             not
             away
             thy
             eyes
             from
             me
             ;
             give
             me
             not
             over
             into
             the
             tuition
             of
             any
             other
             ,
             free
             me
             from
             the
             evil
             devices
             of
             thy
             creatures
             ,
             favour
             me
             with
             the
             abundance
             of
             thy
             graces
             ,
             and
             with
             that
             of
             thy
             goods
             whereof
             the
             use
             is
             allowed
             ,
             through
             thy
             mercy
             ,
             O
             most
             merciful
             of
             all
             the
             merciful
             .
             God
             give
             his
             Benedictions
             to
             our
             Lord
             Mahumet
             ,
             and
             to
             those
             of
             his
             family
             ,
             and
             to
             those
             of
             his
             company
             ,
             and
             to
             his
             wives
             ,
             and
             to
             those
             who
             follow
             them
             in
             well-doing
             to
             the
             day
             of
             judgment
             .
             Praise
             be
             to
             God
             the
             Lord
             of
             the
             world
             .
          
        
         
           Megavius
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Salichus
           relates
           ,
           as
           having
           learnt
           it
           of
           Abuharirus
           ,
           
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           ,
           that
           Ioseph
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           when
           he
           was
           brought
           into
           Aegypt
           ,
           began
           to
           
           weep
           night
           and
           day
           ,
           out
           of
           the
           grief
           it
           was
           to
           him
           ,
           to
           be
           so
           far
           from
           his
           father
           and
           brethren
           ;
           and
           that
           one
           night
           which
           he
           consecrated
           to
           God
           ,
           and
           which
           he
           spent
           in
           prayer
           ,
           he
           implor'd
           the
           assistance
           of
           God
           ,
           and
           without
           any
           noise
           spoke
           thus
           to
           his
           Lord
           :
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             thou
             hast
             brought
             me
             out
             of
             the
             Country
             which
             I
             love
             best
             of
             any
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             do
             me
             good
             in
             this
             where
             I
             now
             am
             ,
             and
             assist
             me
             therein
             with
             thy
             favours
             ;
             cause
             me
             to
             be
             loving
             to
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             these
             Provinces
             into
             which
             thou
             hast
             brought
             and
             conducted
             me
             ,
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             cause
             them
             to
             love
             me
             :
             give
             me
             wherewithall
             to
             subsist
             therein
             happily
             and
             handsomely
             ,
             and
             do
             me
             favour
             that
             I
             may
             not
             die
             till
             thou
             hast
             brought
             my
             Brethren
             and
             me
             together
             with
             joy
             and
             satisfaction
             ,
             and
             put
             us
             into
             a
             capacity
             of
             enjoying
             the
             happiness
             of
             this
             world
             ,
             and
             that
             of
             the
             other
             .
          
           After
           that
           ,
           Ioseph
           fell
           asleep
           ,
           and
           saw
           in
           his
           dream
           some
           body
           ,
           who
           said
           to
           him
           :
           
             Ioseph
             ,
             God
             hath
             heard
             thy
             prayer
             ;
             he
             will
             raise
             in
             thee
             an
             affection
             to
             the
             Country
             into
             which
             he
             hath
             brought
             thee
             ,
             insomuch
             that
             there
             
             shall
             not
             be
             any
             other
             in
             the
             world
             ,
             more
             pleasant
             to
             thee
             ,
             as
             he
             hath
             alwaies
             made
             it
             amiable
             to
             those
             who
             have
             entred
             into
             it
             before
             thee
             ;
             and
             in
             like
             manner
             he
             will
             render
             it
             amiable
             to
             those
             who
             shall
             enter
             into
             it
             after
             thee
             ,
             for
             no
             body
             shall
             be
             desirous
             to
             go
             out
             of
             it
             ,
             after
             he
             is
             once
             come
             into
             it
             .
             He
             will
             in
             like
             manner
             cause
             thee
             to
             be
             lov'd
             by
             its
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             will
             make
             thee
             Master
             and
             Governour
             of
             it
             .
             He
             will
             also
             bring
             you
             together
             ;
             thee
             and
             thy
             Father
             ,
             and
             thy
             Brethren
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             thy
             reign
             and
             government
             ,
             and
             will
             give
             thee
             joy
             and
             satisfaction
             .
             Take
             courage
             therefore
             upon
             this
             hope
             ,
             and
             be
             jocund
             and
             chearful
             ,
             and
             know
             ,
             Ioseph
             ,
             that
             this
             Province
             is
             the
             Mother
             of
             Nations
             ,
             and
             the
             support
             of
             Men
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Treasures
             and
             Wealth
             of
             the
             Earth
             are
             in
             it
             .
          
           Joseph
           awaked
           thereupon
           extreamly
           glad
           and
           satisfi'd
           ,
           and
           from
           that
           time
           advanc'd
           by
           degrees
           to
           the
           condition
           which
           God
           had
           promis'd
           him
           ,
           alwaies
           hoping
           the
           accomplishment
           of
           the
           promises
           which
           he
           had
           made
           him
           ,
           till
           that
           God
           brought
           ●hem
           together
           ,
           him
           and
           his
           
           Father
           ,
           and
           his
           Brethren
           .
           Ever
           since
           ,
           Aegypt
           hath
           been
           ever
           lov'd
           and
           desir'd
           ;
           no
           Forreigner
           comes
           into
           it
           ,
           but
           is
           glad
           to
           continue
           there
           ,
           and
           departs
           thence
           ,
           but
           he
           regrets
           it
           and
           desires
           to
           return
           into
           it
           again
           .
           After
           God
           had
           brought
           him
           to
           Reign
           ,
           and
           brought
           them
           together
           ,
           him
           ,
           and
           his
           Father
           and
           his
           Brethren
           ,
           in
           the
           flower
           of
           his
           glory
           ,
           power
           ,
           and
           grandeur
           ,
           he
           humbled
           himself
           before
           God
           ,
           and
           abstain'd
           from
           the
           goods
           of
           the
           world
           ,
           aspiring
           to
           those
           which
           are
           with
           God
           ,
           and
           said
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           God
           himself
           relates
           of
           him
           by
           the
           mouth
           of
           his
           Prophet
           Mahumet
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           in
           his
           glorious
           Book
           :
           My
           Lord
           ,
           
             you
             have
             brought
             me
             to
             Reign
             ,
             and
             have
             given
             me
             the
             knowledge
             of
             interpreting
             obscure
             discourses
             ;
             O
             Creator
             of
             the
             Heavens
             and
             the
             Earth
             .
             You
             are
             my
             Protector
             in
             this
             world
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             other
             give
             me
             the
             grace
             to
             die
             a
          
           Mussulman
           ,
           
             and
             bring
             me
             into
             the
             company
             of
             the
             Vertuous
             .
          
           God
           granted
           him
           all
           that
           ;
           God
           bless
           him
           and
           his
           holy
           Fathers
           .
        
         
           Abumuchammed
           the
           Achemimian
           ,
           the
           Dyer
           ,
           God
           have
           mercy
           on
           him
           ,
           related
           to
           me
           at
           Masre
           ,
           what
           follows
           ,
           
           sayes
           the
           Author
           :
           I
           went
           often
           ,
           said
           he
           ,
           to
           the
           Country
           of
           Gize
           about
           
           some
           affairs
           I
           had
           there
           ,
           and
           some
           debts
           I
           was
           to
           receive
           from
           certain
           Labourers
           of
           those
           parts
           ,
           so
           that
           I
           saw
           the
           Pyramids
           at
           a
           distance
           ;
           but
           the
           trouble
           and
           disquiet
           I
           was
           in
           proceeding
           
           from
           my
           affairs
           ,
           permitted
           me
           not
           to
           go
           to
           them
           ,
           nor
           to
           come
           nearer
           them
           ,
           to
           consider
           them
           at
           leisure
           ,
           and
           to
           contemplate
           their
           structure
           ,
           and
           the
           exquisite
           artifice
           of
           their
           Fabrick
           .
           I
           was
           acquainted
           with
           ,
           and
           much
           esteem'd
           ,
           the
           Prelate
           of
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           of
           that
           Country
           ,
           so
           that
           one
           night
           I
           took
           up
           my
           lodging
           at
           his
           house
           ,
           and
           discover'd
           to
           him
           my
           thoughts
           concerning
           the
           Pyramids
           ,
           telling
           him
           ,
           that
           I
           had
           always
           been
           so
           taken
           up
           with
           my
           affairs
           ,
           that
           I
           had
           not
           as
           yet
           gone
           so
           far
           to
           consider
           them
           ,
           but
           that
           I
           had
           a
           great
           desire
           to
           see
           them
           ,
           and
           to
           contemplate
           the
           structure
           thereof
           ,
           and
           the
           excellency
           of
           the
           artifice
           employ'd
           therein
           .
           He
           thereupon
           spoke
           thus
           to
           me
           :
           
             Brother
             ,
             if
             these
             Pyramids
             were
             in
             China
             ,
             or
             at
             the
             extremities
             of
             the
             West
             ,
             those
             who
             should
             hear
             talk
             of
             them
             ,
             would
             
             have
             the
             curiosity
             to
             go
             thither
             to
             see
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             consider
             the
             admirable
             structure
             thereof
             ;
             what
             therefore
             ought
             they
             to
             do
             who
             are
             here
             in
             the
             Country
             where
             they
             are
             ,
             and
             so
             near
             them
             ?
             My
             Father
             told
             me
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             seen
             
               Magedolmelic
               Macherir
            
             the
             
             blind
             man
             ,
             who
             got
             the
             Alcoran
             read
             to
             him
             at
             the
             gate
             of
             the
             Western
             Castle
             ,
             Gods
             mercy
             on
             him
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             the
             Prelate
             
               Must
               agalibemrillus
            
             ,
             who
             had
             seen
             him
             ;
             I
             say
             ,
             at
             these
             Pyramids
             ,
             attended
             by
             an
             Ethiopian
             Youth
             ,
             who
             led
             him
             by
             the
             hand
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Youth
             having
             brought
             him
             upon
             the
             Pyramid
             which
             lies
             Eastward
             ,
             he
             felt
             the
             graving
             of
             it
             with
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             what
             was
             written
             upon
             it
             ,
             and
             admir'd
             it
             ,
             praising
             and
             giving
             thanks
             to
             God
             continually
             for
             the
             knowledge
             he
             had
             inspir'd
             his
             servants
             withall
             ,
             and
             the
             excellency
             of
             their
             workmanship
             and
             Geometry
             .
             My
             Father
             saluted
             him
             ,
             and
             spoke
             thus
             to
             him
             ;
             O
             Lord
             ,
             you
             put
             your self
             to
             much
             trouble
             ,
             and
             take
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             pains
             to
             get
             up
             and
             down
             this
             Pyramid
             .
             O
             Brother
             ,
             reply'd
             he
             ,
             to
             travel
             up
             and
             down
             the
             Country
             ,
             
             and
             to
             consider
             the
             tracks
             of
             ancient
             Nations
             ,
             and
             past
             ages
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             those
             things
             which
             are
             recomended
             to
             us
             ,
             that
             those
             who
             want
             examples
             may
             thereby
             find
             some
             for
             their
             instruction
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             sloathful
             and
             sleepy
             may
             therein
             meet
             with
             what
             may
             awake
             them
             out
             of
             their
             slumber
             ,
             and
             oblige
             them
             to
             consider
             the
             Kingdom
             of
             the
             Heavens
             and
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             the
             Miracles
             ,
             and
             prodigious
             things
             which
             God
             hath
             placed
             therein
             .
             These
             Pyramids
             are
             one
             of
             the
             most
             miraculous
             things
             of
             any
             in
             Egypt
             ,
             after
             the
             Nile
             .
             For
             as
             to
             the
             Nile
             ,
             its
             flowings
             and
             ebbings
             depend
             on
             a
             wisedom
             known
             only
             to
             him
             who
             gives
             it
             its
             course
             ,
             and
             obliges
             it
             to
             do
             its
             duty
             ;
             who
             commands
             it
             to
             encrease
             ,
             and
             it
             obeys
             ;
             and
             who
             causes
             it
             to
             fall
             ,
             after
             it
             hath
             acquitted
             it self
             of
             what
             people
             needed
             from
             it
             .
             What
             is
             there
             more
             admirable
             then
             these
             prodigies
             ?
             For
             my
             part
             ,
             I
             am
             a
             poor
             man
             ,
             who
             have
             lost
             my
             fight
             ,
             and
             whose
             curiosity
             can
             reach
             only
             those
             miracles
             and
             rarities
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             learnt
             by
             the
             ear
             .
             But
             who
             comes
             it
             ,
             that
             those
             who
             see
             well
             ,
             
             who
             have
             leasure
             ,
             and
             live
             near
             these
             miracles
             ,
             have
             not
             the
             curiosity
             to
             divert
             themselves
             in
             the
             contemplation
             thereof
             ?
          
           He
           thereupon
           took
           me
           by
           the
           hand
           ,
           and
           recited
           these
           verses
           to
           me
           .
           
             Pray
             unto
             him
             who
             hath
             liv'd
             upon
             the
             Mount
             ,
             to
             dictate
             unto
             thee
             the
             History
             of
             himself
             ,
             and
             cause
             him
             not
             to
             weep
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             with
             my
             tears
             .
             I
             cannot
             see
             remote
             countries
             with
             my
             eyes
             ,
             but
             it
             may
             be
             I
             shall
             see
             them
             by
             the
             means
             of
             my
             ears
             .
          
           Whereupon
           he
           fell
           a
           weeping
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           made
           me
           weep
           also
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           me
           :
           
             O
             Brother
             know
             that
             the
             sighs
             of
             the
             poor
             blind
             man
             will
             never
             end
             in
             this
             world
             ,
             and
             that
             they
             will
             not
             cease
             ,
             till
             he
             hath
             casted
             death
             ,
             and
             that
             God
             hath
             promis'd
             him
             ,
             that
             if
             he
             patiently
             endure
             the
             affliction
             of
             his
             blindness
             ,
             and
             loss
             of
             his
             sight
             ,
             and
             shall
             have
             taken
             it
             as
             coming
             from
             God
             ,
             and
             chearfully
             accepted
             it
             ,
             he
             will
             justifie
             him
             ,
             and
             bring
             him
             into
             Paradise
             .
             For
             the
             blind
             man
             is
             dead
             among
             the
             living
             .
             The
             Law
             of
             God
             commands
             a
             man
             to
             salute
             him
             ;
             it
             is
             an
             act
             of
             faith
             ,
             to
             eat
             with
             him
             ;
             it
             is
             an
             Oblation
             to
             God
             ,
             to
             sit
             down
             with
             
             him
             ;
             't
             is
             a
             merit
             of
             reward
             to
             discourse
             with
             him
             ;
             't
             is
             a
             thing
             of
             obligation
             to
             give
             him
             an
             almes
             ;
             he
             who
             takes
             him
             by
             the
             hand
             in
             his
             necessity
             obtains
             the
             remission
             of
             his
             sins
             .
             Then
             he
             said
             further
             to
             me
             :
             Know
             that
             what
             oblig'd
             me
             to
             take
             the
             pains
             to
             come
             to
             this
             place
             ,
             was
             somewhat
             told
             me
             by
             a
             certain
             Scholar
             while
             we
             were
             together
             in
             the
             Colledge
             .
          
           'T
           was
           of
           his
           father
           that
           he
           spoke
           to
           me
           ,
           and
           he
           was
           of
           that
           Country
           of
           Gize
           .
           My
           father
           ,
           said
           he
           ,
           told
           me
           ,
           that
           while
           he
           was
           a
           young
           man
           ,
           he
           went
           and
           came
           many
           times
           night
           and
           day
           by
           these
           Pyramids
           ,
           his
           affairs
           obliging
           him
           thereto
           ;
           and
           that
           he
           and
           some
           other
           young
           men
           about
           his
           age
           went
           up
           on
           the
           top
           of
           them
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           into
           them
           ,
           without
           any
           other
           design
           then
           to
           divert
           themselves
           .
           One
           day
           among
           others
           ,
           said
           this
           father
           to
           his
           son
           ,
           according
           to
           what
           he
           added
           ,
           about
           noon
           being
           mounted
           on
           a
           beast
           which
           I
           had
           ,
           as
           I
           kept
           along
           my
           direct
           way
           ,
           passing
           near
           these
           Pyramids
           ,
           I
           saw
           a
           company
           of
           Cavaliers
           ,
           mounted
           some
           on
           Horses
           ,
           and
           others
           on
           Camels
           ,
           and
           some
           people
           a
           foot
           
           marching
           along
           with
           them
           ,
           as
           it
           were
           in
           a
           Procession
           about
           the
           Pyramids
           .
           Whereupon
           thought
           I
           to
           to
           my self
           ,
           Who
           are
           those
           that
           make
           a
           Procession
           about
           the
           Pyramids
           now
           at
           noon
           ?
           Is
           it
           not
           for
           some
           accident
           newly
           happen'd
           in
           the
           City
           ?
           I
           thereupon
           made
           towards
           them
           ,
           so
           that
           I
           came
           pretty
           near
           them
           ,
           and
           look'd
           upon
           them
           very
           earnestly
           .
           But
           I
           found
           ,
           as
           I
           view'd
           them
           at
           a
           nearer
           distance
           ,
           that
           they
           had
           neither
           the
           stature
           nor
           meen
           of
           ordinary
           men
           ,
           and
           I
           made
           the
           same
           judgement
           of
           their
           Horses
           and
           their
           Camels
           .
           Which
           oblig'd
           me
           to
           recommend
           my self
           to
           God
           ,
           after
           which
           I
           saluted
           them
           ,
           and
           they
           return'd
           my
           salutation
           ,
           and
           spoke
           thus
           to
           me
           ;
           
             Be
             of
             good
             courage
             ,
             thou
             shalt
             have
             no
             harm
             .
             We
             are
             a
             company
             of
             Mussulmans
             ,
             of
             the
             
             number
             of
             the
             Doemons
             ,
             who
             believe
             in
             God
             and
             in
             his
             Prophet
             .
             When
             the
             Doemons
             return
             a
             mans
             salutation
             ,
             he
             may
             believe
             himself
             safe
             enough
             as
             to
             them
             .
             When
             therefore
             thou
             shalt
             meet
             with
             creatures
             which
             thou
             thinkest
             not
             to
             be
             men
             ,
             salute
             them
             ,
             for
             if
             they
             
             salute
             thee
             again
             ,
             they
             will
             be
             faithful
             ,
             if
             they
             do
             not
             return
             thy
             salutation
             ,
             they
             will
             not
             be
             faithful
             ;
             it
             will
             therefore
             concern
             thee
             to
             recommend
             thy self
             to
             God
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             preserve
             thee
             from
             them
             ;
             for
             by
             that
             means
             it
             will
             not
             be
             in
             their
             power
             to
             hurt
             thee
             .
          
           After
           that
           I
           saw
           among
           them
           a
           Demon
           whom
           they
           honoured
           much
           ,
           and
           whom
           they
           acknowledg'd
           as
           it
           were
           for
           their
           Protector
           and
           Superiour
           ,
           to
           whom
           one
           of
           them
           spoke
           thus
           .
           See
           you
           the
           beauty
           and
           the
           excellency
           ,
           and
           the
           workmanship
           of
           that
           Structure
           ,
           and
           of
           that
           Architecture
           ,
           the
           
           solidity
           of
           those
           buildings
           ,
           and
           the
           goodness
           of
           their
           situation
           ?
           This
           ,
           reply'd
           he
           ,
           is
           an
           effect
           of
           their
           wisdom
           ,
           who
           inhabited
           the
           land
           before
           us
           ,
           who
           were
           mightier
           then
           we
           ,
           and
           fignaliz'd
           themselves
           ,
           by
           more
           noble
           marks
           ,
           then
           we
           can
           do
           ,
           upon
           the
           earth
           .
           I
           had
           heard
           what
           the
           ancients
           said
           of
           these
           Pyramids
           ,
           and
           was
           desirous
           to
           see
           and
           consider
           them
           my self
           before
           my
           death
           ,
           should
           we
           now
           at
           the
           time
           we
           live
           in
           ,
           attempt
           the
           making
           of
           such
           works
           as
           these
           ,
           we
           should
           not
           compass
           them
           ,
           even
           though
           
           men
           joyn'd
           with
           us
           to
           carry
           on
           the
           work
           .
           Nay
           ,
           though
           we
           should
           content
           our selves
           with
           the
           building
           of
           but
           one
           Pyramid
           ,
           we
           should
           not
           be
           able
           to
           do
           it
           ;
           what
           pain
           therefore
           would
           it
           be
           to
           make
           as
           many
           as
           there
           are
           here
           ?
           After
           that
           they
           departed
           as
           it
           were
           in
           order
           to
           their
           return
           ,
           and
           one
           of
           them
           bid
           me
           Adieu
           ,
           and
           spoke
           thus
           to
           me
           ;
           
             O
             man
             ,
             endeavour
             to
             forbear
             walking
             abroad
             at
             noon
             ;
             rather
             sleep
             at
             mid-day
             ,
             for
             the
             Devils
             do
             not
             sleep
             at
             that
             time
             .
          
           Now
           this
           is
           it
           that
           obliged
           me
           to
           come
           to
           these
           Pyramids
           ,
           which
           are
           such
           Miracles
           of
           Workmanship
           ,
           that
           the
           Doemons
           themselves
           cannot
           make
           the
           like
           .
           Why
           shall
           I
           not
           feel
           them
           at
           least
           with
           my
           hand
           ?
           Besides
           ,
           here
           is
           a
           Youth
           who
           represents
           things
           so
           well
           to
           me
           ,
           that
           I
           comprehend
           them
           as
           if
           I
           saw
           them
           my self
           :
           I
           thank
           God
           who
           guides
           my
           Imagination
           so
           well
           .
        
         
           We
           find
           in
           the
           Book
           of
           the
           Lives
           of
           great
           and
           illustrious
           persons
           ,
           who
           have
           flourished
           in
           several
           times
           ,
           that
           Masre
           (
           God
           preserve
           it
           )
           was
           anciently
           called
           Babelain
           ,
           and
           that
           that
           name
           
           had
           been
           given
           it
           in
           regard
           that
           Babel
           
           being
           heretofore
           the
           seat
           of
           the
           Empire
           of
           Gueraca
           and
           Syria
           ,
           when
           the
           Kingdom
           of
           Masre
           came
           to
           be
           great
           and
           famous
           in
           the
           world
           the
           Coptites
           called
           it
           Babelain
           ,
           pretending
           by
           that
           name
           to
           raise
           the
           lustre
           of
           its
           State
           ,
           and
           to
           exalt
           the
           glory
           and
           dignity
           of
           its
           Empire
           :
           as
           if
           they
           would
           say
           ,
           the
           ancient
           Babel
           was
           but
           one
           Babel
           ,
           and
           that
           Masre
           was
           Babelain
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           two
           Babels
           .
           Whence
           it
           came
           ,
           that
           after
           the
           Romans
           got
           to
           be
           Masters
           of
           Syria
           ,
           they
           said
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           is
           Babylon
           ,
           and
           made
           
           great
           account
           of
           that
           Province
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           conveniences
           they
           had
           thence
           by
           Sea
           and
           by
           Land
           ;
           so
           that
           that
           name
           continued
           to
           it
           .
           Then
           upon
           its
           being
           taken
           by
           the
           Mussulmans
           under
           the
           Reign
           of
           Omar
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           by
           the
           conduct
           of
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           an
           Arabian
           Poet
           made
           Verses
           ,
           wherein
           he
           acknowledged
           the
           favour
           God
           had
           done
           them
           in
           that
           conquest
           ,
           and
           the
           abundance
           and
           variety
           of
           good
           things
           and
           wealth
           which
           they
           had
           acquired
           by
           that
           victory
           .
           The
           subject
           of
           those
           Verses
           was
           ,
           that
           
           Quisias
           the
           son
           of
           Caltham
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           
           Children
           of
           Som
           ,
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           came
           from
           Syria
           to
           Masre
           with
           Gamron
           the
           Son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           it
           with
           100
           men
           of
           his
           Nation
           ,
           bringing
           their
           equipage
           on
           horses
           ;
           which
           men
           he
           commanded
           ,
           having
           belonging
           to
           him
           50
           Servants
           and
           30
           Horses
           .
           Gamrou
           and
           the
           Mussulmans
           being
           afterwards
           resolved
           to
           besiege
           the
           Castle
           ,
           Quisias
           chose
           a
           place
           where
           he
           and
           his
           men
           might
           continue
           ,
           and
           caused
           his
           Tent
           to
           be
           pitched
           there
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           relation
           of
           
             Abugamrou
             Mahumet
          
           the
           Son
           of
           Joseph
           ,
           and
           aboad
           there
           during
           the
           whole
           Siege
           of
           the
           Castle
           ,
           till
           God
           brought
           it
           into
           their
           power
           .
           After
           that
           Quisias
           was
           with
           Gamrou
           at
           Alexandria
           ,
           leaving
           his
           people
           and
           his
           baggage
           in
           that
           place
           ;
           and
           after
           Alexandria
           had
           also
           been
           taken
           by
           the
           Mussulmans
           as
           Gamrou
           was
           returning
           to
           Masre
           ,
           having
           imposed
           on
           the
           Alexandrians
           the
           Tribute
           they
           were
           to
           pay
           ,
           and
           signed
           the
           Articles
           of
           their
           Accommodation
           :
           Quisias
           returned
           also
           to
           his
           Quarters
           at
           Masre
           ,
           and
           lodg'd
           there
           still
           .
           The
           Mussulmans
           marked
           Lodgings
           for
           themselves
           ,
           and
           Gamrou
           caused
           his
           own
           to
           be
           marked
           opposite
           to
           that
           
           heap
           of
           Sand
           where
           Quisias
           had
           taken
           up
           his
           Post
           .
           Then
           the
           Mussulmans
           had
           a
           Council
           about
           the
           building
           of
           a
           Mosquey
           ,
           where
           they
           might
           meet
           together
           ,
           and
           writ
           concerning
           it
           to
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           ,
           Omar
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           who
           returned
           this
           answer
           ;
           
             I
             have
             received
             the
             news
             of
             the
             resolution
             which
             you
             have
             taken
             up
             all
             together
             for
             the
             building
             of
             a
             Mosquey
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             celebrate
             the
             Friday
             ,
             and
             make
             your
             Assemblies
             .
             It
             is
             no
             doubt
             athing
             necessary
             for
             you
             ,
             and
             you
             follow
             in
             that
             the
             example
             of
             your
             Prophet
             ,
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             upon
             him
             .
             For
             the
             first
             mark
             whereby
             he
             began
             to
             signalize
             the
             Mussulman
             Religion
             and
             the
             first
             foundation
             upon
             which
             he
             would
             settle
             it
             ,
             was
             the
             building
             of
             his
             own
             Mosquey
             in
             the
             place
             of
             his
             Retreat
             .
             Assemble
             therefore
             hereupon
             your
             Commanders
             ,
             and
             take
             counsel
             of
             your
             ancients
             ,
             who
             are
             Companions
             of
             the
             Apostle
             of
             God
             ,
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             benediction
             ,
             of
             God
             is
             in
             the
             Ancients
             .
             What
             they
             shall
             resolve
             on
             with
             a
             general
             consent
             ,
             approve
             it
             ,
             OGamron
             ,
             
             and
             oppose
             it
             not
             .
             For
             the
             assembly
             of
             the
             Council
             brings
             the
             mercy
             of
             God
             ,
             who
             protects
             that
             Nation
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             kindness
             he
             hath
             for
             his
             Prophet
             ,
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             him
             .
             Through
             the
             grace
             and
             mercy
             of
             God
             ,
             they
             will
             never
             agree
             about
             a
             thing
             wherein
             there
             is
             any
             errour
             .
             God
             keep
             you
             in
             union
             ,
             and
             prosper
             your
             affairs
             ,
             and
             settle
             you
             in
             the
             possession
             of
             your
             Conquests
             ,
             and
             assist
             both
             you
             and
             me
             with
             his
             graces
             ,
             and
             bless
             Mahumet
             and
             his
             family
             .
          
           The
           Mussulmans
           having
           seen
           
           Omar's
           answer
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           held
           a
           Council
           concerning
           the
           building
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           ,
           and
           found
           it
           might
           be
           conveniently
           built
           on
           the
           place
           where
           Quisias
           the
           son
           of
           Colthom
           was
           lodg'd
           .
           Gamrou
           sent
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           ask'd
           his
           advice
           ,
           saying
           ;
           
             
               O
               Abugabdorrachaman
            
             ,
             I
             will
             take
             up
             a
             lodging
             for
             you
             instead
             of
             this
             ,
             where
             you
             please
             to
             have
             it
             .
             Whereupon
             Quisias
             spoke
             thus
             :
             I
             have
             already
             told
             you
             ,
             O
             ye
             Mussulmans
             ,
             who
             are
             hear
             assembled
             ,
             that
             this
             habitation
             pleases
             me
             well
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             is
             mine
             ,
             but
             I
             bestow
             it
             with
             all
             my
             heart
             on
             
             God
             and
             the
             Mussulmans
             .
          
           He
           therefore
           quitted
           that
           place
           ,
           and
           lodg'd
           with
           those
           of
           his
           Nation
           ,
           who
           were
           the
           children
           of
           Som
           ,
           and
           took
           up
           his
           Quarters
           among
           them
           .
           Whereupon
           Abucainan
           the
           son
           of
           Magamar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Rabagui
           ,
           the
           Nachesian
           ,
           in
           memory
           of
           those
           adventurers
           ,
           and
           to
           honour
           these
           Victories
           ,
           made
           the
           ensuing
           verses
           :
           
             And
             we
             had
             the
             good
             fortune
             to
             Conquer
          
           Babylon
           ,
           
             where
             we
             have
             pitch'd
             upon
             booty
             in
             abundance
             for
          
           Omar
           
             and
             for
             God.
             The
             good
             man
          
           Quisias
           ,
           
             the
             son
             of
          
           Calthom
           ,
           
             quitted
             and
             delivered
             up
             his
             habitation
             and
             the
             lodging
             which
             belonged
             to
             him
             upon
             the
             divine
             intreaty
             .
             All
             those
             who
             shall
             do
             their
             devotions
             in
             our
             structure
             ,
             will
             know
             with
             the
             inhabitants
             of
          
           Masre
           
             what
             I
             say
             ,
             and
             will
             publish
             it
             .
             Abumansor
          
           the
           Balavian
           ,
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           ,
           made
           these
           Verses
           upon
           the
           same
           subject
           ,
           wherein
           he
           speaks
           of
           Gabdorrachaman
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Quisias
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Calthom
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           ;
           
             And
             thy
             Father
             quitted
             and
             deliver'd
             up
             his
             habitation
             to
             the
             people
             of
             prayer
             and
             adoration
             .
             Lithus
             ,
          
           the
           son
           of
           Sagad
           ,
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           ,
           a
           Lawyer
           of
           Masre
           ,
           speaks
           thus
           of
           the
           
           ancient
           great
           Mosquey
           of
           that
           City
           ;
           
             Our
             Mosquey
             was
             only
             Gardens
             and
             Vineyards
             .
             Abugamrou
             ,
          
           the
           son
           of
           Serragus
           ,
           sayes
           this
           of
           it
           ,
           which
           he
           had
           from
           Saguidus
           ,
           who
           had
           it
           from
           the
           Ancients
           of
           his
           time
           ;
           The
           place
           ,
           saith
           he
           ,
           of
           our
           great
           Mosquey
           of
           Masre
           ,
           was
           heretofore
           only
           gardens
           and
           groves
           of
           Palmes
           ,
           but
           the
           Mussulmans
           got
           it
           ,
           and
           caused
           a
           Mosquey
           to
           be
           built
           there
           for
           their
           assemblies
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           all
           .
           Guemarus
           the
           son
           of
           Zebirus
           )
           the
           Cryer
           ,
           sayes
           his
           Father
           spoke
           thus
           of
           it
           :
           I
           have
           heard
           ,
           said
           he
           ,
           our
           Ancients
           ,
           of
           whom
           some
           had
           been
           present
           at
           the
           Conquest
           ,
           who
           spoke
           thus
           :
           There
           were
           fourscore
           of
           the
           Companions
           of
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           ,
           (
           God's
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           them
           )
           present
           at
           the
           foundation
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           of
           
             Masre
             ,
             Zebirus
          
           the
           son
           of
           
             Gavam
             ,
             Mecdad
          
           the
           son
           of
           
             Asouad
             ,
             Guebad
          
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           
             Samet
             ,
             Abuldarda
             ,
             Phedal
             ,
             Gamron
             ,
             Gaqueb
             ,
          
           and
           the
           rest
           ,
           as
           well
           of
           the
           number
           of
           those
           who
           came
           for
           refuge
           ,
           as
           of
           that
           of
           the
           Protectors
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           all
           .
           )
           Jezibus
           :
           the
           son
           of
           Chebib
           ,
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           .
           Our
           Mosquey
           was
           founded
           by
           four
           
           of
           the
           Companions
           of
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           them
           ,
           
             Abudar
             ,
             Abunasre
             ,
             Mahumet
          
           the
           son
           of
           Gerou
           the
           Zebirian
           ,
           and
           Manbehe
           the
           son
           of
           
             Derar
             .
             Gabidol
          
           the
           son
           of
           Gegafur
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           Our
           Temple
           was
           raised
           by
           Guebad
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Samet
           ,
           and
           by
           Raphecus
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Malichus
           ,
           who
           were
           two
           Captains
           of
           the
           Protectors
           ,
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           them
           .
           Abudaoud
           saith
           ,
           that
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           sent
           Rabigas
           the
           son
           of
           Sergil
           ,
           and
           the
           son
           of
           Galcamas
           the
           Carsian
           ,
           the
           Guedavian
           ,
           to
           determine
           on
           which
           side
           should
           be
           the
           Front
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           spoke
           thus
           to
           them
           .
           
             Go
             you
             and
             stand
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             
             Mountain
             ,
             when
             the
             Sun
             is
             ready
             to
             set
             ,
             and
             when
             there
             shall
             be
             one
             half
             of
             it
             under
             the
             Horizon
             ,
             do
             you
             turn
             so
             as
             that
             it
             may
             be
             on
             your
             Eye-brows
             ,
             and
             take
             with
             all
             the
             exactness
             you
             can
             ,
             the
             true
             side
             on
             which
             the
             Temple
             ought
             to
             be
             turned
             .
             I
             pray
             God
             to
             assist
             you
             in
             the
             doing
             of
             it
             .
          
           They
           did
           what
           he
           had
           commanded
           them
           .
           I
           have
           heard
           ,
           says
           Lithus
           ,
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           that
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           went
           up
           to
           
           the
           Mountains
           ,
           and
           exactly
           observed
           the
           time
           ,
           and
           the
           shade
           of
           the
           Sun
           setting
           ,
           till
           the
           side
           on
           which
           the
           front
           of
           the
           Temple
           should
           be
           turn'd
           was
           agreed
           upon
           .
           Guemarus
           related
           to
           me
           ,
           that
           he
           had
           heard
           his
           Father
           say
           ,
           that
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           said
           to
           his
           Companions
           ,
           Turn
           the
           front
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           towards
           the
           East
           ,
           that
           it
           may
           be
           right
           opposite
           to
           Meca
           .
           It
           was
           turned
           (
           said
           he
           )
           very
           much
           towards
           the
           East
           ;
           but
           after
           that
           Corras
           the
           son
           of
           Coris
           made
           it
           incline
           a
           little
           toward
           the
           South
           .
           I
           have
           heard
           (
           saith
           Masgab
           )
           the
           son
           of
           Abuchebib
           ,
           who
           spoke
           thus
           upon
           these
           words
           of
           the
           All-mighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           ,
           
             We
             shall
             see
             on
             which
             side
             thou
             wilt
             turn
             thy
             Face
             towards
             the
             Heaven
             ,
             and
             we
             shall
             appoint
             thee
             a
             Situation
             which
             thou
             shalt
             be
             pleased
             withall
             .
          
           This
           Situation
           (
           saith
           Jezidus
           )
           which
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           observed
           in
           his
           Prayers
           ,
           and
           which
           All-mighty
           God
           commanded
           him
           to
           comply
           withall
           ,
           consisted
           in
           having
           the
           face
           turned
           towards
           the
           Chanel
           ;
           and
           it
           is
           the
           Situation
           of
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           and
           of
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           the
           Western
           parts
           .
           I
           
           have
           heard
           the
           same
           Abuchebib
           ,
           added
           Masgab
           ,
           read
           that
           passage
           after
           another
           manner
           ,
           putting
           the
           first
           person
           instead
           of
           the
           second
           ,
           thus
           ;
           
             And
             we
             will
             appoint
             thee
             a
             Situation
             ,
             which
             we
             shall
             be
             pleased
             withall
             .
          
           One
           of
           the
           Protectors
           saith
           ,
           that
           Gabriel
           came
           to
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           said
           unto
           him
           ;
           Dispose
           the
           Situation
           of
           thy
           Mosquey
           so
           as
           thou
           maist
           have
           thy
           face
           turned
           towards
           the
           square
           Temple
           .
           Then
           he
           made
           his
           draughts
           upon
           all
           the
           Mountains
           which
           were
           between
           him
           and
           the
           square
           Temple
           ,
           and
           so
           he
           drew
           the
           Plat-form
           of
           his
           Mosquey
           ,
           having
           his
           face
           turned
           towards
           the
           square
           Temple
           ,
           which
           happen'd
           to
           be
           the
           Chanel
           side
           .
           Malicus
           affirms
           that
           the
           Front
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           of
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           is
           Situated
           opposite
           to
           the
           Chanel
           .
           Several
           Authors
           relate
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           Mosquey
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           there
           was
           no
           vaulted
           Upper-room
           ,
           nor
           in
           that
           built
           by
           Muslemas
           ,
           nor
           in
           that
           built
           by
           Gabdolgueziz
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Merouan
           ;
           and
           that
           the
           first
           who
           made
           an
           Upper-arched
           room
           was
           Corras
           ,
           
           the
           son
           of
           Masquin
           .
           They
           say
           the
           son
           of
           Serich
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           :
           In
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           ,
           which
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           built
           ;
           there
           was
           no
           Arch
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           no
           Arched
           Upper-room
           .
           Saguidus
           the
           son
           of
           Serich
           speaks
           also
           of
           it
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           Abusaguid
           related
           this
           to
           me
           .
           The
           Chemirian
           ,
           who
           is
           the
           most
           aged
           of
           those
           whom
           I
           have
           met
           ,
           said
           to
           them
           :
           I
           have
           found
           this
           Mosquey
           where
           you
           assemble
           your selves
           ,
           and
           which
           was
           built
           by
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           fifty
           Cubits
           in
           length
           ,
           and
           thirty
           in
           breadth
           .
           Gamer
           the
           son
           of
           Omar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Chebib
           ,
           the
           Crier
           ,
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           ;
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           spoke
           to
           us
           ,
           and
           made
           a
           Street
           which
           compassed
           the
           Mosquey
           on
           all
           sides
           ;
           then
           he
           made
           two
           Gates
           opposite
           to
           the
           House
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           and
           two
           Gates
           on
           the
           East
           side
           ,
           and
           two
           Gates
           on
           the
           West
           side
           ,
           so
           that
           when
           the
           people
           went
           out
           of
           the
           little
           Street
           of
           the
           Lampe
           ,
           they
           found
           the
           East-corner
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           opposite
           to
           the
           West-corner
           of
           the
           House
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ;
           and
           that
           before
           they
           had
           taken
           out
           of
           
           Gamrou's
           House
           ,
           what
           was
           since
           taken
           out
           .
           
           The
           length
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           ,
           from
           the
           front
           to
           the
           opposite
           end
           was
           equal
           to
           the
           length
           of
           
           Gamrou's
           House
           .
           The
           Roof
           on
           the
           outside
           was
           very
           flat
           .
           In
           Summer
           the
           people
           sate
           all
           about
           in
           the
           spacious
           place
           which
           was
           at
           the
           entrance
           .
           Abusalich
           speaks
           thus
           of
           it
           ;
           Lithus
           said
           to
           me
           one
           day
           ,
           can
           you
           tell
           what
           distance
           there
           was
           between
           the
           Mosquey
           built
           by
           Gamrou
           ,
           and
           his
           House
           ?
           No
           ,
           said
           I.
           Our
           Ancients
           told
           me
           (
           reply'd
           he
           )
           that
           there
           were
           seven
           Cubits
           ,
           and
           that
           before
           they
           took
           out
           of
           
           Gamrou's
           House
           ,
           what
           was
           since
           taken
           ,
           and
           made
           part
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           .
           This
           shews
           that
           the
           Eastern
           Gate
           was
           opposite
           to
           the
           great
           House
           of
           Gamrou
           .
           The
           son
           of
           Lahig
           relates
           it
           to
           us
           as
           a
           thing
           he
           had
           learnt
           of
           the
           son
           of
           Habir
           ,
           that
           Abutemim
           ,
           the
           Chisanian
           ,
           had
           said
           to
           him
           ,
           that
           he
           had
           heard
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           speaking
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           One
           of
           the
           Companions
           of
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           told
           me
           he
           had
           heard
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           speak
           thus
           ;
           
             The
             All-mighty
             and
             All-good
             God
             commands
             you
             one
             Prayer
             besides
             the
             
             ordinary
             ones
             ;
             say
             it
             in
             the
             intervall
             there
             is
             from
             the
             Evening
             Prayer
             to
             the
             break
             of
             day
             .
          
           Abunasre
           the
           Gopharian
           related
           it
           ,
           and
           Abutemim
           speaks
           of
           it
           thus
           ;
           As
           we
           sate
           down
           together
           ,
           Abudar
           and
           I
           ,
           Abudar
           took
           me
           by
           the
           hand
           ,
           and
           we
           went
           together
           to
           Abunasre
           ,
           whom
           we
           met
           at
           the
           Gate
           ,
           which
           is
           on
           the
           side
           of
           
           Gamrou's
           House
           ,
           where
           Abudar
           spoke
           to
           him
           thus
           ;
           O
           Abunasre
           ,
           have
           you
           heard
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           speak
           in
           these
           terms
           ?
           God
           hath
           yet
           enjoined
           you
           a
           Prayer
           ;
           say
           it
           in
           the
           intervall
           between
           the
           Evening
           and
           betimes
           in
           the
           Morning
           .
           He
           repeated
           this
           to
           him
           three
           times
           ,
           and
           he
           always
           answered
           ,
           Yea.
           Jachi
           the
           son
           of
           Salich
           ,
           relates
           what
           follows
           ,
           as
           having
           it
           from
           Gadras
           ,
           who
           had
           it
           from
           his
           Father
           ,
           and
           he
           from
           Gamer
           the
           son
           of
           
             Omar
             .
             Muslemas
          
           (
           said
           he
           )
           caused
           to
           be
           made
           in
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           ,
           four
           Chappels
           at
           the
           four
           corners
           of
           it
           ;
           For
           he
           first
           put
           them
           there
           ,
           and
           they
           were
           not
           there
           before
           .
           He
           also
           was
           the
           first
           who
           spread
           it
           with
           Mat
           ,
           for
           before
           that
           it
           was
           only
           strew'd
           with
           Gravel
           .
           After
           him
           Gabdolgueziz
           ,
           the
           
           son
           of
           Merouam
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Chacam
           ,
           caused
           somewhat
           to
           be
           done
           therein
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           relation
           of
           Gamer
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Omar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Chebib
           ,
           the
           Raguinian
           ,
           who
           affirms
           that
           Gabdolgueziz
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Merouan
           quite
           de-Demolish'd
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           augmented
           it
           on
           the
           West-side
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           left
           between
           it
           and
           the
           House
           of
           Sand
           ,
           and
           the
           House
           of
           
           Gerou's
           Son
           ,
           and
           the
           others
           ,
           but
           a
           small
           Street
           ,
           which
           is
           now
           called
           the
           
             Pav'd
             Street
          
           ,
           and
           brought
           into
           it
           the
           spacious
           place
           ,
           which
           was
           on
           the
           North-side
           ;
           but
           on
           the
           East-side
           he
           had
           no
           place
           to
           enlarge
           it
           .
           This
           was
           done
           in
           the
           year
           79.
           
           As
           to
           the
           augmentations
           
           made
           in
           the
           great
           ancient
           Mosquey
           ,
           after
           the
           building
           of
           it
           ,
           by
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           it
           is
           to
           be
           observed
           ,
           that
           Gamrou
           did
           this
           work
           after
           his
           return
           from
           Alexandria
           ,
           to
           the
           place
           of
           his
           Tent
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           had
           taken
           Masre
           in
           the
           Moneth
           Mucharram
           ,
           in
           the
           twentieth
           year
           after
           the
           Prophet's
           Retreat
           ,
           whom
           God
           favour
           with
           his
           most
           excellent
           Benedictions
           .
           Abusaguid
           the
           Chemirian
           speaks
           of
           it
           also
           ;
           I
           have
           found
           that
           that
           Mosquey
           ,
           where
           you
           assemble
           your
           
           selves
           ,
           was
           built
           by
           Gamrou
           ,
           fifty
           Cubits
           in
           length
           ,
           and
           thirty
           in
           breadth
           .
           After
           him
           Muslemas
           the
           son
           of
           Muchalled
           made
           some
           enlargements
           in
           it
           ,
           under
           the
           Reign
           of
           Megavius
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           the
           Abusophian
           ,
           in
           the
           Year
           35.
           
           Then
           afterwards
           Gabdolgueziz
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Merouan
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           79.
           and
           after
           him
           Corras
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Serich
           ,
           upon
           the
           account
           of
           the
           Valide
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdolmelic
           .
           This
           last
           would
           needs
           demolish
           what
           Gabdolgueziz
           had
           built
           ,
           and
           afterwards
           completed
           his
           building
           .
           He
           gave
           the
           ovesight
           of
           these
           works
           to
           Jachi
           the
           son
           of
           Chandelas
           ,
           and
           above
           him
           to
           Gamer
           the
           son
           of
           Levi.
           He
           quite
           demolished
           the
           Mosquey
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           people
           met
           on
           Friday
           in
           another
           place
           ,
           till
           the
           building
           was
           finished
           .
           He
           put
           up
           the
           Seat
           for
           Orations
           in
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           94.
           
           They
           say
           there
           is
           not
           in
           the
           World
           any
           one
           handsomer
           and
           nobler
           then
           this
           ,
           after
           the
           Seat
           of
           the
           Prophet
           of
           God
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           .
           After
           that
           ,
           there
           were
           enlargements
           made
           by
           Salich
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gali
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdol
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Guebas
           ,
           upon
           the
           account
           of
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           Abulguebas
           ,
           
           who
           added
           behind
           the
           Mosquey
           four
           Pillars
           .
           There
           were
           also
           some
           made
           by
           Gabdol
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Tahar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Ghasan
           ,
           the
           Overseer
           ,
           under
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           .
           Gabdol
           sais
           this
           of
           it
           ,
           as
           having
           it
           from
           his
           Father
           .
           Abutahar
           came
           from
           Alexandria
           ,
           and
           entered
           into
           Fustata
           ,
           which
           is
           Masre
           ,
           where
           he
           constituted
           Judge
           Guise
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           the
           Moncader
           ,
           and
           added
           to
           the
           Mosquey
           part
           of
           the
           House
           of
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           .
           The
           son
           of
           Remath
           added
           thereto
           the
           House
           of
           Gabidol
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Chareth
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gerou
           ,
           and
           the
           House
           of
           Gagelan
           ,
           the
           freed
           Servant
           of
           Omar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Chettab
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           the
           House
           of
           the
           Phadal
           .
           The
           Phadal
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Tahar
           ,
           went
           out
           of
           it
           accordingly
           on
           a
           Tuesday
           ,
           five
           days
           before
           the
           expiration
           of
           the
           Moneth
           Regebe
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           212.
           
           After
           him
           
             Abubeker
             Mahumet
          
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gabidol
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Chareth
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Masquin
           ,
           enlarged
           it
           on
           the
           side
           of
           the
           spacious
           place
           ,
           and
           to
           that
           end
           took
           the
           Gate
           ,
           and
           the
           Mint-house
           ,
           with
           what
           was
           adjoyning
           thereto
           ,
           as
           far
           as
           the
           Western
           Wall
           of
           the
           Mosquey
           ,
           which
           so
           enlarged
           the
           spacious
           
           place
           ,
           that
           the
           Mosquey
           was
           square
           .
           He
           added
           thereto
           also
           a
           Pillar
           ,
           which
           is
           that
           on
           the
           South-side
           .
           He
           began
           to
           demolish
           and
           to
           build
           on
           Thursday
           the
           fourth
           of
           the
           Moneth
           of
           Regebe
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           357.
           and
           dy'd
           before
           he
           had
           finish'd
           his
           design
           ;
           but
           his
           son
           Gali
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Mahumet
           ,
           had
           his
           charge
           after
           his
           death
           ,
           and
           completed
           the
           enlargements
           which
           he
           had
           begun
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           people
           did
           their
           Devotions
           there
           after
           Wednesday
           the
           23.
           of
           the
           Moneth
           Ramadan
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           358.
           
           The
           Phadal
           the
           son
           of
           Guebas
           told
           me
           what
           follows
           ;
           I
           ask'd
           (
           said
           he
           )
           the
           Architect
           ,
           named
           Gali
           ,
           the
           Chemirian
           ,
           who
           had
           the
           charge
           of
           that
           Structure
           ;
           and
           he
           told
           me
           that
           what
           was
           taken
           out
           of
           the
           Mint-house
           towards
           the
           enlargement
           of
           the
           spacious
           Place
           is
           nine
           Cubits
           in
           length
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           great
           measure
           .
           Sophian
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdol
           says
           ,
           citing
           for
           Author
           Naphegus
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Othman
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           no
           History
           
           recited
           in
           the
           Mosquey
           in
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           ,
           nor
           in
           the
           time
           of
           
             Abubeker
             ,
             Omar
             ,
             Othman
          
           ,
           or
           Gali
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           all
           )
           and
           
           that
           practise
           began
           not
           till
           under
           the
           Reign
           of
           Megavius
           the
           son
           of
           Abusophian
           .
           The
           son
           of
           Lahigus
           saith
           ,
           citing
           for
           Author
           Abuche●i●
           ,
           that
           Gali
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           went
           to
           his
           Devotion
           before
           day
           ,
           making
           imprecations
           against
           some
           of
           his
           enemies
           ;
           and
           that
           it
           being
           related
           to
           Megavius
           ,
           he
           appointed
           a
           man
           to
           recite
           the
           History
           after
           the
           break
           of
           Day
           ,
           and
           after
           Sun-set
           ,
           and
           to
           pray
           God
           for
           him
           ,
           and
           the
           Inhabitants
           of
           Syria
           ;
           and
           thence
           began
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           the
           recital
           of
           History
           .
           Abugamrou
           hath
           related
           to
           us
           ,
           citing
           for
           Author
           Meguirus
           ,
           that
           the
           first
           who
           did
           his
           Devotions
           in
           the
           morning
           was
           Gali
           ,
           and
           they
           say
           he
           did
           not
           that
           but
           out
           of
           a
           reflection
           that
           he
           had
           a
           War
           to
           prosecute
           .
           We
           will
           add
           here
           a
           Copy
           of
           what
           is
           writen
           upon
           the
           green
           Tables
           in
           the
           ancient
           great
           Mosquey
           of
           Masre
           .
           The
           Writer
           was
           
             Abulcasem
             Moses
          
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Guise
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Moses
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Mu●adi
           
           the
           Writer
           ,
           God.
           All-mighty
           be
           merciful
           to
           him
           .
           
             In
             the
             Name
             of
             God
             Gracious
             and
             Merciful
             ;
             God
             hath
             declared
             that
             there
             is
             no
             other
             God
             but
             he
             (
             till
             he
             says
             )
             in
             Justice
             .
             There
             is
             no
             other
             God
             but
             the
             true
             God
             
             alone
             ,
             without
             Associate
             .
             He
             gives
             Life
             and
             Death
             ,
             and
             he
             can
             do
             all
             things
             .
             'T
             is
             he
             who
             hath
             sent
             his
             Apostle
             with
             good
             conduct
             ,
             and
             the
             true
             Religion
             ;
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Verse
             .
             The
             Messias
             will
             not
             disdain
             ;
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Verse
             .
             Great
             God
             ,
             give
             thy
             Benediction
             to
             Mahumet
             thy
             Servant
             and
             Prophet
             ,
             grant
             him
             peace
             ;
             make
             him
             the
             most
             honoured
             of
             thy
             Creatures
             before
             thee
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             cherish'd
             by
             thee
             ,
             and
             and
             the
             most
             Powerful
             in
             favour
             about
             thee
             ,
             and
             the
             nearest
             in
             dignity
             to
             thee
             .
             Great
             God
             ,
             hear
             the
             Prayers
             which
             Mahumet
             makes
             to
             thee
             for
             his
             Nation
             ,
             and
             cause
             his
             People
             to
             descend
             into
             his
             Fish-pool
             ,
             without
             confusion
             and
             without
             affliction
             .
             Gabdol
             the
             Strong
             ,
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             hath
             caused
             this
             Mosquey
             to
             be
             augmented
             and
             enlarged
             ;
             great
             God
             ,
             give
             thy
             Benediction
             to
             the
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             thou
             and
             thy
             Angels
             ,
             encrease
             his
             reward
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             one
             of
             thy
             greatest
             Servants
             in
             happiness
             ;
             make
             him
             one
             of
             the
             Companions
             of
             Mahumet
             (
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             him
             )
             in
             Paradise
             ;
             
             assist
             him
             to
             govern
             well
             what
             he
             hath
             under
             his
             jurisdiction
             of
             thy
             Servants
             ,
             and
             of
             thy
             Provinces
             ,
             by
             making
             him
             thy
             Lieutenant
             ;
             and
             cause
             his
             Subjects
             to
             enjoy
             the
             happiness
             of
             good
             conduct
             in
             safety
             and
             assurance
             .
             He
             who
             had
             the
             oversight
             of
             the
             Structure
             was
             Corras
             the
             son
             of
             Serich
             ;
             and
             the
             time
             wherein
             it
             was
             finished
             ,
             is
             the
             Moneth
             Ramadan
             ,
             in
             the
             ninety
             second
             year
             of
             the
             Blessed
             Retreat
             .
          
           I
           have
           heard
           Abugamrou
           speak
           thus
           :
           The
           first
           who
           made
           Arched
           Upper-rooms
           was
           Omar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gabdolgueziz
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           in
           the
           hundreth
           year
           ;
           and
           the
           Mosqueys
           were
           made
           in
           that
           manner
           after
           him
           ,
           having
           been
           before
           onely
           without
           any
           such
           Room
           .
           The
           first
           of
           the
           Prelates
           who
           caused
           the
           Benediction
           and
           the
           glorification
           of
           the
           Name
           of
           God
           to
           be
           pronounced
           by
           Criers
           after
           him
           ,
           was
           the
           Prelate
           of
           Chasina
           ,
           whose
           Son
           is
           now
           known
           under
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Son
           of
           Gali
           the
           Prelate
           .
           Before
           that
           ,
           the
           Prelates
           only
           pronounced
           that
           Benediction
           to
           the
           People
           .
           I
           have
           heard
           him
           speak
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           These
           
           Pillars
           of
           Wood
           which
           are
           in
           the
           Court
           ,
           were
           erected
           the
           same
           year
           that
           the
           Chanel
           was
           made
           .
           Before
           that
           the
           Veils
           were
           in
           the
           midst
           of
           the
           Seeling
           of
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           .
           'T
           is
           related
           that
           in
           the
           Reign
           of
           the
           Mamanus
           there
           were
           Coffers
           in
           the
           great
           Mosquey
           ,
           wherein
           was
           put
           what
           remained
           of
           the
           portions
           of
           the
           Poor
           and
           Indigent
           ,
           of
           what
           they
           gather'd
           who
           walked
           up
           and
           down
           the
           High-ways
           ,
           of
           all
           the
           other
           Collections
           which
           were
           made
           .
           These
           Coffers
           or
           Chests
           were
           opened
           on
           the
           Friday
           ,
           and
           they
           call'd
           with
           a
           loud
           voice
           such
           as
           would
           accept
           of
           those
           Alms
           ;
           but
           it
           seldom
           happened
           that
           any
           came
           to
           receive
           them
           .
           Then
           they
           call'd
           him
           who
           had
           gathered
           them
           ,
           and
           he
           answered
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           The
           Charities
           are
           come
           into
           the
           Coffers
           ,
           they
           shall
           never
           return
           to
           me
           ;
           I
           leave
           them
           to
           the
           All-mighty
           and
           All-good
           God.
           The
           Nilometer
           was
           built
           of
           the
           remainder
           of
           these
           Almes
           ;
           there
           being
           not
           any
           would
           receive
           them
           in
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Mamunus
           ,
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           .
           One
           of
           the
           Grandees
           of
           Egypt
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           related
           to
           me
           ,
           that
           heretofore
           in
           the
           
           Lampe-street
           in
           
           Masre
           ,
           on
           the
           Festival
           day
           ,
           after
           the
           great
           Feast
           of
           the
           Moneth
           Ramadan
           ,
           they
           set
           Kettles
           full
           of
           Flesh
           ,
           and
           Baskets
           full
           of
           Bread
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           called
           with
           a
           loud
           voice
           such
           as
           had
           need
           thereof
           ,
           as
           they
           call
           people
           to
           Water
           on
           the
           High-ways
           ;
           and
           that
           it
           happened
           sometimes
           the
           greatest
           part
           remained
           there
           all
           Night
           upon
           the
           place
           ,
           so
           few
           would
           take
           of
           it
           .
           The
           remainder
           was
           carried
           to
           the
           Prisoners
           ,
           and
           they
           answered
           ,
           we
           have
           enough
           to
           live
           upon
           ,
           thanks
           be
           to
           God.
           The
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           was
           then
           the
           most
           plentiful
           of
           any
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           the
           most
           Populous
           ,
           and
           the
           best
           cultivated
           ,
           and
           where
           there
           was
           more
           convenience
           of
           Habitation
           and
           Subsistance
           .
           The
           Masich
           relates
           in
           his
           Annals
           ,
           and
           others
           affirm
           also
           ,
           that
           the
           Egyptians
           ,
           when
           they
           saw
           the
           Nile
           at
           the
           highest
           ,
           gave
           Almes
           ,
           released
           Slaves
           ,
           cloath'd
           Orphans
           ,
           relieved
           Widows
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           were
           destitute
           of
           Succour
           ,
           out
           of
           their
           thankfulness
           to
           God
           ,
           for
           the
           kindness
           he
           did
           them
           in
           raising
           the
           course
           of
           the
           Nile
           to
           its
           height
           .
        
         
           They
           relate
           that
           Pharaoh
           ,
           after
           he
           
           grew
           Proud
           ,
           and
           Insolent
           ,
           and
           Impious
           ,
           
           commanded
           a
           Castle
           to
           be
           built
           on
           the
           descent
           of
           Mount
           Mactam
           ;
           and
           that
           his
           Visier
           Haman
           ,
           according
           to
           this
           order
           ,
           got
           workmen
           together
           from
           all
           parts
           of
           Egypt
           ;
           so
           that
           there
           were
           a
           hundred
           and
           fifty
           thousand
           Architects
           ,
           with
           what
           Trades-men
           ,
           Handy-craftsmen
           ,
           and
           Labourers
           were
           requisite
           .
           He
           caused
           Brick
           and
           Mortar
           to
           be
           made
           ,
           Timber
           to
           be
           felled
           ,
           and
           Nails
           to
           be
           made
           ;
           then
           they
           began
           their
           Building
           ,
           and
           raised
           it
           so
           high
           ,
           that
           never
           any
           had
           done
           the
           like
           before
           ;
           for
           the
           Masons
           were
           no
           longer
           able
           to
           stand
           on
           their
           Feet
           to
           work
           .
           But
           the
           All-mighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           about
           Sun-set
           sent
           Gabriel
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           who
           smote
           the
           Castle
           with
           his
           Wing
           ,
           and
           cleft
           it
           into
           three
           pieces
           ,
           one
           whereof
           fell
           on
           
           Pharaoh's
           Army
           ,
           where
           it
           kill'd
           a
           thousand
           Men
           ;
           another
           fell
           into
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           appeared
           there
           like
           a
           high
           Mountain
           ;
           and
           the
           third
           fell
           into
           the
           Western
           Land.
           There
           was
           not
           so
           much
           as
           one
           of
           the
           Coptites
           who
           wrought
           within
           it
           saved
           ,
           they
           all
           peperish'd
           .
           They
           relate
           that
           thereupon
           Pharaoh
           was
           so
           proud
           ,
           as
           to
           cast
           an
           Arrow
           at
           Heaven
           ;
           God
           willing
           to
           
           try
           him
           ,
           returned
           his
           Arrow
           to
           him
           all
           bloody
           ;
           Whereupon
           he
           cry'd
           out
           ,
           I
           have
           killed
           
           Moses's
           God.
           God
           is
           infinitely
           above
           what
           impious
           men
           can
           do
           ;
           he
           does
           what
           he
           pleases
           with
           his
           Servants
           .
           God
           therefore
           at
           that
           very
           time
           sent
           Gabriel
           ,
           who
           did
           to
           the
           Castle
           as
           we
           have
           related
           .
        
         
           One
           of
           those
           who
           were
           impious
           ,
           
           and
           proud
           ,
           and
           arrogant
           in
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           was
           Caron
           the
           Cup-bearer
           ;
           He
           was
           an
           Israelite
           ,
           Cousin-german
           to
           Moses
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           for
           Caron
           was
           the
           son
           of
           Jashar
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Caheb
           ,
           and
           Moses
           was
           the
           son
           of
           Gamran
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Caheb
           .
           Others
           say
           Moses
           was
           
           Caron's
           Sisters
           son
           ;
           he
           was
           called
           Caron
           the
           Bright
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           beauty
           of
           his
           Face
           .
           He
           was
           the
           most
           diligent
           of
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           in
           the
           reading
           of
           
           Moses's
           Law
           ,
           but
           he
           became
           a
           Hypocrite
           ,
           as
           the
           Samerian
           was
           ,
           and
           said
           ;
           
             Since
             the
             Prophecy
             belonged
             to
             Moses
             ,
             and
             the
             Sacrifice
             ,
             and
             the
             Oblation
             ,
             and
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             Law
             to
             Aaron
             ,
             what
             remains
             there
             for
             me
             ?
          
           They
           relate
           that
           Moses
           having
           brought
           the
           Chil-of
           Israel
           through
           the
           Sea
           ,
           gave
           Caron
           a
           Commission
           to
           interpret
           the
           Law
           ,
           
           and
           to
           collect
           the
           Offerings
           ,
           and
           made
           him
           one
           of
           the
           Chiefs
           .
           The
           Offerings
           belonged
           then
           to
           Moses
           ,
           but
           he
           bestowed
           them
           on
           his
           Brother
           ,
           whereat
           Caron
           was
           troubled
           ,
           and
           envy'd
           them
           both
           ,
           and
           spoke
           thus
           to
           them
           ;
           
             Behold
             now
             the
             command
             is
             come
             absolutly
             into
             your
             hands
             ,
             and
             I
             have
             nothing
             to
             do
             with
             the
             affairs
             of
             the
             Children
             of
             Israel
             ;
             How
             long
             shall
             I
             suffer
             this
             ?
             It
             is
             God
             ,
             reply'd
             Moses
             ,
             who
             thus
             disposes
             of
             things
             .
             I
             will
             not
             believe
             it
             ,
             reply'd
             Caron
             ,
             if
             you
             do
             not
             confirm
             it
             to
             me
             by
             a
             Miracle
             .
          
           Then
           Moses
           commanded
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           to
           come
           all
           to
           him
           ,
           every
           one
           with
           his
           Rod
           ;
           then
           he
           ty'd
           all
           those
           Rods
           together
           ,
           and
           cast
           them
           into
           the
           Tent
           ,
           where
           God
           ordinarily
           revealed
           his
           Will
           to
           him
           .
           They
           kept
           a
           Guard
           about
           the
           Rods
           all
           night
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           morning
           they
           found
           
           Aaron's
           Rod
           shaking
           with
           the
           Wind
           ,
           covered
           all
           over
           with
           green
           Leaves
           .
           That
           Rod
           was
           made
           of
           a
           Branch
           of
           Almond-trees
           .
           
             This
             is
             no
             more
             miraculous
             (
             said
             Caron
             )
             then
             what
             the
             Magicians
             daily
             perform
             .
          
           He
           became
           thence
           forward
           more
           impious
           then
           before
           ,
           more
           
           wicked
           ,
           more
           envious
           ,
           and
           more
           malicious
           against
           Moses
           and
           Aaron
           ,
           as
           God
           affirms
           in
           his
           Book
           ,
           when
           he
           saith
           ,
           Caron
           
             was
             of
             the
             People
             of
          
           Moses
           ,
           
             but
             he
             was
             unjust
             towards
             them
             .
          
           Injustice
           here
           signifies
           a
           persecution
           without
           any
           cause
           ,
           and
           a
           malicious
           and
           irrational
           Dispute
           .
           Others
           affirm
           that
           Pharao
           appointed
           Caron
           to
           govern
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           treated
           them
           injuriously
           and
           tyrannically
           .
           Tyranny
           (
           they
           say
           )
           proceeds
           from
           greatness
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           from
           the
           eminence
           and
           advantage
           which
           any
           one
           hath
           over
           others
           .
           The
           advantage
           he
           had
           over
           them
           was
           grounded
           on
           his
           great
           Wealth
           ,
           and
           the
           multitude
           of
           his
           children
           .
           He
           made
           (
           say
           they
           )
           his
           Garments
           larger
           by
           a
           span
           then
           theirs
           ;
           His
           Keys
           (
           say
           they
           )
           that
           is
           the
           Keys
           of
           his
           Store-houses
           ,
           were
           carried
           by
           sixty
           Mules
           ;
           Evere
           Store-house
           had
           its
           Key
           ,
           and
           every
           Key
           was
           but
           a
           Finger
           long
           ;
           they
           were
           of
           Leather
           .
           Some
           affirm
           ,
           expounding
           that
           passage
           of
           the
           Book
           of
           the
           All-mighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           said
           of
           him
           ,
           
             I
             have
             not
             received
             it
             ,
             but
             according
             to
             the
             knowledge
             which
             is
             within
             me
          
           ;
           that
           he
           was
           the
           
           best
           skilled
           of
           his
           time
           in
           the
           Law
           of
           Moses
           .
           On
           the
           contrary
           ,
           others
           affirm
           he
           was
           skilled
           in
           Chemistry
           ;
           Saguid
           the
           son
           of
           Musib
           says
           ,
           that
           Moses
           had
           the
           Science
           of
           Chemistry
           ,
           and
           
           that
           he
           taught
           a
           third
           purt
           of
           it
           to
           Josuah
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Nun
           ,
           a
           third
           to
           Caleb
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Jethnas
           ,
           and
           a
           third
           to
           Caron
           ,
           but
           that
           Caron
           served
           the
           other
           two
           so
           well
           ,
           that
           he
           learnt
           the
           whole
           Science
           from
           them
           both
           ,
           and
           that
           afterwards
           he
           took
           Lead
           and
           Copper
           ,
           and
           changed
           it
           into
           pure
           Gold.
           Others
           affirm
           that
           Moses
           taught
           his
           Sister
           Chemistry
           ,
           inasmuch
           as
           his
           Devotion
           made
           him
           despise
           Gold
           ,
           and
           that
           his
           Sister
           taught
           it
           Caron
           ,
           who
           was
           her
           Husband
           .
           They
           relate
           that
           Moses
           said
           ,
           it
           was
           a
           provision
           for
           the
           life
           of
           this
           World
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           had
           no
           need
           thereof
           ,
           because
           it
           was
           a
           perishable
           thing
           ,
           and
           far
           distant
           from
           the
           truth
           ,
           which
           is
           All-mighty
           God
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           quitted
           what
           was
           perishable
           ,
           which
           his
           Devotion
           permitted
           him
           not
           to
           desire
           ,
           and
           satisfy'd
           himself
           with
           what
           was
           neer
           All-mighty
           God.
           They
           say
           that
           Caron
           went
           abroad
           one
           day
           on
           a
           white
           Mule
           he
           had
           ,
           covered
           with
           a
           
           Foot-cloth
           of
           Purple
           ,
           and
           a
           Golden
           Saddle
           ,
           accompany'd
           by
           four
           thousand
           young
           Men
           ,
           and
           three
           hundred
           beautiful
           young
           Maids
           ,
           clad
           in
           Silk
           ,
           and
           set
           out
           with
           Jewels
           and
           Ornaments
           of
           great
           value
           ,
           and
           divers
           colours
           ;
           so
           that
           he
           had
           marching
           on
           his
           right
           hand
           three
           hundred
           young
           men
           ,
           and
           on
           his
           left
           three
           hundred
           young
           maids
           .
           Others
           say
           he
           went
           abroad
           on
           Horse-back
           attended
           by
           ninety
           thousand
           Servants
           Men
           and
           Maids
           ,
           who
           belonged
           to
           him
           ,
           young
           men
           and
           young
           maids
           all
           Marriageable
           .
           They
           relate
           that
           he
           gave
           very
           reproachful
           words
           to
           Moses
           ,
           and
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           ,
           priding
           himself
           in
           his
           great
           Wealth
           ,
           Moses
           taking
           much
           at
           his
           hands
           for
           Kindred
           sake
           ,
           and
           not
           willing
           to
           be
           incensed
           against
           him
           ,
           till
           the
           Ordinance
           for
           the
           payment
           of
           Tiths
           came
           down
           .
           Then
           Moses
           made
           an
           Agreement
           with
           Caron
           ,
           that
           of
           a
           thousand
           Crowns
           of
           Gold
           he
           should
           pay
           one
           ,
           and
           of
           a
           thousand
           Drachmes
           one
           .
           But
           his
           Soul
           grew
           the
           more
           Covetous
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           great
           quantity
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           which
           he
           had
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           counted
           it
           ,
           and
           found
           so
           much
           .
           He
           thereupon
           assembled
           
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           ,
           and
           began
           to
           make
           Speeches
           to
           them
           ,
           and
           spoke
           to
           them
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           
             Moses
             has
             hitherto
             dealt
             with
             you
             as
             he
             pleased
             himself
             ,
             and
             now
             he
             would
             take
             away
             your
             goods
             .
             You
             are
             our
             Lord
             and
             Master
             (
             reply'd
             they
             )
             command
             us
             to
             do
             what
             you
             think
             good
             .
             We
             must
             (
             said
             he
             )
             corrupt
             such
             a
             one
             ,
             naming
             a
             woman
             of
             a
             lewd
             life
             ,
             and
             induce
             her
             to
             calumniate
             Moses
             ,
             so
             as
             that
             he
             may
             be
             suspected
             to
             have
             had
             some
             dealings
             with
             her
             ,
             that
             the
             Children
             of
             Israel
             may
             be
             put
             out
             of
             the
             good
             opinion
             they
             have
             of
             him
             ,
             and
             have
             an
             aversion
             for
             him
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             quite
             forsake
             him
             .
          
           They
           promised
           that
           debauch'd
           woman
           a
           1000.
           
           Crowne
           of
           gold
           ;
           others
           say
           a
           Basin
           full
           of
           gold
           .
           Then
           the
           day
           of
           one
           of
           their
           Festivals
           being
           come
           ,
           Moses
           stood
           up
           to
           speak
           to
           them
           ;
           and
           after
           he
           had
           praised
           God
           ,
           and
           given
           thanks
           ,
           he
           spoke
           thus
           ;
           
             O
             ye
             Children
             of
             Israel
             ,
             God
             commands
             you
             &
             me
             also
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             one
             among
             us
             be
             a
             Thief
             ,
             we
             should
             put
             him
             away
             from
             us
             ;
             if
             any
             one
             commit
             Fornication
             ,
             and
             be
             not
             married
             ,
             we
             should
             punish
             him
             with
             the
             Whip
             ,
             
             and
             if
             he
             be
             married
             ,
             we
             should
             stone
             him
             .
             And
             if
             you
             your self
             have
             committed
             those
             crimes
             ,
             O
             Moses
             ,
             said
             Caron
             .
             Yes
             ,
             reply'd
             Moses
             ,
             though
             it
             were
             my self
             .
             Certainly
             reply'd
             Caron
             ,
             the
             Children
             of
             Israel
             believe
             that
             you
             have
             sinned
             with
             such
             a
             woman
             ,
             naming
             the
             debauched
             woman
             .
          
           Moses
           having
           heard
           these
           words
           sent
           for
           the
           woman
           ,
           and
           charged
           her
           by
           him
           who
           had
           divided
           the
           Sea
           ,
           and
           sent
           the
           Law
           from
           Heaven
           ,
           to
           declare
           the
           truth
           .
           Then
           God
           of
           his
           mercy
           ,
           touched
           the
           womans
           heart
           ,
           and
           she
           spoke
           thus
           :
           
             By
             the
             true
             God
             ,
             those
             who
             say
             it
             speak
             an
             untruth
             ;
             but
             true
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             Caron
             and
             his
             people
             have
             promised
             me
             a
             reward
             if
             I
             testify'd
             that
             you
             had
             sinned
             with
             me
             ,
             O
             great
             Prophet
             ,
             who
             have
             spoken
             to
             God.
             
          
           Then
           Moses
           fell
           down
           to
           the
           ground
           ,
           and
           worshipped
           God
           weeping
           ,
           and
           made
           this
           Prayer
           to
           him
           ;
           
             O
             Lord
             ,
             if
             I
             am
             thy
             Apostle
             ,
             avenge
             me
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             impossible
             for
             me
             to
             endure
             those
             who
             have
             not
             thy
             fear
             before
             their
             eyes
             .
             And
             God
             revealed
             his
             will
             to
             him
             ,
             speaking
             thus
             :
             Command
             the
             Earth
             to
             do
             what
             thou
             desirest
             ,
             
             and
             by
             my
             permission
             it
             shall
             obey
             thee
             .
          
           Moses
           lift
           up
           his
           head
           ,
           and
           said
           to
           the
           people
           ;
           
             O
             ye
             Children
             of
             Israel
             ,
             God
             hath
             sent
             me
             to
             Caron
             as
             he
             sent
             me
             to
             Pharao
             ;
             let
             such
             of
             you
             as
             are
             of
             his
             party
             stand
             near
             him
             .
          
           They
           all
           withdrew
           from
           Caron
           ,
           save
           onely
           two
           men
           ,
           who
           continued
           obstinate
           in
           their
           wrath
           ,
           their
           imposture
           ,
           and
           their
           malice
           .
           Then
           Moses
           spoke
           thus
           ;
           
             O
             Earth
             take
             them
             .
          
           Immediately
           the
           Earth
           swallowed
           them
           three
           up
           to
           the
           Waste
           .
           Moses
           said
           again
           ,
           
             O
             Earth
             take
             them
             ;
          
           and
           the
           Earth
           took
           them
           in
           up
           to
           the
           Neck
           .
           Then
           Caron
           and
           his
           two
           Companions
           began
           to
           entreat
           Moses
           to
           be
           merciful
           to
           them
           ;
           but
           Moses
           made
           no
           account
           of
           their
           Prayers
           ,
           for
           he
           was
           too
           much
           incensed
           .
           On
           the
           contrary
           he
           pronounced
           the
           third
           time
           the
           same
           words
           ,
           
             O
             Earth
             take
             them
             ,
             and
             detain
             them
             in
             thy
             Bowels
             till
             the
             day
             of
             Judgment
             .
          
           Then
           the
           Earth
           swallow'd
           them
           up
           quite
           ,
           and
           closed
           over
           their
           Heads
           .
           Then
           said
           God
           to
           Moses
           :
           
             O
             Moses
             ,
             thou
             art
             very
             inhumane
             ,
             my
             Creatures
             implored
             thy
             mercy
             several
             times
             ,
             and
             thou
             hast
             not
             had
             compassion
             
             on
             them
             .
             By
             my
             greatness
             ,
             and
             by
             my
             glory
             ,
             had
             they
             but
             once
             called
             upon
             me
             ,
             they
             should
             have
             found
             me
             favourable
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             hear
             them
             .
          
           After
           that
           (
           said
           the
           Author
           )
           those
           of
           the
           Children
           of
           Israel
           who
           were
           not
           wise
           ,
           began
           to
           say
           ;
           
             Moses
             has
             not
             made
             imprecations
             against
             Caron
             ,
             but
             to
             possess
             himself
             after
             his
             death
             of
             his
             Tteasures
             ,
             and
             his
             House
             .
          
           Moses
           hearing
           of
           this
           was
           angry
           at
           it
           ,
           and
           prayed
           to
           God
           that
           the
           House
           of
           Caron
           and
           all
           his
           goods
           might
           be
           swallowed
           into
           the
           bottom
           of
           the
           Earth
           .
           The
           All-mighty
           and
           All-good
           God
           testifies
           it
           himself
           ,
           when
           he
           speaks
           thus
           ;
           
             And
             we
             have
             made
             him
             and
             his
             House
             to
             descend
             into
             the
             Bowels
             of
             the
             Earth
          
           ;
           he
           means
           Caron
           :
           and
           
             no
             man
             can
             relieve
             him
             against
             God
             ,
             and
             he
             was
             not
             of
             those
             who
             are
             relieved
             .
          
        
         
           They
           relate
           that
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           ,
           Omar
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           writ
           a
           Letter
           to
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           who
           commanded
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           after
           he
           had
           Conquered
           it
           ,
           and
           had
           disposed
           of
           the
           affairs
           thereof
           ,
           and
           had
           imposed
           the
           Tribute
           on
           such
           as
           he
           had
           received
           by
           composition
           ,
           as
           
           well
           the
           Coptites
           ,
           as
           the
           other
           Inhabitants
           of
           it
           .
           Behold
           the
           Tenure
           of
           that
           Letter
           :
           
             From
             
               Gabdol
               Omar
            
             ,
             the
             
             son
             of
             Chettab
             ,
             to
             Gamrou
             the
             son
             of
             Gasus
             ,
             God
             give
             you
             his
             peace
             ,
             O
             Gamrou
             ,
             and
             his
             mercy
             ,
             and
             his
             benedictions
             ,
             and
             to
             all
             the
             Mussulmans
             generally
             .
             After
             that
             ,
             I
             give
             God
             thanks
             for
             the
             favours
             he
             hath
             done
             you
             ;
             there
             is
             no
             other
             God
             but
             he
             ,
             and
             I
             pray
             him
             to
             bless
             Mahumet
             and
             his
             Family
             .
             I
             know
             ,
             O
             Gamrou
             ,
             by
             by
             the
             relation
             which
             hath
             been
             made
             me
             thereof
             ,
             that
             the
             Province
             whereof
             you
             have
             the
             Government
             ,
             is
             pleasant
             and
             well
             Fortify'd
             ,
             well
             Cultivated
             ,
             and
             very
             Populous
             ;
             that
             the
             Pharaos
             and
             the
             Amalekites
             have
             Reigned
             there
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             display'd
             therein
             the
             marks
             of
             their
             greatness
             ,
             and
             of
             their
             pride
             ,
             imagining
             they
             were
             Eternal
             ,
             and
             taking
             where
             they
             had
             not
             made
             any
             accompt
             .
             But
             now
             God
             hath
             established
             you
             in
             their
             Habitations
             ,
             and
             put
             into
             your
             power
             their
             Wealth
             ,
             their
             Servants
             ,
             and
             their
             Children
             ,
             and
             made
             you
             Inheritor
             of
             their
             Land
             ;
             praise
             ,
             and
             blessing
             ,
             and
             thanks
             be
             to
             him
             .
             To
             him
             belongs
             
             honour
             and
             glory
             .
             When
             you
             have
             received
             this
             my
             Letter
             ,
             write
             me
             the
             particular
             qualities
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             Land
             as
             the
             Sea
             ,
             and
             make
             me
             know
             it
             as
             if
             I
             had
             seen
             it
             my self
             .
             God
             preserve
             you
             .
          
           Gamrou
           having
           received
           this
           Letter
           ,
           and
           seen
           what
           it
           contained
           ,
           answered
           Omar
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           and
           writ
           to
           him
           in
           these
           terms
           :
           
             From
             
               Gabdol
               Gamrou
            
             ,
             the
             son
             of
             Gasus
             ,
             the
             Son
             of
             Vail
             ,
             the
             Sa●amian
             ,
             to
             
             the
             Successor
             of
             the
             Apostle
             of
             God
             ,
             (
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             him
             )
             Omar
             the
             son
             of
             Chettab
             ,
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             one
             of
             the
             Chaliphs
             according
             to
             the
             right
             way
             ,
             whose
             Letter
             I
             have
             received
             and
             read
             ,
             and
             understood
             his
             intention
             ;
             wherefore
             I
             will
             dispel
             from
             his
             spirit
             the
             cloud
             of
             uncertainty
             ,
             by
             the
             truth
             of
             my
             discourse
             .
             From
             God
             comes
             strength
             and
             power
             ,
             and
             all
             things
             return
             to
             him
             .
             Know
             Lord
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             that
             the
             Countrey
             of
             Egypt
             is
             nothing
             but
             a
             blackish
             Soil
             ,
             and
             green
             Plants
             between
             a
             dusty
             Mountain
             and
             a
             reddish
             Sand.
             Between
             its
             Mountain
             and
             its
             Sand
             there
             are
             high-raised
             
             Plains
             ,
             and
             levelled
             Eminences
             .
             It
             is
             surrounded
             by
             an
             Ascent
             which
             supplies
             it
             with
             provisions
             ,
             and
             is
             in
             compass
             from
             Syene
             to
             the
             extremities
             of
             the
             Land
             ,
             and
             the
             side
             of
             the
             Sea
             ,
             a
             Moneths
             riding
             for
             a
             Man
             on
             Horse-back
             .
             Through
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Countrey
             there
             runs
             a
             River
             ,
             blest
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             and
             favoured
             of
             Heaven
             at
             night
             ,
             which
             rises
             and
             falls
             according
             to
             the
             course
             of
             the
             Sun
             and
             Moon
             .
             It
             hath
             its
             time
             ,
             wherein
             the
             Springs
             and
             Sources
             of
             the
             Earth
             are
             opened
             to
             it
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             command
             given
             them
             by
             its
             Creator
             ,
             who
             governs
             and
             dispenses
             its
             course
             ,
             to
             supply
             the
             Province
             with
             sustenance
             ;
             and
             it
             follows
             according
             to
             the
             order
             prescribed
             it
             ,
             till
             such
             time
             as
             its
             waters
             being
             risen
             ,
             and
             its
             Waves
             rolling
             with
             noise
             ,
             and
             its
             surges
             being
             come
             to
             their
             greatest
             elevation
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             the
             Countrey
             cannot
             pass
             from
             one
             Village
             to
             another
             ,
             but
             in
             little
             Boats
             ,
             and
             a
             man
             sees
             the
             little
             Wherryes
             turning
             to
             and
             ●ro
             ,
             as
             white
             and
             black
             Camels
             in
             the
             imaginations
             of
             the
             people
             .
             Then
             when
             it
             is
             come
             to
             this
             condition
             .
             
             behold
             it
             begins
             to
             return
             back
             ,
             and
             to
             confine
             it self
             within
             its
             Chanels
             ,
             as
             it
             came
             out
             of
             it
             before
             ,
             and
             rose
             up
             by
             little
             and
             little
             .
             And
             then
             the
             most
             forward
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             slothful
             prepare
             themselves
             for
             labour
             ,
             they
             are
             scattered
             up
             and
             down
             the
             Fields
             in
             multitudes
             ,
             the
             people
             of
             the
             Law
             ,
             whom
             God
             preserve
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             of
             Alliance
             ,
             whom
             men
             protect
             ;
             they
             are
             seen
             stirring
             to
             and
             fro
             like
             Ants
             ,
             some
             weak
             ,
             others
             strong
             ,
             and
             wearying
             themselves
             out
             at
             the
             task
             imposed
             upon
             them
             ;
             for
             that
             is
             not
             obaained
             of
             them
             by
             their
             good
             will
             ,
             but
             by
             force
             and
             constraint
             ,
             by
             ill-treating
             and
             oppressing
             them
             .
             They
             are
             seen
             searching
             into
             the
             Earth
             ,
             and
             turning
             up
             so
             much
             of
             it
             as
             hath
             been
             overflown
             ,
             and
             casting
             into
             it
             all
             sorts
             of
             Grain
             ,
             which
             they
             hope
             (
             with
             the
             assistance
             of
             God
             )
             will
             multiply
             therein
             .
             And
             it
             will
             not
             be
             long
             ere
             the
             Earth
             puts
             off
             the
             black
             hew
             of
             its
             manure
             ,
             and
             cloaths
             it self
             in
             green
             ,
             and
             casts
             forth
             a
             pleasant
             scent
             ;
             while
             it
             produces
             Stalks
             ,
             and
             Leaves
             ,
             and
             Ears
             ,
             making
             a
             delightful
             show
             ,
             and
             giving
             a
             
             good
             hope
             ,
             the
             dew
             of
             Heaven
             watering
             it
             from
             above
             ,
             and
             the
             moisture
             giving
             nourishment
             to
             its
             productions
             from
             beneath
             .
             Sometime
             there
             come
             certain
             Clouds
             ,
             with
             a
             little
             Rain
             ,
             sometimes
             there
             fall
             onely
             certain
             drops
             of
             water
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             none
             at
             all
             .
             After
             that
             ,
             Lord
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             the
             Earth
             displayes
             her
             Beauties
             ,
             and
             makes
             a
             Triumph
             of
             her
             Favours
             ,
             cheering
             up
             the
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             assuring
             them
             of
             a
             good
             Harvest
             of
             her
             Fruits
             ,
             for
             the
             sustenance
             of
             them
             and
             their
             Cattel
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             Transported
             elsewhere
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             their
             Beasts
             multiply
             .
             She
             appears
             now
             (
             Lord
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             )
             like
             dusty
             ground
             ,
             then
             presently
             it
             is
             a
             blewish
             Sea
             ,
             and
             as
             it
             were
             a
             white
             Pearl
             ,
             then
             like
             black
             Dirt
             ,
             then
             as
             green
             Taffata
             ,
             then
             as
             a
             piece
             of
             Embrodery
             of
             divers
             colours
             ,
             then
             like
             a
             fount
             of
             molten
             Gold.
             Then
             they
             Harvest
             their
             Corn
             ,
             which
             being
             Thrash'd
             out
             passes
             afterward
             diversly
             among
             Men
             ,
             some
             taking
             what
             belongs
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             others
             what
             does
             not
             belong
             to
             them
             .
             This
             vicissitude
             returns
             
             every
             year
             ,
             every
             thing
             in
             its
             Season
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             order
             and
             providence
             of
             the
             All-mighty
             ;
             may
             that
             great
             God
             be
             ever
             praised
             ,
             blessed
             be
             he
             ,
             the
             best
             of
             Creatures
             .
             As
             to
             what
             is
             necessary
             for
             the
             carrying
             on
             of
             these
             Works
             ,
             and
             what
             should
             make
             the
             Countrey
             populous
             ,
             and
             well
             cultivated
             ,
             maintain
             it
             in
             a
             good
             condition
             ,
             and
             make
             it
             advance
             from
             good
             to
             better
             ,
             according
             to
             what
             hath
             been
             told
             us
             by
             such
             as
             are
             acquainted
             therewith
             ,
             as
             having
             had
             the
             government
             of
             it
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             we
             have
             made
             a
             particular
             observation
             of
             three
             things
             ;
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             not
             to
             credit
             the
             malicious
             discourses
             of
             the
             meaner
             sort
             of
             people
             ,
             against
             the
             chiefest
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             envious
             ,
             and
             unthankful
             for
             the
             good
             which
             is
             done
             them
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             to
             lay
             out
             one
             third
             of
             the
             Tribute
             raised
             therein
             towards
             the
             reparation
             of
             Bridges
             ,
             and
             Causeys
             .
             And
             the
             third
             is
             ,
             not
             to
             raise
             the
             Tribute
             out
             of
             any
             Species
             ,
             till
             it
             be
             in
             its
             perfection
             .
             This
             is
             the
             Description
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             Lord
             Commander
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             whereby
             you
             
             may
             know
             it
             ,
             as
             if
             you
             had
             seen
             it
             your self
             .
             God
             continue
             you
             in
             your
             good
             conduct
             ,
             and
             make
             you
             happily
             manage
             your
             Empire
             ,
             and
             assist
             you
             to
             undergo
             the
             charge
             he
             hath
             imposed
             on
             you
             ,
             and
             inspire
             you
             with
             an
             acknowledgment
             of
             the
             favours
             he
             hath
             done
             you
             .
             Peace
             be
             with
             you
             ;
             May
             God
             be
             praised
             ,
             and
             assist
             with
             his
             favours
             and
             benedictions
             our
             Lord
             Mahumet
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             his
             House
             ,
             and
             those
             of
             his
             party
             .
          
           The
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           Omar
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           having
           read
           (
           says
           the
           Author
           )
           
           Gamrou's
           Letter
           ,
           spoke
           thus
           ;
           He
           hath
           made
           an
           exquisite
           Description
           of
           the
           Land
           of
           Egypt
           and
           its
           Appurtenances
           ;
           he
           hath
           design'd
           it
           so
           well
           ,
           that
           it
           cannot
           be
           mistaken
           by
           such
           as
           are
           capable
           of
           knowing
           things
           .
           Praised
           be
           God
           ,
           O
           Assembly
           of
           Mussulmans
           ,
           for
           the
           favours
           he
           hath
           done
           you
           ,
           by
           bringing
           you
           into
           the
           possession
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           and
           other
           Countries
           .
           He
           it
           is
           whose
           assistance
           we
           all
           ought
           to
           implore
           .
        
         
           They
           relate
           ,
           that
           when
           the
           House
           of
           Gamrou
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           was
           demolish'd
           and
           made
           part
           of
           the
           great
           
           Mosquey
           of
           Masre
           ,
           there
           was
           found
           in
           a
           corner
           a
           stone
           ,
           on
           which
           these
           verses
           were
           written
           :
           
             Slight
             not
             a
             favourable
             occasion
             ,
             wherein
             thou
             maist
             stretch
             forth
             thy
             hand
             to
             do
             some
             good
             ;
             We
             live
             but
             to
             die
             ,
             and
             death
             is
             deceitfull
             ;
             from
             one
             hour
             to
             another
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             change
             of
             affairs
             .
          
           They
           relate
           also
           that
           while
           the
           same
           Gamrou
           was
           Governour
           of
           Egypt
           certain
           Coptites
           came
           ,
           and
           made
           evil
           reports
           to
           him
           against
           certain
           persons
           ,
           about
           affairs
           which
           he
           knew
           nothing
           of
           ,
           thinking
           by
           that
           means
           to
           insinuate
           themselves
           into
           his
           favour
           ,
           and
           be
           powerful
           about
           him
           ;
           but
           he
           reproved
           them
           of
           it
           saying
           ;
           
             O
             ye
             Coptites
             ,
             who
             are
             here
             assembled
             ,
             know
             that
             when
             any
             one
             comes
             to
             give
             us
             evil
             reports
             of
             his
             Brother
             ,
             we
             shall
             advance
             his
             Brother
             to
             higher
             Dignity
             ,
             and
             debase
             the
             Detractor
             ,
             for
             the
             Detractor
             envies
             the
             prosperity
             of
             his
             Neighbour
             ,
             and
             endeavours
             to
             ruine
             him
             ;
             the
             cauldrons
             of
             his
             malice
             boil
             in
             his
             breast
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             rises
             up
             into
             his
             Tongue
             ,
             and
             these
             wicked
             discourses
             are
             the
             smoke
             of
             that
             fire
             which
             sets
             them
             a
             boyling
             .
             He
             said
             also
             (
             Gods
             peace
             be
             with
             him
             )
             
             he
             who
             makes
             ill
             reports
             to
             thee
             ,
             calumniates
             thy self
             ;
             he
             who
             speaks
             ill
             to
             thee
             of
             another
             ,
             speaks
             ill
             of
             thy self
             .
          
           He
           said
           sometimes
           to
           his
           Captains
           ,
           and
           those
           whom
           he
           employed
           about
           his
           affairs
           ;
           
             Use
             me
             not
             as
             a
             Dagger
             to
             stab
             people
             withall
             .
             Shew
             your selves
             kind
             and
             obliging
             to
             all
             ,
             for
             who
             would
             live
             in
             peace
             must
             practise
             it
             .
             Be
             carefull
             to
             secure
             the
             High-ways
             ,
             and
             protect
             Travellers
             ;
             Punish
             the
             wicked
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             kept
             in
             by
             fear
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Marchant
             be
             in
             safety
             ;
             Strive
             not
             with
             the
             weak
             for
             the
             things
             whereof
             they
             are
             possessed
             ;
             claim
             not
             the
             thing
             wherewith
             they
             sustain
             themselves
             ;
             eat
             not
             of
             their
             Bread
             in
             their
             Houses
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             have
             no
             remorse
             of
             Conscience
             .
             Understand
             you
             not
             what
             is
             read
             to
             you
             out
             of
             the
             Book
             of
             your
             Lord
             ,
             which
             was
             inspired
             into
             the
             heart
             of
             your
             Prophet
             ?
             (
             Gods
             peace
             and
             mercy
             be
             with
             him
             )
             He
             will
             not
             desire
             your
             goods
             of
             you
             ,
             that
             you
             might
             not
             mutually
             desire
             them
             one
             of
             another
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             be
             not
             covetous
             in
             your
             hearts
             ,
             and
             that
             that
             may
             not
             make
             
             a
             discovery
             of
             your
             maliciousness
             .
          
        
         
           Abunasre
           of
           the
           West
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           
           on
           him
           )
           in
           the
           Book
           of
           the
           Histories
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           which
           God
           continue
           populous
           and
           well
           cultivated
           ,
           says
           ,
           that
           on
           the
           Castle-gate
           at
           Masre
           ,
           in
           the
           time
           of
           the
           Romans
           ,
           before
           the
           Mussulmans
           conquered
           Egypt
           ,
           there
           was
           near
           the
           great
           Gate
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           Mugalleca
           ,
           called
           the
           
             Gate
             of
             Grace
          
           ,
           an
           Idol
           of
           Brass
           ,
           in
           the
           form
           of
           a
           Camel
           ,
           with
           the
           Figure
           of
           a
           man
           riding
           on
           him
           ,
           having
           an
           Arabian
           Turbant
           on
           his
           Head
           ,
           and
           his
           Bow
           over
           his
           Shoulder
           ,
           and
           Shoes
           on
           his
           Feet
           .
           The
           Romans
           and
           the
           Coptites
           ,
           when
           any
           one
           injured
           or
           unjustly
           persecuted
           another
           ,
           came
           to
           that
           Statue
           ,
           and
           standing
           before
           it
           ,
           he
           who
           suffered
           the
           injury
           said
           to
           him
           who
           did
           it
           ;
           
             Give
             me
             what
             belongs
             to
             me
             ,
             otherwise
             I
             will
             make
             my
             complaint
             to
             that
             Cavalier
             ,
             who
             will
             oblige
             thee
             to
             do
             me
             right
             by
             fair
             means
             or
             by
             foul
             .
          
           By
           that
           Cavalier
           they
           meant
           Mahumet
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           for
           it
           is
           written
           among
           them
           in
           the
           Law
           of
           Moses
           and
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           where
           the
           countenance
           and
           posture
           of
           Mahumet
           is
           described
           ;
           
             He
             shall
             
             ride
             or
             the
             Camel
             ,
             and
             have
             Shoes
             on
             ;
             he
             shall
             carry
             the
          
           Arabian
           
             Bow
             ,
             and
             have
             a
             Turbant
             on
             his
             Head
             :
          
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           .
           When
           Gamrou
           came
           to
           Egypt
           to
           conquer
           it
           ,
           he
           and
           the
           Mussulmans
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           them
           )
           the
           Romans
           perceiving
           they
           would
           certainly
           be
           subdued
           ,
           and
           not
           doubting
           of
           the
           Victory
           of
           the
           Mussulmans
           ,
           hid
           that
           Statue
           under
           ground
           ,
           that
           it
           might
           not
           serve
           the
           Mussulmans
           for
           an
           Argument
           against
           them
           in
           the
           dispute
           .
           I
           have
           heard
           (
           says
           the
           son
           of
           Lahigus
           )
           that
           that
           Statue
           had
           continued
           in
           that
           place
           several
           thousands
           of
           years
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           knew
           not
           who
           had
           made
           it
           ;
           God
           knows
           how
           it
           stands
           .
           This
           story
           minds
           me
           of
           another
           ,
           which
           is
           this
           ;
           The
           Sultan
           the
           
             Malcolcamel
             ,
             Mahumet
          
           
           the
           son
           of
           Abubeker
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Job
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           sent
           the
           son
           of
           Sagad
           Ambassador
           into
           one
           of
           the
           Islands
           of
           Andalouzia
           ,
           the
           Soveraign
           whereof
           (
           as
           I
           think
           )
           was
           the
           Emperour
           .
           This
           Ambassador
           returning
           ,
           related
           to
           the
           Sultan
           what
           strange
           things
           he
           had
           seen
           in
           the
           Island
           .
           He
           told
           him
           among
           other
           things
           he
           had
           seen
           ,
           opposite
           to
           a
           Church
           belonging
           
           to
           the
           Romans
           ,
           a
           Statue
           of
           Stone
           in
           the
           form
           of
           an
           Ass
           ,
           with
           a
           man
           upon
           it
           ,
           set
           on
           a
           square
           Pedestal
           ,
           so
           that
           the
           Statue
           and
           the
           Pedestal
           were
           all
           of
           a
           piece
           ,
           of
           a
           black
           bright
           stone
           ;
           and
           all
           who
           entered
           into
           the
           Church
           ,
           or
           came
           out
           of
           it
           ,
           did
           spit
           upon
           the
           Statue
           ,
           and
           railed
           at
           it
           ,
           then
           turned
           away
           from
           it
           .
           I
           ask'd
           the
           King
           (
           continued
           the
           Sagadian
           as
           he
           related
           this
           story
           )
           as
           I
           sate
           with
           him
           ,
           what
           figure
           that
           was
           ,
           and
           he
           told
           me
           that
           the
           Romans
           thought
           it
           a
           Statue
           of
           the
           Prince
           of
           the
           Mussulmans
           .
           Whereupon
           (
           added
           he
           )
           I
           felt
           my self
           smitten
           with
           the
           Zeal
           of
           the
           Mussulman
           Religion
           ,
           which
           obliged
           me
           to
           speak
           thus
           to
           him
           ;
           
             Certainly
             great
             King
             ,
             this
             people
             is
             ill
             informed
             of
             that
             Statue
             ,
             and
             the
             opinion
             they
             have
             of
             it
             far
             from
             any
             likelihood
             of
             truth
             .
             Why
             ?
             said
             the
             King.
             Because
             (
             said
             I
             )
             he
             whom
             they
             imagine
             it
             represent
             ,
             never
             rid
             but
             upon
             Camels
             ;
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             't
             is
             the
             Messias
             (
             Gods
             peace
             be
             with
             him
             )
             who
             rode
             on
             an
             Ass
             .
             The
             King
             thereupon
             sent
             for
             a
             company
             of
             Priests
             and
             Monks
             ,
             and
             related
             my
             discours
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             they
             doubted
             not
             but
             
             that
             I
             had
             reason
             ,
             and
             spoke
             the
             truth
             ,
             which
             made
             them
             presently
             consider
             what
             they
             should
             do
             with
             that
             Figure
             .
             The
             result
             was
             ,
             that
             ere
             next
             day
             was
             over
             ,
             they
             prepared
             it
             a
             Chappel
             ,
             where
             they
             lodg'd
             it
             in
             the
             Church
             ,
             afterwards
             burning
             incense
             before
             it
             ,
             and
             cloathing
             it
             with
             Silk
             ,
             and
             making
             a
             Procession
             about
             it
             ,
             and
             doing
             it
             great
             honours
             with
             much
             Devotion
             .
             This
             was
             a
             business
             (
             said
             they
             )
             which
             was
             concealed
             from
             us
             .
             This
             Figure
             had
             not
             been
             set
             up
             in
             this
             Countrey
             ,
             had
             it
             not
             been
             the
             Figure
             of
             the
             Messias
             ;
             for
             this
             is
             not
             the
             Countrey
             of
             the
             Mussulmans
             ,
             and
             their
             Prince
             never
             came
             thither
             .
          
           He
           who
           related
           this
           story
           ,
           said
           to
           the
           Sultan
           ;
           Have
           I
           sinned
           in
           doing
           so
           ?
           No
           ,
           by
           the
           true
           God
           ,
           said
           the
           Sultan
           ,
           on
           the
           the
           contrary
           ,
           you
           have
           done
           well
           ,
           and
           deserved
           reward
           ;
           since
           what
           you
           did
           was
           out
           of
           the
           good
           zeal
           you
           had
           for
           the
           Mussulman
           Religion
           ,
           and
           the
           service
           of
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           .
           As
           to
           the
           Statue
           ,
           that
           is
           it
           which
           the
           Christians
           adore
           ,
           and
           wherein
           they
           put
           their
           hope
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Sangian
           relates
           in
           his
           ancient
           Annals
           ,
           that
           one
           of
           the
           Caliphs
           of
           this
           Province
           caused
           Tribute
           to
           be
           paid
           at
           great
           Constantinople
           ,
           and
           that
           Geuhar
           General
           of
           the
           Armies
           of
           Mugazzoldinil
           built
           the
           City
           of
           Cairo
           ,
           which
           was
           called
           from
           the
           name
           of
           the
           
             Chaliph
             ,
             Cairo
          
           of
           the
           Mugazzoldinil
           ,
           
           and
           founded
           the
           Castles
           .
           They
           say
           he
           dilated
           his
           Conquests
           as
           far
           as
           Damas
           ,
           before
           the
           Mugazzoldinil
           entered
           into
           Egypt
           .
        
         
           They
           relate
           ,
           that
           in
           the
           seventh
           year
           of
           the
           Prophet's
           Retreat
           ,
           God
           replenish
           him
           with
           his
           Favours
           and
           Benedictions
           ,
           Chatteb
           the
           son
           of
           Abubalig
           came
           into
           Egypt
           from
           the
           Mucaux
           ,
           bringing
           along
           with
           him
           Mary
           
           the
           Egyptian
           ,
           and
           another
           young
           Lady
           ,
           which
           they
           said
           was
           her
           Sister
           ,
           and
           that
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           bestow'd
           her
           on
           Chasan
           the
           son
           of
           Thabet
           ,
           who
           had
           by
           her
           his
           son
           Gabdorrachaman
           .
           His
           Mule
           was
           a
           great
           Hedghog
           ,
           and
           his
           Ass
           a
           wild
           Goat
           .
           The
           Mucaux
           ,
           who
           was
           then
           
           Cesar's
           Lieutenant
           in
           Egypt
           ,
           made
           him
           a
           present
           of
           all
           that
           .
        
         
           Gabdolaglai
           the
           Othmanidan
           relates
           
           what
           follows
           ;
           I
           said
           one
           day
           to
           
           the
           son
           of
           Sagad
           ,
           the
           Egyptian
           Lawyer
           ,
           (
           Gods
           mercy
           on
           him
           )
           Tell
           us
           something
           ,
           whereby
           we
           may
           know
           the
           excellency
           of
           the
           Countrey
           of
           Egypt
           .
           To
           that
           purpose
           (
           said
           he
           )
           't
           were
           sufficient
           to
           tell
           what
           Historirians
           relate
           of
           the
           son
           of
           Masgud
           ,
           and
           what
           the
           Prophet
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           said
           to
           him
           of
           Egypt
           before
           he
           died
           .
           We
           were
           together
           (
           said
           the
           son
           of
           Masgud
           )
           in
           the
           House
           of
           our
           Mother
           Gaisa
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           he
           ▪
           )
           and
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           cast
           his
           eye
           on
           us
           ,
           being
           pressed
           with
           pain
           ,
           with
           tears
           in
           his
           eyes
           ,
           and
           declared
           to
           us
           ,
           that
           he
           should
           die
           within
           a
           short
           time
           ,
           speaking
           to
           us
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           
             You
             are
             welcome
             ,
             God
             give
             you
             a
             good
             and
             a
             long
             life
             ,
             God
             preserve
             you
             ,
             God
             govern
             you
             ,
             God
             unite
             you
             ,
             God
             protect
             you
             ,
             God
             make
             you
             prosper
             ,
             God
             raise
             you
             to
             honour
             ,
             God
             give
             you
             peace
             .
             I
             I
             recommend
             to
             you
             the
             fear
             of
             God
             ,
             and
             I
             recommend
             you
             to
             the
             All-mighty
             and
             All-good
             God
             ,
             and
             I
             pray
             him
             to
             have
             a
             care
             of
             you
             ,
             after
             me
             .
             O
             Apostle
             of
             God
             (
             said
             we
             
             to
             him
             ,
             when
             will
             your
             day
             be
             ?
             The
             time
             is
             very
             neer
             ,
             (
             said
             he
             )
             behold
             I
             return
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             Garden
             of
             Retirement
             ,
             and
             the
             Paradise
             above
             .
             Who
             shall
             wash
             you
             (
             said
             we
             )
             O
             Apostle
             of
             God
             ?
             The
             men
             of
             my
             House
             (
             reply'd
             he
             )
             according
             to
             the
             order
             of
             their
             nearness
             .
             In
             what
             shall
             we
             bury
             you
             ,
             O
             Apostle
             of
             God
             ?
             (
             said
             we
             .
             )
             In
             my
             Garments
             ,
             if
             you
             please
             ,
             (
             said
             he
             )
             or
             in
             those
             of
             the
             happy
             Arabia
             ,
             or
             in
             the
             white
             ones
             of
             Egypt
             .
             Who
             shall
             make
             the
             Prayer
             for
             you
             ,
             O
             Apostle
             of
             God
             ?
             (
             said
             we
             weeping
             .
             )
             Trouble
             not
             your selves
             for
             that
             ;
             (
             said
             he
             )
             God
             be
             merciful
             to
             you
             ,
             and
             reward
             you
             for
             the
             care
             you
             have
             of
             your
             Prophet
             .
             When
             you
             have
             wash'd
             me
             ,
             and
             laid
             me
             into
             a
             Sheet
             ,
             put
             me
             into
             my
             Coffin
             ,
             which
             is
             here
             by
             the
             side
             of
             my
             Tomb
             ,
             then
             depart
             from
             me
             for
             a
             while
             ,
             till
             my
             good
             friend
             Gabriel
             hath
             Prayed
             for
             me
             ,
             and
             after
             him
             Michael
             ,
             then
             Esraphiel
             ,
             then
             the
             
               Angel
               of
               Death
            
             ,
             with
             many
             other
             Angels
             ,
             whom
             God
             Bless
             ;
             After
             that
             return
             to
             me
             ,
             and
             come
             near
             me
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             and
             pray
             God
             heartily
             
             to
             grant
             me
             peace
             and
             mercy
             ;
             and
             forbear
             importuning
             me
             with
             Cries
             ,
             Weeping
             ,
             and
             Lamentations
             .
             The
             first
             who
             shall
             make
             the
             Prayer
             for
             me
             ,
             shall
             be
             the
             men
             of
             my
             own
             House
             ,
             then
             their
             Wives
             ,
             then
             you
             .
             Continue
             in
             peace
             with
             those
             of
             my
             Companions
             who
             are
             at
             a
             great
             distance
             from
             me
             ;
             and
             with
             those
             who
             have
             followed
             me
             in
             my
             Religion
             ,
             till
             the
             day
             of
             the
             Resurrection
             .
             I
             make
             you
             witnesses
             of
             the
             Benediction
             which
             I
             give
             all
             those
             who
             have
             embraced
             the
             Mussulman
             Religion
             .
          
           This
           is
           the
           Testament
           which
           the
           Prophet
           (
           God
           grant
           him
           peace
           and
           mercy
           )
           made
           before
           his
           death
           .
           It
           suffices
           for
           the
           glory
           of
           Egypt
           ,
           that
           he
           mention'd
           it
           at
           his
           death
           ,
           and
           that
           he
           ordered
           they
           should
           bury
           him
           in
           the
           white
           Garments
           of
           Egypt
           .
           What
           greater
           glory
           can
           there
           be
           then
           that
           !
        
         
           The
           incomparable
           old
           Man
           ,
           Doctor
           of
           the
           sayings
           and
           actions
           of
           the
           Prophet
           
             Abugabdol
             Mahumet
          
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Negaman
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           
           relates
           ,
           upon
           the
           credit
           of
           him
           from
           whom
           he
           heard
           it
           ,
           that
           the
           Apostle
           of
           God
           (
           God
           grant
           him
           peace
           and
           
           mercy
           )
           spoke
           one
           day
           in
           these
           terms
           ;
           
             The
             hand
             of
             God
             is
             upon
             Egypt
             ,
             the
             Inhabitants
             of
             it
             are
             favoured
             with
             a
             particular
             Protection
             from
             God
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             happy
             prosperity
             .
          
           The
           Ancient
           Abugabdol
           explicating
           these
           words
           of
           the
           Prophet
           ,
           speaks
           thus
           ;
           
             That
             hand
             signifies
             Power
             and
             Divine
             assistance
             .
          
        
         
           Guebad
           the
           son
           of
           Mahumet
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           speaks
           thus
           ;
           
             Sitting
             
             one
             day
             in
             the
             great
             Ancient
             Mosquery
             of
             Masre
             ,
             which
             God
             preserve
             ,
             I
             heard
             a
             Citizen
             who
             related
             it
             as
             a
             thing
             which
             he
             had
             learnt
             from
             some
             great
             Person
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             on
             a
             time
             asked
             one
             of
             the
             Sages
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             What
             is
             the
             most
             delightful
             thing
             that
             ever
             you
             saw
             ?
             Fruit
             (
             reply'd
             he
             )
             when
             they
             appear
             clustered
             all
             about
             the
             Trees
             and
             Plants
             like
             Clouds
             ,
             which
             closely
             follow
             one
             another
             .
             What
             was
             the
             best
             thing
             you
             did
             ever
             eat
             ?
             What
             was
             presented
             to
             me
             (
             said
             he
             )
             in
             a
             quiet
             place
             ,
             without
             trouble
             and
             disturbance
             ,
             when
             I
             have
             been
             very
             hungry
             .
             What
             was
             the
             most
             pleasant
             Drink
             you
             ever
             tasted
             ?
             The
             remainders
             (
             said
             he
             )
             of
             the
             overflowing
             of
             the
             Nile
             of
             Egypt
             in
             
             the
             Spring
             time
             .
             What
             was
             the
             most
             delightful
             thing
             you
             ever
             heard
             ?
             The
             eloquent
             voice
             (
             said
             he
             )
             of
             a
             Person
             reading
             the
             Alcoran
             ,
             and
             pronouncing
             it
             distinctly
             ,
             without
             Singing
             and
             without
             Artifice
             .
             In
             what
             did
             you
             find
             your self
             most
             commodiously
             clad
             ?
             In
             Linnen
             half
             worn
             out
             (
             reply'd
             he
             )
             in
             Summer
             ,
             and
             in
             any
             other
             Cloath
             or
             Stuffe
             in
             Winter
             .
             Do
             you
             find
             any
             thing
             better
             then
             that
             ?
             Yes
             (
             reply'd
             he
             )
             Health
             .
          
           It
           is
           related
           of
           one
           of
           Lawyers
           of
           Egypt
           (
           God
           shew
           him
           mercy
           )
           that
           he
           said
           ;
           I
           have
           heard
           a
           man
           who
           related
           in
           the
           Tent
           of
           the
           Commander
           of
           the
           Faithful
           Gamrou
           
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           or
           over
           against
           it
           ,
           as
           a
           thing
           which
           he
           had
           from
           Mecdad
           the
           son
           of
           Magdaquerbe
           ,
           the
           Zebidian
           ,
           that
           the
           Prophet
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           him
           )
           spoke
           thus
           ;
           
             No
             man
             can
             eat
             any
             thing
             better
             in
             this
             World
             then
             what
             he
             eats
             by
             the
             labour
             of
             his
             hands
             .
             For
             the
             Prophet
             of
             God
             David
             liv'd
             by
             the
             labour
             of
             his
             hands
             .
          
           'T
           is
           related
           of
           Bara
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           that
           he
           said
           thus
           upon
           this
           occasion
           ;
           The
           Prophets
           
           and
           Devout
           persons
           ,
           have
           always
           endeavoured
           to
           get
           their
           Livelihood
           by
           lawful
           ways
           ;
           Adam
           (
           Gods
           peace
           be
           with
           him
           )
           was
           a
           Labourer
           ,
           Seth
           a
           Weaver
           ,
           Edrisus
           a
           Taylor
           ,
           Noah
           a
           Carpenter
           ,
           Cadar
           a
           Mule-keeper
           ,
           David
           an
           Armourer
           ,
           Abraham
           a
           Sower
           of
           Seeds
           ,
           others
           say
           a
           Weaver
           of
           Lawn
           ,
           Salich
           a
           Marchant
           ,
           Moses
           and
           Saguib
           ,
           and
           Mahumet
           ,
           (
           Gods
           peace
           and
           mercy
           be
           with
           them
           )
           were
           Shepherds
           ,
           Locman
           a
           Taylor
           ,
           Jesus
           the
           son
           of
           Mary
           a
           Pilgrim
           ,
           Abubeker
           ,
           and
           Omar
           ,
           and
           Othman
           ,
           and
           Gali
           ,
           and
           Gabdorrachaman
           ,
           the
           son
           of
           Guph
           ,
           and
           Talche
           ,
           were
           Merchants
           Trading
           in
           Cypres
           and
           Lawnes
           ,
           Maimoune
           the
           son
           of
           Meharam
           ,
           and
           Mahumet
           the
           son
           of
           Sirin
           ,
           were
           also
           Lawn-Merchants
           ,
           Zebir
           the
           son
           of
           Gauam
           ,
           and
           Gamrou
           the
           son
           of
           Gasus
           ,
           and
           Gamer
           the
           son
           of
           Carir
           were
           Silk-Merchants
           ,
           Job
           the
           Skinner
           sold
           Goats-Skins
           ,
           Sagad
           the
           son
           of
           Abuvacas
           drove
           a
           Trade
           in
           Dyers
           Woad
           ,
           Othman
           the
           son
           of
           Mahumet
           the
           Lachamian
           was
           a
           Taylor
           ,
           Malich
           the
           son
           of
           Dinar
           was
           a
           Writer
           .
        
         
           Neguim
           the
           Deaf
           (
           God
           grant
           him
           mercy
           )
           related
           to
           my
           what
           follows
           ;
           There
           was
           (
           said
           he
           )
           in
           the
           Caraph
           at
           
           Masre
           a
           devout
           man
           ,
           who
           stood
           every
           
           Friday
           at
           the
           Gate
           of
           the
           great
           old
           Mosquey
           ,
           of
           the
           same
           side
           with
           
           Gamrou's
           House
           ,
           after
           the
           Prelate
           had
           concluded
           the
           Prayer
           ,
           and
           cry'd
           out
           with
           a
           loud
           voice
           ;
           
             There
             is
             no
             other
             God
             but
             the
             great
             God
             alone
             ,
             without
             Associate
             ;
             It
             is
             he
             who
             Reings
             ;
             He
             ought
             to
             be
             Praised
             ;
             Life
             and
             Death
             proceed
             from
             him
             ;
             He
             ever
             lives
             and
             never
             dies
             ;
             That
             which
             is
             good
             is
             in
             his
             Hand
             ;
             To
             him
             all
             things
             return
             ;
             He
             is
             able
             to
             do
             all
             things
             .
          
           All
           those
           who
           heard
           him
           repeated
           what
           he
           said
           ,
           till
           there
           remained
           but
           few
           persons
           in
           the
           Mosquey
           ;
           then
           at
           last
           he
           said
           ;
           
             O
             Assembly
             of
             the
             Faithful
             ,
             he
             who
             abstains
             from
             things
             forbidden
             ,
             obtains
             remission
             of
             his
             Sins
             ;
             he
             who
             is
             content
             with
             what
             God
             sends
             him
             ,
             hath
             Wealth
             enough
             ;
             he
             who
             eschews
             evil
             ,
             is
             in
             safety
             .
          
           He
           ceased
           not
           to
           do
           this
           ,
           till
           God
           call'd
           him
           ,
           God
           grant
           him
           mercy
           .
           He
           lies
           Buried
           in
           the
           Cemitery
           of
           Masre
           ,
           which
           God
           protect
           against
           its
           Enemies
           ,
           and
           keep
           in
           his
           Holy
           custody
           ,
           Amen
           .
           It
           is
           in
           God
           we
           hope
           ,
           it
           is
           good
           to
           wait
           upon
           him
           ;
           God
           grant
           peace
           to
           our
           Lord
           Mahumet
           ,
           and
           to
           those
           of
           his
           House
           ,
           and
           those
           of
           his
           Party
           ,
           and
           fill
           him
           
           with
           his
           Benedictions
           .
           Behold
           the
           Book
           finish'd
           by
           the
           grace
           of
           our
           glorious
           Lord
           ;
           let
           him
           be
           praised
           ,
           and
           exalted
           ,
           and
           glorify'd
           .
        
         
           This
           Copy
           (
           which
           God
           Bless
           )
           was
           finished
           in
           Writing
           ,
           the
           14th
           .
           day
           of
           the
           venerable
           Moneth
           Regebe
           ,
           in
           the
           year
           992.
           at
           Tibe
           the
           Noble
           ,
           God
           bless
           her
           Nobility
           ,
           and
           replenish
           her
           with
           his
           Favours
           .
        
         
           Tibe
           
             is
             a
             City
             in
          
           Arabia
           ,
           
             according
             to
             the
          
           Geuharian
           .
           
             The
             14th
             .
             of
          
           Regebe
           992.
           
           
             Corresponds
             to
             the
             22.
             of
          
           July
           1584.
           
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           A
           CATALOGUE
           of
           Books
           printed
           for
           
             Thomas
             Basset
          
           ,
           and
           are
           to
           be
           sold
           at
           his
           Shop
           at
           the
           George
           near
           
             Cliffords
             Inne
          
           in
           Fleet-street
           .
        
         
           
             Various
             Histories
             and
             Miscellaneous
             Discourses
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             1.
             
             COsmography
             in
             four
             Books
             ,
             containing
             the
             Chorography
             and
             History
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             principal
             Kingdoms
             ,
             Provinces
             ,
             Seas
             ,
             and
             Isles
             thereof
             .
             The
             5th
             .
             Edition
             corrected
             and
             enlarged
             .
             By
             
               P.
               Heylin
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             20
             s.
             
          
           
             2.
             
             The
             Voyages
             and
             Travels
             of
             the
             Embassadours
             sent
             by
             Frederick
             Duke
             of
             Holstein
             to
             the
             Great
             Duke
             of
             Muscovy
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Persia
             ,
             begun
             in
             the
             Year
             1633
             ,
             and
             finished
             1639
             :
             containing
             a
             Complete
             History
             of
             
               Muscovy
               ,
               Tartary
               ,
               Persia
            
             ,
             and
             other
             adjacent
             Countries
             .
             Also
             the
             Travels
             of
             Mandelslo
             from
             Persia
             into
             the
             
               East
               Indies
            
             ,
             containing
             a
             Description
             of
             Indosthan
             the
             
             Mogul's
             Empire
             ,
             the
             Oriental
             Islands
             
               Japan
               ,
               China
               ,
               &c.
            
             In
             three
             Books
             .
             The
             whole
             illustrated
             with
             Maps
             and
             Figures
             .
             Written
             originally
             by
             
               Adam
               Olearius
            
             ,
             Secretary
             to
             the
             Embassie
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               D.
            
             The
             second
             Edition
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             18
             s.
             
          
           
             3.
             
             An
             Historical
             Account
             of
             the
             Romish
             State
             ,
             Court
             ,
             Interest
             ,
             Policies
             ,
             &c.
             and
             the
             mighty
             Influences
             of
             the
             Jesuits
             in
             that
             Church
             ,
             and
             many
             other
             Christian
             States
             ,
             not
             hitherto
             extant
             .
             Written
             originally
             by
             
               Monsieur
               de
               Sainct
               Amour
            
             ,
             Doctor
             of
             Sorrbonns
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               D.
            
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             14
             s.
             
          
           
           
             4.
             
             The
             History
             of
             Philosophy
             ,
             by
             
               Tho.
               Stanley
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             3
             l.
             
          
           
             5.
             
             The
             History
             of
             the
             Caribby
             Islands
             ,
             
               viz.
               Barbadoes
               ,
               Saint
               Christophers
               ,
               Saint
               Vincents
               ,
               Martinico
               ,
               Dominico
               ,
               Barbouthos
               ,
               Monserrat
               ,
               Mevis
               ,
               Antego
               ,
               &c.
            
             in
             all
             28
             :
             containing
             the
             Natural
             and
             Moral
             History
             of
             those
             Islands
             .
             Illustrated
             with
             Sculptures
             representing
             the
             most
             considerable
             Rarities
             therein
             described
             .
             Rendered
             into
             English
             by
             
               J.
               D.
            
             of
             Kidwelly
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             10
             s.
             
          
           
             6.
             
             Bentivolio
             and
             Vrania
             in
             six
             Books
             ,
             by
             
               Nath.
               Ingelo
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             
          
           
             7.
             
             Advertisements
             from
             Parnassus
             ;
             with
             the
             Politick
             Touchstone
             .
             Written
             originally
             in
             Italian
             by
             that
             famous
             Roman
             
               Trojano
               Boccalini
            
             .
             Englished
             by
             the
             Right
             Honourable
             Henry
             Earl
             of
             Monmouth
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             10
             s.
             
          
           
             8.
             
             Londinopolis
             :
             An
             Historical
             Discourse
             or
             Perlustration
             of
             the
             Cities
             of
             London
             and
             Westminster
             ,
             with
             the
             Courts
             of
             Justice
             ,
             Antiquities
             ,
             and
             New
             Buildings
             thereunto
             belonging
             .
             By
             
               James
               Howell
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             5
             s.
             
          
           
             9.
             
             The
             Complete
             Body
             of
             the
             Art
             Military
             :
             Being
             plain
             and
             perfect
             Directions
             for
             the
             right
             ordering
             and
             framing
             of
             an
             Army
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             :
             together
             with
             the
             manner
             of
             Fortifications
             ,
             and
             the
             Art
             of
             Gunnery
             .
             By
             
               Richard
               Elton
            
             ,
             Lieutenant
             Colonel
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             8
             s.
             
          
           
             10.
             
             The
             History
             of
             the
             late
             Wars
             in
             Denmark
             ,
             comprising
             all
             the
             Transactions
             (
             both
             Military
             and
             Civil
             )
             during
             the
             differences
             betwixt
             the
             two
             Northern
             Crowns
             ,
             in
             the
             Years
             1657
             ,
             1658
             ,
             1659
             ,
             1660.
             
             Illustrated
             with
             several
             Maps
             .
             By
             
               R.
               Mantey
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             11.
             
             A
             General
             Collection
             of
             Discourses
             of
             the
             Virtuosi
             of
             France
             ,
             upon
             Questions
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Philosophy
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             30
             s.
             
          
           
             12.
             
             
               Ecclesia
               Restaurata
            
             :
             or
             the
             History
             of
             the
             Reformation
             
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             England
             ,
             containing
             the
             beginning
             ,
             progress
             ,
             and
             success
             of
             it
             ;
             from
             the
             first
             preparations
             to
             it
             by
             King
             Henry
             VIII
             .
             untill
             the
             Legal
             settling
             of
             it
             under
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             .
             By
             
               Peter
               Heylin
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             The
             second
             Edition
             in
             Folio
             ,
             price
             10
             s.
             
          
           
             13.
             
             
               Aerius
               Redivivus
            
             :
             or
             the
             History
             of
             the
             Presbyterians
             ,
             containing
             the
             beginnings
             ,
             progress
             ,
             and
             successes
             of
             that
             Active
             Sect
             ,
             &c.
             By
             
               Peter
               Heylin
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             
          
           
             14.
             
             The
             History
             of
             England
             extending
             to
             the
             Conquest
             of
             so
             much
             of
             Britain
             as
             was
             subjected
             by
             the
             Romans
             .
             Written
             in
             the
             Year
             1666
             ,
             in
             Folio
             ,
             pricee
             3
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             15.
             
             The
             Use
             of
             the
             Pen
             and
             Pencil
             ,
             or
             the
             Art
             of
             Painting
             .
             By
             
               William
               Sanderson
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             in
             Folio
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             16.
             
             
               Cyprianus
               Anglicus
            
             :
             or
             the
             History
             of
             the
             Life
             and
             Death
             of
             
               William
               Laud
            
             Lord
             Archbishop
             of
             Canterbury
             ;
             containing
             also
             the
             Ecclesiastical
             History
             of
             the
             three
             Kingdoms
             of
             
               England
               ,
               Scotland
            
             ,
             and
             Ireland
             ,
             from
             the
             first
             rising
             till
             his
             death
             .
             By
             
               Peter
               Heylin
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             The
             second
             Edition
             in
             Folio
             ,
             price
             10
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             17.
             
             The
             History
             of
             Romish
             Treasons
             and
             Usurpations
             :
             together
             with
             a
             particular
             account
             of
             many
             gross
             Corruptions
             and
             Impostures
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             Rome
             ,
             highly
             dishonourable
             and
             injurious
             to
             Christian
             Religion
             :
             with
             a
             large
             Preface
             to
             the
             Romanists
             .
             By
             
               H.
               Foulis
            
             ,
             B.
             D.
             in
             Folio
             ,
             price
             20
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             18.
             
             The
             Merchants
             Map
             of
             Commerce
             ,
             wherein
             the
             universal
             manner
             and
             matter
             of
             Trade
             is
             compendiously
             handled
             .
             By
             
               Lewis
               Roberts
            
             ,
             Merchant
             .
             The
             second
             Edition
             in
             Folio
             ,
             price
             16
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             19.
             
             Resuscitatio
             :
             or
             bringing
             into
             publick
             light
             several
             pieces
             of
             the
             Works
             Civil
             ,
             Historical
             ,
             Philosophical
             ,
             and
             Theological
             ,
             (
             hitherto
             sleeping
             )
             of
             the
             
             Right
             Honourable
             
               Francis
               Bacon
            
             ,
             Baron
             of
             Verulam
             ,
             Viscount
             
               Saint
               Alban
            
             .
             In
             two
             parts
             .
             The
             third
             Edition
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             best
             corrected
             Copies
             ,
             together
             with
             His
             Lordships
             Life
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Rawley
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             His
             Lordships
             Chaplain
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             14
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             20.
             
             
               Fodinae
               Regales
            
             :
             or
             the
             History
             ,
             Laws
             ,
             and
             Places
             of
             the
             chief
             Mines
             and
             Mineral
             Works
             in
             
               England
               ,
               Wales
            
             ,
             and
             the
             
               English
               Pale
            
             in
             Ireland
             .
             As
             also
             of
             the
             Mint
             and
             Money
             .
             By
             Sir
             
               John
               Pettus
            
             ,
             Knight
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             5
             s.
             
          
           
             21.
             
             The
             Art
             how
             to
             know
             Men.
             Originally
             written
             by
             the
             
               Sieur
               de
               la
               Chambre
            
             ,
             Counsellour
             to
             His
             Majesty
             of
             France
             ,
             and
             Physician
             in
             ordinary
             .
             Englished
             by
             
               J.
               D.
            
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             3
             s.
             
          
           
             22.
             
             Various
             Histories
             written
             originally
             by
             
               Claudius
               Aelianus
            
             ,
             rendered
             into
             English
             by
             
               Tho.
               Stanley
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             23.
             
             
               Scarrons
               Novels
            
             ,
             viz.
             The
             Fruitless
             Precaution
             ,
             the
             Hypocrites
             ,
             the
             Innocent
             Adultery
             ,
             the
             Judge
             in
             his
             own
             Cause
             ,
             the
             Rival
             Brothers
             ,
             the
             invisible
             Mistress
             ,
             the
             Chastisement
             of
             Avarice
             .
             Rendered
             into
             English
             with
             some
             Additions
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             3
             s.
             
          
           
             24.
             
             Hippocrates
             Aphorisms
             reviewed
             and
             rendered
             into
             English
             ,
             and
             digested
             into
             an
             exact
             and
             methodical
             form
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             25.
             
             Arnaldo
             ,
             or
             the
             Injured
             Lovers
             .
             A
             new
             Romance
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             26.
             
             Poems
             on
             several
             subjects
             .
             By
             Edward
             Lord
             Herbert
             ,
             Baron
             of
             Cherbery
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             27.
             
             A
             further
             Discovery
             of
             the
             Mystery
             of
             Jesuitism
             ,
             representing
             the
             Humours
             ,
             Designs
             ,
             and
             Practises
             of
             those
             who
             call
             themselves
             
               The
               Society
               of
               Jesus
            
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             28.
             
             Modern
             Policies
             taken
             from
             
               Machiavel
               ,
               Borgia
            
             ,
             and
             other
             choice
             Authors
             :
             to
             which
             is
             added
             
               Regi
               Sacrum
            
             .
             By
             Sir
             
               William
               Blois
            
             ,
             Knight
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
           
             29.
             
             
               Lux
               Lillio
            
             ,
             or
             Observations
             upon
             these
             two
             parts
             of
             Grammar
             ,
             Orthographie
             and
             Etymologie
             .
             By
             
               Tho.
               Scriven
            
             ,
             M.
             A.
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             30.
             
             
               Epictetus
               Junior
            
             :
             or
             Maxims
             of
             Modern
             Morality
             ,
             in
             two
             Centuries
             .
             Collected
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             of
             Kidwelly
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             31.
             
             The
             Complete
             Writing-master
             :
             A
             Copy-book
             furnished
             with
             all
             the
             most
             useful
             Hands
             now
             practised
             by
             the
             best
             Artists
             in
             London
             ,
             with
             such
             plain
             directions
             for
             young
             Learners
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             in
             a
             short
             time
             fit
             themselves
             for
             any
             Trade
             or
             Imployment
             whatsoever
             .
             Invented
             ,
             written
             ,
             and
             engraven
             ,
             by
             
               E.
               Cocker
            
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             32.
             
             A
             Persuasive
             to
             Conformity
             ,
             by
             way
             of
             a
             Letter
             to
             the
             Dissenting
             Brethren
             ,
             by
             
               Jo.
               Hinckley
            
             ,
             M.
             A.
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             33.
             
             The
             Ceremonies
             of
             the
             Vacant
             See
             ,
             or
             a
             true
             Relation
             of
             what
             passes
             at
             Rome
             upon
             the
             Popes
             death
             ,
             with
             the
             Proceedings
             in
             the
             Conclave
             for
             the
             Election
             of
             a
             new
             Pope
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Constitutions
             and
             Ceremonials
             ;
             as
             also
             the
             Convocation
             and
             Cavalcade
             .
             Out
             of
             the
             French
             by
             
               J.
               Davies
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             34.
             
             The
             Life
             of
             General
             Monk
             ,
             Duke
             of
             
               Albemarle
               ,
               &c.
            
             with
             Remarks
             upon
             his
             Act●ons
             .
             By
             
               T.
               Gumble
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             one
             of
             his
             Chaplains
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             4
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             35.
             
             A
             Help
             to
             English
             History
             ,
             containing
             a
             succession
             of
             all
             the
             Kings
             of
             England
             ,
             the
             English
             Saxons
             ,
             and
             the
             Britans
             ;
             the
             Kings
             and
             Princes
             of
             Wales
             ,
             the
             Kings
             and
             Lords
             of
             Man
             ,
             the
             Isle
             of
             Wight
             ;
             as
             also
             of
             all
             the
             Dukes
             ,
             Marquesses
             ,
             Earls
             ,
             and
             Bishops
             thereof
             ;
             with
             the
             Description
             of
             the
             places
             from
             whence
             they
             had
             their
             Titles
             :
             together
             with
             the
             Names
             and
             Ranks
             of
             the
             Viscounts
             ,
             Barons
             ,
             and
             Baronets
             of
             England
             .
             By
             
               P.
               Heylin
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             and
             since
             his
             death
             continued
             to
             this
             present
             year
             1671
             ,
             with
             the
             Coats
             of
             Arms
             of
             the
             Nobility
             Blazon'd
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             4
             s.
             
          
           
           
             36.
             
             A
             Geographical
             Description
             of
             the
             four
             parts
             of
             the
             World
             ,
             taken
             from
             the
             Notes
             and
             Works
             of
             the
             famous
             
               Monsieur
               Sanson
            
             ,
             Geographer
             to
             the
             French
             King
             ,
             and
             other
             eminent
             Travellers
             and
             Authors
             .
             To
             which
             are
             added
             the
             Commodities
             ,
             Coins
             ,
             Weights
             ,
             and
             Measures
             of
             the
             chief
             places
             of
             Traffick
             in
             the
             World
             ;
             compared
             with
             those
             of
             England
             (
             or
             London
             )
             as
             to
             the
             Trade
             thereof
             .
             Also
             a
             Treatise
             of
             Travel
             and
             another
             of
             Traffick
             .
             The
             whole
             illustrated
             with
             variety
             of
             useful
             and
             delightful
             Maps
             and
             Figures
             .
             By
             
               Rich.
               Blome
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             20
             s.
             
          
           
             37.
             
             Titles
             of
             Honour
             .
             By
             
               J.
               Selden
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             20
             s.
             printed
             1672.
             
          
           
             38.
             
             The
             Egyptian
             History
             ,
             treating
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             ,
             the
             Inundation
             of
             the
             Nile
             ,
             and
             other
             Prodigies
             of
             Egypt
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Opinions
             and
             Traditions
             of
             the
             Arabians
             .
             Written
             originally
             in
             the
             Arabian
             Tongue
             by
             Murtadi
             the
             Son
             of
             Gaphiphus
             .
             Rendered
             into
             French
             by
             
               Monsieur
               Vattier
            
             ,
             Arabick
             Professor
             to
             the
             King
             of
             France
             :
             and
             thence
             faithfully
             done
             into
             English
             by
             
               J.
               D.
            
             of
             Kidwelly
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6.
               d.
            
             printed
             1672.
             
          
        
         
           
             PLAYS
             .
          
           
             39.
             
             THe
             English
             Princess
             :
             or
             the
             Death
             of
             Richard
             III.
             A
             Tragdy
             written
             in
             the
             year
             1666
             ,
             and
             Acted
             at
             the
             Duke
             of
             
             York's
             Theatre
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             40.
             
             The
             ●oman
             Generals
             ,
             or
             the
             Distressed
             Ladies
             .
             By
             
               J.
               D.
            
             of
             
               Grays
               Inne
            
             ,
             Gent.
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             41.
             
             The
             Slighted
             Maid
             .
             A
             Comedy
             Acted
             at
             the
             Duke
             of
             
             York's
             Theatre
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             42.
             
             The
             Marriage
             Night
             .
             Written
             by
             the
             Lord
             Visccunt
             Faulkland
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
           
             43.
             
             The
             Spanish
             Gipsie
             ,
             as
             it
             was
             Acted
             at
             the
             Private
             House
             in
             
               Drury
               Lane
            
             and
             
               Salisbury
               Court.
            
             Written
             by
             
               T.
               Middleton
            
             and
             
               W.
               Rowley
            
             ,
             Gent.
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
        
         
           
             DJUINITY
             .
          
           
             44.
             
             THirty
             six
             Sermons
             :
             
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Ad
                 Aulam
                 ,
              
               
                 V.
                 Ad
                 Clerum
                 ,
              
               
                 VI.
                 Ad
                 Magistratum
                 ,
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 Ad
                 Populum
                 .
              
            
             By
             the
             Right
             Reverend
             Father
             in
             God
             
               Robert
               Sanderson
            
             late
             Lord
             Bishop
             of
             Lincoln
             .
             The
             fifth
             Edition
             ,
             corrected
             and
             amended
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             18
             s.
             
          
           
             45.
             
             
               Scintilla
               Altaris
            
             :
             Primitive
             Devotion
             in
             the
             Fasts
             and
             Feasts
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             England
             .
             By
             
               Edward
               Sparke
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             The
             fourth
             Edition
             ,
             consisting
             of
             Prose
             ,
             Poems
             ,
             Prayers
             ,
             and
             Sculptures
             on
             the
             several
             occasions
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             7
             s.
             
          
           
             46.
             
             The
             Worthy
             Communicant
             :
             or
             a
             Discourse
             of
             the
             Nature
             ,
             Effects
             ,
             and
             Blessings
             consequent
             to
             the
             Worthy
             receiving
             of
             the
             Lords
             Supper
             ;
             with
             Devotions
             fitted
             to
             every
             part
             of
             that
             Ministration
             .
             By
             
               Jeremy
               Taylor
            
             ,
             late
             Lord
             Bishop
             of
             Down
             and
             Connor
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             4
             s.
             
          
           
             47.
             
             The
             Holy
             Court.
             In
             five
             Tomes
             .
             Written
             in
             French
             by
             
               N.
               Caussin
            
             .
             Translated
             into
             English
             by
             Sir
             
               T.
               H.
            
             and
             others
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             30
             s.
             
          
           
             48.
             
             A
             Summary
             of
             Devotions
             ,
             compiled
             and
             used
             by
             
               William
               Laud
            
             ,
             sometime
             Lord
             Archbishop
             of
             Canterbury
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             49.
             
             The
             Chief
             Interest
             of
             Man
             :
             or
             a
             Discourse
             of
             Religion
             ,
             clearly
             demonstrating
             the
             Equity
             of
             the
             Precepts
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             and
             how
             much
             a
             due
             observance
             thereof
             doth
             conduce
             to
             the
             happiness
             aad
             well-being
             as
             well
             of
             Humane
             Societiesas
             of
             particular
             persons
             .
             By
             
               H.
               Lukin
            
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             s.
             
          
           
           
             50.
             
             Corporal
             Worship
             discuss'd
             and
             defended
             in
             a
             Visitation
             Sermon
             ,
             April
             21.
             1670.
             in
             
               Saint
               Saviours
               Southwark
            
             .
             Published
             to
             prevent
             further
             calumny
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Bassett
            
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             6
             d.
             
          
           
             51.
             
             Sculptures
             ,
             the
             exactest
             exstant
             ,
             designed
             and
             suited
             to
             every
             Feast
             and
             Fast
             throughout
             the
             Year
             in
             the
             Book
             of
             Common
             Prayer
             .
             By
             
               Edw.
               Sparke
            
             ,
             D.
             D.
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             Twelves
             ,
             and
             Twenty
             four
             .
          
        
         
           
             LAW
             .
          
           
             52.
             
             AN
             Abridgment
             of
             the
             Common
             Law
             ,
             Alphabetically
             digested
             .
             By
             
               Hen.
               Rolle
            
             ,
             Serjeant
             at
             Law.
             Published
             by
             the
             Lord
             Chief
             Justice
             Hale
             ,
             and
             approved
             of
             by
             all
             the
             Judges
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             40
             s.
             
          
           
             53.
             
             The
             Reports
             of
             Sir
             
               George
               Croke
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             of
             such
             select
             Cases
             as
             were
             adjudged
             in
             the
             times
             of
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             ,
             King
             James
             ,
             and
             King
             Charles
             I.
             Collected
             and
             written
             in
             French
             by
             himself
             ,
             revised
             and
             published
             in
             English
             by
             Sir
             
               Harbottle
               Grimston
            
             ,
             Baronet
             ,
             Master
             of
             the
             Rolls
             .
             The
             second
             Edition
             ,
             carefully
             corrected
             by
             the
             Original
             .
             In
             three
             Parts
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             45
             s.
             
          
           
             54.
             
             All
             the
             four
             Parts
             of
             the
             Institutes
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             .
             I.
             A
             Commentary
             on
             Littleton
             .
             II.
             An
             Exposition
             on
             
               Magna
               Charta
            
             ,
             and
             other
             Statutes
             .
             III.
             Concerning
             High
             Treason
             ,
             and
             other
             Pleas
             of
             the
             Crown
             .
             IV.
             Concerning
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             Courts
             .
             All
             with
             necessary
             Tables
             not
             heretofore
             printed
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             45
             s.
             
          
           
             55.
             
             Brief
             Animadversions
             on
             ,
             Amendments
             of
             ,
             and
             Additional
             Explanatory
             Records
             to
             the
             Fourth
             Part
             of
             the
             Institutes
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             ,
             concerning
             the
             Jurisdiction
             of
             Courts
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Pryn
            
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             
          
           
             56.
             
             The
             Reports
             of
             the
             Learned
             
               Edmund
               Anderson
            
             ,
             
             Knight
             ,
             late
             Chief
             Justice
             of
             the
             Common
             Bench
             ,
             of
             many
             principal
             Cases
             argued
             and
             adjudged
             in
             the
             time
             of
             the
             late
             Queen
             Elizabeth
             .
             In
             two
             Parts
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             14.
             s.
             
          
           
             57.
             
             Reports
             and
             Cases
             taken
             in
             the
             third
             ,
             fourth
             ,
             fifth
             ,
             sixth
             ,
             and
             seventh
             Years
             of
             the
             late
             King
             Charles
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             argued
             at
             the
             Common
             Pleas
             Bar.
             By
             Sir
             
               Tho.
               Hetley
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             Serjeant
             at
             Law
             ,
             and
             appointed
             by
             the
             King
             and
             Judges
             for
             one
             of
             the
             Reporters
             of
             the
             Law.
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             5
             s.
             
          
           
             58.
             
             The
             Reports
             of
             Sir
             
               John
               Bridgman
            
             ,
             Knight
             ,
             sometime
             Chief
             Justice
             of
             Chester
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             King
             James
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             5
             s.
             
          
           
             59.
             
             The
             Reports
             of
             Judge
             Owen
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             5
             s.
             
          
           
             60.
             
             Reports
             of
             divers
             Resolutions
             in
             Law
             ,
             arising
             upon
             Cases
             in
             the
             Court
             of
             Wards
             ,
             and
             other
             Courts
             at
             Westminster
             ,
             in
             the
             Reigns
             of
             the
             late
             King
             James
             and
             King
             Charles
             .
             By
             Sir
             
               James
               Ley
            
             Knight
             and
             Baronet
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             4
             s.
             
          
           
             61.
             
             The
             Pleader
             ,
             containing
             Presidents
             and
             Forms
             of
             Declarations
             ,
             Pleadings
             ,
             Issues
             ,
             Judgments
             ,
             and
             Proceedings
             in
             all
             kinds
             of
             Actions
             ,
             Real
             ,
             Personal
             ,
             and
             Mixt.
             Collected
             and
             published
             by
             
               Jo.
               Herne
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             16
             s.
             
          
           
             62.
             
             The
             Statutes
             at
             large
             .
             By
             
               Ferdinando
               Pulton
            
             ;
             and
             continued
             to
             the
             Year
             1670
             ,
             by
             
               T.
               Manby
            
             of
             
               Lincolns
               Inne
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             50
             s.
             
          
           
             63.
             
             A
             Collection
             of
             Entries
             ,
             &c.
             by
             
               W.
               Rastall
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             Newly
             amended
             ,
             and
             much
             enlarged
             with
             many
             good
             Presidents
             of
             late
             times
             ,
             whereof
             divers
             are
             upon
             sundry
             Statutes
             ,
             and
             noted
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Table
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             3
             l.
             
          
           
             64.
             
             A
             Book
             of
             Entries
             ,
             containing
             Presidents
             of
             Courts
             ,
             Declarations
             ,
             Informations
             ,
             &c.
             
             By
             Sir
             
               Edward
               Coke
            
             ,
             Knight
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             3
             l.
             
          
           
             65.
             
             
               Ossicium
               Vicecomitum
            
             :
             the
             Office
             and
             Authority
             of
             Sheriffs
             ,
             gathered
             out
             of
             the
             Statutes
             and
             
             Books
             of
             the
             Common
             Laws
             of
             this
             Kingdom
             .
             Corrected
             and
             very
             much
             enlarged
             by
             
               Mich.
               Dalton
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             To
             which
             is
             added
             a
             Supplement
             ,
             containing
             a
             Collection
             of
             the
             Statutes
             touching
             Sheriffs
             made
             since
             Mr.
             Daltons
             writing
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             force
             at
             this
             day
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             
          
           
             66.
             
             The
             Practical
             Counsellour
             in
             the
             Law
             touching
             Fines
             ,
             Common
             Recoveries
             ,
             Judgments
             ,
             and
             the
             execution
             thereof
             ;
             Statutes
             ,
             Recognizances
             ,
             and
             Bargain
             and
             Sale.
             Collected
             out
             of
             the
             many
             great
             Volums
             of
             the
             Law.
             By
             
               W.
               Sheppard
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             
          
           
             67.
             
             The
             twelveth
             and
             thirteenth
             Parts
             of
             the
             Lord
             
             Coke's
             Reports
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             7
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             68.
             
             
               Brevia
               Judicialia
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             10
             s.
             
          
           
             69.
             
             
               Thesaurus
               Brevium
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             70.
             
             Actions
             on
             the
             Case
             for
             Slander
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Sheppard
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             71.
             
             
             Latch's
             Reports
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             72.
             
             
               Placita
               Latinè
               Rediviva
            
             .
             A
             Book
             of
             Entries
             ,
             containing
             perfect
             and
             approved
             Presidents
             of
             Counts
             ,
             Declarations
             ,
             &c.
             not
             heretofore
             published
             in
             Print
             .
             Collected
             out
             of
             the
             Manuscripts
             of
             
               Richard
               Brownlow
               ,
               Jo.
               Gulston
               ,
               Rob.
               Moyl
               ,
            
             and
             
               Thomas
               Cory
            
             ,
             Esquires
             ;
             and
             digested
             into
             an
             exact
             method
             .
             By
             
               R.
               Aston
            
             of
             
               Furnivals
               Inne
            
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             73.
             
             The
             Grand
             Abridgment
             of
             the
             Law
             continued
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Hughes
            
             .
             In
             three
             Volums
             in
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             50
             s.
             
          
           
             74.
             
             The
             Complete
             Clerk
             :
             containing
             Forms
             of
             all
             sorts
             of
             Presidents
             for
             Conveyances
             and
             Assurances
             ;
             and
             other
             Instruments
             now
             in
             use
             and
             practice
             .
             The
             second
             Edition
             ,
             very
             much
             enlarged
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             
          
           
             75.
             
             A
             Treatise
             of
             Forest
             Laws
             .
             By
             
               Jo.
               Manwood
            
             .
             The
             third
             Edition
             ,
             corrected
             and
             enlarged
             .
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             76.
             
             An
             exact
             Book
             of
             Entries
             ,
             of
             the
             most
             select
             
             Judicial
             Writs
             used
             in
             the
             Common
             Law.
             By
             
               Robert
               Moyle
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             late
             one
             of
             the
             Prothonotaries
             of
             the
             Court
             of
             Kings
             Bench.
             In
             Quarto
             ,
             price
             3
             s.
             
          
           
             77.
             
             An
             Abridgment
             of
             all
             the
             Statutes
             from
             
               Magna
               Charta
            
             untill
             the
             Year
             1670
             ,
             By
             
               E.
               Wingate
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             78.
             
             The
             Terms
             of
             the
             Law
             ,
             with
             Additions
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             4
             s.
             
          
           
             79.
             
             The
             Principles
             of
             the
             Law
             reduced
             to
             practice
             .
             By
             
               Will.
               Phillips
            
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             80.
             
             The
             Parsons
             Guide
             ,
             or
             the
             Law
             of
             Tithes
             much
             enlarged
             throughout
             the
             whole
             Book
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Sheppard
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             81.
             
             The
             Complete
             Attorney
             :
             shewing
             the
             Office
             of
             an
             Attorney
             in
             the
             Courts
             of
             Kings
             Bench
             ,
             Common
             Pleas
             ,
             and
             Pleas
             in
             the
             Exchequer
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             of
             their
             Proceedings
             ;
             together
             with
             Instructions
             for
             the
             Sollicitation
             of
             any
             Cause
             in
             Chancery
             ,
             Exchequer
             Chamber
             ,
             Dutchy
             Chamber
             ,
             &c.
             carefully
             revised
             and
             enlarged
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             3
             s.
             
          
           
             82.
             
             
             Littleton's
             Tenures
             in
             French
             and
             English
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             83.
             
             Perkins
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             .
             In
             Octavo
             English
             ,
             price
             2
             s.
             
          
           
             84.
             
             The
             Touchstone
             of
             Wills
             ,
             Testaments
             ,
             and
             Administrations
             .
             Collected
             out
             of
             the
             Ecclesiastical
             ,
             Civil
             ,
             and
             Canon
             Laws
             ;
             as
             also
             out
             of
             the
             Customs
             ,
             Common
             Laws
             ,
             and
             Statutes
             of
             this
             Kingdom
             .
             By
             
               Geo.
               Meriton
            
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             85.
             
             A
             Guide
             for
             Constables
             ,
             Churchwardens
             ,
             &c.
             according
             to
             the
             several
             Additions
             and
             Alterations
             of
             the
             Law
             till
             the
             22th
             .
             Year
             of
             His
             Majesty's
             Reign
             .
             The
             third
             Edition
             .
             Collected
             by
             
               Geo.
               Meriton
            
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             86.
             
             Parsons
             Law
             :
             or
             a
             View
             of
             Avowsons
             .
             Wherein
             is
             contained
             the
             Rights
             of
             Patrons
             ,
             Ordinaries
             ,
             and
             Incumbents
             ,
             to
             Advowsans
             ,
             of
             Churches
             and
             Benefices
             ,
             with
             Cure
             of
             Souls
             ,
             and
             other
             Spiritual
             Promotitions
             .
             
             The
             second
             Edition
             ,
             enlarged
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Hughes
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             87.
             
             The
             Jurisdiction
             of
             the
             Admiralty
             of
             England
             asserted
             against
             Sir
             
               Ed.
               Cokes
               Articuli
               Admiralitatis
            
             in
             Chap.
             22.
             of
             his
             Jurisdiction
             of
             Courts
             .
             By
             
               R.
               Zouch
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             88.
             
             The
             Grounds
             of
             the
             Laws
             of
             England
             .
             By
             
               M.
               Hawke
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             3
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             89.
             
             The
             Common
             Law
             epitomized
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Glisson
            
             and
             
               A.
               Gulson
            
             ,
             Esquires
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             3
             s.
             
          
           
             90.
             
             The
             Ancient
             Legal
             Course
             and
             Fundamental
             Coustitution
             of
             the
             Palace
             Court
             or
             Marshalsea
             :
             together
             with
             the
             several
             Charges
             of
             all
             Proceedings
             there
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             8
             d.
             
          
           
             91.
             
             The
             Complete
             Justice
             :
             being
             an
             exact
             Collection
             out
             of
             such
             as
             have
             treated
             of
             the
             Office
             of
             Justices
             of
             the
             Peace
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             2
             s.
             
          
           
             92.
             
             Justice
             restored
             :
             or
             a
             Guide
             for
             His
             Majesty's
             Justices
             of
             the
             Peace
             ,
             both
             in
             Sessions
             and
             out
             of
             Sessions
             .
             The
             second
             Edition
             ,
             enlarged
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             93.
             
             The
             Justice
             of
             the
             Peace
             his
             Clerks
             Cabinet
             :
             a
             Book
             of
             Presidents
             or
             Warrants
             fitted
             and
             made
             ready
             to
             his
             hand
             ,
             for
             every
             Case
             that
             may
             happen
             within
             the
             compass
             of
             his
             Masters
             Office.
             By
             
               W.
               Sheppard
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             94.
             
             A
             
               Vade
               mecum
            
             ,
             or
             Table
             containing
             the
             substance
             of
             such
             Statutes
             wherein
             any
             one
             or
             more
             Justices
             of
             the
             Peace
             are
             enabled
             to
             act
             as
             well
             in
             as
             out
             of
             the
             Sessions
             of
             the
             Peace
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Young
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             95.
             
             A
             Catalogue
             of
             the
             Common
             and
             Statute
             Law
             Books
             of
             this
             Realm
             ,
             and
             some
             others
             relating
             thereunto
             .
             Alphabetically
             digested
             under
             proper
             heads
             :
             with
             an
             Account
             of
             the
             best
             Editions
             ,
             Volums
             ,
             and
             Common
             prices
             they
             are
             now
             sold
             at
             .
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             96.
             
             The
             Law
             of
             Conveyances
             .
             By
             
               Jo.
               Herne
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             2
             s.
             
          
           
           
             97.
             
             An
             Abridgment
             of
             Sir
             Fra.
             More
             's
             Reports
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Hughes
            
             ,
             
               Esq
            
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             98.
             
             
             Plowden's
             
             Quaere's
             in
             English
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             2
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             99.
             
             An
             Abridgment
             of
             three
             Volums
             of
             Sir
             
               Geo.
               Crokes
            
             Reports
             .
             By
             
               W.
               Hughes
            
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             6
             s.
             
          
           
             100.
             
             The
             Young
             Clerks
             Tutor
             :
             being
             a
             Collection
             of
             the
             best
             Presidents
             of
             Recognizances
             ,
             Obligations
             ,
             Conditions
             ,
             Acquittances
             ,
             Bills
             of
             Sale
             ,
             Warrants
             of
             Attorney
             ,
             &c.
             
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             101.
             
             Land-Lords
             Law
             :
             A
             Collection
             of
             several
             Cases
             in
             the
             Law
             concerning
             Leases
             ,
             and
             the
             Covenants
             ,
             Conditions
             ,
             Grants
             ,
             Provisoes
             ,
             Exceptions
             ,
             Surrenders
             ,
             &c.
             of
             the
             same
             :
             and
             several
             other
             matters
             which
             often
             come
             in
             debate
             between
             Land-Lord
             and
             Tenant
             .
             The
             third
             Edition
             .
             By
             
               Geo.
               Meriton
            
             ,
             Gent.
             In
             Twelves
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             102.
             
             An
             Abridgment
             of
             the
             Doctor
             and
             Student
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             s.
             
          
           
             103.
             
             Reports
             or
             Causes
             in
             Chancery
             .
             Collected
             by
             Sir
             
               G.
               Cary.
            
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             1
             
               s.
               6
               d.
            
             
          
           
             104.
             
             
               Formulae
               benè
               placitandi
            
             .
             A
             Book
             of
             Entries
             ,
             containing
             variety
             of
             choice
             Presidents
             of
             Counts
             ,
             Declarations
             ,
             Informations
             ,
             Pleas
             in
             Bar
             and
             Abatement
             ,
             Replications
             ,
             Rejoynders
             ,
             Issues
             ,
             Verdicts
             ,
             Judgments
             ,
             Utlaries
             ,
             and
             Avowries
             :
             and
             divers
             other
             Pleadings
             in
             Real
             ,
             Personal
             ,
             and
             Mixt
             Actions
             .
             Collected
             from
             the
             Manuscripts
             as
             well
             of
             some
             of
             the
             late
             Learned
             Prothonotaries
             of
             the
             Court
             of
             Common
             Pleas
             ,
             as
             of
             divers
             eminent
             Practisers
             in
             the
             Court
             of
             Kings
             Bench.
             Never
             before
             extant
             in
             Print
             .
             Methodically
             digested
             under
             apt
             Titles
             ,
             with
             an
             exact
             Table
             .
             By
             
               W.
               B.
            
             a
             Clerk
             of
             the
             Court
             of
             Common
             Pleas.
             In
             Folio
             ,
             price
             12
             s.
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             105.
             
             The
             Lord
             
             Dyer's
             Reports
             :
             with
             a
             Table
             never
             before
             printed
             with
             it
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             primed
             1671.
             
          
           
           
             106.
             
             Cowels
             Interpreter
             .
             Corrected
             and
             very
             much
             enlarged
             .
             By
             
               Tho.
               Manley
            
             .
             In
             Folio
             ,
             printed
             1671.
             
          
           
             137.
             
             The
             Complete
             Sollicitor
             .
             Corrected
             and
             enlarged
             .
             In
             Octavo
             ,
             price
             3
             s.
             Printed
             1672.
             
          
        
         
           
             Now
             in
             the
             Press
             .
          
           
             108.
             
             The
             Lord
             
             Coke's
             Eleven
             Volums
             of
             Reports
             n
             French
             ,
             with
             a
             Table
             never
             before
             printed
             with
             them
             .
             In
             Folio
             .
          
           
             109.
             
             A
             new
             Dictionary
             in
             English
             and
             Latine
             .
             By
             
               Thomas
               Holy-Oake
            
             .
             In
             Quarto
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         
           LONDON
           :
           Printed
           by
           
             R.
             Battersby
          
           for
           
             Thomas
             Bassett
          
           ,
           Bookseller
           at
           the
           George
           near
           Cliffords
           Inne
           in
           Fleetstreet
           .
           1672.
           
        
         
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A51638-e6680
           
             The
             Author's
             Prayer
             .
          
           
             *
             The
             Arabian
             hath
             20.
             
             Proper
             names
             ,
             which
             for
             brevity's
             jake
             are
             omitted
             .
          
           
             The
             Author's
             Design
             .
          
           
             The
             Priests
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             The
             Cater
             .
          
           
             Effects
             of
             of
             the
             Magick
             of
             the
             Egyptian
             Priests
             .
          
           
             Gancam
             King
             and
             Priest
             .
          
           
             A
             Castle
             built
             by
             Spirit
             .
          
           
             Sources
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
          
           
             The
             Priestess
             Borsa
             .
          
           
             Her
             Pipes
             .
          
           
             Her
             Ram.
             
          
           
             House
             of
             Adamant
             .
          
           
             Nabuchodonozor
             .
          
           
             
               Ga
               iac
            
             Son
             of
             Gancam
             .
             His
             Braz●n
             Tr●e
             .
          
           
             Philemo●
             .
          
           
             Saiouph
             .
          
           
             A
             Maritrine
             Pyramid
             .
          
           
             Pharaan
             
               King
               of
            
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             Masar
             
               King
               of
            
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             Eardesir
             King
             and
             Priest
             .
          
           
             The
             Priestess
             Bedoura
             .
          
           
             Hermes
             .
          
           
             The
             Danae
             .
          
           
             Outiratis
             .
          
           
             The
             City
             of
             the
             Black
             Eagle
             .
          
           
             Saurid
             the
             Son
             of
             Sahaloc
             .
          
           
             Aclimon
             .
          
           
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             Sauria's
             Mirrour
             .
          
           
             The
             Nurse
             Idol
             .
          
           
             The
             Idol
             Becres
             .
          
           
             The
             two
             great
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             Pyramids
             built
             before
             the
             Deluge
             .
             
               Armelius
               .
               Abum
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Annals
             of
             two
             Brothers
             ,
             Coptites
             .
          
           
             The
             three
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             The
             colour'd
             Pyramid
             .
          
           
             Seven
             Orders
             of
             Priests
             .
          
           
             Guards
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             Stories
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             Story
             I.
             
          
           
             Story
             II.
             
          
           
             Story
             III.
             
          
           
             Story
             IV.
             
          
           
             Story
             V.
             
          
           
             Predictions
             made
             to
             King
             Saurid
             .
          
           
             Nabuchodonozor
             .
          
           
             The
             Spirits
             of
             the
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             Saurid's
             Death
             .
          
           
             Hargib
             Saurid's
             Son.
             
          
           
             Addicted
             to
             Chemistry
             .
          
           
             Domeria
             .
          
           
             Menaos
             .
          
           
             History
             of
             the
             Deluge
             and
             Noah
             .
          
           
             Adam
             .
          
           
             Seth.
             
          
           
             Enos
             .
          
           
             Cainan
             .
          
           
             Mahalel
             .
          
           
             Jared
             .
          
           
             Edrisus
             .
          
           
             Mechavel
             King.
             
          
           
             The
             name
             Edrisus
             .
          
           
             Hermes
             .
          
           
             Matusalech
             .
          
           
             Malec
             .
          
           
             Noah
             .
          
           
             King
             Darmasel
             .
          
           
             Mechavel
             
               Son
               of
            
             Darmasel
             .
          
           
             Saudib
             .
          
           
             Philemon
             .
          
           
             The
             Ark.
             
          
           
             Mechavel
             would
             fire
             the
             Ark.
             
          
           
             The
             Deluge
             .
          
           
             Different
             O
             inious
             of
             the
             Deluge
             .
          
           
             History
             of
             Noah
             ,
             according
             to
             an
             ancient
             Book
             found
             by
             the
             Author
             .
          
           
             
             Noah's
             Wife
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             2156
             Years
             from
             Adam
             to
             the
             Deluge
             .
          
           
             The
             Elephant
             sneezes
             out
             a
             Swine
             ,
             the
             Lion
             a
             Cat.
             
          
           
             The
             Vine
             ,
             and
             the
             part
             the
             Devil
             hath
             in
             it
             .
          
           
             
             Noah's
             Shrine
             .
          
           
             The
             Venom
             of
             the
             Scorpion
             and
             the
             Serpent
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             before
             the
             Deluge
             .
          
           
             Pharaan
             .
          
           
             Philemon
             .
          
           
             Pharaan
             .
          
           
             Masar
             King
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             Garisa
             .
          
           
             Coptim
             ,
             Father
             of
             the
             Coptites
             .
          
           
             Maca.
             
          
           
             
             Moncatam's
             Chemistry
             .
          
           
             Mirrour
             of
             Racoda
             .
          
           
             Pharos
             of
             Alexandria
             .
          
           
             
             Noah's
             Prayer
             for
             Masar
             .
          
           
             
             Masar's
             Tomb.
             
          
           
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             after
             the
             Deluge
             .
          
           
             History
             of
             Abraham
             and
             Totis
             King
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             Charoba
             Tatis's
             
               Da
               ghter
            
             .
          
           
             
             Abraham's
             Prayer
             for
             Charoba
             .
          
           
             A
             Chanel
             out
             of
             the
             Nile
             into
             the
             Red
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Totis
             called
             The
             Just
             .
          
           
             Totis
             a
             Tyrant
             ,
             the
             first
             of
             the
             Pharaos
             .
          
           
             Charoba
             poisons
             her
             Father
             ,
             and
             reigns
             after
             him
             .
          
           
             History
             of
             Gebirus
             and
             Charoba
             .
          
           
             Alexandria
             .
          
           
             The
             Nymph
             Marina
             .
          
           
             Painters
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             the
             Sea.
             
          
           
             The
             Seven
             Tombs
             .
          
           
             
             Charoba's
             Nurse
             defeats
             Gebirus
             and
             his
             Army
             .
          
           
             
             Charoba's
             Death
             .
          
           
             Dalica
             Queen
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             of
             Egypt
             after
             Dalica
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A51638-e18700
           
             Words
             of
             Mahumet
             advantageous
             to
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             Augmentation
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
          
           
             A
             young
             Virgin
             Sacrificed
             for
             that
             end
             .
          
           
             Pharao
             .
          
           
             Haman
             .
          
           
             Sources
             of
             the
             Nile
             .
          
           
             Causes
             of
             ●s
             overflowing
             .
          
           
             The
             Q●lities
             of
             Eg●pt
             .
          
           
             The
             History
             of
             the
             Ez●pti●●
             Slave
             .
          
           
             Qualities
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             The
             Nubians
             .
          
           
             Gamra
             and
             Zep●ta
             .
          
           
             Belsa
             Son
             of
             the
             Coptesse
             .
          
           
             Omar
             .
          
           
             The
             〈◊〉
             〈…〉
             
          
           
             Mamunus
             .
          
           
             Barbarians
             .
          
           
             The
             Rajan
             Joseph's
             Pharao
             .
          
           
             Geouna
             .
          
           
             Strabo
             calls
             these
             kinds
             of
             Lands
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
          
           
             Manhi
             .
          
           
             Lahon
             .
          
           
             The
             Name
             of
             Alphiom
             .
          
           
             Joseph
             .
          
           
             Alphiom
             II.
             
          
           
             Geomery
             .
          
           
             The
             Nilometer
             .
          
           
             Alphiom
             III.
             
          
           
             Alphiom
             IV.
             
          
           
             It
             s
             Revenue
             .
          
           
             
             Joseph's
             Prison
             .
          
           
             The
             place
             of
             
             Jacob's
             Camel.
             
          
           
             Zelicha
             Joseph
             '
             
               s
               Mistress
            
             .
          
           
             
             Caphor's
             Prayer
             .
          
           
             
             Joseph's
             prayer
             .
          
           
             Gize
             .
          
           
             The
             Pyramids
             .
          
           
             Macherir
             the
             blind
             Man.
             
          
           
             Mussulman
             Doemons
             .
          
           
             The
             Piramids
             .
          
           
             Babelain
             .
          
           
             Babylon
             .
          
           
             Quisias
             the
             son
             of
             Caltham
             .
          
           
             The
             front
             of
             the
             Mosquey
             .
          
           
             The
             augmentations
             of
             the
             Mosquey
             of
             Masre
             .
          
           
             Reading
             of
             History
             in
             the
             Mosquey
             .
          
           
             The
             green
             Tables
             of
             the
             Mosquey
             of
             Masre
             .
          
           
             
             Pharao's
             Castle
             .
          
           
             Caron
             the
             Wealthy
             ,
             who
             is
             Corah
             .
          
           
             Chemistry
             .
          
           
             Omars
             
               Letter
               to
            
             Gamrou
             .
          
           
             
             Gamrou's
             Answer
             to
             Omar
             .
          
           
             A
             Statue
             of
             Mahumet
             at
             Masre
             .
          
           
             Another
             Statue
             of
             Mahumet
             .
          
           
             Cairo
             .
          
           
             Mary
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             The
             last
             words
             of
             Mahumet
             .
          
           
             Other
             words
             of
             Mahumet
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             of
             a
             Sage
             of
             Egypt
             .
          
           
             The
             Prophets
             and
             Devout
             Persons
             liv'd
             by
             their
             Labour
             .
          
           
             The
             cryes
             of
             a
             Devote
             at
             the
             
             Mosquey-Gate
             of
             Masre
             .